FM55-15 Transportation Corps Reference Data

MHI
copyU
&E-PAJB'T OF THE ARMY FIELD MANUAL
TRANSPORTATION CORPS
REFERENCE
DATA
HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

JULY 1960
FM 55-15
FIELD MANUALI HEADQUARTERS,
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
No. 55-15 WASHINGTON 25, D.C., 15 July, 1960
TRANSPORTATION CORPS REFERENCE DATA

Paragraph Page
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL .----------- -------------- 1. 1-1. 3 3
2. AIR
Section I. Organization ----- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- 2. 1 4
II. Aircraft ------------------- 2. 2-2. 6 6
III. Aircraft operations ------------------------- 2. 7-2. 22 22
IV. Aircraft maintenance and supply ------------ 2. 23-2. 25 31
CHAPTER 3. MOTOR TRANSPORT
Section I. Organization of motor transport units .--------- 3. l1 33
II. Organic vehicles and equipment -a------------- 3. 2, 3. 3 36
III. Operations -a ......----------------- 3. 4-3. 38 40
IV. Maintenance and supply -a----------------- 3. 39-3. 41 95
V. Miscellaneous -------- - - -- -- a--
3. 42-3. 49 101
CHAPTER 4. RAIL
Section I. Organization -..... 4. 1 114

II. Major items of equipment ------------------- 4. 2-4. 5 117
III. Rail operations ---------- -------- -------- 4. 6-4. 20 124
IV. Railway construction, maintenance, and supply_ 4. 21-4. 30 159
CHAPTER 5. TERMINAL AND WATER TRANSPORT
Section I. Terminal organization ----------------------- 5. 1, 5. 2 167
II. Vessel characteristics and data ---------------- 5. 3-5. 21 171
III. Terminal and water transport operations ----- 5. 22-5. 38 196
IV. Rope, chain, and sling data.-.------------- 5. 39-5. 48 213
V. Terms ---------------------------------- 5. 49-5. 52 225
VI. Miscellaneous ---------------------- ---- 5. 53-5. 55 228
CHAPTER 6. PLANNING
Section I. Orders and standing operating procedures ------ 6. 1-6. 6 235
II. Transportation ------------------------- 6. 7-6. 10 255
CHAPTER 7. MISCELLANEOUS
Section I. Capabilities of transportation mediums ------- 7. 1-7. 5 267
II. Dimensions and weight data -----.--.------ 7. 6, 7. 8 270
III. Arctic and other cold weather data --------- - 7. 9-7. 11 283
IV. Cargo containers, pallets, and cargo marking__ 7. 12-7. 17 288
V. Communications ------------------------ 7. 18-7. 21 297
VI. First aid and CBR defensive and protective meas-
ures ----------------------------------- 7. 22-7. 24 302
VII. Capacities of POL containers --------------- 7. 25-7. 27 319
VIII. Supply --------------------------------- 7. 28-7. 34 322
IX. Maintenance and supply space --------- 7. 35, 7. 36 330
X. Field establishments and expedients---------- 7. 37-7. 43 332
XI. Conversion and stowage factors, mathematical
tables, and formulas ----------------. - - 7. 44-7. 59 343
XII. Time, tide, and light ---------------------- 7. 60-7. 63 364
Page
APPENDIX I. REFERENCES.-.-- 373
II. ABBREVIATIONS -------------------------- 385
III. MAP SYMBOLS -------------------- 392
INDEX -___--____--.--.--------------_-------------------------- 403
F•~ -
2 ~ ~ ~ /
CHAPTER I
GENERAL
1.1 Purpose and Scope

a. This manual is both a planning guide for staff and unit officers
and a digest of operational data for use as a reference by operators
and users of transportation when unit or staff libraries are not readily
available.
b. This manual gives characteristics of typical transportation
equipment and facilities and methods for estimating the capabilities
of, or requirements for, transportation equipment, facilities, and
troop units. Personnel and equipment data for the modes of trans-
portation and for transportation terminals are presented as well
as data for computing requirements for. staff, supervisory, and con-
trol activities. Factors concerning administrative support require-
ments are included. It also contains report formats and examples of
orders and standing operating procedures. Loading data for water,
rail, motor, and air movements; tables on weights, measures, and
conversion factors; and miscellaneous data of general usefulness are
included.
1.2 Application
The material presented herein is applicable to nuclear and non-
nuclear warfare.
1.3 Changes and Revision
All interested agencies are requested to submit recommendations
for changes to or revision of this manual to the Commandant, U.S.
Army Transportation School, Fort Eustis, Va.
3
CHAPTER 2
AIR
Section I. ORGANIZATION
2.1 Organization
Unit TOE Mission and/or capability Assignment
Headquarters and 55-56 To provide command control, To field
headquarters de- staff planning, and admin- army.
tachment, trans- istrative supervision for 2
portation trans- to 7 transport aircraft
port aircraft companies.
battalion.
Transportation 55-57 To provide air transport to To field
light helicopter expedite tactical operations army or
company. and logistical support in separate
forward areas of combat corps.
zone. As maximum, can
move 31.5 tons within 50-
mile radius in 1 lift.
Transportation 55-58 To provide air transport to To field
medium helicopter expedite tactical operations army.
company. and logistical support in
combat zone. As maxi-
mum, can move 80 tons
externally or 46.4 tons in-
ternally within 50-mile ra-
dius in I lift.
Transportation aircraft 55-79 To provide direct-support field To infantry or
maintenance detach- maintenance (third echelon) armored
ment (division). to aircraft organic to a divi- division.
sion.
Transportation aircraft 55-445 To provide backup support to To logistical
repair battalion. field army maintenance and command or
supply units, depot supply, other appro-
fifth-echelon repair of air- priate com-
craft and aircraft compo- mand in
nents, and aircraft stand- theater of
ardization and modification operations.
programs directed for ac-
complishment in theater of
operations for the support
of 1 field army.
4
Headquarters and 55-452 To provide command control, To field army.
headquarters detach- staff planning, and adminis-
ment, transportation tration for 2 to 7 attached
aircraft maintenance battalions of transportation
and supply group. aircraft maintenance and
supply units.
Headquarters and 55-456 To provide command control, To field army
headquarters detach- staff planning and adminis- or inde-
ment, transportation tration for 3 to 7 trans- pendent
aircraft maintenance portation aircraft mainte- corps.
and supply battalion. nance and supply com-
panies.
Transportation aircraft 55-457 To provide supply and third- To field army
direct support com- echelon maintenance and or inde-
pany. recovery support for air- pendent
craft operating within army corps.
other than divisional air-
craft or aircraft assigned to
transportation transport air-
craft battalions. Can pro-
vide this service for aircraft
operating in corps or army
service area.
Transportation trans- 55-468 To provide third-echelon field To field army
port aircraft mainte- maintenance, supply, and or independ-
nance company. recovery support for 16 ent corps.
transport airplanes and 16
medium transport helicop-
ters.
Transportation trans- 55-469 To provide third-echelon field To field army
port helicopter main- maintenance, supply, and or independ-
tenance company. recovery support for 3 com- ent corps.
panies of light helicopters.
Transportation general 55-477 To receive, store, and issue To field army.
support aircraft sup- Transportation Corps air
ply company. items of supply for all air-
craft assigned to units con-
stituting field army. Can
receive, store, and issue
29,000 line items per month.
Transportation general 55-478 To provide a continuation of To field army.
support aircraft airplane field-maintenance
maintenance com- support up to the designated
pany. limits of depot maintenance
for all airplanes in a field
army.
5
Unit TOE Miasion and/or capability Adignment
Transportation general 55-479 To provide a continuation of To field army.
support helicopter helicopter field maintenance
maintenance corn- support up to the desig-
pany. nated limits of depot main-
tenance for all helicopters
in a field army.
Helicopter teams and 55-500 To provide personnel and Teams may be
aircraft field main- equipment for the following attached or
tenance teams. purposes: assigned as
To supplement TOE units required to
where additional higher
trained personnel are echelon
required in number less units or
than TOE strength. may be
To perform Transporta- organized
tion Corps functions as into service
part of a larger unit units to
where the need for the perform
activity is less than a functions as
similar TOE unit. required by
To operate as a separate existing
organization where no conditions.
TOE unit is provided.
Section II. AIRCRAFT

2.2 General
Performance standards of aircraft are affected by many variables:
range, altitude, temperature, humidity, existing weather, and pilot
proficiency. The weight-lifting capabilities of all aircraft are par-
ticularly dependent on air density or density altitude, which is com-
posed of three variables; altitude, temperature, and humidity. As
air density decreases, lift capability decreases. A qualified pilot
should be consulted for accurate, detailed computations to meet
specific requirements. The performance data in this section are based
on National Aeronautics and Space Agency (NASA) standard
atmospheric conditions (29.92 inches Hg, 590 F, 0 mph wind).
2.3 Characteristics of Army Aircraft

(figs. 2.1-2.11)
(See FM 101-10 for operating data, passenger and cargo loads, etc.)
6
- 0u
-o
.o O IDj m o o
,e f b
XL . i'l 18 JX . s
( -
'
16-4-4'8
46 1.5"
62'3.4"
'03 98 Fr.8
" 53'
-T5 4' 4.5"
I1.5--_ 41 0' 4.6"

42'3.5"'
Figure 2.. H-19D (Chickasaw).

86 4"
C/
76 1'"
_round Line
e.. Hl-21
Figure B.S. H-R1C (Shawnee)..
C (Shawnee)
f\~~~~~~~~~- I-\I
.~~~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ '3~
lo
oz
.4 ~~~~-'
Oy
10
15'10"
/ ' I 16.4"
6 5' 10"
40'1.1"
Figure .5. H-34A (Choctaw.)

88' 2.9'
(APRX) 85'11.6" I|
Figure 2.6. H-37A (Mojave).
12
a~ 'S
'v
13
I0' 6.8"
36' l 16'1
STATIC
24' 9.1"
a 8' 2.4"
Figure 2.8. L-19E (Bird Dog).
14
I I
- _
TRACK
Unor STATIC
LOAD
00
Figure 2.9. L-SOA (Beaver).
15
1 4"
121 gel
0~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~V1631'6
45 ' 3 " -
I 10 1
1I'411
I A S
Figure 2.10. L28D (Seminole).
16
IIt DIA
Figure 2.11. U-1A (Otter).
5~51192 0-60--2
M51192 0-60----2 17
17
RADIUS OF ACTION IN NAUTICAL MILES
0 25 50 75 100
H-37A
EXTERNAL
FUEL TANKS
MAXIMUM
H-s34A 5 PAYLOAD
N-E1C IN
THOUSANDS
OF
POUNDS
H-19 D
Figure 2.12. Payload versus range of transport helicopters.
18
2.4 Army Transport Helicopter Payloads
Payload is the weight of passengers and cargo that an aircraft can
carry, usually expressed in pounds. As the distance to be flown is
increased, the fuel required is increased and the payload is decreased.
Payload for various ranges may be computed for transport helicopters
by using figure 2.12.
2.5 Characteristics of Air Force Transport Aircraft
a. Passenger, Cargo-Load, and Flight Capabilities.
C-54B C-97A C-119B C-123 C-124A C-130A C-130B C-133A
Pe sonnel
Crew, normal ....-.... . 5 5 5 3 9 4 4 4
Paratroops -.. . ......... 0 0 42 46 112 64 64 0
Troops .....-...... ------- 49 130 62 60 200 92 92 b 128
Litter positions -...... ----- 36 83 35 50 136 74 74 b 54
Avg cargo load (lb) versus
range
500 miles .....-.......- 20,000 42,000 16,302 14,452 38,375 35,000 35,000 115,418
1,000 miles.-... --- 20,000 35,000 11,832 11,652 38,375 35,000 35,000 115, 418
1,500 miles.-..... . 18, 00 28,500 7,832 10,296 38,375 30,000 35,000 100, 000
2,000 miles .-........ .. 15,700 22, 000 6,020 --------. 31,875 25,000 35. 000 88,000
2,500 miles -....... . 12, 500 16,000 --...-.. ....- 23, 875 10, 000 30,000 74,000
3,000 miles -
... - .......................
- - ,- - ...................
- 26,000 60, 000
3,500 miles......... ... -
................--
- - --..---. 19,000 47,000
4,000 miles.............. - - - .... - --..-...
-....--
...-..- --.-. 20,000
Cruise speed
Knots -.. ---.--.-....... - 1 190 142 156 197 286 300 266
Mph -----..... -- -.--...-. 217 218 163 180 227 330 346 307
Relief crew-3 additional.

b On auxiliary deck with cargo on main deck.
b. Special Aircraft Equipment.

C-54B C-97A C-119 C-123 C-124A C-130A &B C-133
Boom Ramp Ramp Ramp Ramp: Ramp Ramp

hoist Monorails: Monorail: 10,000-lb single- Roller con- Conveyors
capacity 85 300- capacity wheel load, veyors Winch sys-
lb or 15 1,500-lb 20 500-lb 20,000-lb single- Portable tem
A-22 containers containers axle load winch Hoisting
Floor level con- Loading pulleys: system
veyors: drop 40,000-lb
capacity limited Elevator: 9,300-
only by allow- lb hoisting
able cargo load system
19
c. Floor Loading Limitations.
Pounde per
Aircraft square inch
C-54B ------------------------------------ 1.4
C-97 -.--. .- 1. 4
C-119 --------------------------------------- 1.4
C-123 -----------------.-- 1.4
Treadway ----------------------------------------------------- 48. 0
Outer walkway -------------------------------------------------- 15. 6
Inner walkway ---------------------------- 31. 2
C-124A --- - - - - - ---------------------------------- 1. 4
Ramp ---------------- 80. 0
Treadway --------------- ---------------- ---- -----....- 80. 0
Floor outside treadways --.---------------------- 30. 0
C-130A & B -- - - - - - - - - - - - - --. 7. 08
C-133A -'----- -- -------- ------------ --------------- l2. 08
2.6 Air Force Transport Cargo Capacities

a. C-54G (Navy Equivalent: R-5D-5).
(1) Capacities.
Cargo capacity
Cargo sections Width (in.) Length (in.) (culft)
C 103. 2 59. 5 155. 1
D 103. 2 61. 0 156. 2
E 103. 2 58. 5 153. 4
F 103. 2 61. 5 159. 9
G 103. 2 59. 0 154. 8
H 103. 0 61. 0 156. 0
I 101. 0 59. 375 153. 3
J 101.0 61. 625 2 78. 3
K 92. 8 64.125 2 68. 1
Belly compartment (cu ft)
Forward ------------------------------------------- 126
Aft ---------------------------- 126
Boom hoist (Ib) ---.-------- 2, 000
(2) Clearances.
Main compartment Main loading door
(ft) (ft)
Length, overall_-- 49. 7 Height -------- - 5. 6
Width, max 8. 6 Width - - 7. 9
Height, max 7.8 Height from
ground ------ 8. 8
b. C-97.
(1) Capabilities.
Total volume Total area
Compartmenta (cuft) (eq ft)
Main ---------------------------------------- 4, 309 599
Lower ---------------------------------- 1, 618 222
Electric hoist (lb)
With snatch block ---------------------------------- 5, 000
With hoisting block--------------------------------- 2, 500
Loading ramps ---------------- ------------------ 2 treads
Treadways, single-axle load (Ib) -.-.--.---- --- 12, 000
'4,000 lb per axle off treadway; 20,000 lb per axle on treadway.
2 Reduced capacity caused by reserving left half of cargo section for passageway and liferaft storage.
20
(2) Clearances (ft).
Main cabin Main loading door
Height --------- 8 Length --------- 14. 3
Length -------- 63.6 Width
Width, floor level_ 8. 8 Fore --------- 9. 3
Cargo door, right Aft 6. 4
side Height from
Height 6. 5 ground
Width --- ---- 6. 7 Fore --------- 7. 8
Aft ---------- 9. 6
c. C-119F & G (Navy Equivalent: R4Q-2).
(1) Capacities, main compartment.
Floor area (sq ft) -------------------------------------- 353
Max volume (cu ft) ------------------------------------- 3,150
Main compartment Main cargo door
Length, overall___ 36.9 Height --------- 8. 0
Width Width
Max --------- 9.8 Max --------- 9. 8
Min .-----
-- 9.2 Min.- . .......9. 2
Height Height from
Max ------ 8.0 ground ------- 4. 0
Clear under trol-
ley ----- 7. 7
d. C-12B.
Usable volume (cu ft) ------------------------------------ 3, 570
Floor area (sq ft) ----------------------------------- - 450
Main compartment Main cargo door
Length, overall___ 36. 7 Height --------- 8. 2
Width .-.----- 9. 2 Width ---------- 9. 2
Height ------ --- 8.2 Height from
ground ------- 2. 6
e. C-124A & 0.
(1) Capacities.
Main cabin, volume (cu ft) -------------------------- _-- 10, 000
Ramp (lb)
Either treadway, single-wheel load ------------- --------- 10, 000
Both treadways, single-axle load -----------. 20, 000
_-----------
Loading pulleys, at aft fuselage (ultimate lb) ----- _------ 40, 000
Elevator hoist (lb) -----------------------
--.- - - 16, 000
Limited by elevator-platform floorload limit to.---- __--- 9, 300
Main cabin Main loading door
Height, usable ---- 11.6 Height ----------- 11. 6
Length, overall ... 77.0 Width 11. 3
Width, floor level__ 11. 3 Height from ground_ 8. 2
Elevator well
Length ------------------------------------- 13. 3
Width ------------------------------------------------ 7.7
Ground to fuselage ------------------------------------- 13. 0
21
(3) Ramp data.
Type ----- Split in 2 treadways, hydraulically operated, stowed
in nose, folded.
Incline -------------------------------- 170
f. C-130OA & B.
Usable volume (cu ft) ------------------------------------ 6,154
Floor area (sq ft) ----------------------------------. 676
Main compartment Aft cargo door
Length - 50. 0 Height - 9. 0
Width ----------- 10. 2 Width ----------- 10. 0
Height- 9. 1 Height from ground_ 3. 4
Forward cargo door
Height --------------------------------- 6. 0
Wid th -- -- -- -- -- - -- -- -- -- -- - -- -- -- -- -- - 6. 7
Height from ground ------------ --------------------- 3. 4
g. C-133A.
(1) Capacities.
Main compartment Maximum load (lb)
Usable vol- Single axle ----- 20, 000
ume ----- 13, 000 cu ft Dual axle ------- 44, 000
Floor area-__ 1,121 sq ft Tracked ---- 76, 000
Main 'compartment Aft cargo door
Length, overall ... 97. 3 Height ----------- 12. 0
Width ----------- 11. 8 Width----------- 12. 1
Height, usable - 13. 3 Height from ground_ 4. 2
Side cargo door
Height- ------------------------------------------ 8. 0
Width ------------------------------------------ - 8. 8
Height from ground --------- ------------------------ 41.2
(3) Ramp data.
Type ------------------------------------ Hydraulically operated
Incline -------------------------------- 90
Toe incline ----------------------------------- 150
Section III. AIRCRAFT OPERATIONS

2.7 Outline Standing Operating Procedure For Air Movements
a. 6'eneral. Amplification of command policies on use of air trans-
portation (intratheater and intertheater), including responsibilities,
utilization, and procedures in the employment of organic aviation
units; responsibilities for coordination with Air Force aerial ports.
(1) Submission of requirements. Responsibilities for, timing,
format, procedures, and policies affecting submission of ad-
vance and firm requirements for air movement of supplies
and personnel.
(2) Air tonnage allocations. Controlling agency; procedures for
application, allocation, and use of allocations; formats.
22
(3) Air priorities system. Controlling agency; procedures and
responsibilities for application, determination, dissemination,
and use of priorities; implementation of command policies
and directives.
(4) Aerial port calls. Responsibilities and procedures for the
issue of port calls for supply and personnel movements,
implementation and execution of such calls.
(5) Special movement control actions. Special actions required
to integrate movement control of air transportation with
other applicable modes of transportation.
(6) Loading and unloading of aircraft. Policies, responsibilities,
and procedures for loading and unloading troops, accom-
panied supplies, and equipment at aerial ports.
(7) Diversions and reconsignments. Authority, procedures, and
channels prescribed for effecting and executing diversions
or reconsignments
b. Supply Movements.
(1) Designationfor air movement. Authority for, responsibilities,
how accomplished and disseminated, actions to be taken.
(2) Special packing requirements. Special instructions for pack-
ing or preparing supplies for air movement. Responsibility
for packing and inspecting before air movement.
(3) Special marking. Types, responsibilities for applying mark-
ing on containers and for obliterating old markings.
(4) Documentation. Responsibilities and procedures for prepar-
ing and distributing established documents.
(5) Aerial supply. Amplification of command policies and direc-
tives on packaging and delivery responsibilities, methods
and procedures for obtaining and accomplishing aerial supply,
methods and responsibilities for marking landing or drop
zones.
(6) Records and reports. Responsibilities and methods of main-
tenance of specific records, and reference to reports to be
submitted.
c. Personnel Movements.
(1) Preparationfor air movement. Command policies and direc-
tives on procedures and requirements for preparing units and
individuals for air movement.
(2) Movement to aerial ports. Procedures and responsibilities for
the movement of units and individuals to aerial ports for air
movement.
(3) Documentation. Preparation, distribution, and uses of estab-
lished flight forms and documentation.
(4) Records and reports. Responsibilities and methods for main-
tenance of specific records, and reference to reports to be
submitted.
23
2.8 Outline Standing Operating Procedure For Air Transport
Service (Air Force and Army Aviation)
a. General. Policies involved in control, operation, and mainte-
nance of facilities, equipment, and installations; command responsi-
bility; technical supervision required and agencies involved;
responsibility for operational control.
b. Mission. Service to be provided by organic aviation units when
made available for administrative movements, Air Force troop car-
rier units, and other aircraft in direct support; extent of operation.
c. Functions.
(1) Scheduled and nonscheduled operations.
(2) Maintenance of equipment: responsibilities, procedures, fa-
cilities, inspections.
d. Operational Planning. Personnel, equipment, and supply re-
quirements; capabilities and capacities; communication procedures.
e. Operations. Operational procedures and control; utilization of
personnel, equipment, and facilities;' priorities; coordination; docu-
mentation; records and reports; service to be given personnel and
cargo; liaison established between aviation and user units.
f. Maintenance. Responsibilities and procedures for maintenance,
regulations, reports, and records.
g. Supply. Responsibilities, authorized levels, procedures and
accounting methods for the Air Force.
h. Intelligence. Responsibility for collection, collation, evaluation,
and dissemination of air transportation intelligence.
i. Security. Responsibilities, disaster and defense plans, and
equipment and supply security.
j. Records and Reports. Responsibilities: technical, operational,
personnel, and stock records and reports.
k. Training. Responsibilities: unit and technical training.
2.9 Weight and Balance Terms
. a. Aircraft Balance Limits. The maximum forward and maximum
aft permissible locations of the aircraft center of gravity expressed
as station numbers or as percentages of the mean aerodynamic chord
(MAC). If these limits are exceeded, the aircraft will have unsatis-
factory flight characteristics.
b. Center of Gravity (CG). The point about which an object would
balance if supported at that point; or the point at which the weight
of an object or group of objects can be considered concentrated.
c. Reference Datum Line. An imaginary vertical line at or near
the nose of the aircraft from which all horizontal distances are
measured. Aircraft diagrams show this line as structural station
zero.
d. Station Number. A number, generally marked on the interior
of an aircraft, indicating a plane extending across the fuselage of
24
the aircraft parallel to the reference datum line and representing
the distance from it in inches.
e. Arm. The horizontal distance in inches from the reference
datum line to the center of gravity of an object.
f. Moment. The product of a quantity multiplied by its arm.
Moments may be expressed in inch-pounds or foot-pounds; for
example, 2 pounds (weight) X 10 inches (arm) = 20 inch-pounds
(moment).
g. Allowable Cargo Load. The amount of cargo and troops, deter-
mined by weight, cubic displacement, and distances to be flown,
which may be transported by aircraft.
h. Basic Weight. The weight of the aircraft, including its operat-
ing equipment, but excluding crew, oil, fuel, and cargo. The basic
weight varies with modifications and changes in operating equipment.
i. Basic Operating Weight. Basic weight of the aircraft plus
minimum crew but excluding fuel and cargo.
j. Ready-for-Loading Weight. Total aircraft, crew, oil, and fuel
weight; or the gross weight less cargo; or the basic weight plus crew,
oil, and fuel.
k. Normal (Design) Gross Weight. The gross weight on which the
aircraft design is based. It is the maximum weight at which the
aircraft can be flown and still meet the load and safety factors estab-
lished by design specifications.
1. Maximum (Alternate) Gross Weight. A gross weight in excess
of the design gross weight. The maximum alternate gross weight is
normally used in combat operations, but does not afford any margin
of safety.
2.10 Calculating Safe Placement of Aircraft Loads
a. The general rules for determining the placement of a given
load so as to cause the center of gravity of the aircraft to fall within
safe limits are as follows:
(1) Establish a reference datum line.
(2) Determine the center of gravity of each item involved in
the loading. This will be required for computations in
(7) below.
(3) Select from design data the desirable center of gravity at
which the loaded aircraft should balance.
(4) Compute the desired load moment (the ready-for-loading
weight of the aircraft and its load multiplied by the distance
between the desirable center of gravity and the reference
datum line).
(5) Subtract the moment of the ready-for-loading aircraft from
the moment of the loaded aircraft.
(6) Obtain the arm (station number) at which to place the load
in the aircraft, by dividing the weight of the load into the
25
difference between the gross moment and the ready-for-
loading moment.
(7) The arm thus obtained will apply to the point at which the
load is concentrated. It must be borne in mind that for
multiple-piece loads the moment which applies to the point
of load concentration is equal to the sum of the moments
for each piece.
(8) Verify that the load will fit into the aircraft at the desired
station.
b. For accurate weight and balance determination, see TM 1-series
(-5, Basic Weight Checklist and Loading Data) for the appropriate
aircraft.
2.11 Air Movement Designator
ET-US--3R--5671-GF-6
Destination------- ------- '- I-. .Month of shipment
-
Origin ---------------------- ----- . . . ..... Shipping agency
Priority ---- …--------
.Serial - number
General classification
2.12 Cargo Priorities

Number Type Description
1 Emergency ----- Need so acute that precedence should be given
over all other traffic.
2 Urgent --------- Essential to national security.
3 Important ------ Necessary in interest of national security.
4 Qualifies --... Qualifies for air transportation.
2.1 3 Lashing Terms

a. Applied Load. The total stress or load imposed upon one cargo
tiedown fitting. The applied load equals the tensile strength of
all the cargo tiedown devices attached to one cargo tiedown fitting.
b. Cargo Tiedown Pattern. The location and spacing of the cargo
tiedown fittings in the floor, ceiling, or walls of an aircraft.
c. Load Spreader. Wooden planks or similar material placed on
the cargo compartment flooring of an aircraft to distribute the load
reactions of the cargo over a greater area and reduce the floor bearing
pressure.
d. Rated Strength. The safe-load capacity of a cargo tiedown
fitting or lashing with an applied safety factor. In many cases, the
rated strength of a cargo tiedown fitting is restricted by the angle of
application of the load.
2.14 Lashing Strengths

All lashings should be secured at an angle of 450 with the cargo
floor and 450 in the direction of expected thrust (fig. 2.13) or with
the long axis of the cargo compartment, except for assault-type
26
aircraft. Cargo in the C-123 and C-180 aircraft should be secured
at an angle of 300 with the cargo floor and 300 in the direction of the
expected thrust. The strength of tiedown fittings must be kept in
mind. The strongest lashing is no stronger than the fitting to which
it is attached. If a lashing is stretched to its breaking point, the fitting
is stressed an amount equal to the full tensile strength of the lashing.
a. Flexible lashings secured at angles of 450 with the cargo floor
and in the direction of expected thrust will hold approximately 70
percent of their rated tensile strength against forward and rearward
thrusts, 70 percent of their rated tensile strength against vertical
thrusts, and 0 percent of their rated tensile strength against sideward
thrusts.
b. Flexible lashings secured at angles of 450 with the cargo floor
and 450 with the main axis of the cargo compartment will hold ap-
proximately 50 percent of their rated tensile strength against forward
or rearward thrusts, 50 percent of their rated tensile strength against
sideward thrusts, and 70 percent of their rated tensile strength against
vertical thrusts. In this type of lashing arrangement only the lash-
ings for forward and rearward thrusts need be computed. The lash-
ings used to hold the equipment against forward and rearward thrusts
are more than enough to secure the load against sideward and vertical
thrusts.
c. Flexible lashings secured at angles of 30 ° with the cargo floor
and 300 with the main axis of the cargo compartment will hold ap-
proximately 75 percent of their rated tensile strength against forward
and rearward thrust, 50 percent of their rated tensile strength against
vertical thrust, and 43 percent of their rated tensile strength against
VERTICAL
FORWARD
70 % _70%
SIDEWARD
/ /~~~~~c,
0 TIEDOWN FITTING (i) TIEDOWN FITTING ) TIEDOWN FITTING

VERTICAL
VERTICAL FORWARD
' SIDE WARD

SIDEVR I , 1 ioJ %
( TIEDOWN FITTING ) TIEDOWN FITTING
Figure £.13. Lashings at 450 and 300 angles.
27
sideward thrust. Lashings computed at 300 angles need only be com-
puted for sideward thrust because the lashings used to hold the equip-
ment against sideward thrust are enough to secure the load against
forward, rearward, and vertical thrusts.
2.15 Lashing Constants and Formulas

a. Restraint Constants Per 1,000 Pounds of Cargo.
Angle of tie
°
45°-45o 300-30
Restraint
Strength of tiedown system Restraint safety factors safety
factors
1.50 2.00 2.250 3.00 4.00 4.50 8.00 2.0G 8.00
25,000-lb (D-1 or MB-2 device).

25,000-lb fitting .-----------
0. 12 0. 16 0. 18 0. 240. 320. 36 0. 640. 11 0. 43
10,000-lb (C-2 or MB-1 device).
10,000-lb fitting - .------
3 .4 .5 .66 .8 .9 1.6 .27 1.1
7,000-lb (C-2 or MB-i device).
7,000-lb fitting ------. 5 .6 . 7 . 9 1. 2 1. 3 2. 3
5,000-lb (B-1 or MC-1 device).
5,000-lb fitting - .---------
6 .8 . 9 1. 2 1. 6 1. 8 3. 2 .53 2. 1
2,000-lb (X2-in. rope).
5,000-lb fitting -------------- 1.5 2. 0 2. 3 3. 0 4. 0 4. 5 8. 0 1. 3 5. 3
1,250-lb (A-1 device).
1,250-lb fitting ------------- 2. 4 3. 2 3. 6 4. 8 6. 4 7. 212. 8
1,150-lb device and fitting ------- 2. 7 3. 5 4. 0 5. 3 7. 0 7. 914. 0
This table was derived from the formula:
1,000 X ~1,O
G
GX 100
X 100
X constant per 1,000 lb of load
RX % effectiveness of lashing system
where
G= gravitational pull
R=rated tensile strength of lashing
b. Formulafor Computing Number of Lashings Required.
Weight of cargoXK
W0of
Igh roX= number of lashings required
1,000
where
K=constant found in table in a above.
28
2.16 Tiedown Devices
The following table gives the number of tiedown devices, by type,
which the Air Force will furnish on each aircraft listed.
Type C-46, C-54 C-74 C-97 C-119 C-121 C-123 C-124 C-130A, C-133A
C-47 C-130B
Tiedown cargo strap

A1A, 1,250-lb cap- 15 40 60 60 25 25 20 60 10 0
Tiedown cable B-l,
5,000-lb cap --------- 5 5 15 12 10 5 10 50 0 0
Tiedown chain C-2,
10,000-lb cap ------ 0 8 20 20 28 0 35 24 24 (*)
Tiedc wn chain D-1,
_5, :00-lb cap ------ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 14 (*)
Tiedown device MC-1,
5,000-lb cap ------- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 (*)
Tiedown device MB-1,
10,000-lb cap ------- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 (*)
Tiedown device MB-2,
25,000-lb cap ------ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 14 0
Cargo net, steel cable,
A2, 10,000-lb cap - .0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0
*Must be requisitioned from Squadron Supply for each specific mission.
2.17 Typical Loads

See TM 57-210 or TM 1-series (-9, Loading Instruction) for the
applicable aircraft for typical loads. Cargo having dimensions which
approach cargo-door dimensions should be measured carefully.
Five-inch clearance should be allowed for cargo that may have to
be put through the door at an angle because of ramp loading.
2.18 Standard Parachutes and Carrying Capacities

Recommended load
Parachute Diameter (ft) weight (lb)
G-i, G-1A -------------------------------- 24 300
G-12 ----------------------------------- 64 2, 200
G-13 -.... 32. 4 ..--------------
500
G-11, G-11A-- - - ---- 100 2, 500
2.19 Aerial Delivery Containers and Typical Loads

In the following table the G-12D or G-13 parachute is used.
Average safe load
Container (lb) Typical load
A-5 .---- 60-300 Packaged fragile and nonfragile supplies
A-7 ----- 60-300 Packaged nonfragile supplies
A-7A---- 100-500 Packaged nonfragile supplies
A-21 -- 100-500 Fragile and nonfragile supplies
A-22---- 500-2, 200 Fragile and nonfragile supplies
29
2.20 Loading or Unloading Time for Army Aircraft
a. Rotary-Wing Aircraft.
(1) Troops-3 minutes.
(2) Casualties-10 minutes.
(3) Cargo, in fuselage-5 minutes.
(4) Cargo, external load-30 seconds.
(5) Refueling:
(a) Observation (H-13 and H-23)-7 minutes.
(b) Utility (H-19 and H-U1)-10 minutes.
(c) Light transport (H-21 and H-34)-15 minutes.
(d) Medium transport (H-37)-20 minutes.
b. Fixed-Wing Aircraft.
(1) Troops-approximately 2 to 3 minutes, depending on aircraft.
(2) Casualties-10 minutes.
(3) Cargo, in fuselage:
(a) Load-10 to 30 minutes, depending on cargo.
(b) Unload-5 minutes.
(4) Cargo, external load:
(a) Load-10 minutes.
(b) Air-landed-10 minutes.
(c) Parachute-30 seconds.
(d) Free fall-10 seconds.
(5) Refueling:
(a) Observation, light (L-19)--5 minutes.
(b) Utility (L-20)--8 minutes.
(c) Transport (U-1A)--15 minutes.
(d) Staff transport (L-23)-10 minutes.
2.21 Maximum Ground Times for Air Force Aircraft
The following information may be used for general planning pur-
poses.
a. All Cargo Flights. Maximum ground time at point of origin is
3 hours; 2 hours is maximum time at en route bases. At destination
bases where only off-loading is done, 2.5 hours is ground time.
Destination bases (off-
On-load bases loading and reloading)
Aircraft (hours) (hours)
C-54 ----------------------------------- 2.5 3
C-97 -------------------.--- 4. 5 6
C-119 -------- 2. 5 3
C -123 ---- -- -- --- -- -- -- --- -- -- -- 2.5 3
C-124 ---------------------------------- 4.5 6
C-130 A & B ----------------------------- 3.5 4
C-133A --------------------------------- 4. 0 5
b. All Passenger Flights. All Air Force aircraft have maximum
ground times of 2.5 hours at on-load bases and 3 hours at destination
bases for off-loading and reloading.
30
2.22 Aircraft Landing Sites
(See FM 57-35, FM 1-100, and TM 5-251.)
Section IV. AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE AND SUPPLY

2.23 Availability of Army Aircraft
Availability factors for Army aircraft are operational targets
developed by the Chief of Transportation. These operational
targets will be revised as more experience is accumulated in aircraft
operation, maintenance, and attendant availability factors. The
appropriate supply bulletin should be consulted for the latest avail-
ability factors.
2.24 Maintenance Man-Hour Requirements per Flying Hour

Organizational Field
Type aircraft maintenance ' maintenance 2 Total
H-13 (Sioux) --. ------------ . .......- 4 5 9
H-19 (Chickasaw).--------------------- 7 9 16
H-21 (Shawnee) ----------------------- 10. 8 10 20. 8
H-23 (Raven) ----..... 4 5 . ......----------
9
H-34 (Choctaw) ----------------------- 10. 8 13 23. 8
H-37 (Mojave) ------------------------- 15. 6 18 33. 6
H-U1 (Iroquois) .--------
---- ---------- 6 9 15
L-19 (Bird Dog) -------------------- 3 2 5
L-20 (Beaver) ------ ----- ----- ----- 4 3 7
L-23 (Seminole) ----------------------- 6 4 10
U-1 (Otter) --------------------------- 6 4 10
See SR 310-30-15 for current aircraft maintenance man-hour requirements.

2 Field maintenance will normally be 80 percent third echelon and 20 percent fourth echelon.
2.25 Direct Productive Maintenance Man-Hour Analysis for

a Given Period
The following examples show a direct productive maintenance man-
hour analysis for a given period. A period of one month is used for
purposes of this manual.
a. Determination of man-hour requirement, where-
20=number of aircraft
3=organizational maintenance man-hours required to produce 1 flying
hour
26= monthly programed flying hours
20X3X26=1,560 minimum maintenance man-hours required per month
b. Determination of maintenance man-hours available, where-
8=number of direct maintenance personnel available
8=hours per workday
20=workdays per month
24=percent of time off due to leave, KP, guard, sickness, etc. (based on
local situation and specific period of time)
8X8X20=1,280 maintenance man-hours per month
0.24X 1,280=973 maintenance man-hours available
31
c. Comparison of maintenance capability with maintenance work-
load, using results computed in a and b above.
973-1,560=--587, which shows a deficit, or shortage, in the number of
man-hours available
d. Computation of direct maintenance personnel requirements,
using the following formula.
No. of acftXman-hours per flying
Direct maintenance hourX monthly
n horprogramed
personnel required= lyg ours
maintenance hours available per
man per month
Example: Determine the number of direct maintenance personnel
working a 6-day week, 12 hours per day, to perform field maintenance
on 20 H-34 (Choctaw) aircraft flying 40 programed hours per month,
using 26 workdays per month, and 13 man-hours per flying hour
(par. 2.24). Assume 24 percent timne off due to leave, KP, etc.
20X13X40
Direct maintenance personnel 12 X26 24 44
2.26 Helicopter Planning Factors

a. Hours oj Operation. Four hours per 24-hour day. Twenty
hours a day required for terminal service.
b. Operating Speed. Number of statute miles traveled in 1 hour
equals normal cruising speed less 15 miles per hour. This allows for
reduction in speed prior to landing and immediately after takeoff.
32
CHAPTER 3
MOTOR TRANSPORT
3.1 Organization of Motor Transport Units
Headquarters and 55-11 To command, perform op- Normally 1 per logistical
headquarters erational planning and command, or may be
company, trans- supervision, coordinate, assigned to an army or
portation high- and control the activi- higher headquarters.
way transport ties of transportation
command. motor transport groups
(3-7), and other as-
signed or attached units
as required.
Headquarters and 55-12 To command transporta- To an army, logistical
headquarters tion truck battalions command, or zone of
company, trans- (3-7). the interior as required.
portation truck
group.
Headquarters and 55-16 To provide command and To atransportation truck
headquarters supervision of units en- group, highway trans-
company, trans- gaged in all types of port command, logisti-
portation truck motor transport opera- cal command; or may
battalion.* tions (including amphib- operate separately un-
ious truck) (3-7 corn- der supervision of ap-
panies). propriate staff trans-
portation officer.
Transportation 55-17 To provide transportation To logistical command or
light truck com- for movement of per- field army, transporta-
pany.* sonnel and general cargo tion truck battalion, or
by motor transport. may operate separately
under supervision of
appropriate staff trans-
portation officer.
Transportation 55-18 To provide truck trans- To a logistical command
medium truck portation for the move- or field army, trans-
company.* ment of general cargo, portation truck
bulk petroleum prod- battalion, or may
ucts, refrigerated cargo, operate separately
and missiles. under supervision of
appropriate staff
transportation officer.
'May be adapted to use non-U.S. personnel; see type B column of appropriate TOE.
551192 0-60--3 33
Unit TOE Mission and/or capability Asaagnment
Transportation 55-19 To transport personnel To a transportation
car company. and light cargo by truck battalion, a
motor vehicles. theater headquarters,
an army, logistical
command, or may
operate separately
under the supervision
of appropriate
Transportation 55-27 To transport personnel To an infantry division
cargo carrier and cargo in tactical or for arctic operations,
company logistical operations in or to field army or
(tracked). arctic regions where logistical command
conventional vehicles as required.
cannot be used.
Transportation 55-28 To provide truck trans- To a transportation
heavy truck portation for movement truck battalion, or
company* of heavy or bulky may operate separate-
vehicles and/or outsized ly under supervision
cargo. of appropriate staff
transportation
officer.
Headquarters 55-46 To provide command and To a corps or field
and headquar- administration for army (normally 2 per
ters detachment, transportation tactical corps).
transportation carrier companies.
tactical carrier
battalion.
Transportation 55-47 To provide protected To a corps or field army,
tactical carrier tactical mobility, normally in a trans-
company. resupply or evacuation portation tactical
of casualties in direct carrier battalion,
support of combat or may operate
elements of divisions separately under the
or special task forces. supervision of the
appropriate staff
Transportation 55-75 To provide tactical Organic to infantry
battalion, mobility to assault division, TOE 1-7T
infantry elements of an infantry ROCID (1 per
division. division for pursuit, division).
exploitation, and other
tactical task-force type
requirements.
Headquarters 55-76 To provide command and To transportation
and headquarters administration for battalion, infantry
company, assigned units. division, TOE 55-75
transportation ROCID (1 per
battalion, battalion).
infantry
division.
See footnote I on page 33.
34
Truck company, 55-77 To provide transportation Organic to transporta-
infantry for the tactical and tion battalion,
division. logistical movement of infantry division,
personnel and cargo of TOE 55-75 ROCID
an infantry division. (1 per battalion).
Armored carrier 55-78 To provide certain com- Organic to transporta-
company, infan- bat elements of the tion battalion, infan-
try division. infantry division pro- try division, TOE
tected tactical mobil- 55-75 ROCID (2 per
ity with armored per- battalion).
sonnel carriers.
Transportation 55-137 To provide amphibious To theater of opera-
amphibious transportation for tions (attached to
truck company. movement of cargo transportation ter-
and personnel from minal battalion) or to
ship to shore or shore a transportation truck
to shore. battalion, or may
operate separately
under supervision of
appropriate staff trans-
portation officer. Usu-
ally 1 allocated per 720
ST cargo to be moved
daily by amphibious
vehicles.
Team GF, trailer 55-500 To operate a trailer To transportation high-
transfer point, transfer point in con- way transport com-
operating. junction with a line- mand (1 per each
haul operation (250 trailer transfer point
12-ton trailer units in- in operation).
and-out per day).
Team GG, high- 55-500 To operate a highway To a logistical com-
way regulation regulation point on a mand or field army,
point. 24-hour-per-day basis with attachment to
to avoid congestion transportation truck
and conflict of traffic group. Normally 1
and to enable changes team assigned for
in convoy orders at each 30 to 40 miles of
any time to conform road net along which
to changes in destina- highway regulation is
tion, routing, and maintained.
priorities.
35
- -tS CCNg QW 1-
X C
~:O ,_~.lit
Q *0 _0 0C)
e-~qeq
1_ 1 ' _NXCX'
0 O4
t.eq . Ceqe. .
X-0 ~ -
I .,,: cenc., :!
or-
z F
t _.
a_;j
_F C_
.56-
X iav;X
< êq - _ 5 , .~~,,,,,
L QN
,,.,, k
C5,
uJ ~c ~ ~ :'''''~'
'''''
W '':
LU~~w"
36Z Zo
>~~ m
> (
V~eqeq NC
E~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~E
i <8 _< Xo XO 3 X C8 3u,g X
NONX o Qt Fl
Q JO . Scw
'E !o
z _ __ __
a tViD N b XC X C X t -X° -° -° I - -° - -: - - - - -C -0>
O~~~~~~~'~'eeC-e @) ,Cqe
._o |: o eO
u - -1 * . - _
*~~~~~ - - O ~o vzbzv v) vav Dv vb vE qbE -u q SE vE
36
.r 1- .r o - Xo
1- o c 1
' =Sv 8m ooG

h~s C ODOO°
, ~ ~ ~x__
a O
coxoo c0EUe
1 ..
R0 s^; 0~ '=o>X 9 0ooC0.
eq - ,, 1 001· .s;sssss-
0 c0 eq0 001R- -qe "'0
,
_d
r(>i;-t·ag3o"°eSE<X°Gg°
001-14)4)~ rcaO1-100 010

C
_ _ _q~ ~ 3s
,,om~mhs,,,,, gii ? 4oCd
4)
O
*e e
C0I."
.00
*II0I sOg
B
XXO
4). 8=
C
j ~
CC
III
1*0
1~4
,_ 2~4dB~W3
_
- c -; I - - 3 c D
000....., 6.
01) 4.i 04)+~c~o~cS

4 0 I4 )
Cl 0
4)4
0Cc
00 0ecc::0 .1 000 C
1
10cc 100 C 1s 00 00
"qeqe e q "oo oo00
Ou~~~~~~~E"D~~~~~~~~ "~~3
~
I l l~~~~~~~l ~ ~ B
g ~|0~ ~
ffi ~~~0 g G0 'D C4
v8nN
,,,.=,
Illll ial ~ 9E~,18%

3' ,~ E: :9$8m~m~~ :noX~ePO~8a~ga5
:W<,q~~~~~~~~~~~~~e IqC4
=~~~P
:~o° : :E:: : : :::!!ii!ii! ~
k~~~~~~ .t
q ~ I , ,l,,,IB,
P ea ,: :::' : ': 3:
3o : = : 3 8 a O: d8 o o
t;~
leho R: : : : : : ~~~~
,toR~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-
.1
0=~~~~~~~~~~0
-- =N N X X =n N X XX Q X
Z; osoo_ : ::', ' : oo oooo
OIc& S ct sl:::':| :
" :~~ :::::::::::::~~~~oi':'j~'~=~Zih~
:1
~ ~
8~~~~ _ _OON,B O O N N
,,,
O^
~
O OO
~
O
Q ~ o o~
NNN
O O O
2 2
O O
° R2
O
.0 o~
A, , ; 3
38 ,, g =' , , ,, , ~ E , ' ', E
O ua
zao . ' 'I ..... 5ji -' ' '
|~~~~- Pj r|i*g¢S$¢Qi¢5j-;,
j, j
38
%cq
'8E<°4°8 8~~8 8'

cX o
~~~~~ !
*0 *oa O *0
N CNCO 8qt -
Ni N OO -· O%O OO
occo o o o o c oo000
n ~HSSS~ 5
: ct
o o o oo o_
'C N 'C CCO C K

'C ' C -t
E- E-E4E- E-EN
39
3.3 Typical Truck Equipment for Motor Transport Units
a. On-Vehicle Material. Equipment listed is typical but subject
to change. For exact quantities the latest authorizations must be
checked.
Items Truck
Y4T 34T ,EiT 6T
Bag, tool ------------------------- 1 1 1 1
Bracket, drum, flammable ...... 1 1 1 ...........-.
1
Bracket, tool, pioneer equip ---------------------- --- 1
Chain, tow, Ye in.X 16 ft ------------------------...---. *1
Chain, tow, % in. X 16 ft--........- ----....-- - 1
Handle, wheel stud nut ------------------------- 1 1 1 1
Hose, tire inflation ---------------------------
- -- 1 1
Jack, 1l2-ton cap ---- - - - - - 1
Jack, 3-ton cap --------------------------------- 1 1
Jack, 8-ton cap ------------------------- ---- ---- ---- 1
Pliers, comb, slip joint, 8-in ---- I
1---------------
I 1 1
Screwdriver, common, hv duty, 4-in ------------------- 1
Screwdriver, common, hv duty, 6-in ------------- 1 ---- 1
Screwdriver, common, hv duty, 9-in -------------.-- .......
- · - 1
Screwdriver, Phillips, No. 1 ----------------------.....- - - 1
Screwdriver, Phillips, No. 2 ----------------------.....- - - 1
Screwdriver, Phillips, No. 3 ----------------------.... 1
Wrench, adj, 8-in ----- - - - - --------- 1 1 1 1
Wrench, plug, straight bar---------------------- 1 1 1 1
Wrench, wheel stud nut ------------------------ 1 1 1 1
Issued on truck with winch.
b. TOE Material. The issue of this material varies with each

type truck. It includes-
Axe, chopping, single bit Mount, ring
Flashlight, MX-991 U Shovel, hand, GP, D-handle
Goggles, M-1944 Tube, flexible nozzle
Mattock, pickhandled
c. Special Material. The following material is issued as required:

Chains, tire, pair----------- As required by local weather conditions
Extinguisher, fire CC14, 1-qt__ As authorized by AR 385-55
Kit, deepwater fordingl ------ When authorized by theater of oper-
Kit, winterization J ations commander
Section III. OPERATIONS

3.4 Outline Standing Operating Procedure for Motor Transport
Movements
a. General. Policies and factors involved in movements via high-
way.
(1) Highway regulations. Purpose, application or scope, re-
sponsibilities, methods and procedures for accomplishment.
(2) Convoy clearance. Minimum vehicle requirements, convoy
symbols, and procedures; format for requesting and furnish-
40
ing clearance; routing; halts; convoy composition; restrictions
on tracked or outsized vehicles.
(3) Highway regulation points. Purpose, establishment basis,
responsibilities and procedures for operation, required records
(4) Traffic control. Responsibilities, relationship to highway
regulation, coordination measures effected with provost
marshal.
(5) Return loads. Policies, methods, and procedures for securing
and reporting.
(6) Convoy commanders. Appointment, responsibilities and func-
tions, relationships with transportation personnel, instruc-
tions to be furnished.
(7) Halts. Types, policies, procedures, and responsibilities for
establishment and conduct of halts, area policing.
(8) Security. Responsibilities and methods of conducting de-
fensive measures.
(9) Records and reports. Responsibilities and methods for
maintenance of required records, reference to reports to be
submitted.
(1) Releases. When required, methods of obtaining, formats,
dissemination, actions required.
(2) Diversions and reconsignments. Authority to effect diversions
with consideration for various command areas, procedures for
initiating requests, and execution.
(3) Records and reports. Types of records required to be main-
tained on supply movements, reference to reports to be
submitted.
3.5 Outline Standing Operating Procedure for Motor Transport

Service
a. General. Policies involved in control, operation, and mainte-
nance of facilities, equipment, and installation; command responsi-
bility; technical supervision required and agencies involved.
b. Mission. Service provided, extent of operation.
c. Functions.
(1) Scheduled and nonscheduled operations.
(2) Maintenance of equipment-responsibilities, procedures,
facilities, and inspection practices.
d. Operational Planning. Computation of troop and equipment
requirements, capability estimate, communication procedure and
requirements, rehabilitation requirements.
e. Operations. Operational procedures and controls, pooling and
utilization of equipment.
f. Maintenance. Responsibilities and procedures for maintenance,
regulations and reports.
41
g. Supply Procedure. Responsibilities for supplies, authorized
levels, requisitioning procedures, accounting methods, disposal of
excesses.
h. Intelligence and Reconnaissance. Responsibility for collection,
collation, evaluation, and dissemination of highway transportation
intelligence and reconnaissance information.
i. Security. Responsibilities, plans-disaster and defense, convoy
and cargo security, equipment and facilities.
j. Records and Reports. Responsibility, operational and personnel
status reports, technical reports, miscellaneous.
k. Training. Responsibility-unit and technical training.
3.6 Operation Order Outline
Operation order for highway movement should contain the type of
information outlined below.
a. Heading. The headquarters preparing the order, the location,
date, hour, order number, and the task unit.
b. Situation. State "No change" or give additional information.
c. Mission.
(1) Request No. _. Date and hour
(2) By rank and name
Orgn - Phone
(3) To transport
(Tonnage) (Type of cargo) (No. personnel)
Cube
Cargo peculiarities
(Height, width, odd shape, etc.)
No. and type vehicle required
(4) Capabilities.
Origin Loading time
Destination Unloading time
d. Execution.
(1) Report to _
(Rank, name and title)
Location (point of origin)
Time and date (spot) Phone
Time and date (move)
(2) On arrival at destination report to
(Name and rank)
Location
Time and date Phone
(3) Operations.
One-time Recurring If recurring
operation:
From Through
(4) Pertinent road information
42
(5) Shipment (has) (has not) been coordinated with both consignor
and consignee.
(6) It (is) (is not) an emergency movement. If emergency,
authorized by
(Name and rank) (Organization)
Phone
(7) Pickup, movement, and delivery schedule (trailers):
Bn (spot) (pickup) trailer(s) at origin
Bn move trailer(s) from to
By date and hour
By date and hour
Bn deliver trailer(s) to destination for (unloading) (return
loads) and/or (return)
e. Administrative and Logistical Matters.
(1) Class I
(2) Class III
(3) Billets and/or meals: Origin Dest __
(4) Other information
.f. Command and Signal.

(1) Report to this headquarters, by phone, departure and
arrival dates and times.
(2) Coordination of highway movement will be in accordance
with BaLog Comd SOP No. 6, Highway Regulation, 195-.
(3) Special instructions pertaining to operation, if any:
s/
Authentication:
Distribution:
3.7 Circulation Maps

(fig. 3.1)
a. Circulation maps are used to indicate a road net or system of
routes, and to give necessary information and traffic restrictions
pertaining thereto.
b. The circulation map establishes one-way, two-way, and alter-
nating routes of traffic flow. Care must be taken to insure that
routes are available for a circuitous flow in the required directions.
A one-way route normally requires a compensating route in the
opposite direction for the return of vehicles. Adequate access and
egress routes must be provided along all routes. Where the balance
between main routes and access-egress routes is not maintained, the
capability of main routes may be limited to the capability of the
access or egress facilities.
c. Circulation maps show such information as open, supervised,
express, dispatch, and reserved routes; light lines; area boundaries;
43
mileage between important points; bridge and other weight limita-
tions; restrictions on speed, density, etc.; and location of dumps,
depots, highway traffic control posts, and highway regulation points.
Road information shown on circulation maps applies throughout the
length of road between points shown by heavy dots or crossbars.
d. Circulation maps frequently consist of a standard map and an
overlay which together give the needed information. If the necessary
information is too much to put on one overlay, separate overlays
may be used to show different types of information.
Figure 8.1. Traffic circulation map.
3.8 Bivouac Defense, Truck Company

a. Standard Pattern. Company standing operating procedure gives
a standard pattern that can be modified to suit the situation and
terrain. Upon arriving at the bivouac site, each platoon takes its
predetermined position in the perimeter, without orders. Company
headquarters and the maintenance section occupy the center as a
reserve. Wherever possible, advantage is taken of streams, marshes,
cliffs, etc., to secure one or more flanks. Figures 3.2 and 3.3 show
typical temporary bivouac areas for a light truck company. Figure
3.2 illustrates a situation where there is no guerrilla activity and
emphasis is placed upon passive defense. Figure 3.3 depicts a
situation in which a light truck company, organized primarily for
44
It
12 TRK \ /
, . X .5
. 12 TRK
/!!
' ,l
COMPANY AREA=.0959 SQ MILES OR 585 ACRES

COMPANY FRONTs 1,900 YD
PLATOON FRONTs630 YD
CP AREA tS-YD RADIUS
Figure 8.2. Schematic diagram, typical bivouac area, light truck company-
passive defense emphasized.
ground defense to provide some dispersion for defense against air

attack, has modified its area to fit the situation and terrain. In both
situations dispersion and camouflage serve as the primary defense
against air attack.
b. Conduct of Defense. The unit commander will place on the
perimeter the minimum number of men required to maintain reason-
able security. The number of men on the perimeter will depend upon
the probability of attack by regular troops or guerrillas and also upon
the terrain and weather--including visibility. The unit commander
will keep himself informed on the nearness and activity of enemy
forces. He will gain this information from his next higher head-
quarters, from the unit he is supporting or to which he is attached,
and/or from friendly adjacent troops. When ground attack is
imminent, men occupy the two-man foxholes. If required, one man
45
"r~ '%?~;% ts
tl
ZB M
-I...jf
0.~ ~ ~
,4.6w ~uoo,
46
stays alert while the other man sleeps. Each squad is given a sector.
The squad leader and assistant squad leader occupy positions in rear of
their squads. At all times the platoon leader and the squad leaders
must know exactly where their men are and be prepared to alert them
immediately.
c. Trucks. Trucks may be dispersed individually or in small
groups, with about 100 yards between trucks or groups. Trucks are
camouflaged and parked facing nearest exit road.
d. Mines and Flares. If available and authorized, a protective
minefield consisting of antipersonnel mines and trip flares is placed
around the outer rim of the perimeter, about 200 yards in front of
the foxholes and machinegun emplacements (FM 20-32). One
trailer in each platoon may carry numbered mines. These are placed
in a standard sequence in every bivouac-mine No. 1 at 12 o'clock,
then clockwise. The protective minefield can be installed quickly,
and all mines can be located promptly and recovered when bivouac
is cleared.
e. Grenade Launchers and Machineguns. Grenade launchers are
used to protect areas most likely or suitable for enemy mechanized
attack. Machineguns are placed to secure interlocking fires on the
perimeter.
f. Defense Against Nuclear Weapons and Air Attacks. The unit
commander must continuously stress passive defense measures to be
employed against possible enemy nuclear weapons or air attacks.
All personnel should construct foxholes with adequate overhead cover
immediately after occupying a bivouac area. Exposed personnel,
even in rear areas, should be limited to the minimum number required
to provide security and perform other necessary duties in the bivouac
area.
3.9 Typical Truck Terminal
Figure 3.4 shows a typical truck terminal. Arrangement of facili-
ties may deviate from the illustration, but the facilities indicated
should be considered the minimum.
3.10 Road Reconnaissance Report
A road reconnaissance report should contain information about the
subjects listed below.
a. Date and Time of Reconnaissance.
b. Type and Condition of Road(s).
(1) Character of road surface(s).
(2) Number and dimensions of usable lanes.
(3) Width of shoulders.
(4) Curves.
(5) Grades.
47
A. LOCAL DISPATCH (IN &OUT)
B. LINE-HAUL DISPATCH (IN 8 OUT)
I. HIGHWAY REGULATION POINT
.!) f t// 2. RELEASE AREA
3. REFUELING AREA
4. MAINTENANCE SERVICE
5. READY-TO-ROLL AREA
6. CONVOY FORMATION AREA
"' ~\ ENTIRE
CAMOUFLAGED
AND THR YARD
c'%.
('ion. o.Road
Locat Repairs
I-rvm· N..'y.
/
ORGANIZATTIONMAINTENANCE
AND THIRD ECHELON SHOPS
FigureS.4. Typical truck terminal.

c. Road Repairs or Improvements Necessary.
(1) Location.
(2) Description.
d. Traffic and Load Capacity.
(1) Maximum vehicle density.
(2) Maximum loads permissible.
48
(3) Restrictions.
(4) Peak load periods.
e. Bridges; Culverts; Underpasses, Overpasses, or Bypasses.
(1) Location.
(2) Dimensions (length, width, etc.).
(3) Capacity (approximate).
(4) Condition.
(5) Type of construction (steel, concrete, etc.).
f. Toll Bridges, Ferries,and/or Tunnels.
(1) Location.
(2) Charges or fares.
(3) Capacity.
(4) Condition.
(5) Schedules.
(6) Dimensions.
g. Alternate Routes.
h. CriticalPoints.
(1) Points of conflict.
(2) Bottlenecks (potential or existing).
(3) Points of access.
(4) Railroads.
(a) Crossings.
(b) Railheads, etc.
i. Communication Facilities.
(1) Location(s).
(2) Type(s).
(3) Condition.
(4) Restrictions.
j. Adjacent Area(s).
(1) Halt sites.
(2) Bivouac sites.
(3) Dump sites.
(a) Condition of terrain.
(b) Size of area.
(c) Drainage.
(d) Other.
k. Additional Information. Include information of value to other
services, special items, weather conditions at time of reconnaissance,
etc.
551192 0-60 4 49
3.11 Road Classiication
a. Condition--Rating Symbols.
Rating Condition Symbol
Alinement:
Good .-.. Flat gradients and easy curves.......... A in numerator.
Fair ---- Steep gradient (in excess of 6 percent) - Ag in denominator.
Fair ---- Sharp curves with radius less than 150_ Ac in denominator.
feet.
Bad-. Steep gradients and sharp curves --------- Agc in denominator.
Drainage:
Good--.. Adequate crown or superelevation with D in numerator.
adequate ditches; culverts in good con-
dition.
Bad- ... Inadequate crown or superelevation; D in denominator.
ditches or culverts blocked or otherwise
in poor condition.
Foundation:
Good-.-. Stabilized, compact material of good F in numerator.
quality.
Bad----- Unstable, loose, or easily displaced ma- F in denominator.
terial.
Surface:
Good .... Free of potholes, bumps, or ruts likely to S in numerator.
reduce convoy speed.
Bad ----- Bumpy, rutted, potholed, or excessively S in denominator.
cracked to an extent likely to reduce
convoy speed.
b. Symbolsfor Length and Width of Road and Types of Road Surfaces.

Symbol Meaning
mi in denominator ----- Preceded by a numeral indicates length of road in

miles between two points indentified by dots on the
map or overlay.
km in denominator ----- Preceded by a numeral indicates length of road in
kilometers.
ft in numerator -- . Preceded
.... by a numeral indicates width of traveled
way in feet at the narrowest point.
m in numerator -------- Preceded by a numeral indicates width of traveled
way in meters at the narrowest point.
k in numerator -------- Concrete.
b in numerator.. --.----- Bituminous surface treatment. The symbol b may
be used with any of the other surface symbols to
denote a waterproof bituminous skin. For example:
rb-bituminous macadam; kb-bituminous con-
crete.
p in numerator ------ Paving brick or stone.
r in numerator ------- Crushed rock, coral, or waterbound macadam.
gl in numerator --------- Gravel or lightly metaled surface.
n in numerator -------- Natural or stabilized soil, sand, clay, shell, cinders,
disintegrated granite, or other selected material.
v in numerator --------- Various other surfaces not itemized above.
50
c. Example of a ClassificationFraction.
FD 20 ft rb
Age S 6.4 mi
This fraction describes a stretch of road 6.4 miles long and 20 feet
wide at the narrowest point in the traveled way. The road has a
good foundation and drainage system, but bad alinement, with grades
in excess of 6 percent and sharp curves with radii less than 150 feet.
The road also has a bituminous macadam surface in bad condition.
When factors cannot be determined, their symbols are omitted.
When the road classification fraction is transmitted electrically, the
numerator must be separated from the denominator by a slant; for
example: FD 20 ft rb/Agc S 6.4 mi
3.12 Bridge Signs
a. CircularSigns (figs. 3.5 and 3.6). These are placed at bridges to
indicate the bridge classification. The signs have a yellow background
with 1Y2-inch black border; the bridge classification and appropriate
symbols are in black.
b., Rectangular Signs (figs. 3.7 and 3.8). These signs give additional
i structions and technical information. Minimum size is 16 inches
high or wide. They have a yellow background and 132-inch black
border.
60
6;0 (j
2\'1'W l'~v I cTw a in l
\\\ II , / Two-way sign limiting
vehicle classes on a
two-lane bridge when
For single-lane For single-lane used as a two- or as
fixed bridge. floating bridge. a single-lane bridge.
Figure 3.5. Typical bridge-class and information signs.
3.13 Bridge and Vehicle Weight Classification

a. Posting Bridges. Every military bridge is posted with a number
indicating the highest vehicle weight class that can cross safely.
Vehicles of higher weight class are barred except for special crossings.
Fixed bridges are also marked with the length in feet of the span to
which the posted capacity applies.
b. Marking Vehicles. Self-propelled vehicles in class 3 or higher
and towed vehicles in class 1 or higher are marked to indicate the
51
Go Don
Figure 3.6. Typical dual-class bridge signs.
class, except that prime movers are marked with either their own
class or the class of the normal combination of prime mover and
trailer or semitrailer. Markings on the front of trucks should be on
the right front fenders between blackout marker light and radiator
brush guard. Examples of vehicle markings are shown in figure
3.9.
c. Determining Vehicle Classes. The class of each standard vehicle
and combination will be found in FM 5-36 and other Department of
the Army publications on the subject, such as training circulars and
technical bulletins.
3.14 International (Geneva Convention) Road Signs

The road signs discussed in this paragraph were agreed upon at the
United Nations Conference on Road and Motor Transport in 1949.
Although these signs are not military, Army personnel should be
familiar with them.
a. Dimensions of Signs. Dimensions of various signs are standard-
ized in each country to insure maximum uniformity. In general, two
sizes are used for each type of sign-a standard size and a reduced
size for use where conditions do not permit or the safety of road users
does not require erection of the standard size. In exceptional cir-
cumstances, a small sign may be used inside built-up areas or for
repetition of the main sign.
52
(i
I
(4~~
cfli
I I. ~
k IiI I5
V I
( I
() 7:77< II 53
0~~~~
/cr
I
w hJ Igl ~
(.) ?
$4
0~~~1)S
>- -
it
~- ~Z .
laj uj~~~~~~~~
>.W Aww
U.-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~I
-
4
54
6"Di
a ) SINGLE VEHICLES 8 9'Dia.
COMBINATION VEHICLES
Figure 3.9. Vehicle weight classification marking.
b. Danger Signs (Class I) (fig. 3.10). Danger signs are in the shape
of an equilateral triangle with one point upward, except in the case of
the sign PRIORITY ROAD AHEAD which has one point down-
ward. These signs have a red border with white or yellow background.
Symbols are black or of some other dark color. For signs of standard
size, the length of each side of the triangle is not less than 2 feet 11.4
inches (0.90 of a meter), and for the reduced size, not less than 1 foot
11. 6 inches (0.60 of a meter). Signs are not more than 7 feet 2.6
inches (2.20 meters) above the ground at the highest point. Away
from built-up areas, they are not less than 1 foot 11.6 inches (0.60 of
a meter) above the ground at the lowest point. Signs are so placed
that they are clearly visible, but do not impede pedestrians.
c. Signs Giving Definite Instructions (Class II). The signs of this
class indicate an order, which may be either in the nature of a prohibi-
tion or an obligation (fig. 3.11). They are circular with a diameter of
at least 1 foot 11.6 inches (0.60 of a meter) for signs of standard size,
and at least 1 foot 3.7 inches (0.40 of a meter) for signs of reduced size.
They are placed in the immediate vicinity of the point where the
prohibition or obligation begins and at intervals along the route.
They are not more than 7 feet 2.6 inches (2.20 meters) above the
55
ground at the highest point, and not less than 1 foot 11.6 inches (0.60
of a meter) above the ground at the lowest point.
(1) Prohibitory signs (Class II A). These signs are white or
light yellow with a red border, and the symbol is black or
some other dark color. Examples of signs in this category
are:
(a) Prohibitions for all traffic.
(b) Prohibitions for certain classes of vehicles.
(c) Restrictions on the dimensions, weight, or speed of vehicles.
(2) Mandatory signs (Class II B). These signs are blue with a
white symbol. Examples of mandatory signs are:
(a) A direction to be followed.
(b) Where cyclists must ride.
d. Informative Signs (Class III). Signs of this class are rectangular.
Where the colors are not specifically prescribed, red does not dominate.
(1) Indication signs (Class III A). Signs of this type are used
to indicate such places as parking areas, hospitals, first-aid
stations, telephones, filling stations, and priority roads (fig.
3.12). These signs have a blue background, except those
indicating priority roads, which are white with a black or
dark rim on the outside and have a yellow center. Priority
road signs are square with one point downward. The side of
the square is at least 1 foot 11.6 inches (0.60 of a meter) for
the standard size, and at least 1 foot 3.7 inches (0.40 of a
meter) for the reduced size. For signs repeated within
built-up areas, the side of the square is 9.8 inches (0.25 of a
meter).
(2) Advance direction signs and direction signs (Class III B).
The size of these signs is such that the indication can be
understood easily by drivers in time to enable them to com-
ply. They have either a light background with dark lettering
or a dark background with light lettering. Advance direction
signs are placed at a distance of between 328 feet (100 meters)
and 820 feet (250 meters) from the intersection on normal
roads. On special roads, e.g., concrete multilane roads, this
distance is increased to 1,640 feet (500 meters). Direction
signs are rectangular with the longer side horizontal and end
in an arrowhead. Names of places lying in the same direc-
tion may be added to the sign. Colors of these signs are the
same as for advance direction signs. When distances are
indicated, the figures giving distance are inscribed between
the name of the place and the arrowhead.
(3) Place identification signs (Class III C). Signs indicating a
locality are rectangular with the longer side horizontal.
They are of such size and location that they are visible at
night. They have either a light background with dark
56
UNEVEN ROAD DANGEROUSBEND RIGHT BEND LEFT BEND
DOUBLE BEND DOUBLE BEND ROADINTERSECTION OTHER DANGER

(FIRST TO THE RIGHT) (FIRST TOTHE LEFT)
OPENING BRIDGE ROAD REPAIR SLIPPERY ROAD PEDESTRIAN

CROSSING
CHILDREN BEWARE OF INTERSECTION PRIORITY ROAD

ANIMALS WITH NON-PRIORITY AHEAD
ROAD
LEVEL R.R. CROSSING LEVEL CROSSING DANGEROUS HILL ROADWAYNARROWS

WITH GATES WITHOUT GATES
(APPROACHSIGN )
Figure 3.10. Internationalroad signs-danger.
lettering, or a dark background with light lettering. They

are placed before the beginning of a built-up area, and at
other points necessary to indicate place locations.
551192 0-60 - 4A 57
STOP AT NO RIGHT TURN STOP- CUSTOMS NO STOPPING
INTERSECTION OR WAITING
BICYCLES NO ENTRY FOR VEHICLES NO ENTRY FOR VEHICLES NO ENTRY FOR VEHICLES
PROHIBITED HAVING OVERALL WIDTH HAVING OVERALL HEIGHT EXCEEDING GROSS
EXCEEDING METERS EXCEEDING METERS WEIGHT
NO ENTRY FOR VEHICLES NO ENTRY FOR NO ENTRY FOR NO ENTRY FOR GOODS
WITH AN AXLE WEIGHT MOTORCYCLES ALL MOTOR CARRYING VEHICLES
EXCEEDING TONS W/OSIDECARS VEHICLES EXCEEDING TONS
LADEN WEIGHT
NO PASSING NO ENTRY FOR ALL CLOSED TO ALL NO ENTRY FOR

VEHICLES EXCEPT VEHICLES ALL VEHICLES
MOTORCYCLES W/O
SIDECARS
TURN LEFT COMPULSORY CYCLE SPEED LIMIT

TRACK
Figure 3.11. International road signs-definite instructions.
3.15 North Atlantic Treaty Organization Military Road Signs

To facilitate the movement of armed forces of the North Atlantic
Treaty Organization (NATO) in any territory controlled by opera-
tional military command or a national authority, a standard system
of military route signs has been adopted by member governments.
This system includes signs which the Geneva Convention already Dre-
se
FIRST- AID STATION MECHANICAL HELP TELEPHONE
LEVEL R.R. CROSSING WITHOUT

GATES IN IMMEDIATE VICINITY END OF SPEED LIMIT
PARKING HOSPITAL
PERMITTED FILLING STATION
200mJ
END OF PRIORITY ROAD
PRIORITY ROAD
APPROACH TO END OF
PRIORITY ROAD
Figure S.12. Internationalroad signs-informative.
59
Stockholm 17
DISTANCE SIGNS
Stockholm
LOCALITY SIGNS
Malmo
Landskrona
DIRECTION SIGNS MILESTONE
A B C D
SUPPLEMENTARY RAILWAY SIGNS
IFSIGN A OR SIGN B IS DISPLAYED, IT MUST BE FOLLOWED BY SIGN C
AND THEN SIGN D, INDICATING 2/3 AND 1/3 OF THE DISTANCE TO THE
DESIGNATED POINT DESCRIBED IN THE ORIGINAL SIGN.
Figure 3.12-Continued.
60
HAZARD
CROSSROADS DANGEROUS CURVES
OUT
Y-JUNCTION T-JUNCTION
REGULATORY
SPEED LIMIT NO ENTRY
DETOUR
*OR
205
DETOUR TO AXIAL DETOUR TO AXIAL
ROUTE 205 TO FRONT, ROUTE 205 TO REAR,
TURN RIGHT TURN RIGHT
Figure 3.13. NATO military road signs.
61
DIRECTIONAL DISK
STRAIGHT AHEAD TURN RIGHT FORK LEFT SHARP TURN

TO RIGHT REAR
ROUTE
nOt OR OR
AXIAL ROUTE 205 AXIAL ROUTE 205

TO FRONT, STRAIGHT AHEAD TO REAR, STRAIGHT AHEAD
D O OR OR
AXIAL ROUTE 205 AXIAL ROUTE 205

TO FRONT,TURN RIGHT TO REAR,TURN LEFT
z ORRt
O
LATERAL ROUTE 202 DETOUR

NORTH-SOUND TRAFFIC
TO FRONT, FORK RIGHT
CASUALTY EVACUATION ROUTE
(ALL MEDICAL UNITS EXCEPT TURKISH) (TURKISH MEDICAL UNITS)
Figure S.13-Continued.
62
scribes (par. 3.14) and others not included in the Geneva Convention.
Standard signs include hazard signs, regulatory signs, and guide signs.
Examples are shown in figure 3.13.
a. Hazard Signs. These signs indicate traffic hazards and are
normally used only in areas under military authority. Hazard signs
will be square and will be placed with one corner pointing downward.
A purely military sign not included in the International (Geneva
Convention) or host country's system will have a yellow background
with the legend or symbol superimposed in black. In the case of a
sign included in the International or host country's system, the
International or host-country sign will be superimposed on the same
yellow background.
b. Regulatory Signs. These signs are used to regulate and control
traffic. Regulatory signs will be square. They will have a black
background on which the legend will be superimposed in white with
the following exceptions: bridge classification signs, stop signs, no-
entry signs, and signs erected by the military for the control of civilians
under specified circumstances.
c. Guide Signs. Guide signs are used to indicate locations, dis-
tances, directions, routes, and similar information.
(1) Guide signs for routes will be rectangular with the long axis
vertical. The legend or symbol and route number will be
superimposed in white on a black background. Odd-num-
bered routes are axial, and even numbers describe lateral
routes.
(2) Directional disks will be used as a supplement to other
guide signs to indicate the direction of a route or as an
appendage. to any major unit sign to indicate the route
to that unit. The disk will be less than 16 inches in diam-
eter and will bear a black arrow, with or without bar, on
a white background. Eight equally spaced holes around
its circumference allow the disk to be nailed with the arrow
pointing in any direction. Battalions and lower units are
not permitted to install directional disks.
(3) Guide signs for casualty evacuation routes will be either
rectangular or cross-shaped with symbols in red on a white
background.
(4) Detour signs will have a white arrow, barred or not, on a blue
square; they will be placed with one corner pointing down-
ward.
3.16 NATO Marking for Military Vehicles
a. General. The armed forces of the North Atlantic Treaty Or-
ganization have agreed to use the standard markings for vehicles
63
described below. The markings listed are not necessarily used at all
times, but when they are used, vehicles are marked in accordance
with the following paragraphs. The rear of a trailer is marked in
the same way as its prime mover; there is no need to mark the front
of a trailer.
b. Security. When necessary for security reasons, vehicle marking
may, by direction of the field commander or his superior authority,
be covered or removed.
c. Registration Numbers. The marking of vehicles for registration
is as required by the nation concerned. Registration markings
consist of numbers or a combination of letters and numbers.
d. National Distinguishing Symbols. National symbols are used
to identify the vehicles of each country. As a minimum, symbols
are shown front and rear. Service symbols may be superimposed
upon the national distinguishing symbols or shown separately by an
additional symbol.
e. Speed Limit Markings. Speed limit markings are placed on
vehicles as directed by the nation concerned.
f. Tactical Markings. Tactical markings serve in general as
identification markings within units; they consist of stripes and
geometrical figures or combinations thereof and may also include a
name. Colors may be used. Markings should be large enough to
make ground-to-ground identification of vehicles possible: they are
used primarily for easy battlefield recognition. The design and
position of these markings are prescribed by'the field commander
directing their use. They are removed when vehicles are permanently
released from the jurisdiction of the commander who prescribed their
use.
g. Air-Ground Recognition Markings. Equipment for these mark-
ings consists of red and yellow fluorescent panels. Each panel is
equipped with tie cords. Panel dimensions are approximately 6 feet
by 2 feet 3 inches (1.80m by 0.68m). Panels are draped on vehicles
in a standard, unchanging pattern that differs from the displays
prescribed for other recognition purposes (front lines, targets, etc.).
Theater commanders prescribe the arrangement of panels and the
conditions under which they will be used.
h. Special Markings. Military police traffic control vehicles and
vehicles used in traffic regulation are identified, front and rear, with
the prescribed markings. Ambulances and other vehicles used ex-
clusively for medical purposes are marked in conformity with the
rules of the Geneva Convention. Such markings consist of one red
cross or crescent on a square white background painted on the side
body panels, roof of body, roof of driver's cab, and rear door(s) or
panel.
i. Bomb Disposal Units. Vehicles of bomb disposal units have all
mudguards painted red.
64
j. Danger Markings. A red flag flown from any vehicle indicates
DANGER.
k. Priority Vehicles. Any vehicle which for any reason (special
liaison officers, signal vehicles carrying priority dispatches, damage
assessment personnel, etc.) requires priority over all other vehicles
may be so marked by any commander having area responsibility.
Such priority markings are valid only in the area of the commander
concerned. The marking consists of an equilateral triangle with red
borders and symbols on a white background displayed on the front
and rear of the vehicle (fig. 3.14). A single priority sign may be
used if visible from both front and rear. The size of a priority sign
should be as large as the dimensions of the vehicle permit. The symbol
inside the triangle indicates the commander authorizing use of this
priority sign. This sign must be removable in order to avoid misuse
and normally is used only on direct orders of the commander
concerned.
-2
Figure 3.14. Vehicle priority sign.
1. Marking of Movement Serials.

(1) A movement serial is an element or group of elements within
a series which is given a numerical or alphabetical designa-
551192 0-60-5 65
(O RIGHT TURN STOP LEFT TURN
OPEN UP CLOSE UP PASS AND KEEP

GOING
Figure 3.15. Driver arm and hand signals.
tion for convenience in planning, scheduling, or controlling

vehicle movements.
(2) The leading vehicle of each movement serial carries a blue
flag.
(3) The rear vehicle in the movement serial carries a green flag.
(4) The vehicle of a movement serial commander displays a
flag that is bisected by a diagonal-the upper triangle is
white, the lower black.
(5) In areas where vehicles drive on the left side of the highway,
the flags are mounted on the right side of the vehicle; other-
wise, they are mounted on the left side.
(6) Flags are approximately 12 inches by 18 inches (30 cm by
45.7 cm).
(7) The number or letter assigned to a movement serial is marked
on the front and on both sides of each vehicle in the serial.
The marking is placed so that it is clearly visible from the
ground and does not interfere with other prescribed
markings.
66
m. Illumination of Vehicle Markings. The condition under which
military traffic will move at night is determined by the local com-
mand. The enemy threat and, so far as possible, the regulations of
the host country are considered when deciding whether the illumi-
nation will be normal, reduced, or blacked out. Under normal light-
ing conditions, the military registration or identification number
at the rear of a motor vehicle or trailer is so illuminated that it is
readable at a minimum distance of 20 yards. The local commander
prescribes either reduced lighting or blackout when necessary.
3.17 Arm and Hand Signals
a. The safe operation of motor vehicles often depends upon the
driver knowing and using the arm and hand signals shown in figure
3.15.
b. The current concept of tactical operations requires that vehicle
drivers must be trained to operate their vehicles under blackout con-
ditions and to recognize operational night hand signals (fig. 3.16).
These signals provide a means of control at night or when radio silence
and security requirements are at a maximum.
c. The arm and hand signals illustrated in figure 3.17 are the com-
mon means for transmitting visual messages within administrative
and tactical units of the Armed Forces. They must be memorized and
practiced until they become second nature. Visual signals are useless
(i Go: or Forward; or ( Turn right. The light () Turn left. The light
Move out; or Increase is rotated clockwise (from is rotated counterclockwise
speed; or Double time. the individual giving the (from the individual giving
The light is moved several signal). the signal).
times vertically in front of
the body.
6) Start engine(s). The ) Move in reverse. The @ Stop; or Stop engine(s).

light is so moved as to light is held at shoulder level The light is moved horizontally
describe the figure 8 (on its and blinked several times back and forth several times
side) in a vertical plane in toward the vehicle. across the path of approaching
front of the body of the traffic to stop traffic. The
individual giving the signal. same signal is used to stop
engines.
Figure 3.16. Night hand signals.
67
D. FORWARD; OR BY THE
A. ATTENTION B. ASSEMBLE C. READY RIGHT (LeFOR)LANK.
OR TO
THE REAR (Vehicles or indi-
viduals tur siImultaneously)
2I I
E. MOUNT F. DISMOUNT G. START ENGINE(S): OR
PREPARE TO MOVE
H. STOP ENGINE (S)
1. INCREASE SPEED; OR J. DECREASE SPEED K. RIGHT TURN; OR L. LEFT TURN: OR

DOUBLE TIME; OR RUSH (Vehicles) COLUMN RIGHT COLUMN LEFT
M: MOVE AHEAD; OR N. MOVE IN REVERSE O. EXTEND (From Turret, P. CLOSE UP (From Turret,
JOIN ME; OR FOLLOW ME Ground. or Open Vehicle) Ground or Open Vehicle)
Q. HALT; OR STOP R. CLOSE UP AND STOP S. DISREGARD PREVIOUS T. VEHICLE OUT OF ACTION
COMMAND: OR AS YOU WERE
Figure 3.17. Motor march hand and arm signals.
if not correctly and distinctly interpreted. The signals illustrated with

a single-headed arrow indicate the signal is a single action which may
be repeated until acknowledged or executed. Signals illustrated with
a double-headed arrow are continuous until acknowledged or executed.
3.18 Basic March Formulas '

a. General. There are three basic march factors: distance (D), rate
(R), and time (T). When two are known, the third can be found by
I For time and space definitions, see FM 25-10.
68
using the following formulas:
D D
R=D
T T=D
R D=RT
Any of the distance factors (length, gap, lead, or road distance) may
be substituted in the equation if the corresponding time factors are
also substituted. Corresponding units of measure must be used
throughout.
b. Rate Factors.
Rate (yd per min) =length (yd) -- time length (min)
Rate (miles in the hour (mih))=road distance (miles--time distance
(hr))
c. Time Factors.
Time length (min) =length (yd) --. rate (yd per min) +EXTAL
Time lead (min) =lead (yd)-rate (yd per min)
Time space (hr) =road space (miles)-i-.rate (mih)
Time distance (hr)=road distance (miles) -- rate (mih)
d. Distance Factors.
Gap (yd) =rate (yd per min) Xtime gap (min)
Lead (yd) =rate (yd per min) Xtime lead (min)
Distance (miles) =rate (miles in the hour) Xtime distance (hr)
e. Time-Distance Factors (fig. 3.18). When the speed of a convoy in
miles per hour is known, the time in minutes or the distance in miles
traveled can be quickly determined from a time, distance graph (fig.
3.19). For example, the distance traveled by a convoy moving at a
speed of 15 miles per hour for a 2-hour period can be determined by:
(1) Locating the oblique line marked 15 mph.
(2) Locating the horizontal line, indicated in the left margin, for
the 2 hours traveled.
(3) Determining the point where these two lines intersect and
reading the distance in miles traveled by the convoy from
the scale along the lower margin of the graph. The miles
traveled in this example would be 30.
f. Conversions.
(1) The following factors may be converted into distance, rate.
or time by arithmetic:
Length +gap =lead
Time length+time gap=time lead
Distance (miles)X 1,760=distance (yd)
Time (hr) X60 = time (min)
Rate (mih) X30=aprx rate or speed (yd per min)
I An extra time allowance (EXTAL) is included in the time length of a column. The time allowance
between serials is determined and allocated by the staff responsible for the movement. Within serials of 25
or more vehicles, an extra time allowance of 1 minute is allowed for each 25 vehicles or major fraction thereof.
69
(2) These factors are substituted in the basic formulas in a through
d above. For example:
Time length (min)=milesX 7 60EXTAL
Speed (yd per min) milesX 1760

hrX6O
DISTANCE LA------ < GP
LENGTH GACPT
TIME
T.IME TIME LEAD IME GAP
4--LENG_
0.. ...................
__~ ,
0
COLUMN LENGTH
DISTANCE LEAD
LENGTH GAP
M -
a Lb M .- &-I a
TIME LENGTH TIELA *.IME GAP
TIME SPACEME LEAD

TIME. ®TIME LENGTH
ROAD DISTANCE
DISTANCE ROAD SPACE ·------ ..-------------
TIME TIME DISTANCE
Figure 3.18. Space and time factors.
3.19 Basic Road Spaces

Ten yards is the average road space for a vehicle. Increase size
of spaces if greater dispersion is required because of the weather or
road condition, or enemy air or mechanized attack capabilities.
3.20 Road Movement Graph

a. Definition. A road movement graph (fig. 3.20) is a time-space
diagram used in controlling both foot and road marches and in pre-
paring or checking road movement tables. The graph helps the
planner to foresee possible conflicts and discrepancies in planning.
b. Uses. Road movement graphs may be used to indicate:
(1) Position of various mixed traffic on a route at a particular
time.
(2) Scheduled passing of various elements of traffic at a particular
point.
(3) Conflicts between various elements of traffic at junctions,
intersections, bridges, and defiles.
70
TIME VERSUS DISTANCE AT GIVEN SPEEDS
360- I
-
300 _ _ _ - -
240
il
w 120
010 20 30 40 50 60
(4) Deviations of columns from prescribed schedule, making it

possible to anticipate conflicts before they occur.
(5) Reversing directions of march, either by simultaneous turn
of all elements of a column or by circling about.
(6) Two-way traffic over a route and alternating traffic through
defiles.
(7) Variations in actual running speeds and in the traffic flow
and traffic density of a route.
c. Making a Road Movement Graph.
(1) Analyze the route on the map. Note important points such
as cities, towns, road junctions, bottlenecks, etc., to be
71
passed through and the distance between major points along
the route.
(2) Select graph paper with enough squares to plot distance and
time involved. Across bottom, left to right, place scale of
time. In left margin, from bottom to top, place scale of
distance.
(3) If the origin and destination, rate of march, and time of
departure of a movement are known, schedule the head of
the column as follows:
(a) Assume that a unit is to march from Mount Royal (25
miles on the vertical scale), leaving 0700 hours and pro-
ceeding at 15 miles in the hour to a point 5 miles beyond
Tavistock. The distance is 60 miles. At 15 miles in the
hour, it will require 4 hours to cover the 60 miles.
(b) Place a dot at the point where the line representing the
place of departure (Mount Royal at 25 miles on the ver-
tical scale) intersects the line representing the hour of
departure (0700 hours on horizontal scale).
(c) Place a second dot at the point where the line representing
the destination (5 miles past Tavistock at the 85-mile
mark on the vertical scale) intersects that of hour of
scheduled arrival of the head of the column at the destina-
tion (1100 hours on the horizontal scale or 0700 plus
4 hours).
(4) Unless the unit is very small, usually it is desirable to
show the schedule of the tail of the column as well as the
head. After charting the schedule of the head, schedule
the tail if the time length of the column is known or can be
computed. Assuming that the time length of the column,
including extra time allowance, is 30 minutes, a line drawn
from the point representing the clearance of the column
at origin (0730) and at the destination (1130) will be shown
the schedule of the tail of the column past all points en
route.
(5) To determine what time the column must start to complete
the movement and arrive at the destination at a certain
hour, reverse the above procedure.
d. Analysis of Graph. Length, time length, rate of march, and other
factors may be determined from the road movement graph as follows:
(1) Length of column. A vertical line connecting the head and
tail lines, measured by the scale of miles or kilometers, will
show the planned length of the column on the road at the
prescribed rate of march at any hour during the movement,
provided that the extra time allowance, if any, converted to
miles is subtracted from the measurement.
72
Example: When the head of the column is at Stevens (45 miles on
vertical scale), the tail will be at approximately the 38-mile mark.
(2) Time length. A horizontal line connecting the head and tail
lines, measured by the scale of hours, will show the planned
time length, including EXTAL, of the column as it passes
any point on the road.
Example: If the head of the column arrives at Tavistock at 1040
hours, the tail will not clear that point until half an hour later, at
1110 hours.
(3) Rate of march. The diagonal line of the graph indicates the
rate of march.
Example: The distance (mile scale) between the intersection of the
diagonal line with any two vertical lines spanning a 1-hour period
(time scale) indicates the miles in that hour.
e. Multiple Movements.
(1) A number of serials or columns over the same route can be
scheduled by using a road movement graph. The com-
mander of a large unit or the highway regulation officer can
keep accurate records of the location of each serial by having
information sent to him as each serial reaches or clears
highway regulation points along the route of march. This
information is indicated by filling in the space between the
lines representing the scheduled head and tail of each column
with color or tape. This enables the headquarters to see at
a glance the location of each serial, to follow the progress of
each movement, to correct situations which may cause con-
gestion and delay, and to know where each serial can be
reached in order to issue new orders if necessary.
(2) Colored pencils, crayons, ink, or adhesive tape may be used
to indicate various schedules, the relative priority of move-
ments or to plot movements in progress. For example; the
head and tail schedule may be outlined by black lines, prog-
ress of each serial may be filled in with green, and failure
to adhere to the schedule may be shown in red.
(3) Figure 3.21 shows the plotted progress of serials scheduled
in figure 3.20. Note the changes and adjustments in sched-
ules that had to be made. This is what happened:
(a) Serial A. Went through as scheduled.
(b) Serial B. Change in orders required that serial B continue
on to Dundalk. It continued on schedule, and the head
of the column arrived at its new destination at noon.
(c) Lateral movement. Because of a change of orders for
serial B, arrangements had to be made to hold the lateral
movement at McLean. It made its noon halt and crossed
the route 3 hours behind its original schedule, not clearing
until 1830.
73
2200
2100
ftS W t Ililililbiliti-l-j.7 2000
o0 o 00 0 0 0| 0|| | 100400
- 0- l t 1-tt
flZ 1300
! I'~ I'Y /]1100
-- ---- I-- ,oo
IIl III /O I III

741400
2400
+-tg--1i-ls I-i Wlt~ I '2300
, SI2200
J, . 3- Vi ii 1 2100
i 4XX-KH
XO<-
m ffi>lt - X-- tt 0500
i1500-
0X~~~ W1 0tZ
W w1 2 1400
z 1200o
oH a 100
100
*700 F=
CL~~~~~ X X s01400
0700
$M10mo -T- I III II IIF ii1. 10600
0U)U) 4 ( Z
(d) Serial C. At 1200 it became obvious that if serial C con-
tinued on schedule it would conflict with the delayed
lateral movement at about 1730. Serial C also had lost
priority, because of the arrival of serial B at Dundalk with
critically needed supplies. Therefore serial C was halted
for 2 hours (1200-1400). It continued at a slower rate of
march until 1700, when it was halted again to let serial D
pass.
(e) Serial D (D-1, D-2, D-3). All elements went through on
schedule.
3.21 TraFfic Density

a. Traffic density is the number of vehicles occupying a unit length
of roadway at a given instant. Usually, it is expressed in vehicles per
mile. It can be determined by the following formula:
Vehicle per hour

Seedc.milesop
.in = density in vehicles per mile
Speea in miles per hour
b. Any traffic density desired for dispersion or to maintain the
maximum capacity of a route may be arrived at by the formula:
1 mile in yards
Desired intervehicular space in yards density
Ezxample: If vehicles are dispersed every 100 yards, density would be:
1,760 yd= 17.6 vehicles per mile

100
c. The traffic density may be determined when the speed and speed-
ometer multiplier are known by using the following formula:
1 mile in yards
Speed in miles per hourXspeedometer multiplier
Example: If the speed of the column is 20 miles per hour and a speed-
ometer multiplier of 2 is used, the traffic density would be:
1,760 =44 vehicles per mile

20X2
3.22 Road Movement Table
a. Road movement tables provide a convenient means of trans-
mitting to subordinates information about schedules and other essen-
tial details pertaining to a road movement. This is particularly so if
the inclusion of such details in the body of the operation order would
tend to complicate it or make it unduly long. Tables frequently
require a wider distribution than a normal operation order because
76
copies are issued to convoy operating personnel, traffic regulating
personnel, and traffic control posts. For security reasons, it may not
be desirable to include dates or locations. Security classification will
be given in accordance with contents of the table; it will not necessarily
be the same as that of the operation order. If the table is issued by
itself and not as an annex to a more detailed operation or administra-
tive order, it must be signed and/or authenticated in the same manner
as other orders.
b. The beginning of the table includes general information common
to two or more serials, e.g., security classification, maps, average speed,
traffic density, halts, main routes to the start and release points, and
information about other critical points. Information concerning the
routes and critical points is normally described by grid references,
codewords, etc., and, if necessary, may be numbered or lettered for
ease of reference to the columns in the table. The remainder of the
table includes information concerning each individual serial and is
arranged in tabular form. A sample road movement table is shown
below.
3.23 Combined Order, Log, and Strip Map
(fig. 3.22)
In some situations it may be advantageous to combine on one sheet
an operation order, a log of road movement, and a strip map.
3.24 Convoy Commander's Checklist
If each item listed below is checked and acted upon carefully by
the convoy commander before departure time, the chances of neg-
lecting some important arrangement will be minimized.
1. Where is start point? Release
point?
2. What route is to be used?
3. Has reconnaissance been made?
4. Can bridges and defiles safely accommodate all loaded and/or
tracked vehicles?
5. Are critical points known and listed on strip maps?
6. Has the size of serials been determined?
7. Has the size of march units been determined?_
8. What will be the rate of march?
9. What is the vehicle interval on open road?
In built-up areas?_ At halt?
10. Type of column
11. Has provision been made for refueling, if required?
12. Has a suitable bivouac site been selected, if required?
13. Have suitable rest and mess halt areas been selected?
14. Is road movement table needed? Prepared?
Submitted?
77
2 C
C C
00C8, 00
o~ t~,~F .5~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~.
od 0,,
"~~~~~~ 00r
C. 1 C1 a _ _ _ _ _ _ 0
Qir~~,
ao~ ~~ ~ -$ . .2
OF; =· r .2
g E -' 00
I S~~~~~·
00~Na 0
s g"~"
00 ~ ~ a o -
B
0
'
C~~~~~~ 0
ea o m~~~~~~~~~~
o o g s .02
-y
~5e 0
.-
6
.E 00
E
TcSBI c g · r~~.0
0
o .2
Bs .2
'Y 00·~ *·i'00 -
COj 0000 0g-~. g
00~~ 01 ~ .0 5
-C~~~~~ .
00 00000
600 2~~~ 2
~s~%
.2.2s
000 0
o aau2 .
2
a~
00~~~ 8
CC ~ ~ ,..0 .1
0000- '00000
m, -3 . C
78 r: 5
OpnO I 2420 TrnS Co
aopStip mp Sees
Cl No 5-080109 091115 Mar 1958
I. (a) No change. Log of road movement
(b) 400TT bn dihplvic Mebun. doo nc No. 5-080109 r
Miles
2. 2420TTCodiepl vic Meiun 8 Mo cl I and from Mill Tim.
V Yrup FWD.~ |Chreck check fram of or-
Route point point SP rival Remnorl
3. () See log of mrch.
(b) tat plot looded w cl L Srn (SP) 0 0 0724 EPART.
(c) 2d plot looded w/ ci L CR108
(d) 3d plot loded / cl V. N-38 0203 12 12 0800 2 hr lodtng.
(e) Moo speed 35 Alencon I 13 1003
MaorCR loa
(f) SP-100724 N-155 Nogent 38 5 1157 I hr lunch halt.
4. (a) SOP. N-23 Chores 33 84 1436
(b) Medics atchd itll. N-188 Ablis 17 101 1527
5. (O) SOP. N-191 EtOonpe l 119 1621
(b) CP head 2d plot N-837 Fotoinblou 29 148 1748
MerltoRPC) 11 159 1821 Contoctodv deoil.

AcnlmowledmentWdhit. Copt. Rate of march: 20 mih.
N837
Pontonbnleou
883729
i9~~~ N1~~~N9N
1918
0 Sees (CR 108) IAbIl
1138 N188 17
12 Chort,,.
0203 N154
N23 33
NAefcon NI55N
Figure 3.22. Sample combined order, log, and strip map.
15. Have convoy clearances been obtained? What

number? What date?_
16. Is escort required and has it been requested?
17. Are spare trucks available for emergencies?
18. Are vehicles fully serviced., clean, and ready for loading?
19. Is load proper, neat, and balanced?
20. Are drivers fully and properly briefed? By whom,
when? Strip maps furnished?_
21. Is convoy marked, front and rear of each march unit?
22. Are guides in place? Have arrangements been made
to post guides?
79
23. Are blackout lights functioning?
24. Are maintenance services alerted?_
25. Is maintenance truck in rear? Are medics
in rear? Plan for casualties?
26. Are all interested parties advised of ETA?
27. Is officer at rear of convoy ready to take necessary corrective
action, such as changing loads, investigating accidents and un-
usual incidents? Who is trail officer? _
28. Is there an entrucking plan? Who is responsible?
29. Is there a detrucking plan? Who is responsible?
30. Has a plan been made for feeding personnel?
31. Have times been established for loading or entrucking?
32. Has time been established for formation of convoy?
33. Have times been established for detrucking and/or unloading?
34. Has time been established for releasing trucks?_

Who is responsible?
35. Is there a carefully conceived plan known to all personnel in
the convoy that can be used in case of attack?
3.25 Convoy Commander's Report
This report is prepared by a convoy commander after a move has
been completed. It is normally submitted to his immediate superior
officer. A sample report which may be used as a guide is given below.
FORWARD LOAD
420 Trans Bn (Trk) 4401 Trans Co(Lt Trk)
7A26FEBS8 Twelve Y2A-ton 16 Feb 58
(Convoy No.) (No. and type of task vehicles) (Date)
TIME:
Convoy departed SP -- ---------------------- 0621
Convoy departed loading point----------------- 0800
Convoy arrived at loading point--------------- 0630
At loading point --------------------------------- - 1 hr 30 min.
Arrived at HRP (destination) ----------------- 1200
Departed HRP----- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 1205
Departed unloading point-------------------- 1245
Arrived at unloading point-------------- 1212
At unloading point ----------------------------------- 33 min.
Time returned to motor pool ------------------ 1654
Total round trip time -------------------------------- 10 hr 33 min.
SUPPLIES OR PERSONNEL:
Cargo (short tons) ------------ ------- ------ 50. 2
Class of supplies ---- ------------ ------------ I
Personnel ---- -- --- -- --- -- --- -- --- -- 0
MILEAGE:
Speedometer reading of lead vehicle (destination). 21, 363
Speedometer reading of lead vehicle (origin) ---- 21, 322
Total miles (forward) ----------.. 41
Total miles (round trip) - --------------------- 82
80
REMARKS:
SP-Company area, RJ 124/167
RETURN LOAD
TIME:
Departed loading point -........... _ _ ._......._ 1300
Arrived at loading point ------------------------- 1245
At loading point --------- ---- ---------------------- 15 min.
Departed unloading point ------------------- ----- 1415
Arrived at unloading point ------------------------ 1400
At unloading point ------------ --------------------------- 15 min.
SUPPLIES OR PERSONNEL:
Cargo (short tons) - ------------------------------ 10
Class of supplies ---------------------------
------- I
Personnel - ----------------------------- 0
MILEAGE:
Speedometer reading of lead vehicle (destination) 21, 404
Speedometer reading of lead vehicle (origin) -------- 21, 363
Total miles (return load) --------------------------- 41
REMARKS:
s/Thomas A. Young
Convoy Commander
2d Lt. 4401 Trans Co (LtTrk)
(tank/Grade and Organization)
3.26 Convoy Clearance Request

Convoy clearance requests are usually required from units or or-
ganizations that are planning a move by convoy. The information
required varies according to local SOP's and regulations. A sample
request which shows the information usually required by any au-
thority that issues road clearances is given below. In a field army,
the transport services division will normally determine routes to be
used and issue road clearances through the medium of highway
regulating points.
From: S41429TTBn. Phone: Rennes 1440. Time and date: 260930
Oct 58. Authority for movement: MO 341, Hq, TALOG Comd,
dated 19 Oct 58. (a) Convoy No. 12B (b) Unit name or serial No.
1429TTBn (c) Personnel 4 off 98 EM (d) No. of vehicles 51 trks, 31
tlrs (e) Type of vehicles 38 >¼-ton trks, 25 4-ton tlrs, 1 3-ton trk, 4 l/2-
ton trks, 8 2y2-ton trks, 6 1-ton tlrs (f) Cargo and tonnage 36 tons
551192 0-60- 81
baggage and organizational equipment (g) Outsized or overweight
dimension None (h) Elements and time gap 3 serials, 10 min (i) SP
Rennes (j) Time and date of departure 290700 Oct 58 (k) Proposed
route Rennes, Laval, Le Mans, Nogent, Chartres (1) Destination
Chartres (m) Time and date of arrival 291900 Oct 58 (n) Rate of
march 20 mph (o) Intervehicular gap 60 yards, 20 yards through
towns (p) Halts-15 min Laval, Nogent; 1 hr Le Mans (q) Bivouac
None Arrive Depart (r) POL points*
(s) Highway regulation*
Actual time
Critical point ETA ETD Arrived Departed Cleared by
(HRP)
(t) Remarks: Advised Sgt Harris in office of Staff Transportation

Officer at 261015 Oct 58. Clearance granted by Lt. Brown, office of
Staff Transportation Officer at 261230 Oct 58.
Note.-Unit commanders will insure strict compliance with all SOP's and with
all highway regulation and control procedures issued by competent authority.
3.27 Traffic Headquarters

a. Mission. The traffic headquarters regulates traffic that is mov-
ing into and out of the corps and division areas. It coordinates routes
and schedules in order to obtain schedules to pass convoys into the
army rear. Lateral traffic is coordinated by the traffic headquarters
involved. The higher headquarters settles disputes in any schedule
conflict.
b. Functions. The traffic headquarters is responsible for coordi-
nating the movement of all units assigned or attached; coordinates
with traffic headquarters of higher and lower commands; prepares
the traffic circulation plan and the motor transport portion of other
plans and orders issued by the headquarters; and prepares and main-
tains up-to-date road movement tables to support army, corps, or
division emergency plans.
c. Organization. The transportation officer at army headquarters
has staff supervision and operational control of the army traffic head-
quarters. Transportation officers at corps and division levels have
staff supervision and operational control over their respective traffic
headquarters, and each is under the supervision of the appropriate
higher headquarters. The traffic headquarters is organized as a
special staff function at all three levels.
*Determined by staff transportation officer.
82
3.28 Highway Scheduling Request
This type request is submitted by a unit desiring to use certain
parts of the highway at specified times. Clearances are normally
issued by post transportation officers, and highway regulation is not
required. A sample request that lists the information usually re-
quired is given below.
1. FOR (UNIT) 4401st Trans Company (Light Truck)
2. ORIGIN Fort Eustis, Va. DESTINATION Camp A. P. Hill, Va.
3. DESTINATION INSTALLATION Moss Neck area
4. VEHICLES BY TYPE
REMARKS: Vehicle larger than 5-ton is

Wheeled a truck, 6-ton, 6 x 6, wrecker
Tracked Total
Smaller Larger -- - _ …
than 2%i-ton 5-ton than
2H-ton 5-ton …_ -__
--- -…-
5 45 None 1 None 51
5. LIMITATIONS (SPECIAL SCHEDULING): (a) LGTH N/A (b) WIDTH

N/A (c) HGT N/A (d) WGT N/A
6. (a) No. SERIALS 3 (b) INTERVAL 5 min (c) No. MARCH UNITS 9 (d)
INTERVAL 2 min (within serials) (e) TIME LENGTH 28 min (f) RATE
OF MARCH 20 mih (g) TYPE CARGO None (training mission) (h)
TONS None
7. CONVOY COMMANDER 1st Lt James E. Brown
8. ROUTE AND SCHEDULE
(e) MP
(a) Critical Points (b) Arrive (c) Clear (d) Route escort (f) Remarks
required
Main Gate, Ft Eustis, Va. 210600 May 58 210628 May 58 Rts 60, 238, 168, Yes
North
RJ Routes 168 and 30

..-. 210700 May 58 210728 May 58 Rts 30 and 33, No
East
RJ Routes 33 and 17..-... 210800 May 58 210828 May 58 Rt 17, North No
9. PERSONNEL IF LOGISTICAL SUPPORT REQUIRED: (a) OFF None

(b) EM None (c) OTHER None
10. TYPE SUPPORT REQUIRED None
REQUESTED BY Maj John P. Doe

DATE 16 May 1958 TIME 0800
MOVEMENT No. 23-2-58
ORGANIZATION 23d Transportation Group (Truck)
RECEIVED BY Lt Brown (Transportation Office)
83
Cab-over-Engine * Conventional
30% (C 0 E rck 70% 20% Truck 80%
Tires, axles, frame, etc, are designed to carry a load distributed
as above.
45 % 55 % 26% 40% 40%

Distribute trailer loads equally between the rear tires and the fifth
wheel. This transfers the load to the tractor.
WRONG RIGHT
This will bend the frame, over- Place heavy part of load near
load front tires, making steering rear axle for proper tire load-
harder. ing and to keep frame from
bending.
WRONG RIGHT
This kind of weight distribution Seta concentrated load just ahead
bends the frame, overloads rear of the rear axle with, if possible,
tires, and makes steering al- the longest side on the floor
most impossible.
Figure 8.2S. How to load a truck.
3.29 Vehicle Loading

a. Responsibility. The driver is responsible for his vehicle being
loaded properly.
b. Rules for Loading (fig. 3.23).
(1) Place heavy supplies at the bottom of the load and distribute
evenly over cargo floor.
(2) Place the load so it won't shift; distribute the weight equally.
84
(3) Do not distribute load loosely or build it up too high. High,
loosely distributed loads cause swaying, make the vehicle
difficult to handle, and increase the danger of losing the
cargo or overturning the vehicle.
(4) If the truck has an open body, put a tarpaulin, when prac-
ticable, over the cargo to protect it against sun, dust, or rain.
(5) If possible, place barrels and drums on their sides-parallel
with the length of the truck-brace, and pyramid them.
If the possibility of leakage does not permit this placement,
set the drums upright. This latter arrangement does not
permit the loading of as many drums in the same space.
(6) Combine boxed, crated, and packaged cargo, as far as pos-
sible, with like items or items of combining shapes.
(7) Load sacked cargo separately, or so as not to risk its being
punctured by odd-shaped or sharp-edged items; stack it in
overlapping layers to prevent shifting.
3.30 Vehicle Capacities and Capabilities
The figures below should be used for planning purposes only. They
are based upon experience gained in the field, and are averages for
WRONG RIGHT
The right vehicle for the right job.
WRONG WRONG RIGHT

This overloads trailer rear This overloads one Nothing overloaded,
wheels, brakes won't brake spring and set of frame won't twist
properly, rubber scuffs tires. Brakeslock and loosen cross-
away. Distribute the load on the light side, member rivets.
over the full trailer floor. cause skids.
WRONG RIGHT
This overloads and shortens tire life, bends the truck rear-axle housing.
Applying the trailerbrakes maylockthe wheels, cause flat spots and skidding.
Figure 3S.2-Continued.
85
the various makes and models of the equipment listed. Weather,
roads, terrain, and tactical situation must also be considered.
a. Local and Line Hauls.
Local hauls I Line hauls
Loading_
Avg load per and un-
Type of equipment veh trip loading Avg Round Miles Avg daily
time (hr) miles trips per in the mileage
forward veh per hour 2 capability
day
Truck, cargo
2%T, 6x6-------------- 4 tons ----- 2Y 15 4 15 125
5T, 6x6 ------ ------ 6 tons --- 2 15 4 15 125
Semitrailer
2
12T, S&P---- ----- 12 tons Y2 15 4 15 125
Gas tank, 12T, 4W ----- 5,000 gal___ 2% 15 4 15 125
Refrg. 7 2T, 2W 6 tons - 2Y2 15 4 15 125
12T, 4W, low-bedwrecker. 1 missile - 2 1'5 4 15 125
Tank trans, 50T --____ 50 tons ---- 2y 15 4 11 90
I Includes port and beach clearance.

2 Increase miles in the hour to 20 for short-range planning.
a Figures are for long-range planning, multiply by )% or 1.33 for short-range planning quantities.
b. Payload Capacities.
Maximum cargo loads
Type of equipment _ ___ Men w/indiv
equipment
Off road Highway
Truck, cargo
2%T, 6x6-- -------------------- 2Y2 tons ------ 5 tons ------- 16
5T, 6x6 -- -.------------------ 5 tons ------- 10 tons ----- 18
Semitrailer
12T, S&P ---------------- - 12 tons b...... 18 tons .------ 50
Gas tank, 12T, 4W ------------ 3,000 gal- ___5,000 gal- __. NA
b
Refrg, 7Y2T, 2W ------- ---- 6 tons ------- 7Y tons ----- NA
12T, 4W, low-bed wrecker ------ 1 missile ----- 1 missile -- NA
Tank trans, 50T -- __--- ----- 40 tonsb ...... 50 tons ....... NA
*Does not include driver. For distance greater than 75 miles, the figure should be reduced.
bNot generally used for this type operation.
-Recommended for emergency use only.
c. Vehicle Availability. In advance highway transport planning,

availability means the average number, or percent, of vehicles in a
unit that can be operated continuously for 20 hours during each
24-hour period. The table below gives planned availability figures.
Availability figures are greater than those shown in the table for a
longer daily operation or for a specific task, such as a short one-
lift haul. The planning figure must not be confused with actual
availability, which is obtained from vehicle records and reports.
86
Vehicle availability
Task vehicles
Unit assigned
Advance Target 2 Spot tasks
planning I (24-hour/day)
Trans light trk co ----------- 60 45 50 57

Trans med trk co ----------- 60 45 50 57
Trans hvy trk co ----------- 24 18 20 23
Trk pools ------ Any 75 % 83 % 95 %
number
I Also used when involved in particularly rigorous operations remote from adequate maintenance, or
when actual operating conditions cannot be determined.
2With well-trained and disciplined personnel, good operating conditions, and adequate maintenance
support.
d. Capabilities of Truck Companies.

Type haul
Type of equipment
Local (ST daily) Lines (ST miles daily)
Truck, cargo
2%T, 6x6 ------------------- 720 22,500
5T, 6x6 --------- _______--- 1,080 ---------------- 33,750
Semitrailer
12T, S&P ----------------- 2,160 --------------- 67,500
Gas tank, 12T, 4W --- ----- 900,000 gal.* --------- 84,375
Refrg, 7%T, 2W- - .____._. . 1,080---------------- 33,750
Low-bed wrecker, 12T, 4W_ 40 large missiles* ------ 20 large missiles.*
Tank trans, 50T________- 3,600 ---------- - 78,750
'Tonnage figures not applicable.
3.31 Vehicle Unitized-Load Capacities

Vehicle
Load 2HT cargo truck- 1OT stake and platform trailer
Sides in place, Sides removed, fork- Sides in place, Sides removed, fork-
crane-loaded lift-loaded crane-loaded lift-loaded
Cargo net..- . .3-.... . -...... Not recommended --- 6 .-....... Not recommended.
Cargo transporter, 1 lengthwise.-. I1lengthwise ..-... 3 lengthwise ..-. 4 crosswise.b

type 2.
Stevedore pallet ..-. 2 crosswise ..-.. 4 lengthwise-.. . 6 crosswise -...

....... ..
8 lengthwise: 2 rows
c
of 4.
Unitized pallet -..- .3 crosswise.--- 5: 4 lengthwise; 1 7 crosswise.---- 10 lengthwise: 2

crosswise. rows of 5.
Warehouse 4x4 pallet. 3-.-. . ..... 3-..--.S-.-.-..- 6-..... . 12: 2 rows of 6.
. Some 21,6-ton, 6x6 cargo trucks have fender wells which project into the cargo space. In such cases,
a level platform for the storage of a unitized cargo can be obtained by fitting a frame of 2 by 4 or 4 by 4 tim-
bers fiat in the cargo bed between the fender wells.
b May be loaded by crane.
e Increase by one for 12-ton stake and platform trailer.
87
3.32 Motor Vehicle Shipments of Hazardous Cargo
a. The following measures must be enforced to prevent fire:
(1) Smoking must be prohibited within 50 feet of a vehicle
loaded with explosives or flammable liquids. Open flames,
such as those produced by striking matches and using cig-
arette lighters, torches, etc., must be prohibited within 100
feet of any motor vehicle loaded with explosives or gasoline.
(2) Two fire extinguishers, properly filled, should be provided.
one inside the cab and one outside, on the driver's side.
(3) All personnel should be instructed in the proper use of fire
extingushers and, where practicable, the instruction should
be supplemented by demonstrations.
(4) If a truck catches on fire, all trucks should be moved away
from the vicinity of the fire and all traffic stopped. Every
effort should be made to warn inhabitants living in the
vicinity of the danger.
(5) When loading or unloading trucks, explosives must not be
placed in the vicinity of the exhaust.
(6) Ignition and lighting systems should be properly insulated,
and inspected frequently to insure that danger from short
circuits is eliminated.
(7) Every effort should be made to prevent leaks in gasoline
tanks, fuel lines, and carburetors. When a leak is dis-
covered, the truck should be unloaded and moved to a safe
distance before repairs are made.
(8) Oil and grease thrown from moving parts should not be
allowed to accumulate on the truck body, engine, or other
places where a fire hazard would result.
b. Motor vehicles transporting explosives or gasoline must not
be driven past fires of any kind until it has been ascertained that
the fire can be bypassed safely.
c. Advance reconnaissance and contact with civilian traffic officials
are essential. Routes selected, if possible, should avoid heavy traffic
and large cities.
d. Loitering should not be permitted in the vicinity of a vehicle
in convoy.
e. When a truck breaks down it should be moved off the road or
88
as far to the side as possible and, pending the arrival of an empty
truck or repair party, left in charge of a guard.
f. Fuzes and detonating devices must not be carried in the same
truck with other explosives (fixed and semifixed ammunition is an
exception).
g. The interior of the truck body should be lined so that every
portion of the lining with which a container may come in contact
will be of wood or other nonsparking material.
h. Loads should be braced and stayed to prevent shifting.
i. Trucks loaded with explosives or gasoline must never be towed
or pushed by another truck except to move a disabled truck to the
'side of the road.
j. Hourly halts should be made to inspect loads and vehicles.
k. Motor vehicles transporting explosives on public roads or high-
ways must be marked with placards bearing the word EXPLOSIVES
in letters at least 8 inches high. The placards must be prominently
located on each side, and on the front and rear of the truck.
1. A motor vehicle transporting explosives or gasoline must not
be left unattended upon any public street or highway.
m. The motor must not be running when loading or unloading a
truck hauling explosives or gasoline.
n. When a truck has an open body, a tarpaulin must be used to
protect the cargo from rain or the direct rays of the sun.
o. The entire cargo of explosives or ammunition must be trans-
ported within the body of the truck. The truck tailboard or tailgate
must be closed and secured.
p. Cargo such as dynamite and certain other explosives must be
protected from intense-cold, which can cause the explosive to deteri-
orate or become dangerous. Freezing characteristics of the cargo
must be determined before transporting in temperatures below 320
F. If necessary insulated vans must be used.
3.33 Vehicle Missile-Loading Capabilities
The missile-loading capabilities of certain types of vehicles that
are normally found in highway units are given below. In each case
either weight or volume is the limiting factor. The loads given do
not exceed the width dimensions of the vehicles except in some cases
for low-bed and flat-bed trailers.
89
I I 4
,44, i e I i
I
I I I I4"
· P1 1 II JI I IIII I 4
I I
I I I I
C : I I I pI
Cl Cl mI I 4I 4
~~~~~
dl~~~~
I I
I
4
I 4 I C',~~~~~~4
I I I
9
r
t
4
dl 444I
:D" ; I 4 4
I
ii
F I
I
4 4
r)(1
d9I J>,
o_
·
.....
I In Ii
4c rmc
-
4~ ~
~~YC;I44 -
a~~~~~~~~~~
~ 4,~
ba~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 4
Im/ oO 4
,0, ,
,~~~~~~~~~~~c
o,~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
3 3I 4iII
00~~~~~ 0 ,,~
d~~~ ~ ~ ~~~~ 4 44 44
9O~,
K-
L~QF -" 444
z
~~~~~~~ 4 4 I.~
4di
I
4
I
0~~~~~~~~Xx0
dl
-I~L ~X
90
I
= I [I I 111 II
I I I I l iti I I
II
a s3 [ll ll I lI [
e I , I
I ' I I I '
C,*) eI . I I I 1 1 1 I
- , m C N Cme cOqe l N _ _ _
-8
I I I I I I I I _ I
; g S 1 , r
o o;; , s
_o >
c> -_ O t XX _ O
, I I0
"Ot~~~~~
t
%I I I
2 R ~ _ __' '_ _._._ ..
t;,; ~I , , , , , , , ' 9'
-. ~ e.ON
, ig R _ - N , ,_9 i -
* -~z
'd~ ~~~ E1 0 0
i~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-
o · 1 E B dd . eq c~ eq.-
cC
IC~~~l CV~ ~ 9
3.34 Computing Vehicle Requirements
a. One-Lift Hauls. To determine the number of truck companies
required to move a given number of tons in one lift, use the following
formula:
Tons to be lifted
tTons to be lifted. =truck companies required
Tons per veh X veh availability per co
Example: Determine number of light truck companies required to
move 2,700 tons in one lift.
Assuming: 4=tons per 2%-ton, 6x6 truck
45=vehicle availability per company
Substitute in the formula:
2,700
4 X452 15 companies
b. Sustained Forward Hauls (Continuous Operation). In sustained
forward hauls trucks return for additional loads, and it is necessary
to consider turnaround time and the daily operating time. To
determine the number of truck companies required to move a given
forward tonnage daily, use the formula below.
Daily forward tonnage X turnaround time
Tons per veh X veh available per co X operating time in hours (daily)
=truck companies required
Example: Determine the number of medium truck companies equipped
with semitrailers, 12-ton, stake and platform, required to move an
average tonnage of 4,800 short tons daily for a round-trip distance of
435 miles.
Assuming:
12=tons per vehicle
45=vehicle availability per company
20=hours operating time daily
2.5=loading and unloading time
10=miles in the hour
1=hours for each relay terminal operation (average 1 terminal
per 125 miles).
First compute turnaround time:
TT=round trip distance loading and unloading time + relay termi-
rate of March + nal time
435
435+2.5+2=48 hours
Then substitute in the formula:

4,800 X48
12X45X20= 2 1 .3 or 21 companies
92
3.35 Motor Movement in Snow
Depth of snow (inches) Special measures requiredfor movement
3--- _------ None.
6---- -- -- -- ---- Rear chains.
6-18. ......-- - Chains all around; traction devices on leading vehicles
(to break the trail).
18 or more ----------- Snowplow required.
3.36 Time Elements in Supply Operations

The time elements given below represent an approximated average
under combat conditions and should be used as a guide only when
actual-experience figures are not available.
Minutes
Daylight Darkness
Class I
Division of 1 ration into 3 meals at kitchens ----------- 15 20

Kitchens to be taken off trucks, set up, and ready to begin
cooking or vice versa -..------- 20 20
Kitchens to cook and prepare for serving a hot meal, includes
loading on kitchen truck ------------------------------- 120 150
Kitchens to prepare a cold noon meal: preparation and issue
is usually at same time as preparation and serving of break-
fast and requires no additional time. Times here apply
only when a cold meal is prepared separately ------------ 60 90
Class II and IV*
To load 2%2-ton trucks at distributing or supply points:

Class II and IV ---------------------------------- - 30 30
Fortification materials, class IV ---------------------- 50 50
To load 1y2-ton trailers:
Class II and IV ----------------------------------- 12 12
Fortification materials, class IV --------------------- 30 30
Class V*
To load 2%/2-ton trucks at ammunition distributing or supply

points --------------------------------- 30 50
To load 1l2-ton trailers ---------------- ---- ----------- 12 30
To unload 2%-ton ammunition vehicles-15 30
To unload 1%2-ton trailers ------------------- - -- 6 12
'When trucks and trailers are overloaded, increase the time by the percentage of the overload.
3.37 Water Supply Data

a. Water Requirements. Values given are for planning purposes in
temperate zones. For extremes of heat or cold, requirements vary
considerably.
93
Truck Terrain Gallons per day
2%-ton, 6x6 ----------------- Level, rolling - -----------------2.

Mountainous .----------------
% to 1
5-ton, 6x6----------------- Level, rolling - --------------- 1
Mountainous ----------------- 1 to 2
b. Vehicle Carrying Capacities. A full 5-gallon water can weighs

50 pounds; the volume of the can is 1.4 cubic feet.
Carrying capacity, full 5-gal. can

Vehicle
Off highway On highway
54-ton trailer ------------------- 10 15

12-ton trailer --------- --- - - - ----- 60 110
23-ton truck, M35 ..--------------------------- 100 200
22-ton truck, M135 ------ ----------------- 100 200
5-ton truck, M54 ------ ----------- 207 366
12-ton semitrailer, M127 ------------------------- 480 590
3.38 Highway Capacity Estimates

a. The following table may be used as a guide in the absence of
more accurate data for estimating the supply support tonnage capa-
bilities of highways under varied conditions, assuming operations are
sustained, adequate road maintenance is provided, and each road
bears two-way traffic. In using the table of reductions when more
than one limiting factor is involved, apply the narrow roadway factor
first; then to the new capability apply the suitable terrain factors;
finally, to the latter adjustment apply the weather factor if the
estimate is for a sustained period.
Daily tonnage forward (ST) Reductions applicable to various conditions (%)
Type of road Optimum Supply Hilly Seasonal

disoatch Supply traffic Narrow Rolling with Moun- bad
route traffic combat roadway terrain curves tainous weather
only zone
Concrete -.... - 50,000 30, 000 10, 000 25 10 30 60 20

Bituminous
.---- 32,000 19, 200 6,400 25 10 30 60 30
Bituminous-treated 18, 000 10,800 3, 600 25 20 40 65 40
Gravel 8,000 4,800 1,600 25 20 50 70 60
Earth - 2, 000 1,200 400 25 25 60 80 90
*Communications zone.
b. Planned tonnage movement should not exceed the capability of

any portion of the road net to be used, unless reconstruction or heavy
94
maintenance is provided to increase the capability of the section of
highway or bridge to meet the demands; otherwise, alternate routes
must be selected to distribute the load. If no alternate route is
available and the indicated tonnage is not reduced, the highway or
bridge can be expected to deteriorate rapidly and disrupt any sus-
tained operation. It should be kept in mind that maintenance vehi-
cles and personnel on a road may also interfere with the flow of traffic
and thereby limit capability.
Section IV. MAINTENANCE AND SUPPLY

3.39 Automotive Maintenance
a. OrganizationforMaintenance.
Category Definition Eche- Scope Performed by Responsible

Ion officer
Organiza- Work authorized for, Ist Care taken of and work Operator or Company
tional. performed by, and done on equipment to crew. commander.
the responsibility keep it in a standard con-
of the using unit. dition of serviceability.
Consists of inspecting,
cleaning, servicing, and
tightening.
2d Consists of servicing, in- Unit me- Company

specting, adjusting, minor chanics. commander.
repair, and minor replace-
ment.
Field ....- .Work performed by 3d Repair and/or replacement

mobile or semimo- of major parts, compo-
bile technical serv- nents, and assemblies;
ice units in direct done by units in direct
support of using support.
units. Supporting Army com-
4th Repair and/or replacement army ord- mander.
of major parts, compo- nance units.
nents, and assemblies;
done by units for a geo-
graphical area.
Depot ... Work performed by 5th Major overhaul or complete Depot units.._ Chief of Ord-
permanent instal- rebuild. nance.
lations, using ex-
tensive equipment.
b. Preventive Maintenance.
(1) Scope. Preventive maintenance is the systematic care, in-
spection, and servicing of equipment to maintain it in
serviceable condition and to detect and correct incipient fail-
ures before expensive and time-consuming repairs or re-
95
placements are required. Preventive maintenance services
are performed by vehicle operators and organizational
maintenance personnel. Proper operation and use of equip-
ment is just as important a part of preventive maintenance
as prescribed inspections and services.
(2) Intervals. To insure that all important parts of equipment
are checked systematically, two types of recorded preventive
maintenance services are prescribed. The first type is a
daily service which is performed by the operator or crew
each day the vehicle is operated. The second is a quarterly,
or Q, service, which is performed by second echelon main-
tenance personnel assisted by the operator or crew. The
Q service is scheduled either on the basis of every 3 calendar
months or a certain accumulated mileage, whichever occurs
first. The mileage is 3,000 miles for wheeled vehicles and
750 for tracked. Operation under adverse conditions such
as extreme temperatures, dust, or mud, may require that
these services be performed more frequently. Commanders
are authorized to reduce the intervals between the preventive
maintenance services when conditions indicate the need.
During combat, field exercises, maneuvers, or whenever
mileage is accumulated at rapid rates, commanders will pre-
scribe the appropriate preventive maintenance services to
be performed. A unit alerted for combat normally per-
forms the Q service on each tactical vehicle before action.
When the unit is relieved from combat, or when the oppor-
tunity occurs, Q service is performed again. Immediately
following operation in water, mud, or loose sand, the vehicle
should be lubricated and the brakes checked and cleaned of
any foreign matter, without waiting for the next scheduled
service. Lubrication not normally included as a part of the
Q service is performed on a mileage basis (every 1,000 miles
for wheeled vehicles and 250 for tracked vehicles) unless the
vehicle lubrication order prescribes a more frequent lubri-
cation service.
3.40 Recommend Tire Pressures

Recommended tire pressure is given on the vehicle identification
plate or listed in the technical manual for the vehicle. In soft sand,
snow, or mud, tire pressure may be reduced to 10 pounds per square
inch to increase flotation (bearing surface). Proper pressure should
be restored as soon as practicable.
96
3.41 Vehicle and Motor Park Checklist
Score
a. General. (percent)
(1) Is the general appearance of the motor
park satisfactory?
(2) Are gasoline dispensing areas properly
maintained?
(3) Are dirty wiping rags and waste or simi-
lar flammable materials lying around?
(4) Are sufficient fire extinguishers provided?
(5) Are fire extinguishers accessibly located?
(6) Are lubricant containers covered, and lu-
bricants kept clean?
(7) Are lubricant dispensers clean and properly
maintained?
b. Maintenance Shop and Records.
(1) Are tools and equipment properly cleaned,
serviced, and secured when not in use?
(2) Are regulations regarding flammable ma-
terials and fuels being enforced?
(3) Are all preventive maintenance inspections
properly supervised?
(4) Are Department of the Army lubrication
orders on hand and being used?
(5) Are appropriate technical manuals and
bulletins on hand and readily available?
(6) Are technical manuals used in the perform-
ance of preventive maintenance inspec-
tions and services?
(7) Are adequate road tests performed on each
vehicle as a part of preventive maintenance
and inspection services? -
(8) During scheduled preventive maintenance

inspections, does the unit diagnose deficien-
cies correctly and initiate proper corrective
action promptly?
(9) Does the unit attempt to perform higher
echelon maintenance to the detriment of
that required in its own echelon?
(10) Are authorized tools on hand, or on order,
and in serviceable condition?
(11) Are unserviceable tools turned in?
551192 0--60 7 97
Score
(percent)
(12) Are air compressors and auxiliary engines
properly serviced and maintained?
(13) Are lubricants properly stored, identified,
and secuired from contamination?
(14) Are repair parts utilized discriminately as
substantiated by the condition of parts
which have been replaced?
(15) Is welding and cutting equipment prop-
erly maintained?
(16) Is training of maintenance personnel ade-
quate?
(17) Does the unit maintain Department of
the Army Form 460 (Preventive Mainte-
nance Roster)?
(18) Are' all vehicles, auxiliary engines, and
trailers entered on the roster?
(19) Are all vehicles scheduled for preventive
maintenance services indicated by U.S.
Army registration number?
(20) Are all entries for scheduled services made
in pencil on advance basis and inked over
when preventive maintenance service is
completed?
(21) Are the proper symbols or letters used in
posting the preventive maintenance roster?
(22) Are the preventive maintenance services
properly distributed throughout the
month?
(23) Are all forms on hand or on requisition
that are needed to properly implement the
Army system of maintenance?
(24) Are DD Forms 110 (Vehicle and Equip-
ment Operational Record) properly filled
out?
(25) Is DD Form 110 used for daily preventive
maintenance checks and services?
(26) Are DD Forms 110 retained on file for the
required period?
(27) Are all vehicles dispatched entered on DA
Form 55-169 (Daily Dispatching Record
of Motof Vehicles)?
(28) Are the appropriate entries made in each
column of DA Form 55-169?
98
Score
(percent)
(29) Do all drivers have Standard Form 46
(U.S. Government Operator's Identifica-
tion Card)?
(30) Are Standard Forms 46 properly made
out?
(31) Is there a DA Form 478 (Organizational
Equipment File) maintained for each
vehicle?
(32) Are all the authorized publications on
requisition or on hand and available for
ready reference?
(33) Are required maintenance services up
to date?
(34) Does the maintenance shop maintain a
modification work order (MWO) file?
(35) Is the ordnance section of the organization
and/or installation property book properly
maintained and up to date (AR 735-35)?
(36) Do registration numbers of vehicles,
serial numbers of other major items, and
quantities of all major items actually on
hand agree with those in organization
property book?
(37) Do quantities of major items shown as
authorized in organization property book
agree with appropriate TOE, TA, or other
competent authorizations?
(38) Are invalidated property issue slips main-
tained in a suspense file until validated
copies are received from issuing agency?
(39) Are locator and inventory cards estab-
lished for all repair parts?
(40) Do quantity and location of repair parts
on hand agree with locator and inventory
card?
(41) Is the interchangeability of repair parts
noted?
(42) Are repair parts properly stored, tagged,
and preserved?
(43) Are used repair parts accounted for by
by major item registration or serial
number?
(44) Are stock number changes posted to date
in supply records and catalogs?
99
Score
(45) Have parts required for equipment out of
(percent)
commission been requested?
(46) Is followup made on outstanding requests
for repair parts?
(47) Are all required supply publications on
hand?
(48) Is strict supply economy practiced in the
use of parts and supplies?
(49) Are supply personnel adequately trained in
use of supply publications procedures?
(50) Are unserviceable recoverable parts and
assemblies promptly returned to support-
ing ordnance unit?
(51) Is a jacket file of hand receipts maintained
for property loaned to another unit, organi-
zation, activity, or individual?
c. Vehicle Inspection.
(1) Is the general appearance of the vehicle
satisfactory?
(2) Are registration and unit markings in ac-
cordance with current directives?
(3) Are engine compartments clean?
(4) Are cab compartments clean?
(5) Is cargo space clean?
(6) Is vehicle free of rust?
(7) Are door glasses present, unbroken, and
clean ?
(8) Do door glass regulators operate properly?
(9) Do door latches operate properly?
(10) Do lights operate properly?
(11) Is condition of canvas, upholstery, and
fastenings satisfactory?
(12) Are footbrakes adjusted for proper pedal
reserve?
(13) Are handbrakes adjusted properly?
(14) Is battery electrolyte at proper level?
(15) Is engine oil clean and at proper level?
(16) Is cooling system filled to proper level?
(17) Is there a copy of Standard Form 91 in
each vehicle?
(18) Is there a copy of DD Form 518 in each
vehicle?
(19) Are all on-vehicle material (OVM) tools
present and in good condition?
100
Score
(percent)
(20) Does driver seem adequately trained?
(21) Is driver properly licensed?
(22) Is driver interested in his job?
(23) Is there a copy of the current technical
manual and lubrication order in each ve-
hicle?
Section V. MISCELLANEOUS
3.42 Anchoring Methods
(fig. 3.24)
a. Holdfasts. Natural anchorage should be used whenever possible.
Sound wooden pickets, 3 inches in diameter and driven at least 3 feet
into dry, undisturbed earth, should stand the following pulls:
Type picket Pounds
Single --------------------------------- 700
1-1 holdfast combination --------------------.-------------------- 1, 400
1-1-1 holdfast combination ---------------------------- 1, 800
2-1 holdfast combination ---------------------------- 2, 000
3-2-1 holdfast combination ---------------------------- 4, 000
For wet earth, the holding power should be multiplied by the following
factors:
Clay and gravel mixture -------------------------------- 0. 9
River clay or sand ----------- ------------------------------------- 0. 5
b. Deadman. The deadman is a log, railroad tie, or similar object
sunk into the ground in such a manner as to afford anchorage for a
line. The holding power of a deadman depends upon the bearing area
and holding power of the earth. To determine the necessary bearing
surface, divide the total stress by the values given below for the depth
and cable inclination selected.
Inclination of pull (vertical to horizontal) and safe resistance

in pounds per square foot
Mean depth of deadman in ordinary earth in pounds per square foot
Vertical I to 1 lto2 1to3 1to4
3 feet ---- ------------------- 600 950 1,300 1, 450 1, 500

4 feet------------------ - 1,050 1,750 2, 200 2, 600 2, 700
5 feet ------------------------ 1,700 2, 800 3, 600 4, 000 4, 100
6 feet----------------- - 2, 400 3, 800 5, 100 5, 800 6, 000
7 feet ---------------------- 3, 200 5, 100 7, 000 8, 000 8, 400
c. Installationof Deadman. To obtain the best results when install-

ing a deadman, the following procedure should be used.
101
PICKET HOLDFAST
3-2-1 COMBINATION PICKET HOLDFAST
ISOMETRIC
VIEW
LOG DEADMAN
Figure 3.24. Picket holdfast and deadman.
(1) Position. The best position for the deadman is behind a

natural crest or mound where as much surface of undisturbed
earth as possible may be used. It should be placed far
enough away from the vehicle being winched or towed so
that it will not interfere when the vehicle clears the obstacle.
If the deadman is too close to the vehicle, an upward pull
may cause the anchorage to become dislodged.
102
(2) Digging. Dig a trench deep enough to place the top of the
deadman a foot or so below the ground surface, and long and
wide enough to hold the deadman. Undercut the bank in
the direction of pull at an angle of about 150 from the vertical.
Clear the bottom of the hole at a right angle to this bank.
To help to strengthen the top edge of the hole in the direction
of pull, drive two stakes on each side of the cable at a slightly
greater angle to the vertical than the angle made by the bank
and flush with the slanted bank near the top. Cut a trench
for the cable from the hole through the crest of the hill or
mound. This should be slightly deeper than the bottom of
the hole at the beginning and should continue out in an
ascending slope.
(3) Cable attachment. Attach the cable or chain so that the
largest area of the deadman is against the forward bank, and
so that any tendency of the deadman to rotate acts downward
and not upward.
3.43 Improvised, Unmounted A-Frame

(fig. 3.25)
An improvised A-frame is a field expedient that provides both a lift
and a tow. It is useful for lifting a vehicle out of or over a ditch or
hole, or for recovering a badly mired heavy vehicle. It can be made
with two poles, approximately 12 feet long, and chains, cables, or ropes.
The chains are used for lashing the poles together and for towlines.
The poles are locked together to form a shears. The legs of the shears
are placed in two holes that are dug about 6 inches deep and 6 feet
Figure 3.25. A-frame.
103
apart; a line is strung across the top of the A-frame between the power
source and the vehicle to be moved. The legs of the A-frame must be
placed far enough away from the vehicle that is to be moved to keep
them from damaging it when it is lifted up and forward. After the
front wheels have been lifted out of the ditch, the vehicle must be
moved slightly forward and the ditch filled or bridged to allow the
rear wheels to cross.
3.44 Winch
a. Using the Winch.
(1) When used properly, the winch installed on Army vehicles
furnishes great lifting and pulling power. Improper use
or careless handling, however, results in inefficient per-
formance and possible breakdown of the winch mechanism.
(2) A vehicle may be taken across an obstacle with the assist-
ance of its own winch by attaching the winch cable to a
deadman or tree. The power of the drive wheels should be
used whenever possible to assist the winch. Transmission
gears should be so selected that the speed of the vehicle's
wheels as they move over the ground will be the same as
that of the winch cable as it is wound on the winch drum.
(3) After the vehicle with winch has crossed an obstacle with
the assistance of its own winch, it may be used to help
other vehicles without winches over the obstacle by either
straight towing or winching operations. The winch cable
may be extended and attached to the other vehicle, the
winch mechanism locked, and the truck used as a towing
vehicle; or the winch truck may be halted and blocked, and
the winch alone used.
(4) When pulling a vehicle with the winch of another, the towed
vehicle should assist with its maximum traction. The
best power combination generally results if the winch is
operated in the highest gear that will give sufficient power
and the truck being winched is pulling in lowest gear.
(5) When the winch is used on a difficult pull, the winch truck
may be held in place by using the brakes and wheel blocks,
or by anchoring to a tree or deadman. When the load is
not too heavy, traction devices will assist in holding the
vehicle in place. A snatch block may be used to increase
the mechanical advantage of the winch when pulls are too
heavy for the winch alone (fig. 3.26).
(6) Overturned vehicles cannot always be righted by manpower
alone. When necessary, a rigging similar to that shown
in figure 3.27 may be used. Parking brakes on the over-
turned vehicle should be applied before the vehicle is righted.
Any towing or winching method may be used to pull on the
104
rope. A holding bridle, placed opposite to the bridle shown
in the figure, should be used to prevent the vehicle from
being damaged by settling too rapidly. Also, to prevent
damage to bridles and the body of the vehicle, padding
(rags and/or small boards) should be used between points
of contact.
b. Safety Precautions.
(1) Certain precautions are necessary in the proper use of the
winch cable. Whenever the winch cable is slipped over
abrasive surfaces (concrete, asphalt, etc.), it should be
protected by placing pieces of wood under it. Power must
be applied to the cable gradually. Kinks and twists must
always be removed. Cables should not be tied in knots,
except for emergency repair. They should not be rigged
around an angle in such a manner as to bend them. Vehicles
with metal tires should not be permitted to run over the cable.
(2) Most winches have a shear pin which is designed to break
off under any strain which might snap the cable. Never-
theless, when a steel cable is tightened, it may break and
snap back with enough force to kill or seriously injure a
man. Personnel should stand clear before the cable is
tightened. Makeshift shear pins should not be used.
(3) The cable should be wound evenly on the drum when in
use under load and when being rewound after use. To wind
the cable evenly, at least a light load is necessary to prevent
kinking. Otherwise, the cable may become tangled or
damaged, resulting in sharp burrs which can cause serious
injury.
(4) Personnel handling winch cables should always wear work
gloves, preferably with leather palms, to protect themselves
_SNATCH BLOCK SNATCH BLOCK
[ ANHO ANCHOR
RIG WITHOUT SPREADER B.AR. RIG WITH CHAIN PASSED UNDER THE
BUMPER BAR.
SNATCH BLOCK
ANCHOR
SPREADER BAR
® RIG WITH SPREADER BAR.
Figure 3.26. Use of winch and snatch block.
105
PULL b
tt~~
8",DLE- ,,,~LL1
Figure 3.27. Using a winch to right an overturned vehicle.
from cuts and scratches caused by broken strands in the

cable.
3.45 Chespaling Mats: Expedient Surface for Muddy or Soft

Areas
a. Chespaling mats (fig. 3.28) are useful in providing a temporary
hard surface in soft sand, mud, or swampy areas. They may be made
of small saplings or bamboo rods approximately 6 feet long and about
12 inches in diameter. The saplings or rods are placed about 3 inches
apart and wired together with chicken-wire mesh or smooth wire
strands. If saplings are used, they should be kept wet to preserve
springiness in the wood and to prevent them from splitting or breaking.
A 12-foot mat of this type weighs about 75 pounds.
106
CHESPALING MATS
6'
SAPLINGS 6'X I V2
I'OVERLAP
WIRE HOLDING
SAPLINGS IN MAT . -
Figure 3.28. Chespaling mats.
b. To construct a chespaling road, two mats are laid lengthwise

with a 1-foot overlap in the center. If more mats are added, a 1-foot
overlap is made on the ends. Pickets may be used to hold the mats
down on curves. A mat road of this type should remain serviceable for
3 to 4 months, depending upon the condition of the surface over which
it is laid. Approximately 1,500 vehicles may pass over such a road
before replacement is needed.
3.46 Truck-Mounted Forklift

The truck-mounted forklift is particularly suitable for transferring
palletized cargo and fuel drums. To mount the forklift truck, bolt it
to the rear of the bed of a .6 x 6 truck (fig. 3.29). Place a counter-
weight of about 750 pounds at the forward end of the cargo floor.
Remove the finger lift of the forklift truck and install an overhead
5-foot arm with a hook at its outer end.
107
o 1=°l
zp 'l I 1 1>1 1 1 1 1 I I 1 11
YII~
____ ___
ot _ : | X | . | ° | ' | o | - I N_|I l
O~~~ h1|
J|s
|t +|!| |Lo| IL' I
II|*
JI, I
o5 d D~ID oI
~~CC01
-4 - 0I Ii r·~O O :" '
_ _ - _ |I | X| I
C 0 0$' |
C e-
,cC
-1 C~1d ', 'm 't-.0 -
.0 v A=° I .11-1-1-1'1-1011- CCC

1-1Ci-
C)
a
0 ~ ~
X
0
~ ~ ~ t n
h-O
R m X~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
m~mtoF~
> '; . ¢ g Se ;¢g E , e

E
E
|- O
bCeq ' l ' ' _;C te '.4 _ -
108
.01.01.0.0~~/
.0-.00..
· - · r5°G1 a I a
I P al S i a |]{
-:
li:'L~ "l' i ] S 813 4 ea
ji' T v N )- I- -j
I l I a I Im 1X 1 l _ _ I k_
X.0~ * I ~ | I | I I I
.
-~~
- ~ 0|I 4I0 = 4 .0 0<b|a
_____ ~'l I I_______ f
~.= ,.
- 0 - - - , ='
S X ve b ° r o I i CS f° n
| -i ___
i °// e ,
109
Y
0
0
x
IO
CD
0 "Z
03z
L,
J~~~~~~~
hi ~~ ~
c -F E
FY
A C~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~C
IL~ _Lf~l
_ l_
0U.
Zt~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~t
W
° I~ i
10
110
3.48 Volume of Barracks Bags
Barracks bags packed to capacity average 4.4 cubic feet. The
following capacities can be used for planning purposes. Quantities
are based upon cargo space of vehicles, and can be increased by
loading above sideboards for vehicles without closed top. Figures
are based upon the assumption that the bags do not average over 50
pounds each. Should this weight be exceeded, appropriate adjust-
ments must be made.
Body cargo space No. barracks
IVehicle (cu ft) bags
Truck
/2-ton, pickup, 4x2, Chev ____----------------- 37 8
34-ton, cargo, M37-- -------------- 160 30
lY2-ton, cargo 4x4, Chev--------------------- - 258 60
2Y2-ton, 6x6, LWB, M36 __-_-__-.............. 630 100
2y2-ton, 6x6, M 135 -------------------------- - 408 87
2y2-ton, 6x6, COE, 15 ft__ ___----------------. 475 100
2%2-ton, 6x6, M35 ---------------------------- 456 99
2y2-ton, 6x6, COE, 17 ft _____----------------- 540 100
5-ton, 6x6, cargo, M54 ----------------------- 515 112
Trailer
l4-ton, 2-wheel, M100 ------------------------ 28 6
/4-ton, cargo, M101 .-------------------------
175 30
1-ton, cargo, 2-wheel -------------------------- 113 20
1Y2-ton, cargo, M104 ------------------------- 283 59
Semitrailer
5-ton, S&P, 2-wheel -------------------------- 515 112
6-ton, van, 2-wheel, MGSW4 ------------------ 1, 096 240
10-ton, S&P, 2-wheel ------------------------- 730 161
12-ton, M127 ____--------------------------- 830 184
3.49 Vehicle Size and Weight Limits by States

The table below may be used as a planning guide. Size and weight
limits are changed periodically in the various states as a result of road
and bridge construction. Planners must check with local military
and/or civilian agencies to verify local limits and methods of clearance
or exemption before putting vehicles on the road.
111
b M a X XC N9 9 XX XX X Ng C OC XNNN
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
'.,0.-i CC _CC ^
-
_'_-S Co- -
a 10
& s OC
O
9Oo O
+ tsissat sst
ag~~~~~~~~~
0i 5
CW ~~ ~ ~
O~. O CC 0)
~1,,,i,1
i1,EE88% E 81E ,8, E11i
8._cZ
= - Co C-Ct)t X el C- °n C-Ceh C-C
Xt S.
e° eC-CY a C- C-C C-
, e 8s |a * 0 o s a
.0
*SS SS Z
° 5 N i _ ,,,i,,,,i l, _i_ i r , ,l , ,,,_ ,i , l;, l,,_1 ,
,, 01 ~ 1 , 1 ~ ,,
--
0 C, o0, 1 , ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
- - - 'c
2~
2C1, 1 , 1 . , ,,o
1, 1 , 1 , 1 , 1 , 1 1
,i"l"l"l"l"l"l"l"l"l"l,11" "lrl"i
1 ~, 1 .00.0 - 541$~P 294$~

e- h Y
I , 1 1 ~ ,1 ~ 1 1 , , , 1 1 , 1 ,1,1
c :, :CC, :. :.
112
o u~S
mF~:F~:I
BFZ:l~s: o , . o o 4
a s o t s. 8
C4~~~~~
*
i~~~~
* BSW ge 8% d
~o~~~~~~~~g
. ~ ~~ _~~~~~ % "· · ....

e a sX , E
~sE s E s E s e i 8 i 2 8 e i s 9 0 rX '9 = ~ IS ~
g
NJ~~~_
b a a;* 3 " aN
F;or
~~~~t~~XXX-~~~ i~ ·B.
g~ , s.
o8oo m m >ds: Sn , FF F F s 8 Zs
S~~~a g 1m B e 8,~~~~~~~~~1
~~~~bo
iii
@ C s
!:i X
@ @
:-i '.i
TA e s t; e Y Sg
i
2 /°
-
Es
e 8 ·5 0
SD
j o - X' I
113
L ~
5519 0E-GO-- S
CHAPTER 4
RAIL
4.1 Organization of the Transportation Railway Service
(fig. 4.1)
Unit TOE Miasion and/or capability Assignment
General headquar- 55-201 Provides executive, su- 1 normally assigned
ters, transporta- pervisory, and admin- to a theater having
tion railway serv- istrative personnel for 2 or more head-
ice. overall supervision quarters and head-
and direction of the quarters companies,
railroads in a theater transportation
of operations. railway command.
Headquarters and 55-302 Exercises command and To a theater of op-
headquarters supervision over 2 or erations. It is
company, trans- more railway groups. the highest echelon
portation railway Capable of overall in the theater if
command. supervision and direc- there is no general
tion of a large railway headquarters,
system in a theater of transportation
operations. railway service.
Headquarters and 55-202 Exercises command and To a headquarters
headquarters com- supervision over rail- and headquarters
pany, transporta- way operating battal- company, trans-
tion railway ions (2 to 6), and portation railway
group. railway shop battal- command. If
ions (1 or 2), plus there is no trans-
attached military portation railway
police, signal, and command in a
other service units. theater, the group
In a theater of limited may operate sepa-
operations, it may be rately under op-
the highest echelon. erational control
of the theater
transportation
officer.
Transportation rail- 55-225 Operates and maintains Normally 2 to 6 to
way operating a military railway di- a railway group.
battalion. vision in a theater of
operations. Can op-
erate 40 locomotives
per day in road and
yard service over 90 to
150 miles of railroad,
and can inspect and
maintain maintenance
of way for this mile-
114
Mission and/or capability Assignment
Unit TOE
Transportation rail- age. It can also in-
way operating spect condition, and
battalion.-Con. make organizational
and field maintenance
repairs on 40 locomo-
tives and 800 railroad
cars per month.
55-226 Supervises and coordi- 1 per railway operat-
Headquarters and
nates the operations ing battalion.
headquarters com-
pany transporta- of a railway operating
tion railway operat- battalion. Provides
ing battalion. one operating battalion
with the necessary
supply, administration,
and train dispatching
service. Distributes
rolling stock and loco-
motives as directed,
and operates railway
stations and towers.
55-227 Maintains and repairs Organic to railway
Company A (rail-
right-of-way tracks operating battalion
way engineering),
and structures of mili- (normally 1 per
transportation
tary railroads (ap- battalion).
railway operating
battalion. proximately 90 to 150
miles),
55-228 Inspects, services, and Organic to railway
Company B (rail-
makes running repairs operating battalion
way equipment),
to locomotives and (normally 1 per
transportation
railway cars (approxi- -battalion).
railway operating
battalion. mately 40 locomotives
and 800 railway cars),
plus running inspec-
tions for 2,000 railway
cars per day.
55-229 Operates locomotives Organic to railway
Company C (train
and trains. Provides operating battalion
operating), trans-
train crews to operate (normally 1 per
portation railway
40 locomotives per battalion).
operating
battalion. day over 90 to 150
miles of railroad.
55-217 Provides and maintains To railway operating
Company D (elec-
electric power trans- battalion when
tric power trans-
mission facilities for required.
mission).
train operation on an
electrified division of a
military railway (200
miles of electrified
railway). Can main-
tain a catenary or
third-rail system with
substations, but can-
not actually generate
the required power.
115
Transportation rail- 55-235 Provides depot mainte- Normally I or 2 to
way shop nance on locomotives, a railway group.
battalion. cars, and equipment.
Capable of supporting
2 to 4 operating bat-
talions, up to 100
steam locomotives,
200 diesel-electric lo-
comotives, and 2,500
railroad cars.
Headquarters and 55-236 Commands and furnishes 1 per railway shop
headquaters corn- technical supervision battalion.
pany, transporta- and plant mainte-
tion railway shop nance for the railway
battalion. shop battalion, plus
administration, mess,
and supply of com-
panies organic to the
railway shop battalion.
Company A (erect- 55-237 Performs depot mainte- Organic to railway
ing and machine nance involving erect- shop battalion
shop), transporta- ing and machine shop (normally 1 per
tion railway shop work for a military battalion).
battalion. railway using steam
locomotives and/or
diesel-electric locomo-
tives (in support of
100 steam, locomotives,
200 diesel-electric
locomotives, and 2,500
railway cars).
Company B (boiler 55-238 Performs boiler and Organic to railway
and smith shop), blacksmith repairs to shop battalion
transportation locomotives and rolling (normally 1 per
railway shop stock, in support of battalion).
battalion. 100 steam locomotives,
200 diesel-electric
locomotives, and 2,500
railway cars.
Company C (car 55-239 Performs heavy repairs Organic to railway
repair), transpor- on freight and pas- shop battalion
tation railway senger cars for 2 to 4 (normally 1 per
shop battalion. railway operating battalion).
battalions (in support
of approximately
2,500 cars).
Company D (diesel 55-247 Performs depot mainte- Organic to railway
electric locomotive nance in support of shop battalion
repair), transpor- 200 diesel-electric (normally 1 per
tation railway locomotive units. battalion).
shop battalion. Also performs inspec-
tions on this type of
locomotive.
116
Unit TOE Mission and/or capability Assignmen
Transportation 55-260 Receives, stores, and To a logistical'com-
depot company. issues all Transporta- mand or as the
tion Corps items of Transportation
supply (up to 100 tons Corps section of a
per day). general depot.
Normally 1 depot
per 35,000 troops
in a theater of
operations. If
required, may be
assigned to a
railway command.
Team EA, ambu- 55-500 Performs running repairs As required to
lance train main- on railway cars of one headquarters and
tenance crew.* ambulance train. headquarters
company, trans-
portation railway
command; or to
senior transporta-
tion railway unit
in a theater of
operations.
Team EH, ambu- 55-500 Performs field mainte- Same as Team EA,
lance train main- nance repairs on am- above.
tenance section.* bulance trains (up to
4 trains).
Team EP, railway 55-500 Performs field mainte- Normally to head-
workshop, nance of steam and quarters and
mobile.* diesel-electric locomo- headquarters
tives and rolling stock company, trans-
in forward areas where portation railway
stationary facilities are group.
inadequate (15 diesel,
electric locomotives, 5
steam locomotives,
and 100 railway cars
daily).
*See TOE 55-500 for additional railway service teams.
Section II. MAJOR ITEMS OF EQUIPMENT

4.2 Whyte ClassiAcation System of Locomotives
The locomotives described in this section are classified according
to the Whyte system. In this system locomotives are classified ac-
cording to the arrangement of their wheels. A series of numerals
separated by hyphens is used to designate the total number of wheels
on the axle of each type of locomotive truck-the front (leading)
truck, driving wheel group, and rear (trailing) truck, respectively.
The figures always describe the locomotive's wheels from front to
117
00
o ZYz
I URM- I
Ur M
c u~~~~~~~~
,Z ow Iz10 &W
w Nw~~~~~~~
cc I 81
I1
: ~~~~~~~~~ g 0 m010 -0,
Z 0 U)
B IL~~~~~~~~~~I
0 Z , 0
ixi
w u~0
8l:;0 0 0
w ;! ra-
Z Y
,W~~~~~~~ o~~~~
zw·
zI
4 O ~~~~yl o~~~~OZ
B~~~s~
C
jx e t, P~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~I
WYV
ZP4
Q W*5~
0 2 0 is FE..~
Zw A ZI
a 3' ,n~~2Z W,
L Z oo 0 Z 4~
mw
WI
ax W
lie~~~~~~g rr
rear; the wheels in the locomotive tender are not counted in the
classification. For example, a Whyte classification of 2-8-2 indi-
cates one pair of leading wheels, four pairs of coupled driving wheels,
and one pair of trailing wheels. The absence of any of the three
types of wheels is always denoted'by a zero; thus a 2-8-0 locomotive
has no trailing wheels. Diesel locomotives are also classified by this
system: figures such as 0-6-6-0 indicate no leading or trailing wheels
and two sets of three driving wheels each, or a total of 12 driving
wheels.
4.3 Characteristics of Railway Equipment

a. Locomotives.
(1) Steam.
Weight, loaded (lb) Curva-

Gage | Tractive Drawbar ture, Fuel Water
Type (in.) force pull min capacity capacity
Loco- Tender On (lb) radius
motive drivers (ft)
82-ton, 56i, 60, 165,000 133, 575 143,000 34,000 lb 42,000 231 11-ton coal 7,500-gal.
2-8-0. 63; 66. (85% (aprx). or 2,000- tender.
boiler gal. oil.
pressure).
(2) Diesel-electric.
Weight Horse- Curva-

Gage locomo- power ture, Fuel
Type (in.) tive Tractive force (total min capacity
(lb) engine) radius (gal.)
(ft)
120-ton, single engine, 56%i 240, 000 Continuous at 10 mph, 1,200 193 750
0-4-40, domestic 35,000 lb. Starting effort,
service. 72,000 lb at 30% adhesion.
120-ton, singleengine, 56, 60, 246,000 Continuous at 10 mph, 1,600 193 '1,600
0--6-0, foreign 63,66. 45,000 lb. Starting effort,
120-ton, single engine, 56j 240, 000 Continuous at 8.3 mph, 1,000 75 700
0-4-4-0, domestic 34,000 lb. Starting effort,
service. 72,D00lb at 30% adhesion.
80-ton, dual engine, 563 161,000 Continuous at 5.2 mph, 420 to 500 75 300 to 400
0-4-4-0, domestic 21,000 lb. Starting effort,
60-ton, single engine, 56i, 60, 122,000 Continuous at 7.28 mph, 400 75 500
0-4-4-0, foreign and 63, 66. 15,680 lb. Starting effort,
domestic service. 36,000 lb at 30% adhesion.
48-ton, single engine, 36, 39i, 115,000 Continuous at 7.28 mph, 400 75 500
0-4-4-0, foreign 42. 15,680 lb. Starting effort,
25-ton, single engine, 42 50,000 Continuous at 6.2 mph, 150 50 75
0-4-0, foreign serv- 6,200 lb. Starting effort,
ice. 15,000 lb at 30% adhesion.
25-ton, single engine, 560 50, 000 Continuous at 6.2 mph, 150 40 75
0-4-0, domestic 6,200 lb. Starting effort,
*Reduced to 800 if equipped with Clarkson vapor heater.
119
(3) Gasoline-mechanical.
Horse- Curva- Fuel

Type Gage Weight Drawbar pull (lb) power ture min capacity
(in.) (lb) (total radius (gal.)
engine) (it)
5-ton, single engine, 0-4-0, for- 36 11,000 2.7 mph-2,500 34 20 15

eign and domestic service. 12 mph-875.
b. Boxcars.
Capacity Inside
Type Gage Door dimensions
(in.)
(lb) (cuft) Length Width Height
SW, narrow gage, for- 36,39%, 60,000 1,588 34' 5%" 7' 4" 6' 4" 7' 10t" wide.
eign service. 42. 6' le" high.
SW, domestic service.-- 56f, 100,000 3,975 40' 6" 9' 2½" 10' 6" 6' wide, clear opening.
8' high, clear opening.
SW, broad gage, foreign 56½, 60, 80,000 2, 520 40' 6" 8' 6" 6' 9"' 8' 34" high.
service. 63,66. 6' 8"' wide.
c. Open-Top Cars.
(1) Flatcars.
Nominal Platform Platform Platform
Type Gage (in.) capacity length width' height
(Ib) above rail
8W, narrow gage, foreign service .. . .......

36, 39i, 42 60,000 34' 8½" 7' 2" 3' 7"
12W, domestic service .............. -. 56% 200,000 54' 10' " 4' 1Y4W
8W, domestic service ........-....... ........ 56% 140,000 49' 11½" 10' 3Y4" 3' 8"
'
80-ton, 12W, broad gage, foreign service ..- . ..
56½i,60, 160,000 46' 4" 9' 8" 4' 2,"
63,66
12W, domestic service (passenger train serv- 56½ 200,000 54' 10' 6Y" 4' 536"
ice).
8W, domestic service ----
. --......-.......--- 56% 100,000 43' 3" 10' 6" 3' 8"
8W, broad gage, foreign service ..-.... . ... 56, 60, 80, 000 40' 9" 8' 7)4" 3' 6i e"
63,66
:Side sills of flatcars must be considered in determining ability to carry tracked vehicles, such as tanks,
where the total loaded weight is resting on the outer edge of the car deck.
120
(2) Gondolas.
Capacity Inside dimensions

Type Gage (in.) __
(lb) (cu ft) Length Width Height
High side, 8W, narrow gage, for- 36, 39i, 42 60,000 940 34' 5" 6' 10O" 4'
eign service.
Low side, 8W, narrow gage, foreign 36, 39%, 42 60, 000 356 34' 6" 6' lO0 " 1' 6"
service.
High side, 8W, broad gage, foreign 5634 80,000 1,680 40' 8' 334" 4'
service.
Low side, 8W, broad gage, foreign 566, 60, 63, 66 80,000 500 40' 434" 8' 334"1 ' 6"
service.
Low side, 8W, drop ends, domestic 563 100,000 1,184 41' 6" 9' 634" 3'
service.
(3) Hopper car.

Nominal Inside dimensions
Type Gage capacity
(in.) (Ib)
Length Width Height
8W, domestic service ..........-........ ...... 5634 100, 000 33' 9' 5H" 9' 7"
d. Tank Cars.
Length Nominal Inside diameter (in.)
Type Gage over tank capacity
(in.) heads (gal.)*
Tank Dome
Nickel-clad, ICC-103-AW, 8W, domestic service.. 56i 31' 11" 7, 500 78, aprx 45
ICC-103, ICC-103-W, 8W, domestic service..... 5634 34', aprx 10, 000 87, aprx 59%0,
aprx
Caustic soda, ICC-103-W, 8W, domestic service.. 5634 34', aprx 10,000 88, aprx 64
Petroleum, 8W, narrow gage, foreign service ...-...36, 39%, 38' 4t7" 6,000 62%4 54
42.
Petroleum, 8W, broad gage, foreign service ......- 5634, 60, 38' 5%" 10, 000 80% 6634
63, 66.
Nitric acid, ICC-103-W, 8W, domestic service.... 5634 33' 73" 7,800 78, aprx 35%
Phosphorus, ICC-103-W, 8W, domestic service.... 56 34' 8Y4" 8,000 78, aprx 64
Specific gravity of a liquid should be checked before it is loaded to avoid exceeding weight capacity of car.
121
e. Refrigerator Cars.
Width
Type Gage Nominal length inside end inside Ice Dimen-
(in.) capacity lining side capacity sions of
(lb) lining (lb) doors
t
8W, disassembled, foreign service_. 56]6 80,000 38' 94" 611" 11,000 4' wide
7' high
SW, disassembled, broad gage, 56½, 60, 80,000 32' ½" 7' 8", 11,000 4' wide
foreign service. 63, 66. aprx. 7' high
8W, mechanical, foreign service.__56½, 60, 80,000 40' 9",equipment 7' 6", None 6' wide
63, 66. compartment. aprx. 7' high
f. Special Purpose.
Weight (lb) Over end sills Height

Type Gage above Remarks
(in.) rail
Light Loaded Length Width
Car, amb unit, 8W, 56½ 157, 000 167,300 78' 11" 10' 13' 6" Capacity: 27 patients,
domestic service. '6 corpsmen, I nurse,
1 doctor.
Car, kitchen, troop/ 560 100,160 '--
54' 2Y" 9' 5" 13' 6" Width, side door
amb, 8W, domestic, openings: 6'.
service.
Car, kitchen, dining, 566, 60, 111,400, -- 63' " 9' 13' Seat capacity: 24
and storage, amb 63, 66. avg.
train, 8W, foreign
service.
Car, ward, amb train. 56½, 60, 111,400, 63' ~4" 9' 13' Berth capacity: 30
63, 66. avg.
Car, personnel, amb 56, 60, 111,400, 63' Y4" 9' 13' Berth capacity: 15
train. 63, 66. avg. EM's 4 doctors, 2
nurses.
Includes couplers.
g. Cranes.
Boom
Type Gage Weight Boom length (ft) height
(in.) (lb) (down)
Wrecking, steam, 75-ton, broad gage, foreign 56½, 60, 191,000 25,2-piece, curved .-.- 12' 34"
service. 63, 66.
Locomotive, diesel-mechanical, 25-ton, broad 56H, 60, 148,000 50, 2-piece, straight.. -- 13' 6" max
gage, domestic and foreign service. 63, 66.
Locomotive, diesel-mechanical 40-ton broad 56½, 60, 210,000 50,2-piece, straight. ... 13' 6" max
gage, foreign service. 63, 66.
Locomotive, diesel-mechanical, 25-ton, narrow 36, 399§, 161, 000 40, 2-piece, straight ..- 10' 10"
gage, foreign service. 42.
122
4.4 Dimensions, Weight, and Capacities of Typical U.S. Freight
Cars
There are no standard dimensions for commercial cars. The figures
given are for types in common use. The 40-ton stock car comes in
many lengths, varying from 35' 7" to 41' 10". All types have similar
variations in capacity and dimensions.
Capacity Dimensions, inside (feet)
Animals Weight
Type Men (8 sq (horses, empty
ft per man mules, Cubic (tons)
Tons and equip- oxen- feet Length Width Height
ment) avg.
width,
22")
Automobile ...- . .40 .. 45 22 3,100 20 40.5 8.5 9

50 53 27 3, 850 25 50.5 8.5 9
Baggage-.......- - --...- 45 60 9.1 8
Box -........ 30 38 20 2, 750 18 36 8.5 9
40 43 22 3, lo00 20 40. 5 8.5 9
50 43 22 3, 100 24 40.5 8.5 9
Caboose ---.............-- ..... 20 27.5 8.2 7
Diner ..--...--.-..-..-..-..-......... 90 78.5 8.5 8.5
Flat -.-.---..-.-.--.. 40 -... --..........-.-- 18 40 9
50 - -........ .....--- 20 45 9
70 -..... --..-.-.--- 25 50 9
Gondola -... 50 --.. 1, 570 22 40 9.9 4
70 -...--... . 1,920
...... 25 48 10 4
Refrigerator .-...... 30 --........-...- 2, 570 28 40.5 8.2 7. 2
b 40 - -.....-......- 2, 570 30 40.5 8.2 7.5
Stock ------ - 30 ....-- 20 2, 625 20 36 8.5 8.5
40 -----..--- 20 2, 625 22 36 8. 5 8.5
Tank.-.-.. ....--- 40 -..............- 20 33 6. 6 dia.
d 50 .............. .... ............ 24 33 7. 2 dia
Ice capacity, 4 tons.

b Ice capacity, 5 tons.
e 8,000 gal.
d 10,000 gal.
4.5 Capacity of Standard U.S. Passenger Cars

Day Tourist Standard
coach ' sleeper sleeper 3
Length in feet-- - - ------ 65-75 65-75 65-80
Number of sections -------------- L- ............ None 13-16 12-16
Maximum seating:
2 men to each double seat..----------- 60-70 52-64 53-64
3 men to each 2 double seats ---------------- 45-48 39-48 40-48
Sleeping capacity:
2 men per berth (maximum) ---------- None 52-64 53-64
3 men per section ------------------------ None 39-48 40-48
1 man per berth --------------------------- None 26-32 27-32
- Limited number of steel coaches, 70 feet long or over, available.

2 Standard sleeper-12 sections and 1 drawing room or 16 sections and no drawing room.
123
Section III. RAIL OPERATIONS
4.6 Planning Requirements
In planning for the most effective use of a railway system, detailed
information about items a through z below is essential. FM 55-8
and DA Forms 55-170 (Railroad Line Characteristics and Facilities),
55-171 (Locomotive Characteristics and Inventory), and 55-172
(Freight Equipment Characteristics and Inventory) provide informa-
tion on evaluating existing facilities.
a. Length of line.
b. Condition of roadbed and track.
c. Gage of track.
d. Single, double, or multiple track.
e. Weight of rail.
f. Type of ballast and depth.
g. Type of ties (if wood, treated or untreated).
h. Tie spacing.
i. Axle-load limitations (track and bridge).
j. Profile of line showing location and length of ruling grade.
k. Alinement of lines showing location and length of minimum-
radius curves.
I. Location and description of bridges and tunnels.
m. Location and length of passing tracks.
n. Location, type, and quantity of fuel supply.
o. Location, quantity, and quality of water supply.
p. Location and capacity of yards.
q. Location and capacity of car repair shops and enginehouses.
r. Type and availability of motive power.
(1) Weight in working order.
(2) Expected working tractive effort.
(3) Age.
s. Type and availability of rolling stock.
(1) Capacity and dimensions.
(2) Age.
t. Allowable drawbar pull.
u. Diagrams showing minimum structure, maximum unrestricted
loading, and equipment gages.
v. Signal system.
w. Dispatching facilities.
x. Route junctions.
y. Availability of new equipment and repair parts.
z. Local labor resources.
4.7 Outline of Standing Operating Procedure for Rail Movements
a. General. Policies and factors involved in selecting and accom-
plishing movements via rail.
124
(1) Releases. When required, methods of obtaining, formats,
dissemination, action required.
(2) Routing. Responsibilities and procedures for determination,
coordination, and accomplishment.
(3) Diversions and reconsignments. Authority to effect diversions,
but with regard for the various command areas; procedures
for initiating requests and execution thereof.
(4) Records and Reports. Responsibilities and methods for the
maintenance of specific records; appropriate references to
reports to be submitted.
c. Personnel Movements-Troops.
(1) Military authority index numbers (MAIN). Purposes, com-
position, methods, and procedures for assignment and use;
marking on and eradicating from trains.
(2) Halts. Types of halts; policies, procedures, and responsibili-
ties in the establishment and conduct of halts.
(3) Travel warrants. Types, forms, authority, and responsibili-
ties for issue, distribution, and usage.
(4) Troop-train commanders. Appointment, responsibilities and
functions, relationship with transportation personnel; in-
structions to be furnished.
(5) Rations and water. Responsibilities and procedures for
securing, furnishing en route, and disposition at destination.
(6) Discipline of troops. Responsibilities and command policies,
police of rail equipment, sanitation.
(7) Diversions. Authority for ordering, responsibilities and pro-
cedures for effecting, reference to reporting.
(8) Records and reports. Responsibilities and methods for the
maintenance of specific records and appropriate references
to reports to be submitted.
4.8 Outline of Standing Operating Procedure for Transportation

Railway Service
a. General. Policies and procedures for:
(1) Integration of rail transportation in the theater transporta-
tion net.
(2) Operational control.
(3) Coordination with adjacent commands for use of rail capac-
ity and support of operating units.
(4) Coordination of the theater rail plan for selection, rehabilita-
tion, and operation of rail lines in support of theater strategic
plans.
b. Mission. Rail net and facilities operated, terminals, installations,
and commands supported.
125
c. Organization. Operating units available, location, and operating
limits.
d. Functions. Responsibilities for operation and maintenance of
military railways; equipment; and freight, passenger, and special
trains.
e. Planning.
(1) Long-range planning responsibility and procedures; selection
of rail primary and alternate routes; determination of line
capacity, troop equipment, and supply requirements; re-
habilitation and project requirements; communications and
security requirements; demolition plans.
(2) Current operational plans; current rail line capacity and re-
quirements; phases of operation; selection and rehabilitation
of new or additional railheads, yards, and installation fa-
cilities.
J. Operations. Procedures for dissemination and implementation
of movement programs; coordination with transportation movements
officer; priorities for and utilization of rail equipment; responsibility
for preparation and compilation of operational and situation reports;
procedures for ordering and documentation of cars; responsibilities for
scheduling special trains; responsibility and methods of loading, block-
ing, bracing, and inspecting loaded cars.
g. Maintenance. Responsibility, procedures, inspections, reports,
and standards for maintenance of military and utility railway facilities
and equipment, including organizational, field, and depot maintenance.
h. Supply. Responsibility and procedures for requisitioning, stock-
ing, distributing, maintaining levels of, disposing of excess, and ac-
counting for railway operating and maintenance supplies; require-
ments and priorities for major items, including locomotives and rolling
stock.
i. Intelligence and Reconnaissance. Responsibility and procedures
for collecting, processing, and using rail intelligence.
j. Security. Procedures, responsibility, coordination, and require-
ments for security of supplies en route by rail and security of trains
and rail line-of-communication facilities; defense and demolition plans.
k. Records and Reports. Responsibility and procedures for re-
ports: railway operation, situation, personnel status, equipment
maintenance and inspection, equipment status, and project.
1. Training. Responsibility: unit and technical training.
4.9 Maximum Bulk Loading of Typical U.S. Freight Cars

The rated capacity of a car does not mean that the car can carry
the rated tonnage of all items.
a. Heavy Bulk Items. Freight cars loaded with heavy bulk items
have the same rated and actual capacities. Heavy bulk items are
ammunition, barbed wire, cement, flour, gravel, corrugated iron,
126
rails, rifles in chests, sand, stone, sugar, telephone wire, and engineer
tools.
b. Lighter Bulk Items. Some items for which the actual capacity
of a car is less than the rated capacity are listed below.
Car Capacity in Short Tons
Rated ---------------------------------- 30 40 50
Actual, by items:
Blankets, baled ____------------------------ 27 32 40
Bread----------- ----------------------- 19 24 30
Canned goods in boxes --------------------- 30 36 45
Clothing, baled____------------------------- 27 32 40
Hay, baled ------------
-------------------15 20 25
Meat ----------------------------------- 15 24 35
Motor vehicle parts - ----------------------- 24 28 40
Oats ----------------------------------- 18 24 30
Sandbags ------------------- 21 24 30
Tentage -------------- ------------------ 15 20 30
Ties, railroad ----------------------------- 19 26 32
4.10 Clearances-General
Overhead clearances and platform heights are measured from top of
rail; side clearances from centerline of track. Clearances below those
specified are dangerous, and protection must be provided by appropri-
ate warning signs or devices. For example, telltales must be used
for overhead clearances ranging between 18 to 22 feet. Unless local
conditions require greater clearances, the standard minimum clear-
ances are as follows:
a. Overhead.
Wires:
High voltage--- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- -- 28' 0"
Other ----------------------------------- 27' 0"
Structures ------------------------------------------ 22' 0"
b. Side.
Buildings ------------------------------ 8' 6'
Canopies:
Up to 15' 6" high-- - - -- - -- - - - -------- 8' 6"
Higher than 15' 6"---------------------------------- 5' 6"
Platforms:
3' 9" high-- - - - - -- ----- 6' 2"
4' high ---------------- 5' 0"
Refrigerator platforms:
3' 2" high----------------------------------- 6' 2"
4' 7" high ---------------------------------- 8' 6"
c. Enginehouse Entrance.
Overhead ----- 17' 0"
Side ------------------------------------- 6' 6"
d. Bridge and Tunnel. Standard single-track bridge and tunnel
clearances are shown in figure 4.2.
127
W
I
6&~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~(
.0~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~L.
z
bO z
I-lI
I~~\ U
(D LL o~~~~~~~~~~~L
(D~~~~~~~~~~~~(
LIJ ;
I'~~~~C
,,~~~~~0 ,~ ~ .
~~ ~
20co0~o ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ .'
coom ~
cn
1
.. O la
128~~~~~~~~~
12
4.11 Railway Gages (in inches) by Area
a. Africa.
Algeria------------------------------- 57%, 56Y2, 4196, 393/s
Belgian Congo ---------------------- 42, 39%/,24
Eritrea ------------------------------ 37
Ethiopia ------------------------------ 39/8
French Equatorial Africa ----- -------. 42
French West Africa --------------------- 39%/
Ghana --------- ------------------ 42
Kenya ------------------------------- 39/8
Libya ----------------------------- 37Y6
Madagascar ------------------------- 39%
Morocco ---------------------------- 56%2
Nigeria --.- ----------------------- 42, 30
Nyasaland ------------------------ 42
Portuguese East Africa ---------------- 42,30
Portuguese West Africa .-------------- 42, 39Y8, 24
Reunion ------- ------------------ 39%
Rhodesia --------- ----------------- 42
Sierra Leone -------------------- 30
Sudan ---------- -------------------- 42
Tanganyika ------------------------- 39%
Tunisia ---------------------------- 56%2, 39%
Uganda --------------------------- 39%
Union of South Africa ---------------- 42, 24
United Arab Republic
Egypt ---------------------------- 56%2, 39%, 30, 29Y2
Syria------------------------------ See Asia
b. Asia.
Borneo ------------------------------- 39%/
Burma ----------------------------- 393/8
Ceylon ----------------------------- 66
China ------------------------------- 56%2
Formosa ------------------------------- 41%2, 30, 24
India -------------------------------- 66, 39%, 30, 24
Indonesia ------------------------- 56%2, 42, 30
Iran .------------------------------- 60, 56Y2
Iraq -------------------------------- 56%2, 39%
Israel ------------------------------ 56%2
Japan ------------------------------ 56Y2, 42
Jordan ------ ---------------------- 41%4
Korea ------ ----------------------- 56Y2, 30
Lebanon ------------------------------ 56%2, 41Y4
Malaya --- -
------- ---------------- 39%
Pakistan ------- ------------------ 66, 40, 393/8
Saudi Arabia-------------------------- 562, 41%4
Syria -------------------------------- 56%2, 41%
Thailand - ----------- ----------------- 39%
Turkey --------------------------- 60, 56Y2, 41Y2, 393/, 29%/2
USSR - ------------ ------------------- 60, 39%
Vietnam --------- -------------------- 39/8
c. Europe.
Austria -------------------------- --- 562, 393/
Belgium ---------------------------- 56%2, 39%/
551192 0--60 9 129

Bulgaria ------------------------------ 56%, 30, 23%
Czechoslavakia ------------------------- 56%2
Denmark ------------ ----------------- 56%
Estonia ------------------------------ 60
Finland ------------- ------------------ 60
France ------------------------------- 56%2, 39%8
Germany ----------------------------- 56%2, 398, 30
Greece ------------------------------- 562, 39%
Hungary - -.-.-.-.--------------------- 56Y2
Ireland -------------- ------------------ 63
Italy --------------------------------- 56%, 56Y2, 37%
Latvia -------------------------------- 60, 56Y2, 29Y2, 23%
Lithuania --.........- ----------------- 60, 562, 29%2, 23%
Luxembourg -------------------------- 56%, 39%s
Netherlands ----------- --------------- 56%
Norway ------------- ----------------- 56%2, 42
Poland ------------- ------------------ 60, 56%2, 29%2
Portugal ------------------------------ 66, 39%
Rumania ------------------------------ 56%, 36
Spain ------------------------------- - 66, 39%, 36
Sweden ------------------------------.. 56%2, 42, 35
Switzerland --------------------------- 56%, 393/8
Turkey ------------------------------- 56%
USSR -------------------------------- 60, 39%s
United Kingdom --------- ------------- 63, 56Y
Yugoslavia ----------- ---------------- 56%, 39Ys, 30
d. Central America and West Indies.
Costa Rica ------------.---- 42
Cuba -------------------------------- 56%
Dominican Republic -_-- - - 40, 30
Guatemala ---------------------------- 36
Haiti --------------------------------- 40, 30
Honduras ----------------------------- 42, 36
Jamaica ------------- -------------- - 56%
Nicaragua ----------------------------- 42
Panama ------------- - - 60, 36
Puerto Rico --------- -------- 39%
Salvador ------------ ---------------.36
Trinidad -...----- -- ------------ 56%
e. North America.
Canada ------------------------------ 56%, 36
Newfoundland --------- ------------ 42
Mexico ------------------------------- 56%, 36
United States ------------------------- 56%
Alaska ----------------------------- 56%, 36
Hawaii ---------------------------- See Pacific Ocean
f. South America.
Argentina ------------ ----------------. 66, 56%, 39%8, 29%
Bolivia ------------------------------- 39%8
Brazil -------------------------------- 63, 39%, 30, 24
British Guiana - ------ ---- - 56%
Chile --------------------------------- 66, 56%, 42, 39%s,30, 24
Colombia ------------------------------ 39%, 36
130
Dutch Guiana ------------------------- 39ys
Ecuador --------------
--- ------------ 42, 30
Paraguay ----------------------------- 56/2
Peru ------------------------------ 562, 39%, 36
Uruguay ----------------------------- 56%
Venezuela ----------------------------- 56%2, 42, 39%, 36, 30, 24
g. Pacific Ocean.
Australia ------------------------------ 63, 56Y2, 42, 30
Hawaii ------------------------------- 56Y2, 36
New Caledonia ------------------------ 39%
New Zealand --------------------------- 42
Philippines ---------------------------- 42
4.12 Clearances and Gages by Countries

a. The clearance diagrams shown in figures 4.3 and 4.4 are com-
posites incorporating the smallest dimensions of all similar dimensions
of the countries named; therefore, all the limiting clearances shown in
the composites will not exist simultaneously on any particular rail
line. A clearance diagram for the rail line(s) over which operations
are to be conducted must be obtained or made. In the diagrams
horizontal distances shown should not be confused with the track
gage. Examples of the use of the diagrams are given below.
I'
TRACK
.~ 21
- 11111 ' -I
| t TOP OF RAIL
/I'?6'- _ -
6' -9"
-al
Figure 4.S. A composite clearance diagram: 56Y2-, 60-, 6S-, and 66-inch gages.
131
N
TRACK
lOno
COD8'-
6"
-n~~~~~~~~~~ ~7- I
TOP.,
RAIL l See Note -1

See Note 2
Notel: 2'-84" for 36-inch track gage Notez 4' for 36-and 398-inch trock gage
3' for 39k-and 42-inch track gage 4'-5" for 42-inch track gage
Figure 4.4. A composite clearance diagram: 36-, 3S93-, and 42-inch gages.
(1) In figure 4.3, a vertical clearance of 3 feet 8 inches can be

depended upon for a width clearance which is at least 9 feet
8 inches. In the same figure, a vertical clearance of 9%
inches can be depended upon if the width clearance is not
less than 8 feet 1I inches.
(2) In figure 4.4, a vertical clearance between 13% inches and
3 feet 4 inches can be depended upon when the width clear-
ance is not less than 8 feet.
132
b. The composite clearances in figure 4.3 show minimum clearances
for broad-gage operations. Countries with broad-gage track are
listed below.
(1) 5652-inch gage.
Algeria Latvia
Argentina Lebanon
Australia Lithuania
Austria Luxembourg
Belgium Manchuria
British Guiana Mexico
Bulgaria Morocco
Canada Netherlands
Chile Norway
China Paraguay
Cuba Peru
Czechoslovakia Poland
Denmark Rumania
Egypt Saudi Arabia
France Sweden
Germany Switzerland
Greece Syria
Hungary Trinidad
Indonesia Tunisia
Iran Turkey
Iraq
Israel United Kingdom
Italy United States
Jamaica Uruguay
Japan Venezuela
Korea Yugoslavia
(2) 60-inch gage.
Denmark Manchuria
Estonia Panama
Finland Poland
Iran Turkey
Latvia USSR
Lithuania
(3) 63-inch gage.
Australia Ireland
Brazil United Kingdom
(4) 66-inch gage.
Argentina Pakistan
Ceylon Portugal
Chile Spain
India
133
c. Figure 4.4 shows clearances for narrow-gage rail operation.
Countries with narrow-gage track are given in (1) through (5) below.
(1) 36-inch gage.
Alaska Panama
Canada Peru
Columbia Rumania
Guatemala Salvador
Hawaii Spain
Honduras United Kingdom
Ireland Venezuela
Mexico
(2) 37-inch gage.
Eritrea Libya
(3) S39-inch gage.
Algeria Luxembourg
Argentina Madagascar
Austria Malaya
Belgian Congo New Caledonia
Belgium Pakistan
Bolivia Peru
Borneo Portugal
Brazil Portuguese West Africa
Burma Puerto Rico
Chile Reunion
Columbia Spain
Dutch Guiana Switzerland
Egypt Tanganyika
Ethiopia Thailand
France ~~~~~France
~Tunisia
French West Africa Una
Germany Uganda
Greece
India Venezuela
Iraq Vietnam
Kenya Yugoslavia
(4) 41l-inch gage.
Jordan Saudi Arabia
Lebanon Syria
134
(5) 42-inch gage.
Australia New Zealand
Belgian Congo Nicaragua
Chile Nigeria
Costa Rica Norway
Ecuador Nyasaland
Formosa Philippines
French Equatorial Africa Portuguese East Africa
Ghana Portuguese West Africa
Honduras Rhodesia
Indonesia Sudan
Japan Sweden
Korea Union of South Africa
Newfoundland Venezuela
4.13 Bridge Capacity

a. Cooper's E Rating. Each driving axle of a locomotive carries a
proportionate part of the total weight loaded on the driving wheels.
For example, the rating for a bridge to carry a 2-8-0 locomotive
weighing 140,000 pounds on drivers is determined as follows:
A 2-8-0 locomotive has four driving axles.
140,000- 4=35,000 pounds, the amount each driving axle carries.
A bridge designed to carry this locomotive safely must have a Cooper's
E-rating of at least E-35.
b. Steel I-Beam Bridge (fig. 4.5). The table below refers to bridges
already constructed with two, four, six or more steel stringers or
girders of equal dimensions. To estimate the capacity of a railway
bridge with this type construction, the width and thickness of the
lower flange of one stringer are measured at the center of the span
length; the depth and length of the stringer are also measured. Using
the table given below, the steel stringer that is nearest to these dimen-
sions is selected, and the corresponding E-rating of the bridge is read.
The rating is reduced according to the age and condition of the bridge.
The quantity of reduction must be determined by qualified personnel,
normally from the Corps of Engineers.
135
t- - to '= c -q m
~
t CD: X V3I z
I 0-00
I ,,IOD Fn IO
I tu~c I I
I C'In4 U-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
V,~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
0 - I
I I I
IL I
I I
I
I IIFFFF
XI t 'Q
XX
* I
: I:
*
:
%
:
Ii
,
,W
I s ' ioi
l0 l l im 1 l1 iil
1 1 1 1 1
oo I .I . ..,.......
.... .....
I I I I I . F. i . '''1
I3oo ... °q I ......... Io IoN

I I I I o I, 1 1 1 1 11. i
F 36I , I .,o i ..... I I I I I
-rg, I I o I 1 1 1 '1 1 1 1
M ,,,,,,,,
; ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' '
tS 5 : , , , , , , , , ,
. : , , , , , , , , ,
c. Wooden Bridge (fig. 4.6). For bridges with wooden stringers,
the width of each stringer is measured under one track at the center of
the length span and added to obtain total width. The depth and
length of one stringer are also measured. The following table is used
with the same procedures as the table in b above.
Stringer dimensions Span length (feet)

(inches)
Width Depth 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
18 12 E-16 E-12
18 14 E-22 E-18 E-10
18 16 E-28 E-20 E-15 E-10
18 18 E-38 E-26 E-18 E-14 E-12
20 12 E-18 E-12
20 14 E-25 E-17 E-12
20 16 E-33 E-23 E-16 E-12 E-10
20 18 E-43 E-29 E-21 E-16 E-13 E-10
24 12 E-22 E-15 E-1 1
24 14 E-30 E-21 E-14 E-11
24 16 E-40 E-28 E-20 E-15 E-12
24 18 E-52 E-36 E-25 E-19 E-15 E-12 E-10
36 12 E-34 E-23 E-17 E-12 E-10
36 14 E-47 E-32 E-23 E-17 E-14 E-11
36 16 E-62 E-43 E-30 E-23 E-19 E-15
36 18 E-78 E-53 E-39 E-30 E-24 E-20 E-16
40 12 E-38 E-26 E-19 E-14 E-11
40 14 E-52 E-36 E-26 E-20 E-16 E-12
40 16 E-69 E-47 E-35 E-26 E-21 E-17
40 18 E-87 E-60 E-44 E-34 E-27 E-22 E-18
48 12 E-46 E-31 E-23 E-17 E-13
48 14 E-63 E-43 E-31 E-24 E-19 E-15
48 16 E-83 E-57 E-41 E-32 E-26 E-21
48 18 E-105 E-73 E-53 E-41 E-33 E-27 E-22
54 12 E-52 E-35 E-27 E-19 E-15
54 14 E-72 E-49 E-35 E-22 E-18
54 16 E-94 E-65 E-46 E-36 E-29 E-24
54 18 E-119 E-82 E-60 E-46 E-38 E-30 E-25
60 12 E-58 E-40 E-30 E-22 E-17
60 14 E-79 E-55 E-39 E-30 E-35 E-20
60 16 E-104 E-72 E-52 E-40 E-33 E-27
60 18 E-132 E-92 E-67 E-52 E-42 E-34 E-28
137
LENGT1=
f'< ZTHICKNESS
Figure 4.5. Measuring a steel stringer.
RAIL--
-TIE
STRINGER T
DEPTH
TOTAL WIDTH
Figure 4.6. Measuring a wooden stringer.
4.14 Loading Open-Top Cars

Military equipment loaded on U.S. Army cars traveling over the
lines of common carriers and on cars belonging to common carriers
within the continental United States must meet the loading standards
of the individual railroad and those of the AAR (Association of
American Railroads). Cars loaded on foreign lines should meet the
blocking and lashing standards of the area involved. The standards
for and methods of blocking, nailing, and bracing for some typical
military loadings are given in this paragraph. The regulations of
AAR Pamphlet MD-7 and its supplement No. 1, Rules Governing
the Loading of Department of Defense Material on Open-Top Cars,
should be followed. The following examples apply only to the loading
of flatcars; and/or composite gondolas with wooden floors with the
equipment listed in a through d below and illustrated in figures 4.7
through 4.10. The letters in the item column refer to the letters
shown in the illustrations. In all examples, brake wheels have the
138
clearances shown in figure 4.11. The various wooden blocks, cut to
specific patterns and numbered, are illustrated in figure 4.12.
a. Six-Wheel Truck (fig. 4.7). 1

Item No. of pieces Description
A -------..
- ------------- Brake-wheel clearance (fig. 4.11).
B -.
. . -----------
8- . .._ Blocks, pattern 16 (1, fig. 4.12). Locate 450 por-
tion of block against front and rear of front
wheels, in front of outside intermediate wheels,
and in back of outside rear wheels. Secure heel
of block to floor with three 40-penny nails and
toenail that portion under tire to floor with two
40-penny nails before items D and E are applied.
Substitute, if desired, at each location, blocks,
pattern 17 (2 fig. 4.12), or blocks, pattern 18
(3 fig. 4.12).
C ------- 8- .
._. _ 2 ._.._.
by 4 by 12 inches. Locate against block pat-
tern 18 (3 fig. 4.12) lengthwise of car, and secure
to floor with four 30-penny nails. Not required
when blocks, patterns 16 (1, fig. 4.12) and 17
(2, fig. 4.12), are used.
D ---- - 1 each outside Suitable material, such as waterproof paper, burlap,

wheel. etc. Locate bottom portion under items E, top
portion to extend 2 inches above items E.
E ------- 6-------------- Each consisting of two pieces of wood 2 by 4 by 36

inches. Secure lower piece to floor with four
30-penny nails and top piece to one below in like
manner.
F ------ 2 each axle ----- 1-inch, No. 14 Birmingham wire gage, hot-rolled
steel, with anchor plates, pattern 19 (4, fig. 4.12).
Locate over axle, springs, or spring shackles,
and secure each plate to floor with eight 20-
penny, cement-coated nails. Substitute, if de-
sired, at each location, four strands of No. 8
gage, black annealed wire. Pass over axle,
springs, spring shackles, underneath and around
item G and twist taut after item G has been
nailed in place.
G------ 1 each item F_ 2 by 4 by 18 inches. Secure to floor lengthwise of

car, with four 30-penny nails. Not required
when steel straps are used, pattern 19 (4, fig. 4.12)
H ------ 4 each unit- Four strands of No. 8 gage, black annealed wire.
Attach to each corner of machine and to stake
pockets. Not required for units loaded in gon-
dola cars.
See notes on page 145.
139
OR
tEI t\ \ V
(m
Figure 4.7. Loading a six-wheel truck on an open-top car.
140
b. Landing Vehicle, Wheeled, B2-ton, 6X6 (DUKW) (fig. 4.8).'
A ------- --- Brake-wheel clearance (fig. 4.11).
B-- .8--------------
.... Blocks, pattern 24 (5, fig. 4.12). Locate in front
and rear of front wheels, in front of intermediate
wheels, and back of rear wheels, and secure to
floor with five 30-penny nails in each.
C-- .8--------------
. ... 2 by 4 by 20 inches. Secure upper end to item B
and lower end to floor with two 30-penny nails at
each location.
D- . 8- ------------
... 2 by 4 by 12 inches. Locate against bottom of item
C and secure each to floor with three 30-penny
nails.
E-- ....
.6-------------- Suitable material, such as waterproof paper, burlap,
etc. Locate bottom portion under items F, top
portion to extend 2 inches above items F.
F------- 6-------------- Each consisting of two pieces of 2 by 4 by 36 inches.
Secure lower piece to floor with four 30-penny
nails and top piece to one below in like manner.
G- ...... 2 each axle- 1-inch, No. 14 Birmingham wire gage, hot-rolled
Locate over axle, springs, or spring shackles, and
secure each plate to floor with eight 20-penny,
cement-coated nails. Substitute, if desired, at
each location, four strands of No. 8 gage black
annealed wire. Pass around item H and twist
taut after item H has been nailed in place.
H---.... 1 each item G___ 2 by 4 by 18 inches. Secure to floor, lengthwise of
car, with four 30-penny nails. Not required
when steel straps are used, pattern 19 (4, fig.
4.12).
J-- . ...
.2-------------- 1-inch, No. 14 Birmingham wire gage, hot-rolled
Pass through towing devises and secure each
plate to floor with eight 20-penny cement
coated nails. Substitute, if desired, at each
location, four strands of No. 8 gage black an-
nealed wire. Pass through towing clevises, under-
neath, and around item K and twist taut after
item K has been nailed in place. Not required
when steel straps are used, pattern 19 (4, fig.
4.12).
K-- .....
1 each item J__ 2 by 4 by 18 inches. Secure to floor, length-
wise of car, with four 30-penny nails. Not re-
quired when steel straps are used, pattern 19
(4 fig. 4.12).
L- _-... 1------------- Four strands of No. 8 gage, black annealed wire.
Loop around towing hook and through opposite
stake pockets. Not required for units loaded in
gondola cars.
141
T am.
Figure 4.8. Loading a 2£-ton wheeled landing vehicle on an open-top car.
c. 37, 40, 75, 90 and 105mm Mounted Gun or Howitzer (fig. 4.9).' 2
A -------..
- -------------- Brake-wheel clearance (fig. 4.11).
B ------ 4 ------- __---- Blocks, pattern 16 (1, fig. 4.12). Locate 450
portion of block in front and rear wheels. Secure
heel of block to floor with three 40-penny nails
and toenail that portion under tire to floor with
two 40-penny nails before items C are applied.
C ------- 2-------------- Each consisting of two pieces of 2 by 4 by 36

inches. Secure lower piece to floor with three
40-penny nails and top piece to one below in
like manner.
D ------ 2------------- Support, pattern 62 (8, fig. 4.12), length Y4 inch

longer than the distance between point of sup-
port on gun carriage and floor. Place between
floor and gun carriage to partially relieve weight
on tires. Secure each to floor with six 40-penny
nails.
E ------- 2-------------- Four strands of No. 8 gage, black annealed wire.

Pass through holes in wheels and secure to stake
pockets.
F ----- 2 for single 6 by 8 by 24 inches, cut to fit contour of spade.

spade, 4 for Locate in front and rear of spade. Toenail to
double spade. floor with five 40-penny nails.

142
c. 37, 40, 75, 90 and 105mm Mounted Gun or Howitzer (fig. 4.9.) 2_
Continued
G .-.... 2 each item F___ Each consisting of two pieces of 2 by 4 by 12

inches. Secure lower piece to floor, against
item F, with three 40-penny nails and top piece
to one below in like manner.
H-. .2--------------
. ... 2 by 4 by 12 inches. Locate against each side
of spade and secure to floor with three 40-penny
nails.
J..- ... 1 pair ----- Stakes or green saplings. Locate Ysdistance from
end of gun trail to center of wheels.
K -... 1-------------
... Six strands, No. 8 gage, black annealed wire.
Loop around and over top of rear end of gun
trail and secure to opposite stake pockets. Sub-
stitute, if desired, 2-by .050-inch high-tension
bands, or ½f-inch steel cables.
Figure 4.9. Loading a 37mm to 105mm mounted gun or howitzer on an open-top car.
143
d. Tanks and Similar Units, From 60,000 to 100,000 Pounds (fig.
4.10).1 2
A- .----- Brake-wheel clearance (fig. 4.11).
B -.----- 2-------------- Blocks, pattern 31 (7, fig. 4.12). Locate one against
each rear crawler tread.
C ------ 2- ------------ Blocks, pattern 30 (6, fig. 4.12). Locate one against
each front crawler tread.
Dn --- - 1 each items B 2 by 4 by 20 inches. Locate one on inside of items

and C. B and C and secure to floor with six 20-penny
nails.
E ------ 2 each items B Each consisting of two pieces of 2 by 4 by 12 inches.

and C. Locate against ends of items B and C. Secure
lower piece to floor with four 20-penny nails and
top piece to one below in like manner.
F- ..... 2 each unit - Each consisting of two pieces of 2 by 4 by 14 inches.

Locate on floor against inside of each crawler
tread, and secure lower piece to floor with twelve
30-penny nails and top piece to one below in like
manner.
G -..... 3 each unit ---- Each consisting of two pieces of 2 by 4 inches long
enough to fill space between items F. Locate
one near center and one near each end of items F.
Secure lower piece to floor with four 30-penny
nails and top piece to one below in like manner.
H ----- 6- ------------ Each consisting of two pieces of 6 by 6 inches, length

to suit, cut to fit contour of bogie wheels. Locate
one piece between inside and outside wheels of
each bogie assembly.
J . ..---
.6-------------- Each consisting of two pieces of 4 by 4 inches,
length to suit. Locate against bogie wheels on
top of item H.
K ------- 6-------------- Each consisting of two pieces of 4 by 4 inches, long

enough to fill space between items H. Toenail
each to items H with two 30-penny nails.
L------- 12- ..... ...... consisting of two strands No. 8 gage, black
Each
annealed wire. Pass under crawler tread and
around items H and J. Substitute, if desired, at
each location, one %- by .035-inch high-tension
band. Use staples or nails bent over to retain
bands or wires in position.

144
d. Tanks and Similar Units, From 60,000 to 100,000 Pounds (fig.
2
4.10).' -Continued
M ------ 4-- .- 1---..

ly2-inch diameter rods. Attach to lifting lugs and
pass through stake pockets and Y2- by 4- by 10-
inch plates underneath stake pockets on opposite
sides of car. Substitute, if desired, Ys-inch steel
cable, doubled.
I Set handbrake and wire, or block, lever. When tiedown rods are found slightly loose in transit, they
need not be tightened.
2 Place turret gun in straight forward position, and wire turret-lock handwheel and elevating-mechanism
handwheel to prevent rotating. When unit is not equipped with build-in gun brace, apply two F-inch
high-tension bands, securing gun barrel to unit at each side. Rock a tracked vehicle forward and backward
under its own power to take the slack out of the tracks and thus secure the vehicle to the blocks.
0 4 1 Li (/
U / ) U
J U
Figure 4.10. Loading a tank or similar unit, 60,000 to 100,000 pounds, on an

open-top car.
4.15 High and/or Wide Loads

a. Cars with high and/or wide loads create an operating hazard:
both the cargo and the personnel working on the line are endangered.
Every possible effort must be made to reduce such hazards.
b. The transportation officer initiating a high and/or wide load
is responsible for coordinating the shipment with the shipping agency
to effect the maximum reductions possible; for example, the removal
of spotlights and tool kits, the lowering of booms, and the depressing
of gun barrels.
551192 0-60 10 145
II
or ara ~ "~~~~~~~~~~
o ~ I~ ~~~~~~
0
oP~ 0e . ~~ M0, / w
'd 0
, ~-;, ,~u.
, u rs
, o U ..
1 /, ~
Idm
~~>U "T'" UC a14Wwo

0 w oo
PO Lie
HO -.9
'146~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
146~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~E
z'4
0
hi
LLA~.
~- z~~z U
- z
~ ,~~~~~~~~I- w :
~~~~~~-
. ,
c,-
o
JJZ t~
tu 4
,I ,- . ~
ZkI
w la, ~~~~~ o " 0); ~
at;
C
0 I~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~0
ci P:~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~c
c ~~~i-.~~~~~~~~~~~~
N e '~U-
$
I·
~~~~~~~~~~~
sP
0 (~~~~~'
N cO
N~~~~~~~~~~
VS
I I
S~ ~ 0 -n S .
0
I-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-f.
" T~~~~~~~~~~~~4
t~~~~4 -
(p ~ ~~~ z ·
a: 9~~~~~~~~~~~
w F:~~~
0.~~~~
O~~~~~~~~~~~~4
0D C a
T- 1
n -- ~LLL
Ir j w
I --
0.--
~I-~~~~~
N -
~----- I
4 0~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~1
I- --- -;i /~ -- -- I
r-... - - . .
iL 0
CZ,
3:~~~~~~~
~~~
I
I II -,
"'I'l
).Z
Z '~lll~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~I
,
"- II --,, H_~~4
i0... ]
._//
"- ; i
_~ 2
.. I- I . N
U I ---
14
j J .... L-
/ s I
'3~~- I-
1 ''
148
c. When the movement of a high 'and/or wide load is unavoidable,
a scale drawing should be given the serving carrier to determine rail
transportability and if transportable, to make necessary routing
instructions.
d. It is essential that the dimensions provided the carrier be accurate
and that they reflect the absolute minimum that can be achieved by
the shipping agency. (The consignee's ability to reassemble
dismantled equipment must be considered.)
e. Whenever possible, an item of equipment should actually be
measured to determine its shipping cube. Dimensions from supply
manuals, TM's, FM's, etc., should not be used without verification.
Incorrect dimensions can be very dangerous and costly.
J. Trains containing high and/or wide loads must be operated at
reduced speeds; everyone concerned must be informed of the situation.
4.16 Loading Explosives and Other Hazardous Cargo
For detailed information about handling explosives, see regulations
of the Interstate Commerce Commission and pamphlets issued by the
Bureau of Explosives, Association of American Railroads. Basic
precautions are:
a. Lost space in loading packages in a car should be avoided by
pressing each package firmly toward the end of the car as it is loaded.
b. High pressures on small areas must be avoided. The largest
possible area of a package must be used to resist pressures. Bevel-
edged boards must be nailed to the car floor to cover defects in the
floor or projecting pieces of metal or nails. Cars with corrugated
or pressed metal ends, not lined, and cars with bowed ends must be
boarded up at the inside of the ends to the height of the load.
c. Placing a large shipment in one end of a car must be avoided.
A shipment in excess of 12,000 pounds must not be loaded in one end
of a car unless other freight is to be loaded in the other end to balance
it. Failure to do this may cause the car to leave the track.
d. Bracing and blocking must be of sound lumber, free from cross
grain, knots, knotholes, checks, or splits which impair the strength
of the material or interfere with proper nailing.
e. Nails should be used plentifully and in the proper places.
(1) Balanced nailing is important. All nails should be of such
length as to have the necessary holding power and ample
penetration into car walls, floors, or other bracing and
blocking. To obtain the greatest holding power, nails
must be long enough to nearly penetrate but not protrude
through the timber holding the point of the nail. Nails
must not be large enough to cause splitting; they should not
be placed along one grain of the wood. Whenever possible,
nails should be driven straight-not toenailed. Brass or
149
copper hammers should be used to nail braces around pack-
ages of explosives.
(2) The lining of cars is only three-quarters or seven-eighths
of an inch thick and has little holding power for large nails.
Sidewall blocking therefore should be nailed so that the
nails are driven into the heavy uprights supporting the
lining.
f. The following must not be used:
(1) Cars with end doors.
(2) Cars with automobile loading devices unless the loading
device is attached to the roof of the car so that it cannot
fall.
(3) Refrigerator cars except when-
(a) Authorized by the carrier or owner.
(b) Ice bunkers are protected by solid bracing.
(c) Unfixed floor racks are removed.
g. When heavy loads are handled in and out of cars on lift trucks,
a temporary steel plate or other floor protection of suitable size
must be used to prevent the truck from breaking through the floor.
h. When loading in closed cars, the following safety rules must
be followed:
(1) Lading must be so secured that it will not come in contact
with side doors, or roll, or shift in transit.
(2) Adequate stripping must be placed across each door opening
to prevent lading from falling, rolling out of a doorway, or
coming in contact with a door while in transit.
(3) Load must be so placed in the car that there will not be
more weight on one side than on the other. One truck
must not carry more than one-half the load limit stenciled
on the car. Cars should be loaded as heavily as possible
up to, but not exceeding, the load limit stenciled on the
car. Loads should be placed in cars as shown in figure
4.13. The distances shown in the figure represent lengths
of different loads. Relative position on the car of each
load is also shown.
(4) Material loaded between truck centers and ends of car
must not exceed 30 percent of the stenciled load limit
(15 percent each end) when both ends are loaded, and 10
percent when only one end is loaded. The percentage of
stenciled load limits shown in figure 4.13 must not be
exceeded for loads located between truck centers, measured
lengthwise of car, except when car owner designates otherwise.
i. The following instructions apply in loading and blocking ammuni-
tion in cloverleaf packages. Less-than-carload shipments may be
loaded and braced in the same manner as the partial shipment shown
in figure 4.14. All space between sides of car and rows of bundles
150
EXTENDING BEYOND TRUCK CENTERS - 100 % LOAD LIMIT
-A-A OVER 24' TO TRUCK CENTERS-- 75% LOAD LIMIT A
4- OVER 20' TO 24' -60% LOAD LIMIT
-OVER 10' TO 20'-50% LOAD LIMIT
10' OR LESS
40% LOAD LIMIT
1 i_
OF CAR
ir :;UTRUCK CENTERS J
A-NOT MORE THAN 15% LOAD LIMIT BETWEEN TRUCK CENTERS AND ENDS OF CAR
Figure 4.13. Load limits for explosives.
must be filled. All bundles must be tightly wedged in place at

time of loading. Bulkhead braces for partial layers must be long
enough to permit nailing to upright braces behind car lining. Length
will vary, depending on weight of lading supported. The filler
strips nailed to the sides of the car must be extended across the
doorway. No other doorway protection is required.
4.17 Marking Dangerous-Cargo Cars

a. Loaded Cars. Closed cars and tank cars containing dangerous
ladings are marked with placards giving the contents. These cards,
usually 10 to 14 inches square and printed with large red and black
lettering, indicate the contents of a placarded car and give special
handling instructions. The placards are usually tacked to placard
boards bolted to the outside of the car-one at each end, and one on
each door on each side of the car. Cars of all-steel construction
often have a framed card pocket, one each in the four locations
enumerated, into which the printed placards are slipped.
b. Empty Cars. Empty tank cars and boxcars are often placarded
with notices that warn of lingering gases and fumes after being
unloaded. These warning cards on cars stress that care must be used
in switching the cars as well as in unloading their contents.
151
CENTER GATE
Figure 4.14. Loading and blocking ammunition in cloverleaf packages.
c. Examples. Typical car placards used on commercial and military

railroads in the United States are shown in figure 4.15, and four-
language placards for use by the Army in Europe are shown in
figure 4.16.
152
ACID DROP /
have holesZ places

ordamaged in fo " rf or sidso
Do at u
ad with Etplss ieents
-crt rthats
insecure
.... dos breare tearu
()Te sip reesd

is r th s r o
untilisthe
coupled
car to an engine or train for movement.,.
the
l nfor closing, Omohproly
d shealin the car.d
Finvite pilf
(2)
Breor le n YELLOW
laing ering. theshipper so labels insectepfor
azte cardthoousg
(3 Tehppr s eposilefr roerylodig n bacn

invite AtpOniferi
(3) The(1) shipper
shipper
The is security load
responsible forfor theptrperly
is responsible of carload brcig
freight
to itmeet
inure tat secuity rquirments Carst153
or braced
stowed loads may be damaged in movement and
153
EMPTY
ECAR N _ CONSIGNEE
WAGONVIE-
CAR NO. _DU _. DESTINATAIRE
WAGENNUMMER EMPFIANGER
.... DESTINATION
NACH
EMPTY
U.S. ARMY
USE ONLY
Figure 4.16. Railway car labels, U.S. Army Europe.
(4) Loading should conform to the standards necessary for safe

movement under existing operating conditions. In sealing
closed cars, the best protection is provided by tightly twist-
ing a 10-inch length of heavy-gage wire through the locking
eyes and snubbing off the wire ends closely. Usually No. 8-
or 10-gage wire is used. Zero-gage may be necessary when
the pilferage or sabotage threat is acute. The door hasps of
closed cars are always sealed with a thin, metallic seal on
which a serial number is stamped. This seal is broken
easily and provides little protection against pilferage. The
absence or breakage of a seal indicates tampering. Ship-
ments in open cars should be covered with securely fastened
tarpaulins if required by nature of shipment. Small items
154
shipped on flatcars should be fastened securely to the car
floor.
(5) The shipper prepares an accurate list of contents, prepares
the waybills, and affixes placards to the cars. After a car is
loaded, sealed, and documented, it should be moved as
quickly as possible.
(6) Railway personnel must inspect all open-top cars before
movement to insure they are loaded properly and meet clear-
ance requirements.
b. In Transit.
(1) Transportation railway service is responsible for the security
of all carload freight in transit from the time the car is moved
from its loading point until it is placed at the designated un-
loading point. Transportation railway service prepares all
car records, train documents, and other records required to
insure prompt movement and to prevent loss of cars en route.
When operating conditions permit, cars containing freight
subject to pilferage are grouped to permit economy in the use
of guards. Special handling is given to mail or high-priority
traffic of a classified nature.
(2) Train guards are provided by military police or other units
assigned or attached to transportation railway service for
security duties. These units also guard cars and trains dur-
ing movement in railroad yards. Sensitive supplies may be
guarded by personnel assigned to the car by the loading
agency. Yardmasters advise the dispatcher on receipt of
cars with special guards. They note the receipt on the train
consist that is transmitted to yards and terminals to insure
that all railway personnel avoid delays in transit and expedite
placement at the destination.
(3) Guard crews check car seals and inspect trains for cars that
are not secure. They prepare a record, by car number, of all
guarded cars in trains, noting any deficiencies or incidents en
route. When a relief guard takes over, the crews make a
joint inspection and sign this record.
(4) When a bad-order car containing supplies subject to pilferage
is set out, a member of the guard crew should remain with
the car until he is properly relieved. Guard crews must be
alert at all times, particularly when the train has stopped,
and when it is passing through tunnels, cuts, and villages at
slow speed.
c. At Destination.
(1) The consignee becomes responsible for carload freight when
it is placed at the depot, siding, or track he designates.
Cars should be unloaded as quickly as possible to lessen
chances for pilferage.
155
(2) In removing wire seals from closed cars, care must be taken
to avoid breaking latches on the car door. Wire cutters are
recommended for this purpose.
4.19 Troop Movements
a. Space Requirements. For planning purposes, the following
capacity data may be used when loading troops on U.S. equipment:
(1) Sleeping cars (average). Thirty-two troops with individual
equipment.
(a) Officers and warrant officers are moved in standard pull-
mans, 2 per section, and are listed by number of sections;
for example, 14 officers are shown as 7 sections. Officers
and warrant officers of all units in one train will be grouped
in one or more pullman cars as required.
(b) Enlisted men move in tourist pullmans, usually two per
section. NCO's of the first five grades are entitled to
separate berths. Space must be provided for personnel
attached from medical units and men detached as guards
on freight cars.
(2) Coaches (average). Fifty-five troops with individual equip-
ment.
(3) Passengertrains (long-distance moves, average). Eleven sleep-
ing cars, 2 kitchen cars, 1 or 2 baggage cars; 350 troops per
train is typical.
(4) Freight trains. For troop-unit moves, including such heavy
equipment as tanks, artillery, and engineer equipment,
trains seldom exceed 65 cars (650 short tons) for infantry
divisions; 55 cars (1,200 short tons) for armored divisions.
(5) Mixed trains. Desirable from a tactical and organizational
standpoint, since they carry all personnel with their vehicles,
artillery, and equipment. Not economical when passenger
equipment is in short supply because they move at freight
speed. In mixed trains, boxcars should be substituted for
baggage cars.
(6) Kitchen-baggage cars. Furnished on the basis of 1 per 250
men or fraction thereof. Requirements per train depend
upon how transportation is grouped. For tentative esti-
mates, allow one per unit.
(7) Flatcars. Number required is computed on the basis of
maximum utilization of each car, regardless of length.
Computation is not restricted to cars of one length. Twelve
inches is left clear at one end of each car for brake-wheel
clearance.
b. OrganizationalEquipment.
(1) Amount of headquarters, kitchen, and maintenance equip-
156
ment varies somewhat in all units; For planning, allow
20 short tons per company or equivalent unit.
(2) Organizational equipment is usually loaded in unit trans-
portation; loading it separately requires more boxcars.
Checkable baggage up to 150 pounds is carried free; gen-
erally, this is loaded in a baggage or boxcar. When trans-
portation groupings permit, checkable baggage for two
companies or similar units may be loaded in one boxcar.
c. Foreign Railways.
(1) Few foreign railways are capable of moving complete troop
units by rail at the same time the rail net is supplying a
major force. Accordingly, tracked vehicles and foot troops
may move by rail while wheeled vehicles with their normal
towed loads move on highways.
(2) For planning, the following capacities may be assumed:
(a) Freight cars.
Well flatcars -- - - -------- 50 short tons
Medium flatcars.------------------ 25 short tons
Small flatcars -------------------- 12 short tons
Boxcars - ------------- 10 short tons or 25 troops
(b) Passenger cars.
Coaches - .------- ---- 40 troops
Sleeping cars -------- ----- ------ 32 troops
4.20 Instructions for Troop-Train Commanders

a. Determining Troop-Train Commander.
(1) A troop-train commander is appointed or detailed for all
troop trains. He is usually senior officer commanding
troops.
(a) If only one unit is involved, he may be detailed by head-
quarters of unit ordered to move.
(b) If more than one unit is moving, he may be appointed
by transportation movements officer.
(2) If the troops are of mixed nationalities, the senior officer
commanding troops, regardless of nationality, is troop-train
commander; in cases of equal senior rank, the commander of
largest number of troops served will be the troop-train
commander.
(3) He serves until journey is completed, regardless of officers
boarding train en route.
b. Duties of Troop-Train Commander.
(1) Administration.
(a) May appoint one or more officers as assistant. When
troops of other nationalities are traveling on same train,
officers of the nationalities concerned will be appointed
as assistants.
157
(b) Complies with instructions received en route from Trans-
portation Corps.
(c) Ascertains details of loading baggage, vehicles (if any),
and personnel from transportation movements officer,
station master, or port commander if moving from a port.
(d) Submits troop-movement order to transportation move-
ments officer.
(e) Makes location of troop-train commander's headquarters
on train known to all troops.
(f) Gives order of entrainment; directs entrainment, noting
location of various units and their baggage.
(2) Discipline.
(a) Responsible for the protection, discipline, and conduct
of all troops aboard the train.
(b) Directs that separate accommodations be provided for
all females traveling. Details an officer to any car in
which separate compartments are occupied by male and
female personnel to insure observance of proprieties.
(c) Issues orders prohibiting:
1. Discussing the move with unauthorized persons.
2. Detraining without orders.
3. Throwing rubbish out of windows.
4. Leaning out of windows.
5. Damaging railway property.
6. Marking or writing on sides of cars.
7. Violating blackout.
8. Wasting water in lavatories.
9. Riding on trains except where authorized.
10. Using intoxicants.
11. Using train latrines while in stations.
(3) Sanitation. The troop-train commander is advised by train
crew of:
(a) Approximate time of rest stops to be made during a long
journey.
(b) Whistle signal to be used for notification of such stops.
(c) Duration of stops.
(4) Air Defense. The troop-train commander will:
(a) Interrupt movement program only if assault is specifi-
cally directed against the destination station.
(b) Be prepared to assist local antiaircraft after consultation
with transportation movements officer.
(c) Enforce blackout.
158
Section IV. RAILWAY CONSTRUCTION, MAINTENANCE,
AND SUPPLY
4.21 Construction Requirements
a. New Construction.
(1) For planning purposes, a railroad division includes 100
principal-route miles of main line, single or double track,
with its terminal operating and maintenance facilities, fuel-
ing and watering facilities as required, and the necessary
signaling equipment or interlocking facilities for safe opera-
tion. Passing sidings on single-track lines, crossovers on
double-track lines, and stations are located at intervals as
required by traffic. Normally, at least one spur or siding is
provided at each station. The Corps of Engineers has the
responsibility for new rail construction and for large-scale
rehabilitation. Transportation Corps personnel, however,
may be required to assist Engineer personnel in the latter
work.
(2) The following table shows the materials and net effective
man-hours required for new construction of 1 mile of stand-
ard-gage (56%-inch), single-track railroad.
Short Measure-
tons ment tons Man-hours
Grading, includes clearing average wooded
terrain -------------------------------------.-.-.-.--.------ 5, 000
Ballast delivered (bank run material), 5-mile
average haul ------------------------- 2, 500
Track laying and surfacing, allows 400 man-
hours per mile for placing ties, delivered at
site ------ --------------------------------------- 3, 400
Bridging: 70 linear feet per mile ------------- 128 111 3, 200
Culverts: 7 per mile, 280 linear feet----------- 8 7 1, 400
Ties: 2,900 -------------------------------- 218 300
Rail: 85 pounds per yard----.------- -- 150 42
Fastening (based on 39-foot rail) -------------- 33 10
Total - ------------------------------537 470 15, 500
b. Rehabilitation. The following table reflects the rehabilitation

requirements that can be anticipated for a 100-mile, standard-gage,
single-track division extending inland from a port, using average
percentage of demolition over the entire division. For further infor-
mation, see FM 55-21.
159
Demoli- Material I Man-
Items Quantity per tion Rehabilitation hours I
100 miles percent- quantity (1,000's)
age ST MT
Main line....-..... . ..... 100 miles..... 3 13 miles ..-.. 2,380 675 68

Port trackage 2.... ......-..-- 3 miles........ 100 3 miles- ...... 1,440 1, 098 14
Passing sidings 2....-.....- 4.5 miles . . 80 3.6 miles .-. - 1,730 1,320 17
Station sidings 2-........ . 3 miles ....... 80 2.4 miles ...- 1,150 880 12
Railway terminal 3.....-..-..... 1--.... . .......
75 0.75.-.. . .....
7,100 6,800 160
Regulating station ' 4........ 1 ........ . . 1........ ..... 6,530 7,340 230
Water stations ...-. . . ..-- .....
3- . 100 3-......... 135 210 9
Fuel station .-....... 1.-.......... 100 1.....-.... . 21 18 1
Bridging .-........... ------.. 7,000 lin. ft... 70 4,900 lin. ft.... 8, 950 7, 770 224
Culverts ..-. ..............
.... 195,000 lin. ft_ 15 29,400 lin. ft.-. 120 105 21
Grading ....... - - ...........
- -
.....-.. --... . .-. 35
Ballast - ----....-.-.----.-....
--.. --..-- -- .......- ................... - - 44
Ties, main line -............ -....... 6 6miles .-... 1,310 1,800 3
Total ------------------- .....................-

- - -. 30, 866 28, 016 838
l Tunnels require special consideration. To repair, by timbering, a 50-foot demolition at each end of a
single-track tunnel (10-foot total per tunnel), allow 70 short tons or 87 measurement tons and 3,000 man-
hours.
2 Estimate includes ties, rails, fastenings, turnouts, and track laying and surfacing. It is assumed that
ballast is available at work sites.
3 Includes replacement of all buildings, 30 percent of ties, and 85 percent of rail and turnouts.
4 Provides replacement of minimum building requirements, 100 percent of rail and turnouts, and 85 per-
cent of ties. Man-hour requirements are same as for new constructions.
4.22 Maintenance Responsibilities

a. After railways are constructed and turned over to the transpor-
tation railway service for operation, minor railway maintenance in
the communications zone and in the combat zone to the forward
limit of traffic is the responsibility of the transportation railway
service.
b. The transportation railway service is responsible for the mainte-
nance of the railway communications circuits that are used exclusively
for the operation and administration of the railways. This responsi-
bility becomes effective when all the circuits on the line have been
turned over to the transportation railway service for administration
and operation. The transportation railway service is responsible for
the operation and for the organizational and field maintenance of
railway block signals, of interlocking plants, and of centralized train
control devices. It is also responsible for the construction, mainte-
nance, and operation of organizational communications within
railway groups, battalions, and lower echelon units.
c. The transportation railway system is normally divided for main-
tenance and operation into a number of divisions. Each division is
assigned a railway operating battalion; each battalion includes per-
sonnel from the railway engineering company to perform necessary
maintenance of tracks and structures.
d. The battalion commander has overall responsibility for railway
maintenance, including maintenance work, instructions, and pro-
160
cedures. The maintenance-of-way superintendent is directly respon-
sible for the maintenance of tracks and structures, for the proper
supervision of all maintenance work and procedures, and for the
necessary inspection of track and structures on the division. Platoon
and section leaders are charged with the proper supervision of assigned
maintenance operations.
4.23 Maintenance Categories
a. General. Army maintenance is divided into three categories
and five echelons: organizational (first and second echelon), field
(third and fourth echelon), and depot (fifth echelon).
b. Locomotives.
(1) First echelon maintenance consists primarily of preventive
maintenance and includes inspection of visible moving
parts, lubrication, and making minor adjustments. The rail
equipment company of the operating battalion performs first
echelon maintenance before and after operations. During
operations, first echelon maintenance is the responsibility of
the train operating company of the operating battalion.
(2) Second echelon maintenance consists of preventive mainte-
nance which includes repairs to, or removal of, parts whose
condition might interfere with the efficient operation of the
equipment. The railway equipment company of the oper-
ating battalion is responsible for second echelon maintenance
and the accomplishment of required records and reports.
(3) Third echelon maintenance repairs are performed by the
mobile railway workshop in the forward area and by the
railway equipment company of the operating battalion in
the rear areas. When the repairs are not too extensive, the
locomotive is repaired and put back into service. If the
repairs are beyond the capabilities of the railway equipment
company and the mobile railway workshop, only those
repairs will be made that are necessary to move the loco-
motive to a fixed installation for repair.
(4) Fourth and fifth echelon maintenance is normally performed
by the transportation railway shop battalion. In a theater
of operations, it may be both feasible and necessary for some
heavy maintenance to be performed by the transportation
railway operating battalion.
(5) On diesel-electric locomotives, maintenance by the railway
operating battalion includes the making of periodic inspec-
tions (using DA Form 55-230), of running repairs, and of
current reports of inspections and repairs. The transpor-
tation railway operating battalion does not attempt to
replace major parts, such as diesel engines and main gen-
551192 0-60 11 161

erators, unless directed by proper authority. Components,
such as air compressors and auxiliary generators, may be
replaced.
c. Rolling Stock.
(1) Normally the railway operating battalion's train maintenance
sections and crews perform the first three echelons of repair:
this includes running repairs and inspection of rolling stock.
The railway shop battalion is responsible for fourth and fifth
echelon maintenance. Fourth and fifth echelon repairs
usually require over 40 man-hours of labor per car.
(2) First echelon maintenance is performed by car inspectors at
the train originating point and at inspection points en route
to insure safe movement of the car and its lading.
(3) Second echelon maintenance is performed at the originating
point of the train and at inspection points en route by mili-
tary car inspectors or civilian railroad personnel. It con-
sists of making running repairs necessary for the safe opera-
tion of freight equipment and the safe and comfortable
operation of passenger cars. Second echelon repair does not
require taking cars out of service.
(4) Third echelon maintenance is performed by maintenance
personnel, either military or civilian, at the home terminals
of the cars or at a prescribed location. It consists of run-
ning and emergency repairs that necessitate taking the car
out of service for a short time.
(5) Repair-track installations (rip tracks) are normally set up
at main terminals. They are also usually necessary at other
points on the division, such as junction points or heavy
loading centers, to take care of repairs that cannot be
made at the loading installation and to avoid moving the
cars into the main terminal. The master mechanic is respon-
sible for the operation of the repair-track installation.
4.24 Inspection and Maintenance of Steam Locomotives
a. Basic Principles.
(1) Suitable inspection pits and facilities must be provided for
inspection, repair, and adjustment of parts.
(2) The engineer is responsible for the equipment he operates;
this responsibility is primarily first echelon.
(3) The fireman is responsible for maintaining the proper water
level and steam pressure. He receives instructions from
the engineer, his immediate superior.
(4) Each locomotive must be inspected daily, and DA Form 55-
226 must be completed.
(5) Each locomotive must be inspected monthly, and DA Form
55-227 completed.
162
(6) In addition to the daily and monthly inspections, each loco-
motive must be inspected quarterly, semiannually, and
annually.
b. Enginehouses. The two general types of enginehouses are
turnaround and maintenance. The turnaround enginehouse is small
and is only equipped with facilities for performing minor repairs
and services. Work done in this enginehouse usually requires only
1Y to 3 hours. The maintenance enginehouse has facilities for making
major as well as minor repairs; here the division locomotives are
maintained in good operating condition and kept at maximum
availability.
4.25 Maintenance of Way
a. Roadway. Roadway maintenance is the care taken and work
performed to keep that part of the right-of-way on which the track
is constructed in good condition. Right-of-way includes excavations,
embankments, slopes, shoulders, ditches, and diversions of roads
and streams.
b. Track. In -a theater of operations, the track must be main-
tained in operable condition at all times. The four primary con-
siderations in track maintenance are gage, surface, alinement, and
dress. The roadbed and track must be inspected frequently to avoid
delays in operation resulting from damage caused by sabotage, enemy
action, or weather.
c. Structures. In a theater of operations, the structures essential
to the railway operation must be maintained in accordance with the
standard maintenance prescribed. Structures include bridges, cul-
verts, tunnels, and fueling and watering facilities. When repairing
structures, minimum clearances must be observed at all times.
4.26 Curve Resistance
Curve resistance is the resistance offered to motion along a curved
track in excess of that offered by a straight track. Curve resist-
ance is developed in terms of pounds per ton of train. A constant
factor of 0.8 pound per ton of train for each degree of curve is used
in all capacity determination formulas. The continual passing of
trains around a curve eventually moves the track, which disturbs
alinement and distorts the curve. The track should be restored to
its correct curvature after determining if any distortion exists. This
should be done by Corps of Engineer personnel. A field expedient
for determining the curvature of a track is the string method (par.
4.27).
4.27 Determining Curvature by String Method
(fig. 4.17)
If a surveying instrument is not available, the degree of simple
curvature (arc of a circle) of a track may be computed by the string
163
method. Although this method is not an absolutely exact one be-
cause of the uncertainty of how much the string used has stretched,
the degree of error is insignificant. To determine the degree of
curvature of a track by the string method-
a. Select a portion of track well within the main body of the curve.
b. Measure a chord-distance of 62 feet along the inside of the high
rail (A to B in fig. 4.17).
c. Stretch a string or strong cord very tightly between points A
and B, and measure the distance M at the midpoint of the cord.
The distance in inches is approximately equal to the degree of cur-
vature. In the example shown in figure 4.17, if M is 5 inches, the
central angle is 5° . (As a curve gets sharper, the distance Mincreases.
A 10 ° curve is sharper than a 50 curve.)
4~~ a~M
CHORD DISTANCE-62' B
Figure 4.17. Determination of degree of curvature, using the string method.
4.28 Railway Supply

a. Railway supplies, as distinguished from organizational supplies,
are expendable supplies required for the operation and maintenance of
railway divisions.
b. Whenever possible, local sources of supply should be used to ease
transportation requirements. In a theater of operations, supplies may
be procured from military stocks, firms that are in or near the theater,
foreign railways, captured enemy material and equipment, parts and
assemblies manufactured or repaired by the railway shop battalion,
and transfers from other railway operation units.
c. All operating units must submit reports of supplies on hand at
the beginning of operations to facilitate supply control.
d. The battalion supply officer serves as fuel agent for the railway
transportation operating battalion; he is responsible for the operating
agencies of the transportation railway service receiving sufficient loco-
motive fuel-regardless of source. Requisitions for fuel and lubri-
cants are made through normal supply channels.
e. Tables of allowances and supplies are prepared by the supply
officer of the highest transportation railway echelon for all units within
the command. A workable stock level allowance must be determined
for each unit to insure uninterrupted operation at all times. Nor-
mally, stock levels for the railway division are determined from past
requirements.
4.29 Transportation Depot Company
The basic organization for supply in the Transportation Corps is
the transportation depot company. Its mission is to provide for the
164
receipt, storage, and issue of all Transportation Corps items of supply
and equipment.
4.30 Requisition Procedure
a. The normal procedure for requisitioning a Transportation Corps
item of supply is as follows. The company commander submits a re-
quest to the battalion supply officer. The battalion supply officer
consolidates requests, makes lateral transfers of transportation sup-
plies when necessary, prepares a formal requisition, and forwards it to
the railway group supply officer. The supply officer of the railway
group determines if the item or items requested are available in one of
the other units assigned to the railway group. The item or items are
transferred if they are available; if they are not available, the requisi-
tion is processed and forwarded to the assistant general manager, sup-
ply (G4). The assistant general manager, supply, may then direct
the transfer of the requisitioned item or items from one railway group
to another. If the items cannot be obtained from another railway
group, he passes the requisition to the transportation depot company
for issue. If no depot company is assigned to the transportation rail-
way service, the requisition is forwarded to the proper supply agency.
b. When the railway group is the highest echelon of the transporta-
tion railway service in the theater, the group supply officer discharges
the responsibilities of the assistant general manager, supply. When
the railway operating battalion is not operating as a part of a railway
group, the battalion supply officer is authorized to handle supply mat-
ters directly with supply agencies. The highest transportation rail-
way service headquarters in the theater may authorize the battalion
supply officer to requisition certain transportation items of routine
supply directly from the transportation depot company without the
approval of the next higher echelon. Items in short supply may be
controlled as necessary, depending on the stock level in the depot.
The battalion supply officer may be permitted, by the same headquar-
ters, to requisition routine items from the depots of the other technical
services.
c. The railway group may authorize the operating battalion supply
officer to deal directly with the railway shop battalion for parts and
assemblies manufactured or repaired by the railway shop battalion.
d. To obtain supplies from outside sources-industry, railway
stocks, and railway supply channels-the battalion supply officer pre-
pares purchase orders or requisitions in accordance with the policy
established in the particular theater. Normally, purchase orders or
requisitions are forwarded to the railway group supply officer for fur-
ther action; however, the railway operating battalion commander may
be delegated the authority to approve purchase orders and requisitions
for specified quantities of particular supplies. In such cases, the bat-
talion procures the supplies locally and sends information copies of
165
the transaction to the railway group supply officer. When the com-
pany commander is authorized to make local purchases, information
copies of each transaction must be sent to the battalion supply officer.
It is essential that accurate records be maintained of all transactions
in order to protect the U.S. Government from fraudulent claims.
e. All captured enemy material and equipment must be recorded
and accounted for.
166
CHAPTER 5
TERMINAL AND WATER TRANSPORT
Section I. TERMINAL ORGANIZATION

5.1 Terminal Units: Capabilities and Assignment
Headquarters and 55-131 Supervises and directs units required in- Normally assigned to a
headquarters cornm- Beach operations: working up to 4 ships, logistical command or
pany, transporta- unloading up to 86,000 ST cargo, and other appropriate com-
tion terminal debarking 25,000 personnel; or loading up mand in a theater of
command A. to 60,000 ST cargo and embarking 12,500 operations.
personnel per month.
Wharf operations: working up to 6 ships,
unloading up to 130,000 ST cargo, and
debarking 37,500 personnel; or loading up
to 90,000 ST cargo and embarking 18,750
Headquarters and 55-121 Supervises and directs units required in- Assignment same as
headquarters cornm- Beach operations: working from 5 to 8 ships, above.
pany, transporta- unloading 108,000 to 172,000 ST cargo, and
tion terminal debarking 50,000 personnel; or loading
command B. 75,000 to 120,000 ST cargo and embarking
25,000 personnel per month.
Wharf operations: working from 7 to 12 ships,
unloading 151,000 to 260,000 ST cargo, and
debarking 75,000 personnel; or loading
105,000 to 180,000 ST cargo and embarking
37,500 personnel per month.
Headquarters and 55-111 Supervises and directs units required in- Assignment same as
headquarters cornm Beach operations: working from 9 to 16 above.
pany, transporta- ships, unloading from 194,000 to 346,000
tion terminal ST cargo, and debarking 100,000 personnel;
command C. or loading from 135,000 to 240,000 ST cargo
and embarking 50,000 personnel per month.
Wharf operations: working from 13 to 24
ships, unloading from 280,000 to 520,000
ST cargo, and debarking 150,000 personnel;
or loading from 195,000 to 360,000 ST cargo
and embarking 75,000 personnel per month.
Other terminal operations: unloading, or
transferring from one mode to another,
280,000 to 520,000 ST cargo and debarking
150,000 personnel; or loading 195,000 to
360,000 ST of cargo and embarking 75,000
Headquarters and 55-116 Commands and provides administrative Normally attached to a
headquarters supervision of- terminal command, a
detachment, trans- Four company-size units. logistical command, or
portation terminal Any combination, not exceeding equivalent an engineer amphibi-
battalion. of 4 companies of-terminal service com- ous support command,
panies, boat companies, harbor craft units, or may operate sepa-
staging area companies, or amphibious rately under the super-
truck companies. vision of the appro-
priate staff transporta-
tion officer.
167
Transportation ter- 55-117 At an established terminal or in a beach Normally assigned to a

minal service operation can- terminal battalion, a
company. Discharge 1 ship at rate of 720 ST general terminal command, or
cargo daily, may operate separately
or under the supervision
Load 1 ship at rate of 500 ST general cargo of the appropriate staff
daily, transportation officer.
and
Sort cargo by technical service and load
cargo on initial mode of transport from
wharf and/or at waterline in beach
operation,
and
Prepare transportation documents for all
cargo loaded or unloaded,
and
Account for cargo handled.
When operating at reduced strength, can
discharge 360 ST cargo or load 250 ST
cargo daily (working one 5-hatch ship)
and clear unloading site of equivalent
tonnages.
When reinforced with other modes of trans-
port and other technical and administra-
tive services, can conduct terminal
operations at an isolated location involving
discharge of 1 ship at the rate of 720 ST
cargo per day.
Headquarters and 55-126 Commands and coordinates the operations Normally assigned to a
headquarters com- and supervises the organizational main- terminal command or
pany, transporta- tenance of 3 to 7 light boat companies, to a logistical com-
tion boat battalion. medium boat companies, heavy boat mand or attached to
companies, or any combination thereof. an engineer amphibious
Commands and supervises the operations of support command.
boat maintenance teams and harbor craft
cellular teams from TOE 55-500 when
necessary.
Provides and operates landing craft for
combat and logistical support in am-
phibious operations and for moving sup-
plies and troops from ship to shore, shore
to ship, and shore to shore.
Transportation light 55-127 Transports 1,440 ST of general cargo daily Normally assigned or
boat company. in logistical over-the-shore operations with attached to a boat
each of the 24 available landing craft battalion, a terminal
making 4 round trips with an average load battalion, a terminal
of 15 ST each. command, a logistical
With 32 landing craft available, the maxi- command, or an en-
mum one-time lift capability for cargo gineer amphibious sup-
having a high density is 1,088 ST cargo, port command.
or 3,840 combat-equipped troops for a
7-hour trip.
Transportation 55-128 Based on maintenance factor of 25 percent, Normally assigned or at-
medium boat provides 12 task LCM(8)'s daily for su- tached to a boat bat-
company. stained 24-hour, day-to-day operations. talion, a terminal bat-
With 12 landing craft available, transports talion, a terminal com-
daily- mand, a logistical com-
2,400 ST of outsize, heavy lifts, based on mand, or an engineer
an average load of 50 ST per landing amphibious support
craft, each craft making 4 round trips. command.
720 ST of general cargo, based on an aver-
age load of 30 ST per craft, each craft
making 2 round trips.
168
Transportation With 16 task landing craft available, the

medium boat maximum one-time lift capability with
company-Con. high density cargo is 960 ST or 3,200 com-
bat-equipped troops for short distances.
Transportation 56-129 Transports an average of 16,000 troops with Normally assigned or
heavy boat individual equipment, or 2,160 ST of attached to a boat
company. vehicles, or 6,000 ST of tanks. battalion, a terminal
Transports an average of 1,440 ST of general command, a logistical
cargo. command, or an en-
Transports in a one-time maximum lift gineer amphibious sup-
1,800 ST of cargo or 4,800 troops with port command.
individual equipment.
Transportation 55-137 Maximum one-time lift- Normally assigned to a
amphibious truck Cargo (lb)- terminal battalion, or
company. may operate separately
Condition under the supervision
Favor- of an appropriate staff
Ideal able Difficult transportation officer.
Per vehicle 9,000 7, 500 5, 000
Per platoon 108,000 90,000 60, 060
'Per company 324,000 270,000 180,000
Personnel-
Per vehicle 25 15 10
Per platoon 350 180 120
Per company 900 540 360
At full strength operating two 10-hour
shifts, transports an average of 720 ST
cargo daily assuming availability of 30
vehicles, each vehicle carrying 3 tons per
trip and making 8 trips per day.
Transportation 55-147 Provides mess and billeting for 3,600 troops Normally assigned to a
staging area daily. terminal command or
company. Operates 4 dispersed staging areas, each a terminal battalion.
capable of staging an infantry battalion or
its equivalent.
Transportation 55-157 Provides depot maintenance on a 24-hour Normally assigned to a
floating craft basis for approximately 100 self-propelled terminal command.
depot maintenance craft and all associated nonpropelled craft.
company.
Transportation aerial 65-187 To operate and maintain aerial tramway To a communications
tramway company. systems for transportation of cargo from zone, logistical com-
ship-to-shore, shore-to-ship, shore-to-shore, mand, or other appro-
or over land in logistical support operations. priate command in a
At full strength, with 4 cargo cars operating theater of operations.
over 2 tracks during a 20-hour day, this May be attached to a
unit can- transportation termi-
Transport approximately 1,440 short tons nal command head-
daily over a distance of 1 linear mile in quartersormayoperate
ship-to-shore operations. separately under ap-
Transport approximately 1,000 short tons propriate staff trans-
of cargo daily over a distance of 1 linear portation officer.
mile in shore-to-ship operations.
Move approximately 120 short tons of cargo
per hour over a distance of 1 linear mile in
shore-to-shore or overland operations.
Handle any type of cargo within the dimnen-
sions of 9 feet wide by 10 feet high not
exceeding a gross weight of 10 short tons
per cargo car.
Perform organizational maintenance on all
organic equipment and field maintenance
on transportation corps equipment pecu-
liar to the tramway system.
169
Floating craft crews, 55-500 Provides personnel and equipment for the Teams may be attached
floating craft main- following purposes- or assigned as required
tenance teams, To supplement TOE organizations where to higher echelon units
terminal service additional trained personnel are required or may be organized
teams. in numbers less than TOE strength. into service units to
To perform Transportation Corps functions perform functions as
as part of a larger organization where the required by existing
need for the activity is less than a similar conditions.
TOE organization.
To form an organization where no TOE unit
is provided or where a number of small
cells of diversely trained personnel are
required for the proper functioning of an
organization.
5.2 Assigned or Attached Units

Terminal commands may have any combination of these units
assigned or attached as required to perform their mission.
a. TransportationCorps Units.
TOE Unit
55-16 Headquarters and Headquarters Company, Transportation Truck
Battalion, Army or Communications Zone.
55-17 Transportation Light Truck Company, Army or Communications Zone.
55-18 Transportation Medium Truck Company.
55-19 Transportation Car Company, Army or Communications Zone, or Air-
borne Transportation Car Company, Airborne Corps.
55-28 Transportation Heavy Truck Company.
55-116 Headquarters and Headquarters Detachment, Transportation Terminal
Battalion.
55-117 Transportation Terminal Service Company.
55-126 Headquarters and Headquarters Company, Transportation Boat
Battalion.
55-127 Transportation Light Boat Company.
55-128 Transportation Medium Boat Company.
55-129 Transportation Heavy Boat Company.
55-137 Transportation Amphibious Truck Company.
55-147 Transportation Staging Area Company.
55-157 Transportation Floating Craft Depot Maintenance Company.
55-500 Transportation Service Organizations.
b. Other Units.
TOE Unit
5-329 Engineer Port Construction Company.
5-500 Engineer Service Organization.
8-500 Medical Service Organization.
9-348 Ordnance Motor Vehicle Assembly Company, Communications Zone.
9-500 Ordnance Service Organization.
10-67 Quartermaster Service Company.
10-500 Quartermaster Service Organization.
11-500 Signal Service Organization.
12-605 Army Postal Unit, General Assignment.
14-500 Finance Service Organization.
19-55 Military Police Battalion.
19-57 Military Police Company.
170
< ~ ~ 4 o~a- X --
Q it N 4)
z~~~~~~
I _E _ _ _ _
I-I~~~.
-I
0 'A
> I-a~
_ _8 _ _ _ _
'4
_ _ _
0 us
0
Z .s~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~c 2
a 0
>0
n X m m
*n
2V 0
- 4)
oo
-C~~P .
I-., d
171
3o0m~~e
I 0
44)
2Q - 2 _
._ ; a ,,, .I zs aM 00C
z$340
eC> |o n >
8 a" , so E ,· .c
4)
4)
4)
I 0
4- -
-
Co
40
C o
- " 'CoB
s
X 0'
es
172 1- = w- -
,0,
IAC ;
U I - C
o~~~'C CoE
*~~~
0 ..
4-
U p -) 0' E' 0
I., ~a - '0
u,~~~~~~~4 0,, 04Q,
172
aoa
~'s
,12~1!
-1 - -
'4 ( C
N Z CE ' l-
; |
~
Yb ,:g rEl C
t 8 Cl-
g -
U~~~~
m c3 ;3
I-~ ~ "
·-
If~~
~ ~~~~ C- 44d
0' 4CCs
IA U~~~ 0
444 E -S 0
~ "CC
t ~~~~~~~~@ X~~~~~7
E4-
I .
o~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~t
o~~~~~~~~H
- r4I p
I
-
f~~~~~~~~4 '-~~~I
V 0 Ia·'
_ _ __ __ _ _ _ _ _ _
g Edleg E~~~~4))
-o~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-
a - --------
i; ~ - Ia. I .
o a I
C Ub~o 8~
0
.s > .
IA
S-
o~~ 0~~
~ ~~~ ~ ~~~~~~~~I4
174
a~~~n-
174
r 5 °. B5
6 ) x )o ' k0o'c
a ,0, - g *C.C ,,,
. .< .. . .< E .
zZs Z Z o Z Z Z
'CZ
' '_ 2" -.
Z5
a 0
z z
offi~ ~ z z z z m z
m |
-6 @
,0 .
c- aa
O-
.-
C a
° wx: °-S d'Z ;s ° Fo Do
o- --
X CO
O
'C'1
-
S
C D
8 2
'
o ânS 0 D 2 D4
~
- , 0, 00 ,a a a *C'C
c~ ~~~'00 0, Db
0
'C CC C)C 0
r a h ~~~~~~bB~~~e Bj e~~~17
Vi
AwcC C a
8
z. E. -oK
H
wa 'o
t 0 VX Oo W kG W
CQ $' °YE8 .
i ,; , g b.
a 8|
c:~~O)| 8 : 8 W
.0 .0~~~~~~
t!
d 6rt .0Z ~~
0 0 0
- - .0Ow .~ . c
"g 7
0 - - -
.r~H,
0 - L
~>E
-. z . 8 | :V
0 u =} 3
3 e I e' - 3° ° q-
Q~~~ _ B
C- ~~I
0~ i i
U ; i3; ] o t
maa~~~~~'
P ~ - ~
.0 -
U · -
t h- I ! li F E zS a
: I .: ,: .0
I-, f- cp ~
.u~~~~~~~~e
a~~~~. .2 .
'
.~~~~~~- ,-P .- a
176B
176
·EI
e is
a - | eq9
q eq L 5eq
I 0 0 eq .
CO COo
;P ~
rs. eq q e
eq eq
I- i· - -
q~~~ eq
4. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
U~~~~~~
~55192
0-60 2 12 9~~d
o u
-e C
- C
4. ~~~
2
C.T~ 00
C EEo
-o~
~ - 00
~ ~~ ~
*1 ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~7
177
551192 O0--6O--12
UC~
00 I
o 5.. - 3
_ ¢
5-
Q
178k
a >
5-~00a I o
"
0 X
0
u alq . X-0. 0)
~
o ~~~~~
'
D ~
Yb ~ = 3
C., 'CD~' '
-~~'gj4
C) 0-
.0 00* S3
a ~ a
U
I
a
.b ~
o 'd
0. x
E- ~ '
>~~~~~~
In~ . I ·
176~~~~~
ns
Xh~ P t r
Ed 8b,~ , 3 go , T
oi
U~~ I C Qn S
Ma: f "
179
5.13 Maritime Administration Vessel Classification System
a. Method. The classification system established by the United
States Maritime Administration is based upon three groups of letters
and numbers. The first group (prefix) indicates the type of vessel,
such as cargo or passenger, and its approximate size. The second
group (intermediate) indicates the type of machinery, number of
screws, and passenger accommodation. The third group (suffix)
indicates the particular design of the type of vessel and modifications.
For example: C2-S-AJ1 describes a cargo ship between 400 and 450
feet long (C2); single screw, steam machinery (S), and the AJ design
(AJ), in its original version (1).
b. Prefix Designations.
(1) Other than emergency and Victory types.
Length designation (load waterline in feet)

Single Class of vessel _
letter
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
C ...... Cargo, unlimited service, un- Under 400-450 450-500 500-550

der 100 passengers. 400
P- ...... Passenger, unlimited service, Under 500-600 600-700 700-800 800-900 900-i, 000 Over
over 100 passengers. 500 1,000
B....-.. Barge --.........-----------.......... Under 100-150 150-200 200-250 250-300
NC0
L-.... Great Lakes tankers (ore, Under 400-450 450-500 500-550 550-600 600-650
grain). 400
N....' Coastwise cargo ..-...-... . Under
. 200-250 250-300 300-350 350-400 400-450 450-50
200
R-.... Refrigerator.......
- Under
0.......400-450 450-500 500-550
400
S-..... Special ---............--------------- Under 200-300 300-400 400-500 500-600 600-700
200
T....... Tanker ...-..... ......... Under 450-500 500-550
450
V ....... Towing vessels -........--.... Under
. 50-100 100-150 150-200
50
Z.....- Conversion'
'For conversions of established types, "Z" is prefixed to original designation with new final number in
some cases.
(2) Emergency and Victory types.

Length designation (load waterline in feet)
Double Class of vessel
letter
1 2 3 4
EC ----- Emergency cargo (Liberty Under 400-450 450-500 500-550

ship). 400
ET ----- Emergency tanker -------- 450
VC----- Victory cargo ------------ Under 400-450 450-500 500-550
400
180
(3) Older designs. The following older designs have prefixes
similar to those in (1) above, but do not follow the same
system for the intermediate and suffix portions. The letters
or words after the hyphen are simply distinguishing
characters.
Cl-A ---------- C2-Seas shipping -------- C3-E
Cl-B---------- C2-SU ------------------- C3-IN (P&C)
C2-Diesel ---- --- C2-SU Reefers ------- C3-M
C2-F ------- C2-T ------------- C3 (P&C) Diesel
C2-G ----------- C2-Turbine ------------ C3 (P&C) Turbine
C2-Modified ------ C3-A (P&C) -------------- C3-P (P&C)
C2-S ------------- C3-Diesel -.----- C3-Turbine
c. Intermediate Letter or Group.
Under It Over 12
Type of machinery Type of propeller passengers passengers
Steam --------------------- Single ---------- S Si
Motor ------------------------ Single ------------ M Ml
Turboelectric ...- ........ Single ------------....... SE SEl
Diesel-electric ------ Single .--- -- ME ME1
Gas turbine------------------. Single ------------ G Gi
Gas Turboelectric ------------- Single ------------ GE GEl
Steam ------------ - Twin ---------- ST S2
Motor -------------- Twin --- - MT M2
Turboelectric - ----------------- Twin ------------ SET SE2
Diesel-electric ------------- Twin ------------ MET ME2
Gas turbine ---------------- - Twin --- GT G2
Gas turboelectric ------------ Twin ------------ GET GE2
Steam------------------------ Stern wheel ------- SW SO
Motor ------------------ -- Stern wheel ------- MW MO
d. Suffix. The third group, or suffix, identifies the particular

design and indicates the approximate time the design originated. The
alphabetical letters are assigned in series. Therefore, if there is
only one letter, this indicates that the design originated earlier than
one having two letters. The figure following the letter or letters in
the suffix indicates that it is either the original design of that particular
alphabetical designation or a modification thereof. The original
design is always numbered 1.
181
5.14 Commercial Vessels
Tipe Decsription
B7 Concrete hull, cargo barge, nonpropelled.
CI-A Designed for general cargo in world trade; steam-turbine and motor-
propelled (four modifications).
CI-B Designed for general cargo in world trade; steam-turbine and motor-
propelled (four modifications).
C1-M Designed for general cargo; motor-propelled.
CI-S Concrete barge designed for cargo purposes; steam reciprocating
engine propelled.
C2 Designed for general cargo in world trade; steam-turbine propelled
(several modified types). Those prefixed by the symbol "Z"
were in operation during World War II. Modified types were
used mostly as hospital ships.
C3 Combination passenger and cargo ship; steam-turbine propelled
(several modified types).
C3-S Designed for cargo; steam-turbine propelled.
C4 Designed for cargo; steam-turbine propelled (two modifications).
C4-S-la Mariner class. Recently developed by Maritime Administration
in cooperation with the Department of Defense to provide modern
high-speed commercial vessel that can readily be converted for
wartime shipping.
EC2 Liberty type designed for general cargo; steam reciprocating engine
propelled. Several modified types, prefixed by the symbol "Z,"
were designed as tank carriers and later modified as plane carriers.
L6 Specially designed for coal or grain trade on the Great Lakes; steam
reciprocating engine propelled.
N3 Cargo carrier designed for coastal trade; steam reciprocating engine
propelled.
P1 Specially designed passenger type vessel; steam-turbine propelled.
P2 Designed to carry troops. Two types: turbine-electric propelled,
steam-turbine propelled.
T1 Designed for tanker service in coastal and inland waters; diesel
propelled (five modifications).
T2 Designed to carry bulk oil in world trade; turboelectric propelled
(two modifications).
T3 Designed to carry bulk oil in world trade; steam-turbine propelled
(three modifications).
V4 Large diesel-powered oceangoing tug.
VC2 Victory type designed to carry cargo in world trade. Three types,
one with 6,000-hp engine, two with 8,500-hp engines. All three
are steam-turbine propelled.
182
o
E , t
!
I i1 ~ i i 9 I~ t
'c - a or
a
o V
I . I
0 iI S s '
0 13
E |
wU i, j, i,,
a
183
5.16 Hold Hatch, and Boom Data
No. of No. of Boom Hatches Hv-lift
Vessel cargo booms capacity w/hv lift capacity
holds (LT) booms (LT)
Cl-B -------- ------ ------- 5 15 5 2 30
CI-M-AV-l---- - - - - 4 14 1, 5 2, 3 30
C2-S-AJ---------- 5 17 5 3 50
EC2 (Liberty) --------- 5 12 5 2,4 *50-15
VC2 (Victory)--- --- - - 5 16 5 3, 4 50, 30
C3-S-A2-----
- -- -- 5 21 5,10 5 30
C4-S-A4-----
- -- -- 7 25 5 6 50
C4-S-B5------ -- -- 7 24 5 4, 5 50
C4-S-la (Mariner)-7 26 5, 10 4, 6 60
b
FS Freighter -_-------------- 2 5 5 2 15
*Liberty ships have either a 30- or a 50-ton boom at No. 2 hatch and a 15- or a 30-ton boom at No. 4
hatch.
b The FS is the 176-foot supply vessel built for the Army. It Is an oceangoing vessel, but, because of
its small capacity, is used principally as an interisland carrier.
184
5.17 Below-Deck Capacities
Cargo capacities (MT)
Hatch _ _ _
Vessel No. Hatch dimensions
Upper Lower Hold Deep
'tween 'tween tanks
C1-B -------- 1 29' 3"x20' 481 398 862

2 31' 6"x20' 750 742 1, 438
3 31' 6"x20' 845 779 1, 222
102
4 31' 6"x20' 780 1,229 -------- 480
5 31' 6"x20' 574 608
Total-----.----..---......------- 3, 532 3, 756 3, 522 480
C1-M-AV1 --- 1 20' 1¼"x19' 11" _ . ......

601 616
2 40' 5"x19' 11" -------- 982 1, 378
3 40' 5"x19' 11" --------. 901 1, 179
4 9'x8' b 169 113
Total-- - - - - 2, 653 3, 286
C2-S-AJ ----- 1 26' 10"x19' 10" 602 519 947

2 32' 4"x19' 10" 804 805 1, 405
3 34' 10"x19' 10" 908 968 1, 514
4 29' 10"x19' 10" 902 932 1, 483
5 29' 10"x.19' 10" 722 -------- 1, 056
Total -......................... 3, 938 3, 224 6, 405
EC2 (Liberty)_| 1 33' 7"x19' 10" 983 902 416

2 34' 10"x19' 10" 1,065 2, 300
3 19' 10"x19' 10" -------- 597 1, 495 613
4 34' 10"x19' 10" 742 1, 315
5 34' 10"x19' 10" 771 1, 290
Total -................................... 4, 158 7, 302 1, 029
VC2 (Victory)_. 1 24' 11"x22' 3" 551 595 698

2 23' 11"x22' 3" 675 545 698
3 35' 11"x22' 3" 1, 139 945 1, 321
4 35' 11"x22' 3" 1, 230 ------- 1, 277
5 23' 11"x22' 3" 1, 091 - - 648
Total -......................... 4, 686 2, 085 4, 642
See footnotes at end of table.
195
Cargo capacities (MT)
Hatch
Vessel No. Hatch dimensions
Upper Lower Hold Deep
'tween 'tween tanks
C3-S-A2 ---- - 1 35' 9%"x19' 92" 812 1, 130 1, 079

2 29' 9Y2"x23' 9%" 830 1, 381 1, 396
3 37' 3%2"x23' 9%" 1, 244 1, 553 2, 002
4 29' 9%"x23' 9¼2" 1, 164 1, 255 1, 419
5 39' 9/q"x23' 9%" 1, 009 1, 704 212
Total -.... 5, 059 7, 023 6, 108
C4-S-A4------ 1 17' 9"x16' 8" 496 d 340 141

2 26' 10"x17' 9" 1, 139 d 1, 258 772
3 26' 10"x17' 9" 798 651 - 1, 084
4 26' 10"x17' 9" 803 d 1, 533 994
5 26' 10"x17' 9" 765 d1, 515 1, 017
6 26' 10"x17' 9" 795 782 1, 636
7 17' 9"x17' 1" 583 f 454
Total -......................... 5, 379 6, 533 4, 560 1, 084
C4-S-B5----- 1 20' 0"x18' 0" 608 293

2 27' 6"x20' 0" 1, 160 1, 128 704
3 27' 6"x20' 0" 702 641 603 837
4 30' 0"x20' 0" · 1, 626 764 1, 047
5 30' 0"x20' 0" 1, 623 772 1, 055
6 30' 0"x20' 0" · 1, 540 794 998
7 20' 3"x18' 0" 95 482 358
Total -............................ 7, 354 4, 874 4, 765 837
C4-S-la 1 19' 6"x17' 9" 402 453 305

(Mariner) 2 29' 10"x23' 10" 731 865 637
3 39' 10"x29' 10" 1, 050 1, 454 1, 284
4 39' 10"x29' 10" 1, 006 1, 500 1, 528
5 39' 10"x29' 10" 1, 044 410 401 953
6 39' 10"x29' 10" 965 -------- 1,646 298
7 29' 10"x24' 10" 1, 627 -------- 856
Total -.................. 6, 825 4, 682 6, 657 1, 251
FS Freighter___ 1 20' 0"x16' 0" 251

2 28' 0"x16' 0" ................ 285
Total ---- ------..---------.....- - ----- 536
*Special cargo locker on upper 'tween level between hatches Nos. 3 and 4.
b Includes 36 MT In trunked hatch.
E Includes upper deck and second deck.
d Includes third deck and first platform.
· Liquid cargo space.
' Includes refrigerated cargo space.
a Includes main 'tween deck.
186
5.18 Vehicle-Loading Capacities of Typical Vessels
These figures reflect general loading conditions and by no means
represent the maximum vehicle capacities of the vessels. With the
exception of crated vehicles, no allowance has been made for stacking
or double decking. All below-deck stowage is fore and aft except in
the case of h-ton trucks and 1l-ton trailers, which are stowed both
fore and aft and athwartship.
a. C4-S-la (Mariner).
Truck, cargo
Trailer, Truck,
Hatch No. Location cargo, utility,
1.-ton .- ton T 4x4 2 T6xf 5 T 6x6
1.. On deck---------- - 20 20 11 7 4
'Tween deck:
Upper --------- - 16 20 12 6 4
Lower --------------- 10 14 9 4 0
Hold ------------- - 5 9 6 3 0
2 ------ On deck -- - --- -- 23 33 20 10 7
'Tween deck:
Upper -- 23 37 22 11 7
Lower --------------- 21 26 15 9 7
Hold -----.-.-.-.-.-.- - 11 15 9 5 2
3-- - On deck-------- 42 52 30 20 10
'Tween deck:
Upper- -- 48 61 38 25 13
Lower -------- - 44 52 32 21 13
Hold -------.--.-.-.-- - 32 36 22 14 9
4-- - On deck -- --- - 36 52 26 ]8 10
'Tween deck:
Upper -------------- 46 69 38 20 14
Lower ---------------- 46 69 38 20 14
Hold ------------------- 44 56 30 16 12
5 ------ On deck.---------- 36 54 28 20 12
'Tween deck:
Upper--- 56 72 42 18 14
Lower ------------ 58 74 44 18 14
Hold --------.----.----- 56 72 42 16 12
Deep tank -------------- 28 36 14 6 2
6 ----- On deck --------------- 40 54 30 20 12
'Tween deck ------------ 47 65 36 18 14
Hold ------------------- 30 34 20 12 9
Deep tank -------------- 4 10 0 0 0
7 ----- On deck --------------- 27 37 22 12 7
'Tween deck .--------- 33 42 23 11 7
Hold--------------- - 9 10 6 4 0
b. C1-B.
Truck, cargo
Trailer, Truck, cargo
1I1-ton X-ton M T 4x4 2j T 6x6 5 T 6x6
LWB LWB
1-.--- On
. deck--------------- 14 14 12 5 7
'Tween deck:
Upper ----- ------- 18 21 12 6 4
Lower ---- ---- - 18 21 12 6 5
Lower hold ------------ 13 14 9 4 4
2----- On deck --------------- 21 25 18 12 7
'Tween deck:
Upper ------------- 37 46 25 13 12
Lower ------- ----- 37 42 25 15 12
Lower hold* ----------- 36 34 21 13 11
3- On deck - 21 23 14 10 5
'Tween deck:
Upper --------------- 42 44 30 17 12
Lower----- - 42 41 28 13 12
Lower hold* --------- - 42 41 28 13 9
4------ On deck - ---.----
.--- 21 21 14 10 7
'Tween deck:
Upper -- 41 39 26 14 12
Lower -------- ----- 37 36 24 12 10
5------ On deck -------------- 18 16 12 7 5
'Tween deck -------- - 23 23 15 7 5
Hold -------.-.--------- 10 10 12 6 6
'Number of vehicles (except 5-ton, 6x6) can be doubled by flooring over one layer of vehicles and loading a
second layer directly on top. The depth of only these two holds will permit such double decking.
c. EC2 (Liberty).
Truck, cargo
Trailer, Truck,
Hatch No. Location cargo, utility
li-ton Xi-ton 4 T 4x4 2Yi T 6x5 5 T xiA
LWB LWB
1 .
.- On
... deck --------------- 22 22 14 9 6
'Tween deck ----------- 27 28 23 12 8
Lower hold ------------ 24 28 18 10 5
2 ------ On deck ---------------- 36 41 20 13 8
'Tween deck----------- 44 54 30 21 12
Lower hold----------- 42 48 *30 *18 12
3 ----- On deck - ---.....------- 14 22 10 6 4
'Tween deck----------- 28 36 25 14 6
Lower hold ----------- 28 32 *22 12 6
4__ On deck--------------- 20 31 16 11 8
'Tween deck --------- 37 41 27 16 8
Lower hold ------------ 15 20 18 10 2
5------ On deck___ 22 31 14 11 6
'Tween deck ----------- 34 44 25 16 9
Lower hold ------------ 11 20 20 6 2
*Based on no centerline bulkhead, which may or may not be standard equipment.
188
d. VC2 (Victory).
Trailer, Truck Truck, cargo

Hatch No. Location cargo utility,
1. -ton
2 h-ton %s T 4x4 2M T 6x6 5 T 6x6
LWB LWB
1- ...--. On deck .------------- 12 14 6 5 4

'Tween deck:
Upper -------------- 16 15 9 5 0
Lower--------------- 18 16 9 6 3
Hold.---------- 13 15 8 4 3
2 ------ On deck --------------- 16 18 12 7 4
'Tween deck:
Upper -- 26 29 17 10 4
Lower -------------- 24 25 17 10 5
Hold ----------------- 21 21 14 8 3
3 ------ On deck------------ 29 25 18 13 8
'Tween deck:
Upper -------------- 48 48 29 17 12
Lower.----------- 46 46 30 18 12
Hold ---------- 46 44 30 18 8
4-- On deck ---------------- 25 23 18 13 8
'Tween deck ------ -- 48 49 34 16 14
Hold -- ---.-.-.-.--.-.-- 49 49 31 18 13
5 On deck ----- 25 25 17 6 4
'Tween deck ----------- 31 30 20 12 6
Hold ------------------ 19 20 12 7 3
e. C1-M-AVI.*
Trailer, Truck, Truck, cargo

lIY-ton X-ton % T 4x4 23 T 66 5 T W6
6
LWB LWB
1 .-
. On... deck --------------- 14 20 13 7 4
'Tween deck----------- 23 30 16 10 3
Hold ------------------ 13 16 7 4 2
2------ On deck --------------- 24 30 18 10 8
'Tween deck ----------- 46 51 28 19 10
Hold------------------ 45 51 28 19 10
3 ------- On deck --------------- 22 28 14 10 6
'Tween deck-....... ___ 37 44 27 17 9
Hold ------------------ 37 44 26 15 9
'No. 4 hatch is not large enough for vehicle loading.
189
5.19 United States Navy Ship and Service Craft Designators
a. Combatant Vessels.
(1) Warships.
BB ------------- battleship
BBG-------- - guided missile capital ship
CA ---------- heavy cruiser
CAG --- ----- guided missile heavy cruiser
CG ----------- large cruiser
CBC.--------- large tactical command ship
CG ----------- guided missile cruiser
CL ------------- light crusier
CLAA----------- antiaircraft light crusier
CLC ------------ tactical command ship
CLG ------ guided missile light crusier
CVA --------- --- attack aircraft carrier
CVE ---- - escort aircraft carrier
CVHE ------ - escort helicopter aircraft carrier
CVL ------------ small aircraft carrier
CVS..----- --- antisubmarine support aircraft carrier
DD----------- destroyer
DDC ----------- corvette
DDE ----------- escort destroyer
DDG -------- - guided missile destroyer
DDR---------- radar picket destroyer
DL-- --- - frigate
DLG ----------- guided missile frigate
SS .-------- submarine
SSG -.-------- guided missile submarine
SSK ------------ antisubmarine submarine
SSR ------------ radar picket submarine
(2) Amphibious warfare vessels.
AGC -. - amphibious force flagship
AKA ---- - attack cargo ship
APA ----------- attack transport
APD-- - high-speed transport
ASSP ----------- transport submarine
CVHA ---------- assault helicopter aircraft carrier
DEC ------------ control escort vessel
IFS ------------- inshore fire support ship
LPH ------------ amphibious assault ship
LSD-- - dock landing ship
LSFF ----------- flotilla flagship landing ship
LSIL ----------- infantry landing ship (large)
LSM .-
-. .......... landing ship
medium
LSMR --------- - medium landing ship (rocket)
LSSL ----------- support landing ship (large)
LST ------------ tank landing ship
(3) Mine warfare vessels.
DM ------------ minelayer, destroyer
DMS ------- minesweeper, destroyer
MCS-- - - mine warfare command and support
MHC ----------- minehunter, coastal
190
MMA M A--------minelayer, auxiliary
MMC --------- minelayer, coastal
MMF ---------- minelayer, fleet
MSC ---------- minesweeper, coastal
MSC(O)-------- minesweeper, coastal (old)
MSF --------- minesweeper,.fleet (stl hull)
MSO ------- - minesweeper, ocean (nonmag)
(4) Patrol vessels.
DE ---- ----- escort vessel
DER----------- radar picket escort vessel
PC ---------- submarine chaser (173')
PCE------- - escort (180')
PCER ------- rescue escort (180')
PCS .--- ----- submarine chaser (136')
PF----------- patrol escort
PGM ------- motor gunboat
PR----------- river gunboat
PY ----------- yacht
SC ------------ submarine chaser (110')
b. Auxiliary Vessels.
AD ---------- destroyer tender
ADG ----- degaussing vessel
AE ------ -- ammunition ship
AF ------------ store ship
AG ---------- miscellaneous
AGB----------- icebreaker
AGP ------ motor torpedo boat tender
AGS ----- --- surveying ship
AGSC ------- coastal surveying ship
AG(SS) ------ auxiliary submarine
AH --------- hospital ship
AK...... ....... cargo ship
AKD -------- cargo ship, dock
AKL--------- light cargo ship
AKN ---------- net cargo ship
AKS ---------- general stores issue ship
AKV ---- ---- cargo ship and aircraft ferry
AN --------- net laying ship
AO ------- -- oiler
AOG --------- gasoline tanker
AOR ---------- replenishment fleet tanker
AO(SS) ------- - submarine oiler
AP .------ transport
APB ------- self-propelled barracks ship
APC ----------- small coastal transport
AR ------ ----- repair ship
ARB ---------- battle damage repair ship
ARC ------- - cable repairing or laying ship
ARG -------- internal combustion engine repair ship
ARL -------- landing craft repair ship
ARS --------- salvage vessel
ARSD --------- salvage lifting vessel
ARST --------- salvage craft tender
191
ARV ------- ---- aircraft repair ship
ARVA ----------- aircraft repair ship (aircraft)
ARVE ---------- aircraft repair ship (engine)
AS - -- ------ submarine tender
ASR submarine rescue vessel
.------------
ATA ----------- auxiliary ocean tug
ATF ----------- fleet ocean tug
ATR E----------- rescue ocean tug
AV ------- seaplane tender
AVD ----- - advanced aviation base ship
AVM ---------- guided missile ship
AVP .---. small seaplane tender
....--
AVS --------- aviation supply ship
AW ----------- distilling ship
IX ---------- unclassified miscellaneous
c. Service Craft.
AFDB ---------- large auxiliary floating drydock
AFDL ----------- small auxiliary floating drydock
AFDM M--------- medium auxiliary floating drydock
APL ------ barracks ship (nonpropelled)
ARD --- ----- floating drydock auxiliary
LCU ---------- -- utility landing craft
MSA ------------ minesweeper auxiliary
MSB ---------- minesweeping boat
MSI --------- - minesweeper inshore
PT ------------- motor torpedo boat
PYC ------- - coastal yacht
SST ---- - target and training submarine
X ----------- -- submersible craft
XFU------------- harbor utility craft
XMAP ---------- sweeper device
YAG ------------ miscellaneous auxiliary
YAGR .--------- ocean radar station ship
YC ------------- open lighter
YCF ------------ car float
YCK --------- open cargo lighter
YCV --------- aircraft transportation lighter
YD ------------- floating derrick
YDT----------- diving tender
YF ------------- covered lighter (self-propelled)
YFB--------- ferryboat or launch
YFD ---------- yard floating drydock
YFN--------- covered lighter (nonpropelled)
YFNB --- -- large covered lighter
YFND -.------ covered lighter (used with drydock)
YFNG --- - covered lighter (special purpose)
YFNX --------- lighter (special purpose)
YFP------------ floating power barge
YFR ---------- refrigerated covered lighter (self-propel!ed)
YFRN ----------- refrigerated covered lighter (nonpropelled)
YFRT.-------- covered lighter (range tender)
YFT ---------- torpedo transportation lighter
192
YFU ---------- harbor utility craft
YG------------- garbage lighter (self-propelled)
YGN ---------- garbage lighter (nonpropelled)
YHB --------- houseboat
YM ---------- dredge
YMP ---------- motor mine planter
YMS ---------- auxiliary motor minesweeper
YNG --------- gate vessel
YO ----------- fuel oil barge (self-propelled)
YOG----------- gasoline barge (self-propelled)
YOGN --------- gasoline barge (nonpropelled)
YON -------- fuel oil barge (nonpropelled)
YOS------------ oil storage barge
YP ---------- patrol vessel
YPD . -------- floating pile driver
YPK ----------- ponton stowage barge
YR ----------- floating workshop
YRB ---------- submarine repair and berthing barge
YRBM -------- submarine repair, berthing and messing barge
YRDH-.-- -- floating drydock workshop (hull)
YRDM ------- floating drydock workshop (machine)
YRL --------- covered lighter (repair)
YSD -.------- seaplane wrecking derrick
YSR ----------- sludge removal barge
YTB --------- - large harbor tug
Y¥TL ------ small harbor tug
YTM --------- medium harbor tug
YTT- torpedo testing barge
YV ----------- drone aircraft catapult control craft
YW ------- water barge (self-propelled)
YWN------ water barge (nonpropelled)
5.20 Transportation Corps Marine Fleet Classification System

Each vessel in the Transportation Corps marine fleet bears an indi-
vidual serial number, preceded by one of the following applicable
prefixes.
BARC--- lighter, amphibious (BARC), self-propelled, diesel, steel,
60-ton, 61-foot, design 2303
BC------------------ barge, dry cargo, nonpropelled, medium (100 feet
through 149 feet)
BFC ---------------- railroad car float barge
BCI --------------- - barge, dry cargo, inland waterways, nonpropelled,
medium (100 feet through 149 feet)
BCLI--- - - barge, dry cargo, inland waterways, nonpropelled, large
(150 feet and over)
BCS-. --------- nested barge
BD----------------- crane, floating
BDL-IX ------------- lighter, beach discharge
BG ----------------- barge, liquid cargo, nonpropelled
BGI -- - - - barge, liquid cargo, inland waterways, nonpropelled
BK ----------------- barge, dry cargo, nonpropelled
BKI ---------------.. barge, dry cargo, inland waterways, nonpropelled
BPL ---------------- barge, pier, nonpropelled
551192 0--60---13 193

BR -------------- barge, refrigerated, nonpropelled
BRI---------------- barge, refrigerated, inland waterways, nonpropelled
BSP ---------------- barge, self-propelled
BSPI --------------- barge, self-propelled, inland waterways
BT .----------------- barge, training, nonpropelled
F -......----- --.. fireboat
FB ---------------- ferryboat
FD ----------------- drydock, floating
FMS------ - repair shop, floating, marine repair, nonpropelled
FS------------------ freight and supply vessel, large (140 feet and over)
FSM--------- -- freight and supply vessel, medium (100 feet through
139 feet)
FSR -------------- freight and supply vessel, refrigerated cargo
J-.------ ..------ boat, work and inspection, small (50 feet and under)
LCM------------- landing craft, mechanized (Mark VI, Mark VIII)
LCU ---------------- landing craft, utility
LCVP --------------- landing craft, vehicle, personnel
LT ----------------- tug, large (100 feet and over)
LTI----- ---- -- towboat, large, inland waterways (100 feet and over)
Q- ..........-------- boat, workl and inspection, large (over 50 feet)
R---.-------.--- rowboat "
ST------------ -- tug, small (99 feet and under)
STI -------- ---- towboat, small, inland waterways (99 feet and under)
T .....--........... freight and supply vessel, small (under 100 feet)
Y--------------- -- vessel, liquid cargo, self-propelled
5.21 Vessel Deadweight Scale

a. Purpose. The vessel deadweight scale (fig. 5.1) is designed to
furnish vessel tonnages and the effects of these tonnages on the mean
draft of the vessel.
(1) Column A represents the number of long tons that may be
carried in the vessel, including fuel, stores, water, dunnage,
and cargo, or any material that may be placed in the vessel,
excluding equipment and machinery necessary for operation
of the vessel.
(2) Column B represents the vessel's mean draft in feet and
inches. This scale is graduated from the least possible draft
of 8 feet to a maximum draft of 29 feet.
(3) Column C (displacement tonnage in salt water) represents
the weight of the ship plus any material in or on the vessel.
(4) Column D (tons per inch immersion) denotes the number of
long tons required to lower the vessel 1 inch with any given
draft.
b. Use. The deadweight scale is used by the cargo planner to
determine the long tons that may be placed in a vessel to reach the
required draft. For example, -a vessel loaded with 9,000 long tons
will have a mean draft of 25 feet 4Y inches at the beginning of the
voyage and, using 50 long tons of fuel, stores, and water per day
at sea, will have used 500 long tons through a period of 10 days,
thus reducing the mean draft to 24 feet 6 inches. From these figures,
194
TOP OF MAIN DECK AT SIDE
---
DEADWEIGHT SCALE
A 9 A B 1FT
10,0000 ,- -- 1 I A
7,001~0
22 . . o.0
24 . Z9
Legend
5,000
. 18 I 9;000 -7 A- Deadweight tons, salt water
B- Draft (feet) to bottom of keel
7 00 I C- Displacement tons, salt water
4.000 . 6 .00 D- Tons per inch immersion
Figure 5.1 Deadweight scale for a Victory ship.
Figure 5.1 Deadzweight scale for a IVictory ship.
195
the cargo planner can determine the vessel's draft at the completion
of the trip, and he will know whether the draft is correct for the type
of harbor where the cargo will be discharged.
e. Cargo Deadweight Tonnage.
(1) In the deadweight column of the scale, the figure 0 is listed
directly opposite the light ship weight. The figures above 0
indicate weight added to the vessel in the form of fuel, stores,
and cargo. All weight placed in the vessel will increase the
ship's mean draft and, by adding 10,805 long tons to the
light ship, the vessel will be forced down in the water to a
maximum mean draft of 28 feet 64 inches for sailing in
summer salt water.
(2) Certain complications may be involved in determining the
cargo deadweight tonnage of the vessel. For instance, the
ship may have a fixed ballast that is not entered in the dead-
weight scale. In such an event, .the ship's officers will add
this to the number of tons of fuel, stores, and water that are
on board. Also, they will note the location of the ballast in
the ship. This must be deducted from the deadweight
tonnage, together with the fuel, stores, and water, to give
a correct cargo deadweight tonnage. When the vessel is at
a mean draft of 28 feet 64 inches, summer salt water, it is
in a condition known as displacement loaded, and, should
weight in excess of 10,805 long tons be loaded in a light ship,
it would be forced down in the water below the legal loadline
for summer zone and would not be allowed to sail.
(3) To prevent overloading the vessel, the weight of the fuel,
stores, and water should be determined and deducted from
the vessel deadweight tonnage to determine the maximum
number of tons of cargo that may be placed in the vessel to
bring it down to its marks.
Section III. TERMINAL AND WATER TRANSPORT

OPERATIONS
5.22 Elements of Terminal Planning
a. In the planning data for terminal and related water transport
operations, the basic period of time is a 20-hour working day. This
is generally considered a complete round-the-clock working day for
terminal operations: it is based on two 10-hour shifts. The remainder
196
of the day is taken up in mealtime and shift changes. In forward
areas, where enemy action may cause additional delays, 15 hours per
day should be used as a planning figure. For general planning pur-
poses, a transportation terminal service company (TOE 55-117) or its
equivalent is considered capable of discharging 720 short tons per 20-
hour working day.
b. The three elements normally considered in terminal planning are:
(1) Estimation of the existing terminal capacity or the total
tonnage and personnel that can be received, processed, and
cleared through the terminal in a day.
(2) Determination of the terminal workload required to support
the particular operation, expressed as target cargo tonnage
and number of personnel per day.
(3) Estimation of base development requirements necessary to
increase the terminal capacity to meet the .target tonnage,
including requirements for construction, equipment, and
personnel.
5.23 Terminal Capacity

a: Terminal throughput capacity is determined by three major
factors. In all instances one of these will be the limiting and thereby
the determining factor. Each of the three factors may be expressed
in terms of short tons per day for planning purposes. All three factors
should be accurately estimated even though the limiting factor may be,
obvious. These estimates will indicate the facilities where improve-
ment effort will yield the greatest return in terms of tonnage-movement
capability. The three major factors are:
(1) Terminal reception capacity: the number and type of ships
that can be moved into the harbor or coastal area of the ter-
minal per day.
(2) Terminal discharge capacity: the number of ships that can be
discharged in the terminal per day.
(3) Terminal clearance capacity: the amount of cargo and per-
sonnel that can be moved through and out of the terminal
per day.
b. A checklist for terminal capacity estimation is given below.
Further information and procedures for estimating terminal capacity
are provided in FM's 55-8, 55-51, and 101-10.
197
Terminal Capacity Estimation Checklist
Collect these data: Compute thesefactors: To determine:
Channel depths ---------- ------
Obstructions -------------------
Enemy air activity-------------
Enemy surface activity --------- (1) Evaluate to de-
Enemy submarine activity ------- termine water
Climate---------------------- terminal reception
Weather ----------------------- capacity.
Minefields or contaminated areas_-
Our own capabilities in combating
obstacles.
Tactical dispersion requirements___
Wharf facilities -----------------
Beach capabilities --------------
Discharge rates ashore-----------
Discharge rates in the stream ----
Anchorage area -----------------
Extent of destruction or contami- Water terminal
nation. (2) Evaluate to de- throughout
Climate and seasons ------------ termine water capacity.
Weather and tide characteristics __ terminal discharge
Cargo-handling equipment avail- (input) capacity.
able.
Floating craft and equipment
available.
Transit sheds and areas .........
Availability of local labor --------
Space reserved for local economy-
Enemy activity ---- _............
Capacity of rail facilities --......
Capacity of highway facilities ----
Capacity of inland waterway facil- (3) Evaluate to
ities. determine water
Capacity of pipeline facilities …--- terminal clearance
Capacity of air facilities -J- (output) capacity.
Enemy activity --- -------
_ ]
5.24 Determination of Terminal Workload

The terminal workload is assigned by the theater commander and
is the mission of a particular terminal. The mission assignment is a
target tonnage based on the terminal's throughput capacity. Target
tonnage consists of initial and anticipated tonnages. Initial tonnage
is the amount of cargo the terminal organization is expected to handle
before its capability is increased by base development. Anticipated
tonnage is the amount of cargo required at a future specified date to
support a particular operation and to build up a reserve supply for
the support of future operations. When the target tonnage assign-
ment is made, the terminal commander makes an estimate of the
198
construction, equipment, and personnel required to increase the
terminal capacity to handle the anticipated tonnage.
5.25 Wharf Facilities and Anchorage Areas

a. General. For planning purposes, there are two methods of ship
discharge-discharge directly onto the wharf from vessels berthed
alongside and discharge by lighterage from vessels anchored in the
stream. General planning must consider wharf facilities on the basis
of both of these methods. Deep-draft wharfage must be provided
wherever alongside discharge is contemplated. Shallow draft wharfage
and anchorage areas must be given joint consideration when lighter
discharge is contemplated. Basic planning information on wharf
facilities and anchorage areas is given below.
b. Berth Classifications.
Class of Size vessel berthed Size vessel berthed

general _ Class of tanker
berths berths
Length (ft) Draft (ft) Length (ft) Draft (ft)
A--------- 500 and over_ 30 T-A-.. 6. 00 and over_ 33

B ------- 460 -------- 28-24 T-B----- 525 -------- 30
C ------- 350 ---- ----- 21-17 T-C----- 450 -------- 25
D---.--- 250 --------- 16------- T-D ----- 250 -------- 13
E ------- 200 --------- 12 ------ I T-E------ Under 250-_- Under 13
F-------- Under 200___ Under 12
c. Wharf Length. For planning purposes, 100 feet of wharf is

required for each hatch and/or each lighter to be discharged. The
discharge rate (par. 5.26) for ships and coasters is reduced 20 to 25
percent for each 100-foot reduction in wharf length under the minimum
required. In determining lighterage facilities, length over 100 feet but
less than the next 100-foot unit is disregarded. For example, a 150-
foot wharf will accommodate only one lighter, a 250-foot wharf will
handle two lighters, etc.
d. Wharf Width. A 60-foot minimum wharf working area is neces-
sary for proper cargo handling and shipside clearance when discharging
from only one side of a wharf. A pier must be at least 90 feet wide to
accommodate vessels on both sides.
e. Wharf Height. Generally, a wharf should be at least 5 feet above
high tide level.
J. Anchorage Berths.
(1) Anchorage berth diameter formulas. The following formulas
are used to find the diameter for anchorage berths:
7D+2L=radius in feet
2R
2R= diameter in yards
3
199
where
D=depth of water in feet
L=length of vessel in feet
R=radius in feet
(2) Standardclassification system.
Clans Diameter Depth of water Type of vea8el
I- -.- Over 800 yards ----- Over 38 feet ---- Capital naval ship or large
passenger ship
II --- 500 to 800 yards ---- 30 to 38 feet ----- Standard oceangoing vessel
III---- Under 500 yards ---- Under 30 feet ---- Destroyer or small cargo
vessel.
5.26 Discharge Rates

The following discharge rates are based on average sizes of the types
of vessels indicated. For planning purposes, the average ship is con-
sidered 450 feet long and 60 feet wide with five hatches, the aver-
age coaster 350 feet long and 35 feet wide with four hatches, and the
average lighter 100 feet long and 35 feet wide. This excludes landing
craft and amphibians. The figures given for ships and coasters in the
stream indicate tonnage discharged from the ship or coaster into light-
ers. The limiting factors are the number of lighters available and the
wharf space provided for their discharge. Number of lighters required
is based upon the number of hatches, the size of the lighters, and the
turnaround time.
(1) Average ship, alongside or in stream-720 short tons or 643
long tons per 20-hour day.
(2) Average coaster, alongside or in stream-500 short tons or
446 long tons per 20-hour day.
(3) Average lighter alongside wharf-180 short tons or 160 long
tons per 20-hour day.
5.27 Temporary Storage Areas
To plan for temporary storage areas for cargo, use the figures given
below.
a. Open Storage. Approximately 10,000 square feet of open storage
area is required for each 560 short tons, or 500 long tons, or 1,000
measurement tons of cargo. Average stack height should be 6 feet.
b. Covered Storage. Approximately 8,000 square feet of covered
storage area is required for each 560 short tons, or 500 long tons, or
1,000 measurement tons of cargo. Average stack height should be 8
feet. Generally, 10 percent of 1 day's target tonnage will require
covered storage.
5.28 Personnel and Equipment Requirements
For planning purposes, one terminal service company (TOE 55-117
or its equivalent in personnel and equipment is required for each ship
berth in a water terminal or for each 720 short tons of the terminal's
200
daily capacity. Paragraph 5.25 lists the factors for determining ship
berth space.
5.29 Estimating Water Terminal Capacity
The following example demonstrates the recommended procedure
for estimating water terminal capacity based upon the steps and data
outlined in the preceding paragraphs and using the harbor chart
shown in figure 5.2.
a. Wharf Facilities.
Minimum depth
Wharf No. Length (ft) Width (ft) alongside (fit)
1 .-......................... 1,060 80 32
2--------------------------- 490 60 30
3--------------------------- 580 90 30
4 ------------------ 535 100 34, each side
5 -- ----- ---- ---- ---- --.. 125 54 8
6- --------------------------- 295 60 15
7--------------------------- 450 75 22
8- --------------------------- 210 60 16
b. Anchorage Areas.
(1) There is sufficient area inside the harbor to anchor three
ships where they can be worked continuously.
(2) In good weather, two vessels can be anchored and worked
outside the breakwater.
(3) Winds, swells, tides, and tidal currents present no unusual
problem.
c. Discharge Tonnage.
(1) At deep-draft wharfage.
Victory Diachargerate
Wharf No. ship-berths (ST per day)
1------------------------------- 2 2x720= 1, 440
2--------------------------- -1 1x720 = 720
3---.......................... 1 1x720= 720
4--------------------------- - 2 2x720= 1,440
Total ---------------------------------- 4,320

(2) At lighterage wharfs.
Discharge rate
Wharf No. Lighter berths (ST per day)
5-------------------------------- 1 1x180= 180
6---------------------------- *3 3x180= 540
7 ------------------------------- 4 4x180-= 720
8 --------------------------- - 2 2x180= 360
Total --------------------------------. 1,800

*Wharf No. 6 is only 295 feet long. In the lighter-wharfage table (par. 5.25c), three ships require 300 feet.
However, the 5-foot shortage will not affect operations appreciably ani three lighters are docked here.
d. Rate of Discharge From Ships at Anchor to Lighters. According

to the chart, three ships can be anchored inside the breakwater, and
201
"
/
Figure 6.2. Harbor chart for terminal capacity estimation.
two can be anchored and worked outside the breakwater in good

weather. Therefore, in good weather, cargo can be discharged from
ships to lighters at the rate of (3+2)X 720=3,600 short tons per day.
e. Summary of Daily Terminal Capacity.
(1) Discharged alongside deep-draft wharfs-4,320 short tons
per day.
(2) Discharged from lighters to wharfs-1,800 short tons per day.
(3) Transferred from ships to lighters-3,600 short tons per day.
(4) The maximum discharge per day is 1,800 short tons because
lighter wharfage is the limiting factor (par. 5.23a). There-
202
fore the total daily terminal capacity is 6,120 short tons:
4,320 short tons alongside; 1,800 short tons by lighter.
J. Personnel and Equipment Requirements. Personnel and equip-
ment requirements to maintain the above daily tonnage figure may
be determined by dividing 6,120 short tons by 720 short tons (daily
terminal service company discharge capability). Therefore, nine
terminal service companies (TOE 55-117) or their equivalent in
personnel and equipment and the necessary lighterage support will be
required to maintain the discharge capacity of this terminal.
g. Weather Considerations. Advance study must be made to determine
the probable effect of bad weather on the rate of discharge and other
factors in water terminal capacity. Continuous records of daily
discharge plotted against weather and surf conditions prove valuable
in planning future discharge at the same and similar terminals.
5.30 Inland Waterways Service

a. The use of inland waterways for military purposes is normally
envisaged only in underdeveloped areas in which alternate modes are
either lacking or insufficient. These waterways are to be used princi-
pally for civilian traffic and for the restoration of the local economy.
Further, it is assumed that rehabilitation of these waterways will be
undertaken by local authorities and that a minimum of military effort
will be diverted for the purpose, except where designated for immediate
military use and equipment salvage.
b. When required, an inland waterways service may be formed to
control and operate a waterway system, to formulate and coordinate
plans for using inland waterway transport resources, and to provide
for the integration and supervision of local civilian facilities used in
support of military operations. This operational organization may
vary in size from a single barge crew to a complete inland waterways
service, depending upon the requirements. It may be composed
entirely of military personnel or may be manned by local civilians
supervised by military units of the appropriate transportation staff
section.
c. The service is organized by teams from TOE 55-500. Although
the organization will normally be composed of harbor craft units, it
may be supplemented by transportation boat units as shown in
figure 5.3.
5.31 Estimating Capabilities of an Inland Waterway

When determining the capability of an inland waterway, the follow-
ing must be considered:
a. Restricting widths and depths of channel.
b. Vertical and horizontal clearance of bridges.
c. Location of dams or other bars to navigation.
203
ORGANIZATION FOR TRANSPORTATION INLAND WATERWAYS SERVICE
TRANSPORTATION
HARBOR CRAFT BATTALION
TOE 55-500
TRANSPORTATION* TRANSPORTATION
BOAT MAINTENANCE TEAMS HARBOR CRAFT COMPANY
TOE 55-500 TOE 55-500
r
TRANSPORTATION
~~1
I
I BOAT UNITS
I TOE 55-127, 55-12B, 55-129 I
_ AS REQUIRED
* TYPE B OR CADRE ORGANIZATIONS AND

LOCAL EQUIPMENT MAY BE SUBSTITUTED.
Figure 5.3. Organizationalchart, transportationinland waterways service.
d. Location of locks; dimensions, timing, method of operation, and

other limiting factors.
e. Frequency, duration, and effect of seasonal floods and droughts.
f. Normal freezeup and opening dates.
g. Navigation hazards-rapids, falls, etc.
h. Speed and fluctuation of current.
i. Waterway maintenance requirements.
j. Changes of channel.
k. Availability of civilian and/or military craft.
1. Availability of skilled bargemen, pilots, and tugboat operators
from civilian and/or military sources.
m. Number of terminals.
n. Terminal facilities, including wharves, cranes, materials handling
equipment, marine maintenance shops, and port clearance.
5.32 Inland Waterway Capacity Formulas

a. To compute the capacities of an inland waterway, the planner
must first determine the waterway turnaround time. This is the time
required for a craft to be loaded, move to its destination, unload, and
return to its home terminal again ready to be loaded. It includes
time for resupplying and refueling unless these activities are carried
on concurrently with loading and unloading. The component factors
of turnaround time are: travel time, loading and unloading time, time
consumed in locks on each trip, and hours of operation per day.
(1) Travel time. Travel time is computed by dividing the length
of haul by the speed of the craft involved, making necessary
allowances for the effects of current and/or tide.
204
(a) Length of haul. Length of haul is the distance between
loading and unloadinig points.
(b) Speed of craft in still water. The speed of inland waterway
vessels varies; however, an average figure of 4 knots may
be used if more accurate figures are not available.
(c) Speed and direction of current. Speed and direction of
current can often be discounted because the resistance
encountered when traveling in one direction will be
balanced by assistance from the current when traveling
in the other direction. However, this does not always
apply. In fast streams the speed downstream may have
to be reduced because of the need to stop or maneuver
quickly. Also, in tidal areas speed may be influenced by
the strength and direction of the tide.
(2) Loading and unloading time. Loading and unloading time is
the total time required to load the craft at origin and unload
it at destination.
(3) Time consumed in locks on each trip. This is the time taken
by a craft and its tow to transit a lock.
(4) Hours of operation per day. The normal two-shift, 20-hour
day is used in all cases.
b. Turnaround time is computed by adding loading time, travel
time, unloading time, locking time, and refitting time, and dividing
this figure by hours of operation per day.
c. After establishing turnaround time for the waterway, the planner
must then compute the number of tons the waterway can handle per
day or the number of barges required to sustain a given daily tonnage.
In all cases, one of these factors will be known. If the tonnage figure
is assigned, the planner must determine the number of barges required
to move the tonnage; or if a given number of barges is assigned, the
planner must determine the number of tons the barges can transport
over the waterway each day. In addition, the planner will have to
determine the number of tugs and towboats required to move the
available barges. The formulas listed below are used to make these
determinations.
(1) When the daily tonnage requirements are known, the follow-
ing formula can be used to determine the number of barges
required to sustain this tonnage.
Daily tonnageX turnaround time (hours)=number of barges required
Tons per bargeXdaily operating hours
(2) When the number of barges is known, the following formula
can be used to determine the number of tons these barges
can move over the waterway each day.
Number of bargesXtons per bargeXdaily operating hours tons per
Turnaround time in hours day
205
(3) Since a single tug or towboat can normally be used to tow
more than one barge, and loading time is not a considera-
tion in tug or towboat availability, it follows that fewer
tugs than barges will be required in most situations. The
following formule can be used to determine the number of
tugs or towboats required to move the available barges.
Number of barges X tug turnaround time (days) =number of
Number of barges per tow X barge turnaround time (days) tugs or
towboats
5.33 Inland Terminal Capacity
Checklist for Estimation of Inland Terminal Throughput Capacity.
Collect these data where applicable: Compute these factors: To determine:
Channel depths------ ----- ----
Obstructions -----------
Capacity of rail facilities -------
Capacity of highway facilities --- (1) Evaluate to
Capacity of pipeline facilities - determine
Capacity of air facilities -------- inland terminal
Enemy air activity ------------- reception capacity.
Enemy surface activity ---------
Climate -------------.-.-.-.-.-
W eather -----------------------
Contaminated areas ------------
Our own capabilities in combating
obstacles.
Tactical dispersion requirements --
Wharf and/or platform facilities_-_ Inland terminal
Discharge rates -.--------------- throughput
Unloading rates --------------- capacity.
Loading rates ---
--.-----------
Extent of destruction or con-
tamination.
Climate and seasons ------------
Weather and tide characteristics_ (2) Evaluate to
Materials-handling equipment determine loading
available. and/or unloading
Cargo-handling equipment avail- or transfer
able. capacity.
Floating craft and equipment
available.
Airfield capabilities -..........-
Transit sheds, yards, and areas___
Local labor available -----------
Space reserved for local economy -
Capacity of rail facilities --------
Capacity of highway facilities --- (3) Add to determine
Capacity of inland waterway clearance capacity.
facilities.
Capacity of pipeline facilities ----
Capacity of air facilities ---- _---
206
5.34 Amphibious Operations
a. Each amphibious landing differs in climatic, hydrographic, and
topographic conditions as well as in the military situation. These
variable factors make it impractical to develop detailed logistical
planning data applicable only to beaches and their capacity to receive
troops and cargo; however, certain general planning data can be
developed.
b. Beach capacity is the amount of cargo that can be discharged
over a given beach length within a stated interval of time. During
the initial phases of an amphibious operation, beach capacity is
limited to the beach or beaches over which the assault landing is being
made; later, if necessary, overall capacity may be increased by the consol-
idation of beaches for more efficient operation and for the opening up of
sheltered unloading points in rivers or bays. Experience has indicated
that, during the assault phase of an operation, cargo can be landed and
moved across beaches as follows, using (1) and/or (2) in appropriate
combination:
(1) Average short tons of cargo per day per mile of beach-3,000.
Average per 1,000 yards of beach--1,680.
(2) Average number of vehicles and personnel landed simul-
taneously per day per mile of beach-675 vehicles, 4,725
personnel.
5.35 Estimating Wheeled Landing Vehicle Requirements
a. The combat payload of the 22-ton, 6x6 wheeled landing vehicle
(DUKW) ranges from 5,000 to 9,000 pounds, depending on the operat-
ing conditions. For planning purposes, the combat payload of the
DUKW is 9,000 pounds under ideal operating conditions, 7,500 pounds
under favorable conditions, and 5,000 pounds under difficult condi-
tions. Very unfavorable conditions of wind, waves, or obstacles will
possibly prevent even a payload of 5,000 pounds or cause operations
to cease entirely. The various factors influencing operating conditions
are shown in the table below.
Operating conditions
Factors affecting
operating conditions
Ideal Favorable Difficult
Wind ---- --- 10 mph or less. 10 to 15 mph - Over 15 mph.

Waves -------- Less than 1 ft- .1 to 3 ft ------. Over 3 ft.
Beach --------- Gentle slope Hard Abrupt slope Soft Construction re-
sand. sand. quired. Mud.
Obstacles ------- None ----------- Some Prevalent.
Area behind beach Good road net -.-- Trails ----------- Favorable hinter-
land.
207
b. Estimating wheeled landing vehicle requirements for an operation
requires computation of turnaround time. The accepted average
turnaround time factors used for planning purposes are listed below.
Whenever possible, data derived from actual operating experience
should be substituted for these average factors. When estimating
requirements, allowance should be made for the tactical situation and
for possibly adverse navigation, weather, and road conditions.
Loading time --------------- ------- 8 to 10 minutes
Unloading time ------------------.--- 8 to 10 minutes
Water speed --------------------------- 5 miles per hour
Land speed --------------------- -- ---- 10 to 20 miles per hour
c. Turnaround time for wheeled landing vehicles may be estimated
by using the following formula:
TT=WX 60 +LX 6 0+a+bc

R RI
where
TT=turnaround time in minutes
W=water distance (round trip)
L=land distance (round trip)
R=speed on water in miles per hour
R'=speed on land in miles per hour
a=loading time in minutes
b=unloading time in minutes (not to exceed loading time)
c=known delays in minutes
d. For continuous operations, a planning factor of 75 percent availa-
bility of assigned amphibians is assumed because of maintenance re-
quirements. To estimate the number of operational vehicles required
for a particular mission, use the formula given below.
V=HX TT
where
V=number of operational vehicles
H=number of hatches to be worked
TT=turnaround time in minutes
X=most restrictive factor (a, b, or c, whichever is greatest in
solution of turnaround time in subparagraph c above)
5.36 Logistical Over-the-Shore (LOTS) Operations
a. In other than amphibious operations, LOTS operations provide
for the movement of cargo and personnel over the shore between ocean
transportation and shoreside facilities. Beaches and other more
difficult shore lines are used to the extent required. Figure 5.4 shows
a typical transportation terminal battalion organization for LOTS
operations.
208
l-o!
!I
I .0 I
L---
-n~~~~o~.
, ,- o ~
-60I14I
551t92
209
551192 0--60---14
b. LOTS operations include:
(1) Unloading cargo and personnel from ships into landing craft
and/or amphibians.
(2) Moving cargo and personnel by landing craft and/or amphib-
ians from ships to shore.
(3) Unloading landing craft at beaches.
(4) Unloading amphibians at transfer points.
(5) Moving cargo from landing craft to temporary storage and/or
segregation areas or to destination.
(6) Unloading at storage areas or transfer points.
c. Planning factors for LOTS operations are essentially the same as
those for fixed terminal operations. Using ships' gear and stevedore
labor provided by the forces offshore, ships normally can discharge
cargo into special landing equipment as fast as beaches can receive and
clear the loaded landing craft and amphibians. In an amphibious
operation, the site selections for subsequent LOTS operations are
included in the base development plan: Where LOTS operations are
established independently, the selection of possible beach sites is made
by the terminal commander, in consultation with the proper naval
authorities, by an extensive study of maps and hydrographic charts.
Final determination of the feasibility of operations at possible sites
is made by a detailed ground and water reconnaissance. The infor-
mation is complied on DA Form 55-178 (Characteristics of Beaches
and Landing Areas-Transportation Intelligence) as shown in figure
5.5. This completed form is accompanied by a detailed profile sketch
of the beach and landing area as shown in figure 5.6.
5.37 Hydrographic Markings for Landing Operations

(fig. 5.7)
a. Hydrographic markings have been developed for use in beach
operations in areas not otherwise suitably marked. They are normally
installed by personnel of the Transportation Corps concerned or by
shore party personnel. They are not related to the aids to navigation
maintained by the Coast Guard.
b. During the day, a pennant with alternate red and black vertical
stripes is fastened to a buoy or stake to show the location of rocks,
shoals, or submerged obstacles. This pennant is replaced at night by
a white light over a red light, both blinking.
c. Hydrographic markings for channels consist of the following:
(1) A red pennant by day and a steady red light at night mark
the starboard side of the channel for boats coming from
seaward.
(2) A black pennant by day and a blinking white light by night
mark the port side.
(3) A black and white vertically striped pennant by day and a
blinking green light at night mark a fairway.
210
_jblAu d *
hi i .!
r, );B j~ ,
L},:; .E,
iil
_ R
8a
I
S
siiz. 8ZE~~ C
;
a N
000 tip ' l.
21 1
§
P~~~~
~c . 1 b
S A;e~
~ Jti~cB 8.
ii~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~i
- 2 8 2 Cl
2' -
8 ~ ~ d~~8
~ -,~fl
r~8a~~ 4. &
0 9,
*0 · I-g
i i
1d1
-ci 18~~~~~~~~1 : C I
3~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~1 S
211
0 E
"a
0- -I
K llU ~ (| p) ne
o 'jK~~~~\j
f
o_ _. .
272
212~~~~~~~
LEFT SIDE RIGHT SIDE RANGE
FROM SEAWARD OBSTRUCTION FAIRWAY FROM SEAWARD LIGHTS
DAY(FLAGS)
NIGHT (LIGHTS)
BLINKING BLINKING
BLINKING BLINKING STEADYM

BLINKING BLINKING
Figure 5.7. Hydrographic markings for landing operations.
(4) Two blinking green lights, one over the other, indicate a
range (TM 55-508).
5.38 Beach and Debarkation Point Markers

(fig. 5.8)
a. During the process of beach organization, debarkation points for
various categories of supply and equipment are selected on each beach
where they best support the tactical plan. Beach markers and de-
barkation point markers are erected by shore party personnel as soon
as possible after the initial assault of an amphibious landing has been
made.
b. Beach markers are large pieces of cloth secured to supports and
held aloft. Beaches under attack are given a color designation, such
as Red Beach, Green Beach, etc., and beach markers are constructed in
corresponding colors. The center of a beach is marked by a large
square of cloth with the color facing seaward. The left flank of the
beach, as seen from the sea, is denoted by a horizontal rectangle of
the same color; the right flank is marked by a vertical rectangle, also
of the same color. Debarkation point markers are set up to indicate
to the craft crews where the various types of cargo are to be landed.
Section IV. ROPE, CHAIN, AND SLING DATA

5.39 Strength of Rope
a. The safe working capacity in tons for any size of manila rope is
approximately equal to the square of the diameter in inches if a safety
factor of 4 is used. In exceptional cases the rated safe working load
213
Ir co 0 I- *· ~
z
0
w J4 h W,ww
-I I ~ ~ z
W
o z to I ~ I I
~~
4
0 0.
00
0owC~~~-
ccZ
us w I2 0 u
i 0 I-
a
0 ~~~~~0
oo 4
w w (L I
Co40cn ~~~n----,
co
rrr
hii4
z IIrrc
wTi i z
~~L~~jr'r~~~~ ZL
0
4~~
w I-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~q-
a U)1
Iw
3> 2
214
may be exceeded, but under no circumstances should rope be loaded
to more than twice its safe working capacity.
b. A rope sling over a hook is reduced in strength by approximately
20 percent. Sharp bends over corners further reduce the strength of
the rope. Sand or grit between the fibers or exposure to heat will
destroy the fibers and rapidly reduce the strength of the rope.
5.40 Properties of Manila Rope

The following table is for new manila rope used under favorable
conditions. As rope ages or deteriorates, progressively reduce safe
loads to one-half of values given. To determine the safe working
load of sisal rope, deduct one-third from the safe working load of
manila rope of the same size.
Nominal diameter (inches) Circumference Weight per 100 Breaking strength Safe load
(inches) feet (pounds) (pounds) (pounds)*
.--. . ..............-
/4 2. 0 600 150
....................-
I 8% 4. 10 1, 350 335
2------------------- 1¼2 7. 50 2, 650 660
.................--- --- 2 13. 3 4, 400 1, 100
.. -------------------- 2% 16. 7 5, 400 1,350
.. ..... 2% ...-------------
22. 5 7, 700 1, 920
1---------------------. 3 27. 0 9, 000 2, 250
1' ---------------- 32 36. 0 12, 000 3, 000
1-...---------------- 3% 41. 8 13, 500 3, 380
1Y2.--------------- 4Y2 60. 0 18, 500 4, 620
1% 5Y2
.----------------
89. 5 26, 500 6, 625
2 -------------------- 6 108. 0 31, 000 7, 750
2 . ...............-. 7Y2 167. 0 46, 500 11, 620
3-------------------- 9 242. 0 64, 000 16, 000
*Safety factor of 4.
5.41 Knots, Bends, and Hitches

Knots, bends, and hitches used to work lines aboard a vessel and
in terminal operations are shown in figure 5.9.
215
METHO METHOD
_67 METHOD
-I-6=tC
° ' nuus. An'.
§ 3' W @Ad
DOUBLE-SHEET BEND BOWLINE BOWLINEON A BIGHT OVERHANDKNOT

'loijo towo set ropes Dl To fo rm. aloop of any To form a loop with a To prevent the en d of a
jifferent diameters. desired size that will double purchase. To rope from unravelling.
not slip, fo r m a l oo p in a rope To prevent the end from
when the ends are not passingback through the
available. sheave of a block.
TdMETHOD 3METHOD
M (IA.
(j
2. METHOD
I2=6
2.
.^@ 41i*' 2
SQUARE KNOT SINGLE-SHEET BEND CAT'S PAW SHEEPSHANK
Tojoin ends of the same To join two ropes of To obtain a double bear- To shorten a rope when
rope. Totietogethertwo different diameters. ing surface on a hook. ends are not available.
ropes of equal diameter. To bypass a weak section
of a rope when ends are
not available.
METHOD i O
,. _\Wn :i ~METHOD METHODN LoMs
ROLLING HITCH CLOVE HITCH TIMBERHITCHWITHTWO BLACKWALLHITCH

HALP HITCHES
To form a hitch which To fasten guy lines to To haul a log, spar. To secure a rope to a
will hold on a spar or anchorages and spars. gun tube, or any long hook rapidly.
rope yet will slide cylindrical object with
readily upon a slight the pull line parallel to
adjustment. the object drawn.
Figure 5.9. Knots, bends, and hitches.
5.42 Breaking Strength of 6 by 19 Standard Wire Hoisting Rope

The following table is for rope of 6 strands of 19 wires each. The
strength of wire rope varies slightly with the strand construction
and number of strands. The maximum allowable working load is
the breaking strength divided by the appropriate safety factor
(par. 5.43).
216
Breaking strength (short tons)
Approximate
Diameter (inches) weight per 100
feet (pounds) Mild plow steel Plow steel Improved plow
steel
Y4-------------------- . 10 2. 07 2. 39 2. 74
%-------------------- 23 4. 6 5. 3 6. 1
2-------------------
_- 40 8. 5 9. 4 10. 8
%-------------------- 63 12. 6 14. 4 16. 6
%----------------.---- 90 18. 0 20. 6 23. 7
.Y.-------------------- 123 24. 3 28. 0 32. 2
1--------------------- 160 31. 6 36. 5 42. 0
./8.------------------ 203 39. 8 46. 0 53. 0
1Y4------------------- 250 48. 8 56. 5 65. 0
1 .2__._..__._.___.__ _ 360 69. 6 80. 5 92. 5
5.43 Wire Rope Safety Factors

Minimum Minimum
Type of service safety Type of service safety
factor factor
Track cables ------------ 3. 2 Haulage ropes --------- 6. 0

Guys ------------------ 3. 5 Derricks ----------------- 6. 0
Miscellaneous hoisting 5. 0 Small electric and air 7. 0
equipment. hoists.
Slings ---------------
--- 8. 0
5.44 Properties of Chains

Safe working load
Normal size Approximate
(diameter in weight per 100
inches) feet (pounds) Common iron High-grade iron Soft steel Special steel
(pounds) (pounds) (pounds) (pounds)
.-----------.--- 160 2, 700 2, 980 3, 500 5, 100

Y ..------------ 210 3, 460 3, 800 5,000 6,600
-------------- .. 280 4, 500 4, 960 6, 000 8, 200
%.-------------- 430 6, 940 7, 620 9, 000 11, 500
3/4______________ 630 10, 140 11, 160 12, 000 16, 200
....-----------.- 840 14, 000 15, 400 20, 250 28, 660
--------------
11, 100 18, 600 20, 460 24, 900 36, 400
5.45 Safe Working Loads of Slings

The following tables list the safe working loads of rope, chain, and
wire rope slings under various lift conditions. The angles in each
table are measured from the horizontal.
551192 0-60-15 217

a. Manila Rope. This table is for standard, three-strand manila
rope slings with a splice in each end.
Size Single rope sling Double rope sling
°
Circumference Diameter Vertical lift 600 angle 45 angle 300 angle
(inches) (inches) (pounds) (pounds) (pounds) (pounds)
2% ------------- - 970 1, 670 1, 370 970

3 ------ - 1 1, 620 2, 800 2, 290 1, 620
3%4 . ..........-.1l 2, 430 4, 200 3, 430 2, 430
42.----------- 1 3, 330 5, 760 4, 700 3, 330
b. Chain Slings. This table is for new wrought iron chains.

Single sling Single or double rope sling
Diameter of link stock (inches)
Vertical lift 600 angle 450 angle 300 angle
.Y4.........................- 1, 000 1, 800 1, 500 1, 000

...-------------------------- 2, 300 4, 100 3, 300 2, 300
.Y......................... 4, 200 7, 300 6, 000 4, 200
..........................-
6, 600 11, 400 9, 300 6, 660
..........................-
9, 500 16, 500 13, 500 9, 500
c. Wire Rope. These data are for new improved plow steel wire
rope.
Single sling Single or double rope sling
Diameter (inches) ° ° °
Vertical lift 60 angle 45 angle 30 angle
.%.......................-- 2, 500 4, 300 3, 600 2, 500

--------------------------. . 4, 300 7, 400 5, 800 4, 300
......--------............. 6, 600 11, 400 9, 400 6, 600
-------------------------- 9, 400 16, 200 13, 000 9, 400
.Y......................... 12, 800 22, 100 17, 400 12, 800
1---.----------------------- 16, 000 27, 700 23, 200 16, 000
1 -Y8.----------------------21, 200 36, 700 29, 700 21, 200
1iy------------------------ 26, 000 45, 000 36, 200 26, 000
1% . ... . . .........
.......--. 31, 400 54, 300 43, 500 31, 400
1%----------- y ------------- 37, 000 64, 000 52, 200 37, 000
218
5.46 Safe Loads on Hooks
The data in the following table are keyed to figure 5.10.
Diameter of metal A (inches) Inside diameter Width of Length of hook D Safe load on hook
of eye B (inches) opening C (Inches) (inches) (pounds)
4
6..------------------- Y8 1Y 1Y6 1, 200
/4-------------------- 1 1Ye 5132 ,1, 400
7/8------------------ 1 1 6, 2, 400
1-_--__. ____________.. 1Y 1% 6Y, 3, 400
1------------------- 1. l1 7% 4, 200
1 ------------------ 1'% 8%32 5,000
1%------------------- 1% 1 Y8 9Y 6, 000
2
I1 ------------------- 1% ¼1e 10'12 8, 000
1 8------------------- 2 2¼/4 112 732 9, 400
1 Y-----------------2- 22 13%s2 11,000
41
24 ------------------- 2y 3 1 yi 13, 600
2%-------------- - 3% 3% 162 17,000
3--------------------- 3t2 4 19% 24, 000
-IsV-
D
C,
Figure 5.10. Cargo hook: critical dimensions.
219
SINGLE DOUBLE
BLOCK BLOCK
SINGLE
BLOCK
SINGLE
BLOCK SINGLE
BLOCK
W=P W=3P W=3P
(/ SIMPLE TACKLE
SINGLE * d SINGLE
\/BLOCK IBO L t BPpLOCK
P P2 J JSINGLE
BLOCK
SINGLE
BLOCK 4P
2 SINGLE 2p
2P OBLOCK UBLE
SINGLE BLOCK
BLOCK
SINGLE W=4P
BLOCK DOUBLE
BLOCK
w
W
W=6P
W= 16P
® COMPOUND TACKLE
Figure 6.11. Examples of simple and compound tackle.
220
5.47 Minimum Groove Diameter of Sheaves and Drums
Minimum groove diameter in inches for given rope constructions-
Rope diameter (inches)
5x7 6x19 6x37 8x19
4-------------------- _ 10 84 ---- - 6
%-.-.-.-.----------
.. 15% 12% f 64 9%4
-------------------- 21 17 9 13
._-------------------- _ 26s 21¼ 114 1641
4A
-_----------------_ 31W/ 25Y2 13¼ 19¼2
/8 -------------------- I 36% 29%1 15% 22%
1- _ 42
.. . 34 . 18 26
1%------------------- 47¼ 384 20Y4 29Y
1 ....---------------- 523¼ 4221 2212 32Y2
1- - .-- 63 51 27 39
*Rope construction is in strands times wires per strand.
5.48 Blocks and Tackle

a. Blocks and tackle consist of sheaves (blocks) and ropes arranged
so as to obtain a mechanical advantage. As shown in figure 5.11,
the force P applied to the lifting end of the rope is much smaller than
would be required to lift weight W without using block and tackle.
P represents the pull on the rope that supports an equal part of the
weight acting on the whole tackle.
b. Figure 5.12 depicts sample block and tackle riggings for manila
and wire rope. Single-, double-, and triple-sheave blocks are shown.
Numbers on the illustration indicate the number of lines in the rigging.
SINGLE DOULS DOULEt TRIPLE TRIPLE
I I 2 212 /2 3
SINGLE SING DOUBLE DOUBLE TRIPLE
Figure 5.12. Sample block and tackle rigging for manila and wire rope.
(1) Block and tackle rigging for manila rope. Permissible rope
diameters are for new rope used under favorable conditions
and normally with a safety factor of 3. As rope ages or
deteriorates, the safety factor must be increased progres-
sively to 8 when determining the size rope to be used. The
smallest permissible rope diameter is given in inches and the
lead line pull in pounds.
221
Total number of sheaves in blocks
Load to be
lifted (in
2 single 1 single, 1 2 double 1 double, I 2 triple tons)
double triple
Rope ..... Y ...

. 8 X 4 Y
Pull ----- - 540 380 280 220 185
Rope -4 % Y. .Y2 % 1
Pull -.-------------- 1,100 740 560 445 370
Rope ---- 34- % % 34 13I
Pull ------- - 1, 600 1, 100 840 670 560
Rope ------ 1-- Y8 4 % 2
Pull --------------- 2, 200 1,500 1,120 890 745
Rope ---- - Y.e
/.---
s 13 1 % Y4 3
Pull--------------- 3, 300 2, 220 1,670 1,330 1, 110
Rope -------- - 1 1.Y4 lY8 1 1 4
Pull-.---------- 4, 400 2, 960 2, 220 1,780 1,480
Rope ...--...- . 3- 1 14 1 6
Pull ------------- 4, 450 3, 330 2, 670 2, 220
Rope ---------- -1 1% l1ie6 8
Pull -----------------...- - ---- 4, 450 3, 560 2, 970
(2) Block and tackle rigging for plow steel wire rope. Permissible
rope diameters are for rope in good condition, and not
excessively worn or frayed. A safety factor of 6 is used. The
smallest permissible rope diameter is given in inches and the
lead line pull in pounds.
Total number of sheaves in blocks

Load to be
lifted (in
2 single 1 single, 1 2 double 1 double, I 2 triple tons)
double triple
Rope - ------- 8 Y 1
Pull ------------- 1, 100 740 560 445 370
Rope - ------ % Ys 8 Y 2
Pull--------- - 2, 200 1,480 1, 100 880 740
Rope -------- --. s Y3s YS 4
Pull ---------------- 4, 400 2, 960 2, 200 1, 780 1,480
Rope --- --- 4
% Ys M 6
Pull ---------------- 6,600 4,440 3, 400 2, 660 2, 220
Rope -------- Y4 Ys % % 8
Pull ----------------- 8, 900 5, 940 4, 450 3, 560 2, 970
Rope-1-Y %4 Y % 10
Pull ---------------- 11, 100 7, 410 5, 550 4, 450 3, 710
Rope ..-.-.-.---
---- 1Y8 1 3s Y4 4 15
Pull ---------------- 16, 640 11, 100 8,350 6, 670 5,550
Rope -.---.-------- 1 8 1 Ys Ys 20
Pull- . 22,
.............
200 14, 800 11, 100 8, 900 7, 400
222
c. Recommended Sizes of Tackle Blocks. The largest diameter of
sheave for a given size of rope is preferred, when available, except
that for 6 x 37 (6 strands, each with 37 wires) wire rope, the smallest
diameter of sheave indicated below is suitable.
Wire rope Manila rope
Rope diameter Outside diameter Rope diameter Length of block

(inches) of sheave (inches) (inches)
(inches)
- - 6
----.-----------------------to 8 XY 4
-- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 8 to 10 % 6
-/8.........---------- ---------- 10 to 12 3/ 6 to 7
%-
3/.---- ------------------ ---- 12 to 16 Ys 7 to 8
-------------------------------- 14 to 18 1 8 to 10
1 -- - - - - - 14 to 20 lYs 8 to 10
1Y4 10 to 12
1¼ 12 to 14
13/4 14 to 16
Section V. TERMS
5.49 Stowage
a. Bale Cubic Capacity. The space available for loading cargo,
measured in cubic feet to the inside of the cargo battens on the
frames and to the underside of the beams. This measurement is
used to compute the space available for general cargo.
b. Broken Stowage. The space lost in the hold because of the contour
of the ship and the shape of the cargo containers. A typical well-
balanced general cargo vessel will have from 10 to 15 percent broken
stowage; a complete load of vehicles will use only 60 to 70 percent of
the available cargo space.
c. Grain Cubic Capacity. The maximum space available for cargo
measured in cubic feet to the inside of the shell plating and to the
underside of the deck plating of a ship. This measurement is used to
compute cubic space available for loading bulk commodities.
d. Stowage Factor. The figure that denotes the number of cubic
feet required to stow 1 long ton of cargo. This factor is obtained by
dividing 2,240 pounds by the weight, in pounds, of a cubic foot of the
commodity to be loaded.
5.50 Vessel
a. After Perpendicular. The vertical line through the intersection
of the afterside of the sternpost with the load water plane.
b. Base Line. The intersection of the central longitudinal vertical
plane of the ship with a horizontal plane through the top of the keel
223
at the midship section. In some cases the keel line and base line are
the same.
c. Center of Buoyancy. The center of the molded volume of the
vessel below the waterline. It is at the center of gravity of the dis-
placed volume of water. It shifts its position, both vertically and
horizontally, as the floating vessel tips. The total upward pressure
of the water may be regarded as concentrated through the center of
buoyancy, about which it balances. The center of buoyancy and the
center of gravity of a ship floating in equilibrium in still water must
be in the same vertical line.
d. Down by the Head and Down by the Stern. A vessel is down by the
head when the bow draft is greater than the stern draft. When the
stern draft is greater than the bow draft, the vessel is said to be down
by the stern.
e. Draft and Draft Marks. Draft marks are 6-inch numerals painted
on the bow and stern of a vessel to indicate the depth to which the
bow and stern are submerged. The bases of the numerals mark the
even foot marks.
f. Drag. When the stern is deeper in the water than the bow, the
vessel is said to have a drag. The number of feet that the stern is
lower is the amount of drag. (This is not to be confused with design
drag.)
g. ForwardPerpendicular. The vertical line through the intersection
of the forward side of the stem with the load water plane.
h. Freeboard. The vertical distance measured on the vessel's side
amidships from the load waterline to the upper side of the freeboard
deck or a point corresponding to it.
i. Full and Down. A vessel is said to be full and down when all
available cubic space has been utilized (full) and sufficient weight is
aboard to submerge the vessel to her legal loadline (down).
j. Hogging. A vessel is said to be hogging when the weight at
both the bow and the stern is greater than at the midships section,
thus making the vessel tend to arch up or "hog" amidships.
k. Keel Line. The line of the fore and aft member running along
the centerline of the ship at its lowest part.
1. Load Waterline (L.W.L.). The line, viewed horizontally, that
represents the intersection of the ship's form with the plane of the
surface of the water (load water plane) when the ship is floating with
her designed load on board.
m. Loadline or Plimsoll Mark. The loadline or Plimsoll mark is
placed amidships on the hull of a vessel to denote the maximum
draft to which the vessel may be loaded for a particular voyage,
depending upon the area to be traveled and the season of the year.
The top of the line AB in figure 5.13 indicates the summer loadline.
224
n. Midship Section AJ. The intersection of the ship's form with
a transverse vertical plane midway between the forward and after
perpendiculars.
o. Sagging. The opposite of hogging. A vessel is said to be sagging
when the midships portion has a tendency to sink below the bow and
the stern. Sagging is caused by excessive weight amidships and
insufficient weight in the bow and stern.
p. Stiff Ship. A ship is said to be "stiff" when it has excessive
weight in the lower hold and insufficient weight in the 'tween decks.
A stiff ship has a tendency to snap back from a roll in a sudden,
jarring manner.
q. Tender Ship. A vessel with excessive weight in the 'tween
decks and insufficient weight in the lower hold. A tender ship has
a long, slow roll and a tendency to capsize.
TF TF - Tropical fresh water
F- Summer fresh water
T - Tropical salt water
S- Summer salt water
W- Winter salt water
WNA- Winter North
Atlantic water
WNA
Figure 5.13. Loadline or Plimsoll mark.
5.51 Tonnage
a. Canal Tonnage (Panama or Suez). Derived from formulas of
measurement prescribed by the respective canal authorities for the
assessment of tolls. Space exemptions allowed are not uniform for
the two canals, and, as a consequence, ships must carry a certificate
for each.
225
b. Cargo Deadweight Tonnage. The total cargo and passenger
capacity of a ship expressed in long tons. The figure is computed
by deducting the weight of the fuel, water, stores, dunnage, and
other items necessary for a voyage from the deadweight tonnage of
the vessel.
c. Deadweight Tonnage. The carrying capacity of a ship in long
tons. It represents the difference between the displacement light
and the displacement loaded to the maximum draft allowed by law.
d. Displacement Ton. A unit of weight equal to the volume of a
long ton of sea water (35 cu ft). Used in computing the displacement
of vessels.
e. Displacement Tonnage, Light. The weight of the ship in long
tons excluding cargo, passengers, fuel, water, stores, dunnage, and
other items necessary for use on a voyage.
f. Displacement Tonnage, Loaded. The weight of the ship in long
tons, including cargo, passengers, fuel, water, stores, dunnage, and
such other items as necessary for use on a voyage.
g. Equipment Tonnage. This is the tonnage arrived at from certain
dimensions which take into consideration the exposed surfaces of the
vessel both above and below water. It very closely approximates the
gross tonnage in a vessel of ordinary construction. Equipment ton-
nage is used primarily to determine the size of anchors, chains, hawsers,
and other ship's gear.
h. Gross Ton. A unit of capacity of 100 cubic feet (2.8317 cubic
meters) used for ascertaining the legal or registered tonnage of vessels.
Also called a register or vessel ton.
i. Gross Tonnage. The entire internal cubic capacity of a ship
expressed in gross tons. Also referred to as gross register tonnage.
j. Long Ton. A unit of weight, 2,240 lb avoirdupois (1016.106 kg),
usually divided into 20 hundred-weight (112 lb).
k. Manifest Ton. The unit at which cargo is billed or manifested
when the carrier has the option to assess freight charges on the basis
of a ton weight, or a ton measurement, whichever affords the greater
revenue. Also known as a revenue ton.
1. Measurement Ton. A unit of volume for cargo computed at 40
cubic feet. Also called a freight ton or stevedore ton.
m. Net Tonnage. The payload spaces remaining after deduction
from the gross tonnage of space for the crew, powerplant, fuel, and
operation of the vessel. Net tonnage is expressed in gross tons, and
is sometimes referred to as net register tonnage.
n. Short Ton. A unit of weight of 2,000 lb (907.2 kg).
5.52 Shipping
a. Bareboat Charter. A charter in which the bare ship is chartered
without crew; the charterer, for a stipulated sum, taking over the
226
vessel with a minimum of restrictions. Also called demise charter,
barepole charter, or barehull charter.
b. Berth Terms. A form of charter under which the carrier is
responsible for loading and unloading the cargo; these terms apply
almost universally to partial cargoes.
c. Charter Party. An agreement by which a shipowner agrees to
place an entire ship, or a part of it, at the disposal of a merchant or
other person for the conveyance of goods, binding the shipowner to
transport them to a particular place, for a sum of money which the
merchant undertakes to pay as freight for their carriage. Sometimes
referred to simply as charter. Charters are either time, voyage, or
demise (bareboat).
d. Free Alongside Ship (FAS). Trade term which implies that the
goods should be placed by the shipper within reach of the ship's
tackle in a condition fit for shipment. The exact meaning of the
word "alongside" is sometimes determined by the custom of the port,
but is generally a pure question of fact.
e. Free In and Out (FIO). A chartering term that means that the
owner who charters his ship is responsible for all the usual costs of
ship management with the exception of loading and discharging cargo
and of putting the vessel in drydock if required to do so by the
charterer.
f. Free of Address (FOA). A chartering clause which means that
no address charges shall be made on the freight at the port of dis-
charge.
g. Free of Turn. A chartering term which means that a steamer's
time will commence to count for loading or discharging from her
arrival, whether there is a berth available or not.
h. Free on Board (FOB). A mercantile expression used in sale con-
tracts which denotes that the goods have to be delivered by the
shippers on board the vessel at a particular place, free of all charges.
i. Free Time. Chartering term which denotes the duration of time
between the moment that the notice of readiness has been handed to
the charterers and the beginning of lay days.
j. Freight Forward. A term which denotes that under the trans-
portation agreement freight is payable by the consignee at port of
destination. The opposite of freight prepaia.
k. Lay Days. Days allowed by charter party for loading and/or
discharging cargo.
1. Space Charter. Agreement made between the chartering party
and the owner of a vessel which provides that a specified number of
cubic feet of shipping space is allocated by means of voyage commit-
ment orders for use on specified voyages from and to designated ports.
227
00000
d000000 0D0
0000 00 4 000
000 0000 0 0
o coo 4 4 4
2 4 4 oo o
4 4* * a S 4 a a d4d
0 000 0 08 °
0000 0 0 0
C- q m. C . 2.
o o C0010 0 000 00 t0 00 c
01 I d 1 1 - - - 4
800,000 0 00, 0 000

0 0CZCZ
0 0 R 0C 000 000 0 o CD
_-
Fl t
00000 0 0000000 oo 0000

J 0 oo c000 e x -c1oo x01C'C
0 OR t- C e4 co oo (O 0
l OOO
C 0 0000 000 0C100LO
- 0 000 0 0 000 00 0 00c

N
O t- 00 1D000 0 00 0 00 (o0
e0C t -, 6 6cfc 0 aC _ _,l
C 1C, 1 1 I I , I I I I I t r Il l
O0 4~ ~~~§ -- .
C) ,, e , 1111 , , , , ,,,,
II I ,, , 1 1 1 1
_ 0) I I 2 8I I 1 1 ,, 1 1 1
L2
xn ao0
d ,
P.
I .
4
c
4
i
Ln ,PL..O .. .
228
0X °00 000
00 CD 00 00000 00 00 CD 0000 0C
0000 00 0 00
0 00 000
a 0
I'll LoC m l
-- .0.0 C .00. m Cm t -C tC f~ 0 oN
.0 .0
.0 C 4 z .0 C C C C~~A
00 00 O 0 00
O0 0 0 00 0 000 0 0 0
00 0000O
C C C0 00 0 0a) 0 O 00 0 0
00 N 0 NON 0 Q D '£
CC
= C- CC k = Ct X-
s
0 0 e~~~ 0 :
O :P~
N00 0000 0000 00 0 0 000
00 000000 000 0000 0000 000 000c
(= mC = =~ e- e 0 C tC :-
oC C
: T=ci c a
O O
C~~'
Clf.0..0C0.0.
00
C6
0 000
- 6060
0000
~
C CT 6C'c,
0 0 0
C cl
00
64L
0 0 000 O
C C0
.0 .0 C
O C CDC O *
O 0 O 0 O
0N0 0O 0 00 0 0000 0 0 00 0 0000
O CD N 0:) CD
et-
O
bm O 0 0 C= CD N) Cl N) D CO t
Nq Le C)
N = C)m0 t- LO t -
t CD
a)
- O
c
C
_0 .0 .0.0. CD 0 .0 . 0 . 0 C C) C- X C
O
00 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 0 0 O
0000 O 0
0000 O 000
000 0 00
0000 00
0N 0 0 0N 0 - 0o
0 0 C
m 00 - 0 VD 0 0 C0 0000
Oq X Oq X o *e t- n Ote+c
0ID DOX NC
& 7
00 0 0 0 0 O 000 000 0000 0OOQO 0000 000 00000 00

0 00 e0000N
N X
'D r- 0000
-qc N- q
N 0000 0O 000o 0000
t-
.0 .0 ,=0 .0 .0.. .0.0.0, /.0... * -C
-X - - °er m- --
= - e" COt00e
-- ~ D - -
:
.
0
.0
s
.0
x
0 a ss~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~l
fr- o oaoo o oo o oo
.0.00 .00.0 .00.00 C0 C 0
Nt-r-oc
| I I I l l I I I II , I I I I I
I PP~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~I
I I I I I I I I I I I I I
III,:000 000003
I I I I I 11 1 1 I | I I I I I I
~ ~~ 1
I I P O O E s · | I
E4 ~ ~ .8 l llll
m Od
l
E4
Bo s 8· I a e I ~1
o s r E
:~ ~ ~ ~ ;' O ;
::al''t h
,
a~~~~~ ~ Io
,
I
, ,
I
, ,
F a a I I 7
, ,
E
.,,
bIl
Fsg
,L~
a ml3
3E fl E o -o
'W,3D 2 d
229
8 o oo o oo ooo oooooo
°
01 N g
C 0 0 0 0 O CD
0 0 0 0C 0
14 ~~ ~ ~ - cSic
0 co_ 0 6ce
_ CI cq0c
q 00
Cs _ "6 + 6
t- _
~
oa~ ~ ~~~~a
O O O O
CO O O C O
O O
C OC C O
C 0° 0e O ° za000
° C00 000 00 00 0D
0
N C0
0 0C0 000D 00 00 00 0
;~ I e 6
0000000 o 0C 00
C O O O oo C
O O O
000C
0d 0N0 00000 000 O m - t
000N
C CC - -~~ C- - C C C C
C 0 C ? d~~~~~~P-~~~~
* I0 000 000 000 0 00000
ao rn :.0 CO e 0X
00 >0 00 O 't
000 = C;:
0 ul00Nq
t mDC
00x
0 0< . 0 0 0 - 0 O
3 b zM)O O~ O nZ +_ u:c
0 0 00 0000 000 O 000 0o0
>4 C; m _ 0 co Co t e- O
0000 000 000 0000
t~~~ a o fl
| ° C O CN C O ° C O c
o~~~~~~c C.D O- -~ m0~

O IN
ZOO_4d C6 C0
0t~-4 -0C N 10
L e ~
hO , QO 0: ': II : I
_ _
C) ~~ ~ ~
Cr-
I
I
II
I I
I
0
1
I
I~
F
I
-C
I
I II
IC
II
I
,II I
F 1
I
1
s
1
1
I
1
1 1
1
I 1I
,
In
I I I
0) I1,a~ ,,,a~~ ,,, ,

C OiI III 1 1I I I I
I I C 0 - I I I I I I I
,,I, ,
8 D , x f f
. 3<'E° o ' |,,;,'
.00. C) CC4'
230 ~ ~ ~~3
0
230
5.54 United States Buoyage System
(fig. 5.14)
a. Buoys are wooden or metal floats of various shapes, sizes, and
colors anchored to the bottom of harbors, bays, rivers, and channels.
They are the road markers of the sea. The primary function of a
buoy is to warn· the mariner of some danger, obstruction, or change in
the contours of the sea bottom, and to delineate the channels leading
to various points, so that he may avoid the dangers and continue his
course safely. The different types of buoys are identified by size,
shape, coloring, numbering, and the signaling devices with which they
are equipped. They are marked on charts so that the mariner can
plot his course to avoid the potential hazards indicated.
b. The buoyage system used in United States waters employs a
simple arrangement of colors, shapes, numbers, and light character-
istics to show the side on which a buoy should be passed when pro-
ceeding in a given direction. The characteristics are determined by
the position of the buoy with respect to the navigable channels as the
channels are entered from seaward. As all channels do not lead from
seaward, arbitrary assumptions have been applied at times in order to
keep the system consistent, and the operator should consult the aids
shown on his chart to determine the seaward direction of a channel.
The principal types of buoys are described below:
(1) Spar buoys are usually large logs, trimmed, and appropriately
painted; they are also constructed of steel plates, joined to
form a slim cylinder. The shape of spar buoys has no
significance: they are used for any purpose. Coloring reveals
the particular meaning of the buoy.
(2) Can buoys are constructed of steel plates and their shape
is similar to that of an ordinary tin can. They are normally
used to designate the port side (entering from seaward), but
they may be used to mark the middle of a channel, a junction,
or an obstruction. Color indicates the particular meaning.
Can buoys are never used on the starboard side of a channel.
(3) Nun buoys are also constructed of steel plates and have a
conical top. They are normally used to mark the starboard
side of the channel, but may also be used for mid-channel,
junction, or obstruction marking; the color denotes the
particular purpose. Nun buoys are never used on the port
side of a channel.
(4) Lighted buoys are metal floats on which are mounted short
skeleton towers with a lantern at the top. They have no
shape significance; their purpose is indicated by color.
(5) Bell buoys, gong buoys, and whistle buoys are metal floats
with sound equipment installed. No special significance is
attached to their shapes.
231
c. All United States buoys are painted with distinctive colors to
indicate their purpose or the side on which they should be passed when
entering from seaward.
(1) Black buoys mark the port side of a channel, or the location
of obstructions which must be passed by keeping the buoy on
the portside of the vessel when entering from seaward. They
display white or green lights at night.
(2) Red buoys mark the starboard side of a channel, or the loca-
tion of obstructions which must be passed by keeping the
buoy on the starboard side. They display white or red lights
at night.
(3) Red and black horizontally banded buoys mark junctions in
the channel or obstructions which may be passed on either
side. If the topmost band is black, the preferred channel
will be followed by keeping the buoy on the port side when
proceeding from seaward; if the topmost band is red, the
preferred channel will be followed by keeping the buoy on the
starboard side. They may have white, red, or green lights.
(4) Black and white vertically striped buoys mark the fairway or
midchannel, and should be passed close to, on either side.
They display a white light at night.
(5) Special-purpose buoys have distinctive colors and are usually
spar buoys. They reveal the locations of anchorage areas,
dredging operations, etc.
(6) Buoys used on the Intracoastal Waterway are similar to the
preceding ones, but are characterized by a yellow border, and
are discussed and illustrated in CG-193.
(7) Some mariners use the expression "red right returning" to
keep in mind the proper position of these buoys in relation
to their vessels.
d. Buoys indicating the starboard side are marked with even num-
bers; those indicating the port side are marked with odd numbers.
Midchannel, junction, and special-purpose buoys are not numbered,
but may be lettered for identification. An example is the East Rock-
away Inlet Bell Buoy, which carries black and white vertical stripes
and the letters ER-ER standing for the station name.
e. Usually only buoys in key spots have lights; some unlighted
buoys have reflectors which may be white, red, or green, and have
the same significance as lights of the same colors. Black buoys
have green or white lights; red ones have red or white lights. Mid-
channel buoys use white only, while obstruction (junction) buoys
use the appropriate color to reveal the preferred channel. Channel
buoy lights are usually slow flashing (not over 30 flashes per minute).
If they mark important turns or dangerous areas, they will be quick
flashing with 60 or more flashes per minute. Red and black hori-
zontally banded buoys have interrupted quick flashing lights-a series
232
of quick flashes with dark intervals of about 4 seconds between series.
Midchannel buoys have short-long flashing lights-groups consisting
of a short flash and a long flash repeated at the rate of about eight
per minute.
CAN BUOY NUN

Marking
OY
Starboard Side of
Marking Port Side of Channel From Seaward BUOY
Channel From Seoaward SPAR BUOY
BUOY MARKING OBSTRUCTION

If Top Band is Red, Keep Buoy To Starboard BUOY MARKING
.MIDCHANNEL OR If Top Band Is Black, Keep Buoy To Part. DREDGING AREA
FAIRWAY MARKER
FISH TRAP OR NET MARKER

ANGHORAGE
QUARANTINE ANCHORAGE AREA
BELL
LIGHTED WHISTLE
Figure 5.14. Buoyage system used in United States waters.
5.55 Storm Warning Signals

(fig. 5.15)
a. Small Craft Warning. One red pennant displayed by day or
a red light over a white light at night indicates winds up to 38 miles
551192 0 - 60 - ISA 233
an hour (33 knots) and/or sea conditions dangerous to small craft
operations.
b. Gale Warning. Two red pennants displayed by day or a white
light above a red light at night indicate winds ranging from 39 to 54
miles an hour (34 to 48 knots).
c. Whole Gale Warning. A single square red flag with a black
center displayed during daytime or two red lights at night indicate
winds ranging from 55 to 73 miles an hour (48 to 63 knots).
d. Hurricane Warning. Two square red flags with black centers
displayed by day or a white light between two red lights at night
indicate winds 74 miles per hour (64 knots) and above.
DAYTIME SIGNALS
SMALL CRAFT GALE WHOLE GALE HURRICANE
NIGHT SIGNALS
SMALL CRAFT GALE WHOLE GALE HURRICANE
Figure 5.15. Storm warning signals.
234
CHAPTER 6
PLANNING
The formats included in this chapter are to be used as guides,

and normally will apply only in the initial stages of planning. For
more detailed information, see FM 101-5.
Section I. ORDERS AND STANDING OPERATING PROCE-

DURES
6.1 Operation Order
COPY No. __
Issuing headquarters
Place of issue (may be in code)
Date-time group of signature
Message reference number
Operation order: Type and serial number (note 1).
References: Maps, charts, and relevant documents.
Time zone: Used throughout the order; if necessary, omit.
Task organization: List here, when appropriate, the task subdivisions
or tactical components which will make up the command, together
with the names and ranks of the commanders. When a task organ-
ization is not listed, this information is included in paragraph 3 or
in an annex.
1. SITUATION. Such information of the general overall situation
as may be essential for subordinates to understand the current
situation.
a. Enemy forces. Composition, disposition, location, movements,
estimated strength, identifications, and capabilities.
b. Friendly forces. Pertinent information of own forces, other
than those covered by the operation order, which may directly
affect the action of a subordinate.
c. Attachments and detachments. When not shown under task
organization, list here units attached to or detached from the issuing
unit together with the time they are effective. When shown under
task organizations, list here an appropriate reference.
2. MISSION. A clear, concise statement of the task which is to be
accomplished by the commander and its purpose.
3. EXECUTION. In the first subparagraph give the concept of the
operation (note 2). In separate lettered subparagraphs give
the specific tasks of each element of the command charged with
235
the execution of tactical duties, including the organization for
combat if not already given under task organization. In the
final subparagraph titled "Coordinating instructions," give
details of coordination and control measures applicable to the
command as a whole and instructions applicable to two or more
elements which are necessary for coordination or the general
conduct of the operation, the repetition of which in the other
subparagraphs of paragraph 3 would be cumbersome.
4. ADMINISTRATION AND LOGISTICS. A statement of perti-
nent administrative instructions and the way administrative
support is to be provided for the operation, including the allo-
cation of critical supply items, such as nuclear weapons. If an
administrative order is in effect or is being issued separately,
make reference to it. Include such subparagraphs as are re-
quired and follow the sequence of the administrative order.
5. COMMAND AND SIGNAL. Instructions concerning signal and
command, including reference to a standard plan or annex-
rendezvous, location, and movements of commander and com-
mand posts, statement of command relationship, axis of signal
communication recognition and identification instructions, elec-
tronic policy, code words, code names, and liaison, as appropriate.
Acknowledgment instructions.
Commander
Annexes
Distribution
Authentication
Notes: 1. The type of operation order is usually indicated in combined or joint
operations. Within a single service, the type of operation order is normally
omitted. When required, a code title may also be included.
2. The concept of operation includes the commander's general plan for develop-
ment and phasing of the operation, use of fire support means available,
instructions on preparatory fires, and designation of the unit making the
main effort in those operations where appropriate.
6.2 Logistics Annex to Operation Order

COPY No.
Headquarters
Place
Date and time
Annex (logistics) to Operation Plan
1. GENERAL SITUATION. Such information of the overall situa-
tion as may be essential to the understanding of the logistical
plan.
236
a. Enemy forces. Pertinent information regarding composition,
disposition, location, movements, estimated strengths, identifications,
and capabilities.
b. Friendlyforces. Pertinent information on the responsibilities of
commanders of friendly forces which has a bearing on the logistical
plan.
c. Attachments and detachments. List here units attached to or
detached from the issuing unit, together with the times attachments
are effective.
d. Assumptions. Assumptions used as a basis for this plan; nor-
mally applicable only to higher planning echelons.
2. MISSION. A clear, concise statement of the task which is to be
accomplished by the command and its purpose.
3. TASKS FOR SUBORDINATE UNITS. In separate lettered
subparagraphs, give the specific task or responsibility of each
subordinate command.
4. MATERIEL AND SERVICES.
a. Supply.
(1) Installations. Instructions to installation commanders about
missions; issue and collection of supplies and material; loca-
tions of installations, and when applicable, time of opening
or closing; operating units; supported units; stocks and levels;
credits; and type of storage.
(2) Requirement. General statement about tonnage require-
ments, levels of supply to be achieved during different
periods, and special information on certain items, such as
water supply in an area where water is scarce.
(3) Requisition and procurement. Information on requisitioning
and on local procurement where applicable.
(4) Distribution. Instructions about receipts, shipments, and
issues.
(5) Civilian supplies. Instructions for issuing supplies to
civilians.
(6) Salvage. Instructions on collection, classification, and dis-
position of salvage.
(7) Captured supplies. Instructions on reports, collection, segre-
gation, and disposition of captured materials.
(8) Responsibilities.
b. Transportation.
(1) General. General information on policies.
(2) Highways. Traffic regulation and control.
(3) Rail. Locations, facilities, and restrictions on use.
(4) Water. Ports and beaches in use and to be placed in use;
facilities and restrictions on shipping. (Separate subpara-
graphs for ocean, coastal, and inland waterways.)
(5) Pipelines. Locations, sizes, capacities, and restrictions.
237
(6) Air. Policies, airfields, and capacities available.
(7) Transportation movements. Instructions for management of
the movement capability.
(8) Responsibilities.
c. Services.
(1) Organization. Changes in composition of service groups,
trains, and depots, and bivouacs and movement of unit
trains. Include assignment or attachment of service units
to subordinate units or commands.
(2) Technical services. List under each subparagraph pertinent
service installations, stating location, operating units, and
assignments to supported units. In addition, special mis-
sions, priorities, schedules, and limitations not covered in
other orders may be assigned to service units in these sub-
paragraphs. In some cases the subject technical services
may be divided more simply by types (maintenance, con-
struction, utilities, and real estate).
(a) Chemical. Decontamination, impregnation, and main-
tenance.
(b) Engineer. Construction, fire fighting, maintenance, pro-
curement, real estate, reproduction, and utilities.
(c) Medical. Medical, dental, and veterinary service; labora-
tory service, spectacle service; special hospitalization,
preventive medicine, health, and sanitation.
(d) Ordnance. Bomb disposal, inspection, maintenance, pro-
curement, and waterproofing.
(e) Quartermaster. Bathing and fumigation, labor, laundry
maintenance, personal effects service, procurement sales,
remount service, and responsibility for salvage.
(f) Signal. Signal communication service, construction pho-
tography, and maintenance.
(g) Transportation. Procurement, supply, and maintenance,
including Army aviation.
(3) Labor. Policies pertaining to the use, restriction, and
priorities for use of civilian (U.S. and non-U.S.) and prisoner-
of-war personnel are included in this paragraph.
5. MEDICAL: EVACUATION AND HOSPITALIZATION.
a. Evacuation. List dispensaries and clearing stations, when indi-
cated, stating opposite each its location, time of opening or closing,
operating units, and units supported. Policies, estimated rates, and
channels for evacuation of injured, sick and wounded. Cover per-
sonnel, including prisoners of war and civilians.
b. Hospitalization. General instructions, policies, locations, and
capacities of hospitals. Cover all personnel, including prisoners of
war and civilians.
c. Responsibilities.
238
6. MISCELLANEOUS.
a. Boundaries. Locations-present and proposed.
b. Headquarters. Locations of headquarters and instructions for
movement if required.
c. Security. Instructions, protection and defense of installations,
and priorities for protection of installations and facilities.
d. Reports. Types of reports required, time due, and subject
matter covered.
e. Conservation of supplies. General instructions to all commanders
to insure safeguarding, utilization, and maintenance of supplies to
impress troops with the necessity for conservation.
f. Effective date of plan.
g. Responsibilities.
Commander
Appendixes
Distribution
Authentication
6.3 Administrative Order
(See FM 101-5.) (Subparagraphs not pertinent should be omitted.)
CLASSIFICATION
COPY No.
Issuing headquarters
Place of issue
Date-time group of signature
Administrative order: Type and serial number.
Time zone: Used throughout the order; if unnecessary, omit.
1. GENERAL. This paragraph should include an outline of the
administrative plan; any orders that are not suitably covered
by succeeding paragraphs, e.g., location of administrative area
in a divisional order (may be issued as an annex or overlay);
and traffic circulation plan (may be issued as an annex or
overlay).
2. MATERIEL AND SERVICES. This paragraph should include
supplies (normal daily requirements) listed either by types of
supply or by branches of service, transport, transportation serv-
ices, repair and recovery (maintenance), construction, other
services, allocation of labor, etc., in the order suitable to the
staff procedures of the army concerned.
a. Supply. List installations concerned with the issue and collec-
tion of supplies and material, stating opposite each the location and,
where applicable, time of opening or closing, operating units, sup-
239
ported units, stocks and levels, and credits. Also when pertinent,
give instructions about submission of nonroutine reports or temporary
changes regarding the submission of routine reports concerning the
particular supplies listed; the removal, collection, and disposition of,
and reports concerning excess, salvage, and captured supplies; overall
levels of supply; and methods or schedules of supply distribution.
Use one of the following methods or a combination thereof to organize
the contents:
Class of supply Branch of supply Type of installations
(1) Class I (1) Chemical (1) General depot
(2) Class II (2) Engineer (2) Branch depot
(3) Class III (3) Medical (3) Supply point
(4) Class IV (4) Ordnance (4) Railhead
(5) Class V (5) Quartermaster (5) Truckhead
(6) Maps (6) Signal (6) Miscellaneous
(7) Water (7) Transportation
(8) Special (8) Miscellaneous
(9) Excess
(10) Salvage
(11) Captured materiel
b. Transportation. For each pertinent item state terminals and

installations (rail stations, airfields, ports, and beaches), operating
units, schedules (march tables, time tables, and entraining tables),
control measures (traffic regulation and control, allocations, priorities,
restrictions, route markings, and regulating points). Items listed
in this subparagraph cover the entire transportation field and are not
necessarily restricted to Transportation Corps operations.
(1) Ocean (5) Rail
(2) Inland waterway (6) Pipeline
(3) Coastal (7) Air
(4) Motor (8) Miscellaneous
c. Services.
(1) Organization. Changes in composition of service groups,
trains, and depots; location of bivouac areas and movement
of unit trains. Include assignment or attachment of service
units to subordinate units or commands.
(2) Technical services. List under each subparagraph pertinent
service installations, stating location, operating units, and
assignments to supported units. In addition, special mis-
sions not covered in other orders may be assigned to service
units in these subparagraphs.
(a) Chemical (e) Quartermaster
(b) Engineer (I) Signal
(c) Medical (g) Transportation
(d) Ordnance
240
d. Labor. Policies pertaining to the use, restriction, and priorities
for use of civilian (non-U.S. and U.S.) and prisoner-of-war personnel
are included in this paragraph.
3. MEDICAL: EVACUATION AND HOSPITALIZATION.
a. Evacuation. List dispensaries, collecting stations, and clearing
stations, when indicated, stating opposite each its location, time of
opening or closing, operating units, and units supported. State
routes, means and schedules of evacuation, responsibilities therefor,
and evacuation and treatment policies.
b. Hospitalization. List hospitals (evacuation, station, general,
field, convalescent), giving for each the location, time of opening or
closing, and units supported.
4. PERSONNEL. Include personnel matters such as reporting
procedures, replacements, discipline, prisoners of war, provost,
burials, morale, welfare, civilian employees, etc., in the order
suitable to the staff procedures of the headquarters concerned.
List under each subparagraph or specific personnel activity the
following when applicable: the operating installation, service, or
depot, with location and hour and date of opening or closing,
where pertinent; the units operating the installation; attachment
or assignment of operating personnel; the units or areas served;
credits or quotas allocated to units; unit responsibility for
movement or administration of personnel; reports required;
requisitions or plans concerning personnel activities; references
to previous orders, instructions, or standing operating procedure
when necessary.
a. Strengths. Pertinent instructions for data of interest to the
commander.
b. Replacements. Requirements, present and anticipated; requisi-
tioning; allocating; processing and moving replacements; the location
and stockage of replacement units; and location of unit replacements.
c. Discipline, law, and order. Troop conduct and appearance,
control and disposition of stragglers, administration of military justice,
and relations with civilians.
d. Prisoners of war. Collection, safeguarding, processing, evacua-
tion, utilization, treatment, and discipline.
e. Recovery and disposition of remains. Cemeteries, evacuation,
personal effects, and ceremonies.
f. Morale and personnel services.
(1) Morale.
(2) Personnel services. Leaves, rest and recreational facilities,
decorations and awards, postal and finance services, religious
activities, personal hygiene, special service activities, Army
exchanges, welfare activities, and legal assistance.
551192 0---6 16 241

g. Personnel procedures. Classification, assignment, promotion,
transfer, reclassification, demotion, elimination, retirement, separation,
training, rotation, and personnel economies.
h. Interior management. Movement, internal arrangement, organi-
zation, and operation of the headquarters; allocation of shelter in the
headquarters area for troops and for the headquarters.
i. Civilian personnel. Sources, procurement, utilization, adminis-
tration, control, relation to military government, and relation to troops.
j. Miscellaneous. Personnel matters not specifically assigned to
another general staff section.
5. CIVIL AFFAIRS. Covers the allocation of civil affairs detach-
ments, control of refugees, and feeding and treatment of civil
population.
a. Governmental affairs.
(1) Public safety. Proclamations, laws, ordinances, notices, direc-
tives; custody of arms and war implements; communications
equipment; maintenance of civilian law and order; controls.
(2) Civil information. Safeguarding, use, and control of civil
information media.
(3) Fine arts, monuments, archives. Protection and control.
(4) Legal. Control of courts and legal instruments, safeguarding
of court records and archives; court jurisdiction.
(5) Education. Care, preservation, and control.
(6) Civil administration. Establishment of proclamations, laws,
directives, notices, and necessary control.
(7) Publicfinance. Safeguarding and control.
(8) Property control. Safeguarding and control.
b. Civil relief and supply.
(1) Public health and welfare. Maintenance of civilian health
and welfare institutions; health supplies; burial of civilian
dead; rehabilitation of water supply, public utilities, and
sanitation.
(2) Displaced persons-refugees. Organization of centers, col-
lecting, rationing, medical and other supply, census.
(3) Civilian supply. Requisitions for emergency supplies,
report of excess stocks for civilian supply, continuance
of activities.
(4) Civilian evacuation. Measures, controls.
(5) Local resources. Use, control, etc.
c. Economics and naturalresources.
(1) Public works, utilities, communications, and housing. Re-
habilitation, requisitioning, safeguarding, restrictions, con-
tinuance.
(2) Labor. Recruitment and control of civilian labor.
(3) Trade and industry. Protection, use, and control.
242
(4) Food and agriculture. Safeguarding, surveys, requisition,
supply, and continuation of activities.
(5) Price control and rationing. Continuance, establishment,
prevention of hoarding and black marketing; control of
requisitions and purchases by the military.
(6) Naturalresources. Preservation and control.
(7) Transportation. Rehabilitation, continuance, control, use.
d. Miscellaneous. Instructions, measures, troop indoctrination, etc.
6. MISCELLANEOUS. Any special instructions not covered above,
e.g., headquarters, protection, special reports called for, and
other administrative and logistical matters.
a. Boundaries.
b. Headquarters.
c. Protection.
d. Special reports called for.
e. Other administrativematters.
Commander
Annexes
Distribution
Authentication
Note. Type of administrative order is usually indicated in combined or
joint operations. Within a single service, the type of administrative order is
omitted normally. When required, a code title may also be included.
6.4 Outline for Transportation Corps Standing Operating Pro-

cedure for Major Commands
1. PURPOSE. Outline the purpose of the SOP.
2. SCOPE. State the application and coverage of the SOP.
3. UNIT PROCEDURES. Direct the action required by subordinate
units in preparation of unit SOP, including a definite statement
that SOP procedures of subordinate units will be based on and
conform to the SOP procedures of the issuing command.
4. RECISIONS. List any publications superseded or rescinded by
the SOP, including fragmentary SOP's, orders, memorandums,
bulletins, or other directives.
5. REFERENCES. Refer to publications which should be used in
conjunction with the SOP.
6. DEFINITIONS. Define, as required, all terms or phrases used
in the SOP to insure understanding and interpretation by all
recipients.
7. TRANSPORTATION ORGANIZATION. Unless published else-
where, show missions, organizations, functions of:
a. Office of the transportationofficer:
(1) Transportation officer.
(2) Deputy transportation officer or executive officer.
243
(3) Staff sections.
(4) Liaison officers: United States Air Force, Military Sea
Transportation Service, Army, allied, and others.
b. Field installations:
(1) Water terminals.
(2) Transportation Corps supply depots.
(3) Transfer points and other special transportation activities.
(4) Transportation movements branch and other transportation
organizations.
8. ADMINISTRATION.
a. General. Application and implementation of command policies
and directives.
b. Correspondence.
(1) Types. Types of correspondence, with instructions for pre-
paring, forwarding, and handling; paper economy measures.
(2) Classified documents. Types of classification and authority
to classify; handling, delivery, and receipting methods and
procedures; security measures and responsibilities.
c. Personnel.
(1) General. Application and implementation of command poli-
cies and directives.
(2) Local civilian labor. Implementation of command policies
and administrative procedures for procurement, utilization,
and pay; application of provisions of Geneva Convention.
(3) Prisoners of war. Implementation of command policies and
administrative procedures for procurement as labor; utiliza-
tion, treatment, handling, and security; application of pro-
visions of Geneva Convention.
(4) Replacements. Responsibilities and procedures for requisi-
tioning Transportation Corps replacements; implementation
or elaboration of command policies and directives.
d. Reports. Types and number of administrative reports to be
submitted; method and frequency of submissions (samples to be
appended); application of reports control procedures.
9. INTELLIGENCE.
a. General. Purpose and importance of transportation intelligence,
transportation intelligence mission, types of intelligence, application
of command directives.
b. Collection of information. Collection agencies, essential elements
of information, sources, coordination, collection plan, methods, re-
porting and disposition of captured enemy material for intelligence
purposes.
c. Processing information. Responsibilities and procedures for re-
cording, evaluating, and interpreting information, including flow
charts if applicable.
244
d. Dissemination. Policies, methods, criteria, security classifica-
tion, transmission, time considerations.
e. Usage. General application of intelligence to transportation
operations and planning; precautions against enemy counterintelli-
gence.
f. Counterintelligence. Objectives, responsibilities, and application
to the transportation service.
g. Reconnaissance. Purpose and responsibility.
10. PLANS.
a. Transportation requirements. Responsibilities for maintaining
current lists of transportation requirements for movement of the unit
or its elements by rail, truck, inland waterway, and air.
b. Transport availability. Responsibility for maintaining current
lists of available transportation-organic, assigned, or attached to the
unit, including local civilian transportation.
c. Entrucking plans. Responsibility of subordinate units for main-
taining current entrucking plans; designation of vehicles to transport
personnel, supplies, and organizational equipment.
d. Traffic circulationplans. Statement that traffic circulation plans
will be coordinated with traffic circulation plan of this headquarters.
e. Special operations. For example, river crossings, pursuit, and
retrograde movements. Statement that transportation aspects of
subordinate troop plans for special operations will be coordinated
with this headquarters.
f. Plans by reserve units. Statement that plans by units in reserve
for forward or lateral movement will be coordinated with this head-
quarters.
g. Pooling organizational transportation. Procedures for pooling
organizational transportation-availability reports, unit responsibil-
ities for furnishing commissioned and noncommissioned officers,
maintenance of equipment, and administrative support of personnel.
h. Civil aid. Statement that services and subordinate units will
submit plans in advance for movement of civilians and civil aid
supplies, but that plans will not be implemented without prior
approval.
i. Main supply routes and supply and service installations. Re-
sponsibilities and procedures for maintaining up-to-date plans for
recommending main supply routes and service installations.
11. TRAINING.
a. Responsibilities and procedures for preparing and supervising
training programs of transportation units.
b. Responsibilities and procedures for exercising technical super-
vision over transportation training throughout the command.
12. DEFENSE AND DISPERSION. Implementation of command
policies and directives; responsibilities of corps transportation units for
area of defense; defense against airborne, bacteriological, nuclear, or
245
chemical attack; defense against sabotage; measures against infiltra-
tion and guerrilla warfare; reporting procedures of enemy activity.
Action to be taken with respect to local civilian personnel employed at
transportation activities.
13. AMPHIBIOUS OPERATIONS.
a. General. This SOP standardizes normal procedures in the
preparation and execution of amphibious operations. It will apply
unless otherwise prescribed.
(1) Subordinate units issue SOP to conform.
(2) References.
b. Planning. Consideration must be given to the following:
(1) Requirements of the tactical plan and the scheme of maneuver.
(2) Availability of landing craft and ships by type, size, cargo,
and/or personnel capacity.
(3) Establishing and maintaining close liaison with the Navy,
the Air Force, and task force commanders.
(4) Tables to be submitted by task force commanders indicating
the landing force embarkation and tonnage and the break-
down of equipment and supplies.
(5) Arranging and coordinating through channels for training
appropriate personnel in unit loading and embarkation.
(6) Movement to the embarkation areas and delivery of equip-
ment and supplies to include waterproofing, marking, and
palletizing.
(7) Supervision within the embarkation area.
(8) Buildup period for supplies and ship turnaround time.
(9) Alternate logistical procedures or an entire alternate plan
to support alternate tactical plans being considered.
c. Movement to the staging area.
(1) Warning orders.
(2) Method of movement-rail, highway, air, water.
(3) Control of movement.
d. Staging area.
(1) Reception.
(2) Spot delivery of equipment.
(3) Control points to control flow of equipment and personnel
to embarkation points or assembly areas.
(4) Assembly areas for temporary storage of equipment and
supplies to be loaded on transports.
(5) Transportation to haul supplies and equipment from assembly
areas to the ship.
246
(6) Areas where final waterproofing can be completed.
(7) Facilities to prepare cargo not already processed for loading.
e. Embarkation of troops.
(1) Movement to embarkation point or assembly areas.
(2) Control of movement to vessel.
t. Movement to objective area. In accordance with naval directives.
g. Ship-to-shore movement.
(1) Debarkation of equipment, supplies, and service troops at
the proper time to support tactical operation.
(2) Control and landing of emergency supplies.
(3) Evacuation of casualties by water.
h. Beach organization.
(1) Transportation Corps reconnaissance party.
(2) Consolidation of supplies and transportation for subsequent
logistical support of the landing force.
(3) Control.
(a) Vehicular traffic.
(b) Transfer operations (buildup area).
(4) Communication between beach organization and control
vessel and ship.
14. INSPECTIONS.
a. Reference to SOP of higher headquarters relative to inspections.
b. Purpose.
c. Policy.
d. Type of inspections to be conducted: vehicle utilization, trans-
portation training, quality of maintenance and maintenance support,
efficiency of operations, records system.
e. Frequency of inspections.
.f. Procedures prior to making an inspection.
g. Procedures upon completing an inspection.
h. Reports to be rendered on findings from inspections, including
a sample format, number of copies, and distribution.
15. AIRBORNE OPERATIONS. Implementation of command
policies and directives in establishing responsibilities and procedures
for Transportation Corps participation in airborne operations as pre-
scribed.
16. COMMUNICATIONS.
a. Communications net for coordination of transportation.
b. Method of ground-to-air contact for airdrops to provide for co-
ordination with land transportation.
c. Cross reference to communications-net diagram.
247
6.5 Outline for Transportation Corps Unit Standing Operating
Procedure
STANDING OPERATING PROCEDURE
(Unit)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section 1. GENERAL
1. APPLICATION. Operations to which SOP applies.
2. PURPOSE.
3. REFERENCES. FM's, TM's, SOP's of higher headquarters, etc.
4. RESPONSIBILITY FOR PREPARATION, CHANGES, RE-
VISIONS.
5. EFFECTIVE DATE.
Section II. COMMAND, STAFF, LIAISON
6. ORGANIZATION.
a. Normal.
b. Special internal attachments and organization.
e. Normal and special external attachments and support.
7. COMMAND POSTS.
a. Normal location in relation to next higher headquarters.
b. Reporting change of location-coordinates and time.
c. Forward command posts.
(1) Situation for which required.
(2) How organized.
(3) Personnel and equipment.
8. STAFF DUTIES.
a. Special or additional duties of staff officers.
b. Duties for special staff officers.
9. LIAISON.
a. Duties of liaison officers.
b. Responsibilities for liaison-higher, lower, and adjacent units.
10. PLANNING RESPONSIBILITY.
Section III. ADMINISTRATION
11. GENERAL CHANNELS.
12. REPORTS.
a. Routine reports.
b. Special reports.
c. Information concerning submission of reports.
(1) Title and reports-control symbol.
(2) Form of report.
248
(3) Date due.
(4) Number of copies.
(5) Negative report required or permissible.
13. PROMOTION POLICIES.
a. Officer.
b. Enlisted.
c. Battlefield.
14. COURTS-MARTIAL.
a. Location jurisdiction.
b. Procedure for submitting cases.
15. MAIL.
a. Handling of official mail.
b. Handling of personal mail.
16. LEAVES AND PASSES.
a. Policy of command--conduct, VD control.
b. Authority to grant.
17. JOURNALS AND HISTORY.
a. Responsibility for unit journal and history.
b. Maintenance of staff section journals.
18. DISTRIBUTION OF MILITARY PUBLICATIONS.
19. HANDLING OF PRISIONERS OF WAR.
a. Reference to FM 19-40 and FM 27-10.
b. Special instructions for capturing unit.
20. AWARDS AND DECORATIONS.
a. Channels.
b. Form.
c. Presentation.
21. ORDERS (FM 101-5).
22. BILLETS AND BIVOUACS.
a. Policies-occupation and clearance.
b. Billeting party.
Section IV. MOVEMENT

23. GENERAL (SOP OF HIGHER HEADQUARTERS).
24. MOTOR MOVEMENT (FM 25-10).
a. Preparation of vehicles.
b. Motor marches.
(1) Strip maps
(2) Route reconnaissance.
(3) Messing and refueling.
(4) Night marches.
(5) Makeup of march units and serials.
(6) Distances to be maintained.
249
(7) Speea and rate of march.
(a) Rate of march for column.
(b) Speed of lead vehicle.
(c) Permissible speed to catch up.
(d) Time length of march unit or serial.
(8) Posting of traffic guards during halt.
c. Movement by infiltration.
d. Conduct of personnel during movement.
(1) Passengers.
(2) Drivers.
25. VEHICLE AND EQUIPMENT OPERATIONS.
a. Motor pool.
(1) Dispatch.
(2) Service.
(3) Maintenance.
b. Regulations for administrative vehicles.
26. RAIL MOVEMENTS.
a. Action by S1.
(1) Movement policy.
(2) Troop list.
(3) Transportation movements personnel.
b. Action by S2.
(1) Reconnaissance report.
(2) Security.
c. Action by S3.
(1) Determination of rolling stock required.
(2) Coordination of loading plan.
(3) Preparation of loading schedule and areas.
d. Action by S4.
(1) Initiation of transportation request.
(2) Provision for troop and guard mess.
(3) Procurement of blocking and dunnage.
(4) Preparation of shipping documents.
27. AIR MOVEMENT.
a. Action by S1.
b. Action by S2.
c. Action by S3.
(1) Determination of craft required.
(4) Explanation of air-transportability technique.
d. Action by S4.
(2) Determination of availability of tiedown devices or material.
(3) Preparation of weight-of-equipment data for loading com-
putation.
250
28. WATER MOVEMENT.
a. Action by S1.
b. Action by S2.
c. Action by S3.
(1) Determining shipping required.
d. Action by S4.
(2) Provision for troop mess.
Section V. SECURITY
29. GENERAL: POLICIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES.
30. SECURITY DURING MOVEMENT.
a. Air guards.
b. Manning of vehicular weapons.
c. Camouflage during halts.
d. Advance, flank, and rear guards.
e. Action to be taken in case of attack.
(1) Air.
(2) Mechanized.
(3) Troops and guerrillas.
(4) Nuclear, bacteriological, chemical.
31. SECURITY IN BIVOUAC.
a. Camouflage.
b. Mines and boobytraps.
c. Placement of weapons in case of attack.
(1) Air.
(2) Mechanized.
(3) Troops and guerrillas.
(4) Nuclear, bacteriological, chemical.
d. Joint security.
6. Security plans.
f. Sentry posts and outposts.
32. SECURITY WARNING SIGNALS.
a. Air attack.
b. Airborne attack.
c. Mechanized attack.
d. Gas attack.
e. Nuclear, bacteriological, chemical attack.
33. FIRE SAFETY AND FIRE FIGHTING.
a. Plans.
b. Fire personnel and duties.
251
c. Safety rules (motor pool, kitchen, etc.).
34. ALERT PLANS.
a. Unit plan.
b. Alert roster.
c. Armament and equipment.
d. Phase system for alert warnings.
35. DESTRUCTION OF EQUIPMENT.
Section VI. COMMUNICATIONS

36. TYPES USED.
37. COMMUNICATION BETWEEN UNITS.
a. Radio net.
b. Telephone system.
c. Teletypewriter system.
d. Responsibility for installation.
38. COMMUNICATION PROCEDURE.
a. Radiotelephone voice procedure.
b. Signal security.
c. Citation of SOI and SSI of higher headquarters.
39. MAINTENANCE RESPONSIBILITY OF COMMUNICA-
TIONS OFFICER.
Section VII. RECONNAISSANCE AND INTELLIGENCE

40. RECONNAISSANCE. Essential elements of information.
41. COMBAT INTELLIGENCE.
a. Definition of "spot reports."
b. "Spot reports" required:
(1) Initial contact with enemy.
(2) Marked changes in enemy disposition or situation.
(3) Attack by armored, air, or airborne forces.
(4) New units identified.
(5) Enemy strength, composition, and movements.
(6) Location of enemy installations.
(7) Use of chemicals or new weapons.
(8) New materials or equipment.
42. COUNTERINTELLIGENCE.
a. Mail censorship.
b. Blackout discipline.
c. Information to be given if captured.
d. Signs and countersigns.
e. Destruction of classified documents.
.f. Civilian control.
g. Secrecy discipline.
h. Information to press representatives.
252
Section VIII. SUPPLY AND MAINTENANCE
43. CLASS I SUPPLY.
a. Ration pickup.
b. Daily ration return and ration cycle.
c. Reserve rations carried.
(1) By unit.
(2) By individual.
d. Responsibility for attached units.
44. WATER.
a. Authorized source.
b. Purification by expedient methods.
c. Water economy.
45. CLASS II AND IV SUPPLY.
a. Requisition days for various services.
b. Pickup procedure.
c. Salvage turn-in procedure.
d. Droppage by battle loss certificate.
46. CLASS III SUPPLY.
a. Resupply.
b. Fuel reserve.
47. CLASS IIIA SUPPLY.
a. Resupply.
b. Fuel reserve.
48. CLASS V SUPPLY.
a. Method of requisitioning.
b. Forms used and certificates required.
c. Basic load.
d. Salvage.
49. MAINTENANCE OF VEHICLES AND EQUIPMENT.
a. Echelon of maintenance.
b. Responsibility of maintenance officer.
c. Forms used.
d. Priorities.
50. REPAIR PARTS.
a. Method of requisitioning.
b. Maintenance of stock levels.
c. Inspections of maintenance and levels.
d. Parts and equipment record.
51. EVACUATION CHANNELS FOR VEHICLES AND EQUIP-
MENT.
By order of
Adjutant
253
Authentication:
Distribution
Annexes. (May include Wearing of the Uniform, Reports Formats,
Destruction of Classified Documents, Duties of Staff Officers, Staff
Section SOP's, Loading Plans, Alert Plan, etc.).
6.6 Division Embarkation Plan or Order
CLASSIFICATION
Issuing unit
Place of issue
Hour and date
File No.
Embarkation Plan No.
Maps: (Those needed for understanding the plan.)
References: (SOP's, operation order, administrative order, and other
written material needed for an understanding of the plan.)
1. ORGANIZATION FOR EMBARKATION.
a. Troop list for each embarkation group. May be issued in form
of annex.
b. Assignment of each embarkation group to shipping, schedule
showing berthing of ships, date and hour loading will begin, and date
and hour embarkation will be completed by each embarkation group.
Such other information as is pertinent to the embarkation schedule
may be included. May be issued in form of annex.
c. Advance parties.
(1) Composition.
(2) Functions.
(3) Movement to embarkation point. Reference may be made
to SOP if covered therein.
2. SUPPLIES AND EQUIPMENT TO BE EMBARKED.
a. Amounts and types of supplies and equipment to be embarked.
b. Preparation of supplies and equipment for embarkation. Refer-
ence may be made to appropriate SOP.
c. Allocation of division supplies and equipment to cargo assembly
areas. Information in this paragraph may be issued in the form of
an annex with appendixes, if desirable.
3. EMBARKATION POINTS AND CARGO ASSEMBLY AREAS.
a. Assignment of embarkation points and cargo assembly areas for
loading. May be in the form of a map, sketch, or overlay, and issued
as an annex.
b. Preparation of embarkation points and cargo assembly areas
for loading. Construction or improvement of exits and facilities in
the embarkation area.
c. Assignment of mechanical loading devices, such as forklift
trucks, cranes, roller conveyors, warehouse pallets, etc.
254 "
4. CONTROL.
a. Establishment and functions of embarkation control office.
Functions may be covered in SOP.
b. Traffic circulation and control system. In embarkation area
and between embarkation area and base camp.
c. Establishment of security posts. For prevention of fire, sabo-
tage, and pilferage in cargo assembly and deck areas.
d. Communications for embarkation. Refeirences may be made to
SOI.
5. MOVEMENT AND EMBARKATION OF PERSONNEL.
a. Schedule and method of movement from base camp.
b. Schedule and instruction for embarkation.
6. MISCELLANEOUS.
a. Embarkation responsibilities and tasks. Responsibility of em-
barkation group commanders and tasks of officers, such as supply
officer, motor transport officer, unit loading officer, etc.
b. Special loading instructions. Stowage of certain type cargo,
handling of fragile or dangerous items, etc.
c. Miscellaneous instructions not covered elsewhere.
By Command of Major General
s/Colonel, U.S.
Chief of Staff
Annexes:
ALPHA-Organization of Embarkation Groups-Assignment of
Shipping.
BRAVO-Loading Schedule.
CHARLIE-Supplies and Equipment to be Embarked.
DELTA-Embarkation Points and Cargo Assembly Areas.
(Others as necessary.)
DISTRIBUTION:
OFFICIAL:
s/Lt. Col., U.S., ACoIS, 04
Section II. TRANSPORTATION

6.7 Transportation Intelligence
a. Transportation intelligence is information concerning air, land,
and water transportation systems and facilities of actual or potential
theaters of operations. It includes data concerning the characteristics,
condition, development, organization, material, operation, mainte-
nance, and construction of such facilities.
b. It provides data essential to strategic, tactical, and logistical
planning and furnishes the basis for estimates of military transporta-
tion capacities and capabilities.
c. The DA Forms 55-170 through 55-185 are used for recording
transportation intelligence data. Examples of these forms and
255
detailed information pertaining to transportation intelligence can be
found in FM 55-8. See appendix I for a list of these forms with
titles.
6.8 Transportation Estimate

CLASSIFICATION
Transportation Section (Unit)
(Location)
(Date-time group)
TRANSPORTATION ESTIMATE
Maps: Indicate sheet name, number, scale, and unit of measure
series.
1. MISSION. State the mission of the command and of the Trans-
portation Corps in support of the tactical and logistical mission
of the command. May be obtained from orders from a higher
headquarters or deduced from instructions or knowledge of the
situation. May be expressed in terms of personnel and/or tons
to be transported, discharged, and/or outloaded.
2. THE SITUATION AND CONSIDERATIONS.
a. Intelligence situation.
(1) Refer to pertinent intelligence estimate.
(2) Characteristics of area of operations.
(a) Weather. Indicate temperatures, wind conditions, rainfall,
tide and river conditions, and a complete aeronautical
weather forecast. Indicate possible effect on the cap-
abilities of each mode of transportation.
(b) Terrain and hydrography. List critical terrain features, any
obstacles known or suspected, soil trafficability, offshore
gradient of beaches, surf, etc. Indicate effect of terrain
conditions upon each mode of transportation.
(c) Lines of communication. List all lines of communication
available (include aircraft landing sites) and indicate their
capacity. Discuss the condition of each, stressing damage
which has been done to each and the amount of repair work
necessary to render usable. Keynote all possible bottle-
necks, such as bridges or tunnels, ruling grades, etc.
(3) Enemy strength and dispositions.
(a) Refer to intelligence estimate.
(b) Cite the limitations which the above place on full utilization
of various lines of communication.
(4) Enemy capabilities.
(a) Current intelligence estimate can be cited for the enemy's
capabilities to attack, defend, delay, withdraw, or rein-
256
force, together with probable areas involved, strengths,
etc.
(b) Indicate how the transportation mission could be affected
by each capability of the enemy. Include such items as
lines of communication apt to be lost or gained through
enemy's use of each capability and increase or decrease in
tonnage capability. This could be done as an annex
listing probable effect of each capability on each mode.
b. Tactical situation.
(1) Refer to current operation order.
(2) Present and planned disposition of major friendly tactical
elements, with emphasis on those units defending lines of
communication or Transportation Corps units and operations.
Effect of planned troop moves on Transportation Corps
operations.
(3) Possible courses of action. List all possible courses of action
open to the command to accomplish the assigned mission.
(4) Projected operations. State the concept of projected oper-
ations once the immediate mission is accomplished.
c. Logistical situation.
(1) Refer to current administrative order or overlay.
(2) List the status of supplies and equipment in all Transporta-
tion Corps organizations of the command, highlighting any
inadequacies.
(3) Indicate any projected developments likely to affect the
ability of Transportation Corps units to perform their
mission from the logistical standpoint.
(4) Indicate the status of supplies and equipment in other
technical service units to be employed in logistical support
of Transportation Corps operations which might adversely
affect accomplishment of the mission.
(5) Logistical courses of action. State all possible logistical
courses of action, and the effects of each on possible friendly
tactical courses of action.
d. Personnelsituation.
(1) Refer to current administrative order or overlay.
(2) Indicate status of personnel in all Transportation Corps
units, including state of morale and any other considerations
likely to have a bearing on their performance.
(3) Indicate status of personnel in other technical service units
to be employed in logistical support of Transportation Corps
operations which might adversely affect accomplishment
of mission.
e. Assumptions. Logical assumptions may be made when a suf-
ficient amount of factual information is not available for the prepa-
ration of the estimate.
551192 0-60-17 257

f. Transportation situation. This subparagraph will be the heart
of the transportation estimate and should indicate in as great detail
as possible all known information about each mode or Transportation
Corps activity.
(1) TransportationCorps situation by modes. The format shown
in (a) below should be modified as required for (b) through
(k).
(a) Rail. Tabulate as shown.
Strength Facilities Equipment Capability
Unit Location Auth-Actual Actual-Required lacking Actual-Potential
(b) Highway.
(c) Inland waterway.
(d) Army aviation.
(e) Water terminals and transfer points.
(f) Movement control.
(g)
Staging areas.
(A)
Transportation Corps depots.
Transportation Corps technical intelligence units.
(i)
Pipeline (even though not operated by Transportation
(j)
Corps).
(k) Troop carrier space.
(2) Transportation Corps courses of action. State all courses of
action open to the Transportation Corps for each possible
logistical course of action set forth in c(5) above.
g. Special factors. State here any other factors which might have
a bearing on choice of a course of action or ability to perform mission,
both from the transportation standpoint and the overall view of the
mission. All pertinent policies should be included.
3. ANALYSIS. In this paragraph, the effects of each logistical
course of action listed in paragraph 2c(5) on each mode of trans-
portation must be stated and analyzed.
a. Course of action.
Effect on Effect on Effect on Effect on
Mode ofactivity* personnel equipment facilities capabilities
b. Alternate course of action. If an alternate course or courses of
action are possible, outline them.
4. COMPARISON.
a. List the dominent transportation factors and modes most likely
to be used.
b. Using the information in paragraph 3, compare the various
logistical courses of action as to their effect on each mode and the
capabilities thereof. This weighing of advantages and disadvantages
will permit determination of the most favorable course of action from
the transportation standpoint.
c. Discuss the feasibility of the use of the various lines of communi-
cation, ports, and beaches in comparison with enemy capabilities,
weather, terrain, etc.
*Same modes of activity as 2f(1).
258
5. CONCLUSIONS.
a. Indicate whether the mission (par. 1) can be accomplished from
the standpoint of Transportation Corps support.
b. Indicate which of the possible logistical courses of action can
best be supported from the Transportation Corps standpoint.
c. Bring to the attention of the commander any considerations
required should alternate courses of action be chosen.
(1) Indicate the number and type of Transportation Corps units
required over and above those presently available for each
course of action if mission cannot be supported.
(2) Indicate any personnel and/or mission equipment shortages
in existing units which would prevent accomplishment of
mission.
(3) Indicate any repairs or construction work essential to suc-
cessful accomplishment of the mission from the Transporta-
tion Corps standpoint.
(4) State any other transportation considerations which should be
brought to the attention of the commander.
/s/ _ _____
Transportation Officer
Annexes
6.9 Transportation Plan

CLASSIFICATION
Transportation Section (Unit)
(Location)
(Date-time group)
TRANSPORTATION PLAN
(Number)
Maps and references: Show sheet name, number, scale, and unit of
measure series for all maps. Other references should include city
plans, navigation charts, other plans bearing on the transportation
plan, etc.
Task organization: Annex A, Task Organization.
1. SITUATION.
a. Enemy forces. State here all capabilities of the enemy to hinder,
disrupt, or otherwise affect the operations of the Transportation
Corps units and other elements of the command. Include such items
as damage to lines of communications, use of mass destruction weapons,
etc. (Annex B, Intelligence).
b. Friendly forces. Indicate units to be supported, their location
and strength, with particular emphasis on those units engaged in
protection of lines of communication and transportation units or
259
activities. Should cover higher, adjacent, and supporting units of
both U.S. and allied forces.
c. Characteristicsof the area of operations.
(1) Weather. Indicate temperatures, wind conditions, rainfall,
tide and river conditions, aeronautical weather information,
etc.
(2) Terrain and hydrography. List critical terrain features, soil
trafficability, beach gradients, any known obstacles, and
indicate their effect on the transportation modes.
(3) Lines of communication. List all lines of communication,
indicating physical condition.
d. Attachments and detachments. If any, so state.
e. Assumptions and policies. Report here any pertinent policies
and logical assumptions which are needed in preparing the plan; for
example, proposed locations of major unit boundaries, troop strengths
to be supported in different phases of the operation, etc.
2. MISSION. State briefly the mission of the Transportation Corps
in support of the command.
3. EXECUTION.
a. Concept of operation. The transportation officer's overall con-
cept of the operation should be stated here and should include probable
increases in supported units, additional territory to be supported, etc.
(Annex C, Concept of Operations.)
b. Rail. This paragraph should indicate the specific tasks assigned
rail units. Projected loads, schedules, facilities, lines of communi-
cation, etc., are best submitted in the form of an annex to the plan.
c. Highway.
d. Inland waterways.
e. Army aviation.
f. Water terminals and transfer points.
g. Movement control. Mention pipeline mission even though not
Transportation Corps responsibility.
h. Staging areas.
i. TransportationCorps depots.
j. Troop carrier support. Although Transportation Corps does not
assign tasks, proposed use of air capacity allocated to the command
should be mentioned. As indicated in b above, similar information
for each mode of transportation is best submitted in the form of an
annex to the plan, the format of which should parallel that of the plan
itself insofar as practical.
k. Coordinatinginstructions.
(1) Defense and security. Refer to appropriate SOP or defense
plan.
(a) Individual.
(b) Facilities.
(c) Lines of communication.
260
(d) Shipments.
(e) Censorship.
(f) Communications.
(2) Counterintelligence. Annex B, Intelligence.
(3) Technical intelligence. Annex B, Intelligence.
(4) Effective time and date.
4. ADMINISTRATION AND LOGISTICS.
a. Administration.
(1) Policies. Refer to paragraph Ic.
(2) Procedures. Cite SOP's and related guides of higher head-
quarters not covered elsewhere in the plan.
(3) Required reports.
b. Logistics.
(1) Transportation Corps supply. The following items should be
covered by reference to current SOP's when applicable.
(a) Levels of supply.
(b) Replacement factors and consumption rates.
(c) Requisition procedures and cycles.
(d) Emergency requisition procedures.
(e) Local procurement.
(f) Controlled items.
(g) Surplus material.
(h) Captured material.
(i) Salvage and scrap.
(j) Interservice supply.
(k) Class IV equipment.
(1) Equipment deadlined for parts (EDP) procedures.
(2) Supply support of transportationmission by other service.s.
(3) Transportation Corps maintenance. Indicate maintenance
facilities by mode, showing shop locations, and a statement
of the responsibilities of each maintenance unit.
c. Personnel.
(1) Policies.
(a) Use of local civilian labor.
(b) Use of POW's.
(c) Use of U.S. civilian personnel.
(2) Strengths.
(3) Replacements.
(4) Procedures.
5. COMMAND AND SIGNAL.
a. Signal, Annex __, Signal.
b. Command.
(1) Location of CP's of major commands.
(2) Location of transportation movements branches.
Acknowledge. ABLE
Brig. Gen.
261
Annexes:
A-Organization
B-Intelligence
C-Concept of Operation
(Others as required)
Distribution: B
OFFICIAL
/s/ Baker
BAKER
G3
Note. Any of the above paragraphs and subparagraphs may consist wholly, or
in part, of references to appropriate annexes, and the annexes in turn may be
amplified by properly referenced appendixes. Each transportation mode should
have a separate annex.
6.10 Feasibility Test for Transportation Plan

1. GENERAL.
a. This test is prepared to enable transportation staff planners to
check the feasibility of a transportation plan (annex to administrative
order, letter of instructions, etc.) after the plan has been prepared.
b. The test has been prepared in checklist form with paragraph 2
giving general considerations which apply to all modes of transporta-
tion; the remaining paragraphs list items which apply to a specific
mode. Some items which appear in the remaining paragraphs may
appear to belong under the general paragraph; however, these items
represent abnormal conditions which may have a drastic effect on
that mode.
c. In using the checklist, consider the items listed in paragraph 2 for
each mode in addition to the paragraph that applies to that mode.
2. GENERAL CHECKLIST ITEMS.
a. Calculated risks. What calculated risks are involved in the plan?
How can these affect the mission? What are the governing factors?
b. Weather and terrain. General consideration of weather and ter-
rain. Will weather and terrain in the area of operations have a favor-
able or adverse effect on the mission?
c. Enemy action. Consideration of enemy guerrilla action, clan-
destine action, etc.
d. Political and economic situation. Will the plan interfere with the
local economy? Is the attitude of the civil population friendly or
unfriendly to our forces?
e. Transportation net. Are the elements of the transportation net
integrated? Are portions of the net reserved for civilian use? What
emergency procedures are in effect for joint civil-military use? Does
the engineer construction service support the present net and is it
directed toward future operations?
262
f. Allocation and utilization of modes. Is optimum utilization of
transport capacity achieved? Are supporting services' capacities
utilized? Have the modes been allocated tasks commensurate with
their capabilities and equipment? Are provisions for retrograde cargo
adequate?
g. Logistical support of operations. Can the mode(s) be supported in
sufficient quantity and time to accomplish the mission; e.g., POL
products, repair parts, etc?
h. Task organization.
(1) Are command relationships, missions, and functions clearly
defined?
(2) Do the troop list assignments consider:
(a) Strength?
(b) Training?
(c) Morale?
(d) Available transport equipment?
i. Local civilian and POW labor. Is civilian labor available in the
skills required? Will mobile civilian labor units be required for phase
II and III operation? If so, is their administrative and logistical
support adequate?
3. HIGHWAY.
a. Check requirements versus capabilities.
b. Traffic circulation plan:
(1) Will road net support planned traffic?
(2) Will additional highway regulation personnel be required?
(3) Is road repair and road maintenance support adequate?
(4) Are routes designated (restricted, dispatch, etc.)?
(5) Is joint use of road net possible; i.e., can both combat forces
(U.S. and/or allied forces) and civilian traffic use it simul-
taneously?
(6) Are hardstand, maintenance areas, truck parks, relay stations,
transfer points available?
(7) Are routes marked or will marking signs be available?
4. RAIL.
b. Unusual weather or terrain factors:
(1) Are heavy rains due that may cause washouts, floods, or
landslides?
(2) Is extreme subfreezing weather due?
c. Is engineer maintenance and construction support available for
rehabilitation or for major repair of rail line?
d. Are facilities such as yards, roundhouse, repair shops available?
e. If steam locomotives are to be used, are suitable water and fuel
supplies available?
.f. Limiting factors considered:
(1) Bridge, weight, and clearance limitations.
263
(2) Tunnel clearance.
(3) Roadbed and trackage.
(4) Rolling stock-condition, power, gage.
(5) Locomotives-condition, power, gage.
(6) Train operations communications.
5. INLAND WATERWAYS.
b. Weather and terrain. Freezeup or flood periods, tidal ranges,
currents, fogs.
c. Obstructions. Low bridges, types of drawbridges. Natural
obstructions such as heavy weeds that might foul propellers.
d. Locks. Who controls the locks-assigned permanent personnel
or the individual inland waterway craft? Size of locks, time to pass
through.
e. Channels. What maintenance is required? Size, depth, and
width.
f. Navigational aids. Are sufficient fixed or mobile navigational
aids available for full utilization, day and night?
g. Are intermediate transfers necessary?
h. Condition of available craft.
i. Is marine inland-waterway repair and maintenance support
available?
j. Are inland-waterway facilities, docks, cranes available?
6. PORTS AND BEACHES.
b. Port facilities:
(1) Floating cranes for heavy lifts.
(2) Piers, docks, warehouses, open ground areas.
(3) Road and/or rail net.
(4) Navigational aids.
(5) Protected anchorage areas.
(6) Utilities available: electricity, etc.
(7) Harbor craft available.
(8) Berth space: lengths and depths.
c. Beach facilities:
(1) Anchorage areas.
(2) Routes of ingress and egress.
(3) Road and/or rail nets.
(4) Hardstand and open ground areas.
(5) Equipment available: forklifts, cranes, etc.
d. Weather and terrain:
(1) Ports:
(a) Tides and currents.
(b) Underwater obstructions.
(2) Beaches:
(a) Tides, currents, surf, gradient, tidal range.
264
(b) Underwater obstructions.
7. TRANSPORTATION MOVEMENTS.
a. Will sufficient teams be available to accomplish transportation
movements mission?
b. Is transportation movements plan adequate to accomplish the
mission? Is it flexible or too rigid?
c. Are teams located properly to accord maximum utilization?
d. Are documentation procedures established to insure accomplish-
ment of mission?
8. STAGING AREAS.
a. Are staging areas capable of processing planned workloads?
b. Are adequate facilities available at staging areas?
9. TRANSPORTATION CORPS DEPOTS.
a. Will the depots be able to support the mission?
b. Are adequate facilities available at the depots?
10. ARMY AVIATION.
b. Marginal weather:
(1) Low ceilings.
(2) Low visibility.
(3) Ice conditions (on ground) determining maintenance and
time required to melt, plus closed hangar area.
(4) Temperatures to be encountered.
c. Terrain: Altitudes to be encountered (temperature and alti-
tudes affect lift capabilities).
d. Navigational aids:
(1) Will day and night operations be possible?
(2) Ground stations:
(a) Ground controlled approach (GCA).
(b) Radio range.
(c) Instrument landing systems.
(d) Omnidirectional range (Omni range).
(e) Radar plotting station.
(3) Is airborne navigational equipment available?
e. Communications: Are unit communications sufficient or will they
require augmentation?
.f. Restrictions to flight:
(1) Maintenance of established air routes, including considera-
tion of fire lanes.
(2) Degree of air superiority.
(3) Have arrangements been made for weather reports from Air
Force?
g. Adequacy and location of landing sites or airfields, plus facilities
at such locations.
h. Maintenence:
(1) Condition of aircraft (number of hours previous operation).
265
(2) Maintenance units available.
(3) Repair parts available.
(4) Location and stock of depot support. Can depots support?
i. Degree of training of supported units in use of logistical air
support.
11. After consideration of all the factors as applied to each mode, is
the plan flexible enough to have alternate methods used and still
accomplish the mission?
a. Provision for rerouting or diversion?
b. Interchange points?
c. Transfer points?
'd. Substitution of one mode for another?
e. Capable of handling emergency transportation tasks?
266
CHAPTER 7
MISCELLANEOUS
Section I. CAPABILITIES OF TRANSPORTATION MEDIUMS

7.1 Highway, Rail, Pipeline, Water Terminal, and Beach
Tons per day Adequate to maintain
Medium ST LT (aprz: uaceas guide only)
Highway: I
Gravel -- ---------- ---------- 1, 600 1, 430 1 division
Medium condition ---------- 3, 600 3, 220 3 divisions
First-class -------------------- 10, 000 8, 900 7 divisions
Railway, each way:
Single track -------------- - 4, 000 3, 570 3 divisions
Double track ------------ 12, 000 10, 700 9 divisions
Gasoline pipeline: 2
6-inch ------------------------ 2, 000 1, 790 5 to 8 divisions
4-inch ------ ----- ----- ----- 930 830 3 divisions
Water terminal discharge rate:
Average cargo ship ----------- 720 643 Hi division
Across beach:
Per 1,000 yards of beach -1----- i, 680 1, 500 1 division plusa
I Daily forward tonnage, assuming sustained operations, adequate road maintenance, and two-way
traffic.
2 The capacities of pipeline systems vary, depending on the size of pipe, gradient, location and size of
pumps, and type of construction. Welded commercial pipelines can be operated at much greater pressures
than standard military lines, which have flexible couplings. The capacities given may be used for planning
purposes.
3 Water terminal discharge rate of 1,440 ST per day required to adequately maintain I division slice.
7.2 Dog Transport Capabilities

a. Trained dogs may be used individually or in teams to transport
cargo in arctic and subarctic areas. They also have limited use in
temperate zones to carry messages and small packages of mail, usually
in regions inaccessible to other means of transport.. Dogs should be
permitted to rest 10 minutes in each hour and should not be worked
continuously for more than 16 hours per day. For planning purposes,
towed loads should not exceed 100 pounds per dog although the heav-
ier breeds are capable of loads of 200 pounds per dog on a flat surface
with good traction. The dog most commonly used in the arctic and
subarctic is the Eskimo or husky. The German shepherd is usually
used in temperate zones. The figures in b and c below are for normal
operating conditions. Extremes of weather and terrain will cause
them to vary widely.
267
b. On packed snow with good traction, an individual dog in a sled
team has the following cargo-carrying capabilities. On soft snow,
load and speed must be reduced 50 percent.
Terrain Pounds of load Miles in hour 2
per dog l
Flat -- ---------------------------------- 50 6
H illy- ---- ---- --- ---- --- ---- --- ---- --- 50 3
Mountainous--- - -- - -- - - -- - -- - -- - - 50 1
Includes weight of sled.
2 Reduce 50 percent when load is doubled.
c. On hard surfaces with good traction, an individual dog has the

following capabilities for carrying cargo packs, messages, and mail.
Pounds of load per dog Miles in hour

Terrain
Cargo pack Messages or mail Cargo pack Messages or
Flat ---------..-- -- 35 5 percent 2 15

Hilly -- - -- 30 of dog's 2 10
Mountainous ------- 25 weight. 1 5
7.3 Pipeline Estimates

a. Rate of Discharge. The quantity of fluid passing through a pipe
in a unit of time is termed the capacity or rate of discharge of the pipe
and may be determined from the equation
Q=AX V
where
Q=rate of discharge in cubic feet per second
A=cross-sectional area of the pipe in square feet
V=mean velocity of fluid in feet per second
(1) If.the rate of discharge is given in terms of U.S. gallons, these
may be converted to cubic feet by multiplying the given
number of gallons by 0.13368. Cubic feet may be converted
to U.S. gallons by multiplying the number of cubic feet by
7.4805.
(2) The cross-sectional area of the pipe in square feet is deter-
mined by using the equation
A=0.7854D2
where
A=cross-sectional area of the pipe in square feet
D=inside diameter of the pipe in feet
(3) The mean velocity of a fluid varies according to the size,
hydraulic gradient, and physical condition of the pipe through
268
which it flows. Economical pipeline velocities are ordinarily
in the range of 3.5 to 5.5 feet per second.
b. Example. Determine the rate of discharge of a 8-inch pipeline
in which gasoline is flowing at a velocity of 3 miles per hour.
D-=Y2 or 0.67 foot
A=0.7854X (0.67)2=0.3525 square foot
3 mph= 3mphX5,280 feet per mile= 264 feet per minute

60 minutes per hour
264 feet per minuteX0.3525 square foot=93.1 cubic feet per

minute
93.1 cubic feet per minuteX 7.4805 gallons per cubic foot
=696.43 gallons per minute.
c. Increasing Capacity. The volume of liquid which can be trans-
ported through a given pipeline may be increased by longer operation
and/or increased pressure. These methods may be used individually
or in combination; however, they should be used only on a short-
term basis. If increased capacity is desired over a considerable
period of time, it is usually better to construct an additional pipeline.
(1) Hours of operation. Normal capacity of a pipeline is based
on an operating time of 20 hours per day.
(2) Differential pressure. Increasing the differential pressure of
all pumping stations will increase the capacity of a given
pipeline. To increase the differential pressure of a pumping
station increase-
(a) The differential pressure on each pump in the pumping
station.
(b) The number of pumps operating in series at the pumping
station.
d. Capacity of Standard Military Light-Weight Steel Tubing.
Inside Normal design Emergency Safe Maximum
diameter capacity (bbl capacity (bbl working working Gallons per day' Short tons
of line (in.) per hr) per hr) pressure pressure per day
(psi) (psi)
4 355 393 600 750 294. 000 930

6 785 1, 000 600 750 630, 000 2, 000
8 1, 355 1, 730 450 600 1, 135, 000 3, 500
12 7,150 11,400 300 530 6, 000, 000 18, 000
*Computed for an average of all products at normal design capacity, using a 20-hour operating day.
7.4 Pack and Draft Animals

a. Characteristics,Pack Mules.
(1) Height: 59 to 62 inches.
(2) Weight: 1,000 to 1,200 pounds.
(3) Rate of march: 3.5 to 4 miles per hour.
269
(4) Capacity: 200 to 250 pounds.
(5) Movement of casualties: 1 litter or 2 sitting casualties.
(6) Forage: 10 pounds of oats and 14 pounds of hay per day.
May be reduced for short periods up to 10 days without im-
pairing capacity.
(7) Water: 10 gallons per day.
(8) Noneffective rate: 3.2 percent.
(9) Average daily distance:
(a) Mountainous terrain-12 miles.
(b) Rolling or flat terrain-24 miles.
(10) Gradeability:
(a) Rate of ascent--1,650 vertical feet per hour.
(b) Rate of descent-1,000 vertical feet per hour.
b. Transportability.
Vehicle Capacity (horses or mules)
Trailer, 2-horse van ------------------- 2
Truck, 1w-ton, cargo-------.------ --- 2
Truck, 2X-ton, cargo ----------------- - 4
Semitrailer, 6-ton, combination animal and cargo_ 8
Railroad stock car, 40-foot ------------------ 25, approximately
Railroad stock car, 36-foot---------------- - 20 to 22, approximately
Airplane, cargo transport ----------------- 4 to 6*
'May be transported at altitudes up to 18,000 feet with no ill effects.
c. Horse-Drawn Carts. Capable of traveling 20 miles per day

drawing a payload of 1,000 pounds.
7.5 Human Bearers

For planning purposes, the following may be assumed:
a. Average Cargo Loads.
(1) Male bearer-80 pounds.
(2) Female bearer-30 to 35 pounds.
b. Personnel Loads. 8 to 12 bearers per litter team.
c. Rate of March. 12 miles per day, average conditions.
d. Overloading and Speed-Up. Overloading and speeding up oper-
ations increase the sick rate and cause desertion.
e. Noneffective Rate. Approximately 30 percent.
J. Close Supervision. Close supervision is required to prevent
pilferage.
Section II. DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT DATA

7.6 Transportation Unit Equipment
Listed below are principal items of unit equipment pertaining to
one or more types of Transportation Corps units. This information,
when applied to authorized quantities of the listed items, will aid
planners and operators in the formulation of loading plans. When
270
preparing the loading plan, this information should be used in con-
junction with equipment characteristics to be found elsewhere in the
manual.
Item (Uncrated unless otherwise noted.) Length Width Height Cu. ft. Weight
(in.) (in.) (in.) (lb.)
CHEMICAL:
Breathing apar, oxygen-generating - --.......-.. 2.2 40
Decontaminating apar, ptbl, 3-gal ...... 22.5 7 (dia) 8.7 75
Kit, chemical agent detector-------------- - -- 0.2 4
Mask, protective, field............--- - --..- 0. 47 4.1
Respirator, paint spray - - --......... 0.05 0.4
Tool set, gas-mask rep... - --............. 0.1 4
ENGINEER:
Adapters, piledriver lead, for crane shovel, 10T - - - - 1 46 175
Backhoe for crane shovel, O1T.........-------- --..-.. 417 6,400
Book set, celestial navigation . - --..-...... .72 29
Boom for crane shovel, O1T,35-ft... 420 .. ...- - 31 2,450
Breaker, paving, pneu, 80 psi, 14- x 6-in. chuck - -............ --..- 3.17 112
Bucket, clamshell, 4 cu yd - --................... 585 4, 850
Bucket, dragline, Y4 cu yd------------------ - -- 210 6,125
Carpenter set No. 1, engr sqd........ - - -........... 17 330
Carpenter equip set No. 2, engr plat- - - - 8 230
Carpenter equip set No. 3, engr ..-.... . 38 24 11 5. 8 132
Compressor, air, gas, 105 cfm, skid-mtd...... 120 90 74 463 6, 605
Compressor, air, set No. 1, 55 cfm, airborne. 60 48 39 65 1,358
Compressor, air, tlr-mtd, 315 cfm ...- ....... 180 84 84 735 12, 000
Compressor, tlr-mtd, 500 cfm, diesel ..-... ..
184 85 98 940 14,400
Crane, revolving, tractor-mtd, 7,500-lb, 35-ft
boom ---- 1, 395 9,785
Crane, shovel, crawler, 10T, Gasoline, %cu yd 137 116 -....-.... 1,760 44,000
Crane, shovel, trk-mtd, 20T, 3/4cu yd, gasoline 387 108 138 3,350 54,000
Crane, shovel, crawler, 40T, 2 cu yd, diesel ..- 196 147 --....... 3,619 88,000
Crane, tractor, wheeled, 40,000-lb, 20-ft boom.. --.......... --...... 3,045 48, 000
Diving equip, 2 persons, 200-ft depth..--.......--..... 234 8, 219
Diving equip, 2 persons, 100-ft depth ...-.... .48 30 36 29 711
Drafting set, GP ..--.................--- - 13 225
Drill, pneu, ptbl, rock, 55 psi, 1- x 4Y4-in. hex
chuck ..-..............--...- 2 42
Drill, pneu, ptbl, rotary, steel, No. 3 Morse
taper, I14-in. cap_ ...- - --..--...----------....... 3.75 115
Drill, ptbl, rotary steel, No. 3 Morse taper, ¼it
in. cap . . .........................--.-.----
--- -- - - --- 28
Extinguisher, fire, C0 2, 15-lb cap.-- ........... - - - 2 8 71
Extinguisher, fire, COs, wheeled 50-lb cap - - - - 27 385
Fire and salvage equip set, marine---......- ......- -...-- 2, 630 45, 000
Floodlighting set No. 2, ptbl ..-.. - - -1.....- - - - 126 1,900
Generator, gas, skid-mtd, 1.5-kw ......... - - - - - 114
Generator, ptbl, gas, skid-mtd, 5-kw ----- - - - - - - 1,300
Generator, ptbl, skid-mtd, diesel, 15-kw ...-- 84 30 54 73 3,455
Generator, ptbl, skid-mtd, diesel, 30-kw.-..-- 108 36 69 156 5,000
Grinder, ptbl, rotary, 8- x 1-in. wheel-15 12 15 1.5 90
Hoist, chain, 3T ..- --..-...-.-... ---....... ......--- 1.09 48. 5
Lamp, elec, ptbl, CP, set No. 1-------. 31 20 16 5 8 180
Light set, gen illumination, 25-outlet -. 6..........-
53.1 880
Light set, gen illumination, 15-kw ---------- --....... 240 5, 950
Lubricator, mtd on M105E3 tlr -..---.-. . .--
147 69 69 405 3,150
Metalizing set ....... - - --..---.. 23 650
Pioneer equip set, engr plat.--------------- - -- 221 2,705
Pioneer equip set, engr sqd .--......... . ... .....--- 26 752
Power control unit, cable, 1 drum, front mount-
ing, 12,000- to 17,000-lb DBP ..-.........- - - 23. 4 1,430
Pump, centrifugal, gas, 55 gpm, 50-ft head ...........---- -
---- - 14.2 250
271
(in.) (in.) (in.) (b.)
ENGINEER-Continued
Pump, centrifugal, gas, 2-in. disk, 2-in. suction,
166 gpm, 80-ft total dynamic head ............ ----- - 32. 7 685
Pump, centrifugal, tlr-mtd, 500 gpm, 20-ft total
dynamic head .-...............- - -......
- 151.6 1,980
Pump, centrifugal, gas, base-mtd, 500 gpm, 90-
ft total dynamic head -:....-.-........ - --.--- 173. 4 2, 510
Pump, centrifugal, gas, tlr-mtd, 1,000 gpm, 80-
ft total dynamic head ....-.........-- -- 556 8, 335
Pump, sump, 175 gpm at 25-ft head, 2.6-in. dis-
charge ......... ....-- --.......---- 3 190
Reproduction set, black and white process ..-... - --.-...-.. 10 230
Reproduction set, gelatin process .... ......------ --..-.... 3. 4 104
Saw, circular, wood, ptbl, 10-in.-..... . .13 9 11 .75 11
Semitrailer, low-bed, 20T, front loading..----- 435 115 76 2,145 23,900
Sheetmetal handset No. 1.... --....... 65 .......................--
2, 600
Shop equip, base maint elec rep - - - -224 5, 720
Shop equip, mach shop, base maint ......- - --....- - 3,590 75, 000
Shop equip, GP rep, stlr-mtd ....... - - - ---- 1,910 22, 700
Shop equip, org rep, lt-trk-mtd.-.. . .....
318 94 129 2, 230 22,120
Shop equip, set No. 8, welding .........................-- - ---. 320 6, 250
Shovel, front, for crane, crawler, 10T- - - -433 6, 700
Sign painting set -- - - -- 9 268
Supplementary equip, hv shop co ...... ------ - .-.. - 545 47,100
Supplementary equip, maint co ---------------.............- - --....- 523 17, 650
Surveying set, OP ---.-- - --- 28 474
Tool kit, blacksmith, gen ------------.- - - - 29 1,160
Tool kit, diesel injector rep, fld maint--- ..-......-.-.. .. 2.6 62
Tool kit, mason and concrete finishers......- ---- - 7.6 103
Tool kit, pipefitters, gen- - - -7 200
Tool kit, pipefitters, supplemental .......------ - - -- - 9 45
Tool kit, precision inst rep- - - -11 308
Tool kit, rigging, wire...-. 34
..........-----..-- 16 10 3.5 167
Tool kit, sheetmetal workers, hand --.... . .....-- - 7 176
Tool set No. 6, engr machinist's.....-- . .20 ..... 8 11 1 20
Torch outfit, cutting and underwater welding. 48 36 57 57 1,120
Torch outfit, cutting and welding -------------................- - --.--- - 50 1,300
Tractor, whl, gas, 3,725- to 5,175-lb DBP---- 116 58 73 261 3,282
Tractor, crawler, diesel, 12,000- to 17,000-lb
DBP, w/bulldozer- 190 95 73 764 22,800
Tractor, tracked, diesel, w/angle dozer, 17,000-
to 24,000-lb DBP..-............ 219 98 80 995 35,600
Tractor, tracked, diesel, w/bulldozer, 24,100- to
32,000-lb DPB ------------------------------ 240 104 90 1, 300 40,000
Trailer, 4W, tandem, 10T, flat-bed------ 150- 93 48 1,188 7,200
330
Truck, crash, Army aeft, w/firefighting equip- 294 96 106 1, 740 21,000
Welding shop, tlr-mtd, 300 amp ..-...........................-- - -- - 420 4,900
Wheelbarrow, 3 cu ft (when heaped) - - - - 6.8 74
MEDICAL:
Candler, egg, aluminum ..-- ..........
- --. 167 2. 08
Comparator, color, hydrogen, chlorophenol red_-_---............- - .187 6
Dispensary, medical set, field ... . ...... ...-- - - 2 70
Egg insp kit, vet ...........- . --...-. 1 25
Food insp kit, fid vet - -.. _-.....-
--- - --. ---------- 1 20
Food insp kit, vet _--_- ............. -..------- 1.33 50
Litter, folding, aluminum pole-_i---------i 49 8.4 6 b 1.43 23
Medical fld set, supplemental sup ----------------- - - 2.3 45
Medical kit, indiv, crated -------------------- 15 8 6 .41 8
Stove, gasoline, 2-burner, crated.-------------- 15 6 8 .48 16. 3
Tester, milk-sediment, King_ __-___-_-_-_-_-______ _. _____ __-.-
____ -- _ 1.13
. 12
272
(in.) (in.) (in.) (lb.)
ORDNANCE:
Carbine, cal .30 -. 35.6 ---- 5.6
Carrier, cargo, M29C0 ------ 192 67 71 403 4,800
Carrier, lt wpn, inf, ½T, 4x4, M274------ 118.25 49 27.5 81 900
Demolition equip set No. 2, plat ........--
e - - 4.6 85
Dolly, 10T, 2W, M365 114 96 54 340 3, 400
Grinder, bench, hand-powered, 6- x l¼-in.
wheel ----------------------------.- ---- .36 11.3
Jack, hydraulic, 10T -.-------------- - ------------- 12.7 338
Launcher, rocket, 3.5-in., M20A1 -------------- 60 -...---. 8 43
Machinegun, cal .30, BRO, M1919A 88 ........ ... 34
Machinegun, cal .50, AN-M3, Acft, basic - ......------
- - - 1.7 78
Machinegun, cal .50, BRG, M2, hv bbl -------- 65 ----------..............- - ------ 82
Mount, AA, MG, cal .50, M63 ....... - - - - - 144
Mount, pedestal, MG, cal .50, M65 ------------ 82 - -- ---------- --.... .. - 8
825
Mount, tripod, MG, cal .50, M3 .......... - .- - - - 44
Pistol, auto, cal .45 ----------------------------- 8.6 ------ ----- ----
- --- 2.4
Pistol, pyrotechnic ----------------------- 8 --.---.-- 2.13
Recovery vehicle, medium..-... ----- 234 106 108 1,880 61,700
Rifle, U.S., cal .30 ---------------------------- 43.6 ----------...............-- - ---- 9.5
Semitrailer, cargo, 6T, van, 2W, MSKD 2181i_248 96 130 1, 797 7,170
Semitrailer, van, 7½4T, refrg, 2W, lightweight__ 275 96 130 1,980 6,600
Semitrailer, cargo van, 12T, 4W 344 97 109 2,102 13, 800
Semitrailer, 12w4r, 4W---------------------- 600 97 93 3,116 13,000
Semitrailer, low-bed, 25T, 8W.-- 404 116 64 1,711 13,000
SigC rep shop, trk-mtd, 2½iT, 6x6, M185 i------ 254 96 117 1,651 15, 270
Sled, cargo, 1T, M14AI _____---- . .116 51 80 169 600
Sled, cargo, 10T-288 96 36 575 10, 000
Submachinegun, cal .45 ...
47 ....................
13
Tool set, armorer's ........-- - -1.1 57
Tool set, auto fuel and elec..- - - - .67. 18
Tool set, electrician's No. 2.................................--- - - .5 10
Tool set, gen mechanic's ......-- --..--- 1.24 42. 2
Tool set, 2d ech, No. 1, common ---------------......---.- -- 47.5 959
Tool set, 2d ech, No. 1. supplemental ...- - - - - 1.4 51
Tool set, 2d ech, No. 2, common ---------------
.-------- - 139. 5 2, 715
Tool set, 2d ech, No. 2, supplemental -------...............- - --. 131 3, 076
Tool set, 2d ech, No. 4, block and tackle -------.......................-- - - 1.84 89. 5
Tool set, machinist's .................-- - -1.2 42
Tool set, metal body rep --------------------............- - - -- 1.25 39. 6
Tool set, welder's .---------- - --- 1 31
Trailer, fuel, svc, 600-gal ---------------------- 151 89 71 622 3,000
Trailer, 2T, 4W, generator ------ 19 96 63 694 4,000
Truck, command, Y4T, 4x4, M42-185 74 90 695 6,000
Truck, gas tank, 2T, 6x6, 750-gal ------------- 254 91 93-82 1, 242 10,800
Truck, shop van, 2½T, 6x6, M5351------------ 256 96 118-94 1,340 10,000
Truck, dump, 2½T, 6x6-249 85 104 1,270 13, 800
Truck, dump, 2½T,.--------
4x2 - 220 91 92 1,070 8,200
Truck, wrecker, 2?T, 6x6 ---.-- 288 91 119 1,805 16,000
Truck, 5T, 4x2, S&P-292 96 90 1, 266 10, 450
Truck, tractor, 8T, 6x4 d-------------------- - 285 86 104 1,476 14, 300
QUARTERMASTER:
Adding and subtracting mach, elec or hand-
operated, 10-col .. - - - -2.16 48
Adding and subtracting mach, hand, 8-col...------------ - - 3.1 65
Bag, canvas, water,w/ropes and cover .--...-...-.-....... 52 11.3
Burner, oil-stove, tent --------- -- ---- ---- --. 2.29 59.4
Can, gasoline, 5-gal --.................--- ----- .95 9.5
Can, water, 5-gal - . - - - --- 1.4 8
Chair, folding, metal ........ - - --. .99 11.5
Conveyor, gravity roller, 450 curve, 18 in. wide,
10-ft see - - ------------------ 120 18 3 8 165
Desk, field, empty, fiber, co---- -- - ---- 2.7 39
551192 -60----18 273

(In.) (In.) (in.) (lb.)
QUARTERMASTER-Continued
Desk, field, M-1945--..-..-..-.-.-.-...-. -- --------- 4.3 68
Fly, tent, wall, large, w/o pins and poles .-... 258 173 ... ...... b 1.6 50
Heater, immersion ..............-- - -&- - 6.2 72
Heater, tent, gasoline, 250,000 Btu ...- --........-......-... 57.9 596
Lantern, gasoline .....--...- -. 28 2. 7
Machine, calculating, nonlist, elec, 8-col... ... 2.73 75
Machine, computing, list, 10-col cap -.............--..- 8.3 50
Machine, duplicating, stencil, hand-operated -............
----
--.. 5.2 80
Organ, folding, chaplain, w/case................- - - - 6.14 109
Outfit, cooking, 1 burner ......... ------------ --.. 11 4.6
Outfit, cooking, small detachment .-..... ..........--..-...... 4. 33 123
Outfit, off mess .-....................- - -... 2 45
Parachutete .....------------------....- --.. 79 31
Paulin, duck, OD, 17- x 12-ft ...-.... . ... 204 144 ..... .. b 2. 3 57
Paulin, duck, OD, 40- x 20-ft...-..... . 480 240 b6.7 250
Pump, bbl, rotary, kerosene or gas w/6-ft hose
and nozzle - - - 58 2. 44 50
Pump, gas, ptbl, gas-eng drive, 50 gpm ...-..- 29 22 44 25. 6 380
(crated)
Safe, field, comb, lock ... - --..............- 3 150
Stove, cooking, gasoline, 1 burner ---------------- - - 8.87 185
Tank. fuel, skid-mtd, 750-gal., 2-compartment 72 72 56 237 1, 100
(crated)
Tent, CP, w/pins and poles....-....... . .165 120 108 b 9.9 257
Tent, GP, med, w/pins and poles .....--.. 396 192 120 b 19 455
Tent, kitchen, w/pins and poles-.... . 216 144 108 b 26 419
Tent, malnt, w/frame and pins -......- 322 218 164 b 84.3 1,255
Tent, wall, small, w/pins and poles-106 110 102 b 7.5 115
Tent, wall, large, w/pins and poles 174 168 132 b 8.9 275
Trailer, whse, 4,000-lb, 36- x 84-in. caster steer-
ing------------------------------------------ 84 36 14 24.5 1, 000
Truck, fork, gas, 2,000-lb, 130-in. lift69 33 86 117 4, 800
Truck, fork, gas, 6,000-lb, rough terrain -....... 195 84 122 1,160 16, 600
Truck, fork, gas, 10,000-lb, rough terrain .f-.---- 216 102 131 1, 660 26, 300
Trlek, hand, 2W, w/folding wing ....-....... 52 18 --...... .5.9 18
Truck, hand, platform, 2,500-1b, 36- x 72-in 72 36 30 45 200
Truck, oxyacetylene, 2W ----------------- - -- 16.7 170
Typewriter, nonptbl - --.............--.... 2.5 50
Typewriter, ptbl --.... ........- - --
- ------- 1.5 35
SIGNAL:
Antenna equip, RC-292 ............- - - --...... g 48
Axle, R-27 ..............-..........---...... s--8
Converter, M-209 -...........- 40 1 .5 g. 01 g 32. 5
Detector set, AN/PRS-3--------------------- 28 13 9.25 4.75 *110
Dispenser, MX-306A/G - -.. -...........--..-.. g25
Emergency switchboard, SB-18/T .--.....- - .2 5
Lantern, MX-290/GV -........... . 3.3 3.3 6.5 g.02 ' 3.5
Lineman equip, TE-21 - -...- -. 7 45. 8
Multimeter, AN/PRM-15 ...... ............. 8.75 4.75 5.8 .14
Multimeter, TS-297/U (packaged) ..-. &...
8.5 6 5 .15 5. 3
Multimeter, TS-352/U ...-....... 11. 3 8 6 '. 31 20. 8
Power unit, PE 75.....-................. 36 19 24. 5 9. 7 325
Public address set, AN/TIQ-2 (packaged) ..---.. .---........--.- 55 585
Radar set, AN/SPN-11Z ..--............ - - -- - 128 1,835
Radiac set, AN/PDR-27 .8................... 46
Radiac set, AN/PDR-39 -.. 1...0.4 6.2 8 .3 11
Radio set, AN/ARC-27 .............- - - --. 11.2 199
Radio set, AN/ARC-44------------ - - - - - '36. 75
Radio set, AN/GRC-7 -......-...... 28 ...--...... 215
Radio set, AN/ORC-9 ..-...--....-.......-- 12.6 256
Radio set, AN/GRC-19 ....... - ...--
- -....-. . 254
Radio set, AN/GRR-5 (packaged) ....-. .. 27 15 46 11 110
274
(in.) (in.) (in.) (lb.)
SIGNAL-Continued
Radio set, AN/PRC-8, -9, -10 - - -4.5 62
Radio set, AN/TRC-34 .- ---........ - - ---... g 172
Radio set, AN/URC-4 ......-....... - 5. 75
Radio set, AN/VRC-7 . ......
- - --..- 65
Radio set, AN/VRC-9, -10 (crated) - -..-... 14 .
.....- ..-......-...
h 299
Radio set, AN/VRC-18 -...-..... - --.....-
--.. 18 429
Radio set, AN/VRC-19 ....-- ..-.--...- --..-.- 8.5 113
Radio set, AN/VRC-19X ....- ---....- - -- --. 10.8 240
Radio set, AN/VRC-29 ..---.....-..-...--. 130
Radio set, AN/VRQ-2 (packaged)-.--...&....... .. 8.4 427
Radio set, AN/VRQ-3 .. - - 23 502
.--
Radio set, AN/VRR-7 ....- - - --........- g 50
Radio teletypewriter set, AN/GRC-46......- - - - - g 1,126
Reel unit, RL-31 (crated) - --....-....
...- - --... i 60
Switchboard, SB-22/PT .........-- - - - 'g 28. 25
Switchboard, SB-86/P - -- ....................-- g 170
Telephone set, TA-43/PT...-... . 10.5
.... 6 4 1.46
Telephone set, TA-312/PT - -.... g 8.4
Teletypewriter, AN/PRC-I, in case .-. . .25 21 17 4.8 43
Term telegraph-telephone, AN/TCC-14 15.8 11. 5 25. 75 2. 68 70
Tool equip, TE-33 1- - - --- -. 07 2. 2
Tool equip, TE-41 ...-.... ..... 21 7 8 g. 68 g 29. 4
Tool equip, TE-113 --------------- - -- 2 40
Trailer, V-13/GT ...-........ ... 185 88 60 565 2, 400
Vibrator pack, PP-68/U - 8 8 10 R.37 g70
Wrench equip, TE-9 ..--... I..........1 4
TRANSPORTATION:
Airplanes (See ch 2.)
Barge, deck cargo, steel, 570T, 110-ft .-. . 1,320
....... 360 110 30, 000 344, 000
Boat, diesel, plastic, 26-ft .-... . .312 97 72 1,260 6,810
Boat, patrol, diesel, wood, 363-ft -..- - 438 127 112 3, 602 13, 600
Boat, patrol, diesel, wood, 63-ft..-....- 779 191 192 16, 512 69, 400
Boat, work, diesel, steel, 65-ft ---. ------ 786 212 252 24, 318 132, 000
Book, reference library, rail set, No. 7 ..-- - - 5.5 98
Book, reference library, rail set, No. 8-......-- -3 55
Cargo set, cleaning, in gear box-72 50 61 125 1, 610
Cargo set, coopering and shoring, in gear box._ 72 48 61 123 2,148
Cargo set, drum handling, in gear box.----- 72 48 72 144 3, 780
Cargo set, hatch, 5T, in gear box -. 72 50 61 126 3,140
Cargo set, hv lift, 50T, in gear box-81 48 72 162 4, 250
Cargo set, lighting, in gear box.-. . ........
73 51 61 132 1, 780
Cargo set, plate handling, in gear box.. 36 30 31 19.2 378
Cargo set, riggers', in gear box .-.. 72 50 44 92
Cargo set, timber handling, in gear box 72 36 27 41 1, 037
Cargo set, vehicle handling, in gear box..-.. .130 31 29 67 880
Cargo transporter (box, metal, shipping, steel,
cap. 295 cu ft, max load 9,000 lb) 102 75 83 366 1,500
Crane, floating, diesel elec, steel, 60T . ....1, 704 .... 696 144 98, 400 1,800, 000
Drier, sand, external grating, 7T to 10T .------ -6.-...-- 52 (dia) 56 87.6 1,137
Fender, marine, rubber-filled-24 7 (dia)-
Forge, blacksmith, ptbl, w/blower, 40Y- x 37-
x 3-in -- ------------------------------------- -130 200
Forge, blacksmith, ptbl, 220V, 42- x 38- x 7-in.------------- -------------- 130 200
Forge, riveting, ptbl, 10- x 10- x 5-in. w/burner,
oil-fired---------------- ------------------------------------------------- 3. 75 216
Former, slip-roll, bench, hand, 2-in. dia rolls,
36-in. cap., 22 gage ---------------- -- 33. 7 480
Grinder, bench, 2-spindle, 220V, 3- to 4-in. dia._ 15 12 15 1.6 90
Grinder, bench, tool and cutter, 220V, 12-in.
dia work ----------------------------------- 18 16 25 4.17 64
Helicopters (See ch 2.)
275
(in.) (in.) (in.) (lb.)
TRANSPORTATION-Continued
Landing craft, diesel, steel, Mark VIII, LCM
(8), 70-ft.-............... - 884 252 164 21, 090 134, 400
Landing craft, diesel, steel, 115-ft -..... . 1, 380 408 261 85, 043 403, 200
Lathe, eng, hv dy, 203s-in. swing, 48-in. centers,
16-spd----------------------------- - - - - -453 13, 730
Locomotive, diesel-elec, 36-, 39%-, 42-in., 48T,
0-4-40 road switcher -.... - --....... 420 102 136 3, 380 116, 000
Locomotive, diesel-elec, 56/-, 60-, 63-, 66-in.,
60T, 044-0 road switcher......420 102 136 3,380 116, 000
Locomotive, diesel-elec, 36M3-,39%-, 42-in.,
80T, 0-66-0 road switcher 504 108 131 4,130 144, 000
Locomotive, diesel-elec, 566-, 60-, 63-, 66-in.,
120T, 0-6-6-0 road switcher....- . 642
.... 116 163 3,380 232, 400
Locomotive, steam, 36-, 393-, 42-in., 60T, 2-8-2 429 103 136 3, 465 104, 000
tender - ----------------------------- 285 103 136 2, 285 41, 600
Propelling unit, diesel, outboard, 165-hp...... - - - - - 9, 300
Pump, reciprocating, 12.5 gpm, 2-in. suction,
steam, 4-in. dischargek ....--...-..-.-.-.. ..- 8 300
Railway car, push, multigage, 6T, 4W - - - --....... 630
Railway motor car, multigage, 8-man, 4W ..- - - --... 2, 600
Railway cars, 36-, 39Y-, 42-in.
Ambulance, kitchen-diner-storage...-. . 735
.. 100 134 5, 650 91, 000
Ambulance, pers------ 735 100 134 5, 650 90, 000
Ambulance, ward ---.--- -- 735 100 134 5, 650 92, 000
Railway car, 56½-, 60-, 63-, 66-in.
Flat, depressed center, 80T .-....- 492 116 40 1,334 76, 000
Gondola, high-side, 40T-.... . ...
531 ..114 105 3, 640 35, 400
Shaper, metal work, floor, 20-in., std dy....... - - - - 190 5,100
Shear, sheet metal, 52- x 18-in., 16 gage .... ..- - - --. 1, 995
Sheet metal mach, cap. 18 gage iron......- - - - 33. 7 480
Tool set, boiler and smith shop co -.--....-........--......... 432 18, 238
Tool set, car repair co ...-.. - ......--....-----.- ----- - 169 9, 663
Tool set, diesel-elec plat - .........--
- ---------- --- -34 3,117
Tool set, erecting and mach shop ......--...... . - - 536 22, 105
Tool set, railway maint of way, No. 4 ..... - --......-..- 334 10, 283
Tool set, railway maint of equip, No. 5 - --..-.... 1,525 41, 645
Tug, harbor, diesel, steel, 600-h p, 65-ft -.... .840 234 273 30, 054 224, 000
Weight will vary slightly with different makes and models.

b Folded.
c Less explosives.
d 10-ton may be Issued.
e Data are for one section.
r Without forks.
g Add 30 percent for crating.
b Less components.
XLess wire.
i Without diesel engine.
k In place on 11-gpm pump.
276
C) C) C o .2 r
C) 3 O a FC
cD 'b
0 .
M1 C) Cd C) .
1 d C)C)
0 -
00
,- o ,
a"~~~~~~~~ m~~~~~~~~~~~~~zt
.,( Cd
0
00 Oo o ': 'O E0.
0
.~ oo a 0 Cdo
H~ ~~ 0o 0.2 00 .0 Cd
I P aS - - F >
o C4 0qC)
o v 1 30 .0
0-
~
CM ~ m0 ~ 0
o, 00 C)
,o i--=o 'O ~ o · c ~, -p
B ,, N O " 3 yCO
$q I . 'd O CO CO I = I 00a
u ~~
~ ,
o 00
(O 0· CO C C
r4 ~~~~~ S Cd
Cd ,
C)
ea II ~ C
i?~ ~ C Cd Cd
o
'0 o'; *. oC
0) Cd ~ d Cd
0,~ ~ ~ C)8 C) ....
r~~~~~~~~~~~ w
wt~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
U~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~7
277
dd
a C6 0
1c
cd~~~~~~~~~~~~~~c
7
C -
P ra
0 0 el
c CC
C) 0 ) 3S~
5 '
0 Cd O
t--Co CO
)00 LD
278
o~~~~ I
~ ~~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~~-
i- In
0cC~~~~~~~~~~
C) 0
o ~.~ ~ ~O'. C 0 o 0 O t
C)~~~~~~~~~)c
c 3~~~~c
a n ~~~~~~~~~~~
-B C"
N
-
m d 3
O -
3~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~.
1- m-4
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~0
~~~~~~~
0
C)o 5-1 5-3 - 1
oO 0
e~o .o 5-
5-
gp ~~ C) ~ ' 2
2 2
~~~~~
a~~~ Q E~~~~ E a~~~
d d a e~~~~C
coa a a p ,"~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~C
.2 ~ .P oE E a aco
u .E?, B L~~0 . d.c 0 C)C

o 0
- c o
278 im
I m I
5: a - -
b - o o a .-
t-x~~~~ eD ~ ~ 0 d=~
OSO
O m 0
CD N CD o m Q
a 0
CSX~~~o~
CD * 0-
'~~~~~O -14 O - CD) 0 "
- *- 6 o o a
00 ) ko
cli 't CD
0""~%~~~00
0 0 cc O l 0 0 0 0 CD N0 3
*1 0 C 1 0 D
COI I_ 00 -I
0
q 1, 1 I I I I C~Q 0 0 0 Q I
_ ff
I-
=
C
II
to ~I CO E1 - _1 I -
I)
I C
I IcInS ,0 ,,~
CO
-) 0
O
O-'2
bl)
II I I I I I I I I2 30
9 'Io Il : :I $~S
:I I 'I '
~~~rl~~~~
~ ~~
Ifl~~E I
c 1 c C~~~.. 1.
o 0
2~~~~~~~~~~~~~~7
I. - 0B.
-~~ -~~~ ci~~~ 0 HH <27

S
a5
M
O 0,
I
r coo 00 0
M U 00 0
0I~~: I - c
o~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
sl I~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
C3 ~
09M
P i r i
i I Ci i -
uo - 1 C)N~
i r i i i
C) C)
I I
I I
I I I I :
©~~~~~~~~~~
i 0
C)
o
Q
J
-$
0 ~0 : 1
0 0
C) 0 L
C) C):0.
$ ~~ D $
'8~~~~~~~~~~~~C
280~~~~*
~
O
C)C
~ ~ C 4)0.,.,
4 s S; ~~~004
4) C
*0 ;fl
C) P..
280
7.8 Materials Handling Equipment
The items of materials handling equipment listed below are those
normally used by Transportation Corps terminal service personnel.
For the most part these items are authorized by TOE or TA. The
straddle trucks listed in f below are not normally Transportation
Corps TOE or TA items, but may be obtained by special authoriza-
tion when needed. For more complete information, see TM 10-1619.
a. Forklift Trucks. All of the following forklift trucks are gasoline
powered and pneumatic tired.
Lift Free Fork Load center Dimensions (in.)

Capacity height lift length (in. from Weight
(lb) (in.) (in.) (in.) heel) (lb)
Height Length Width
4,000 --------- 144 22 40 24 7, 660 95 104 45

6,000 -------- 168 63/4 40 24 10, 375 115 113 68
10,000 ------- 210 2 48 24 14, 145 150 136 77
15,000 -- - 210 2>t 48 24 18, 330 150 152 96
b. Rough Terrain Forklifts.
Fork Turning Lift tilt (degrees)

Capacity Lift length Gradeability radius
(lb! (in.) (in.) (percent) (ft)
Forward Back Left-right
6,000 ---- 144 48 45 15 45 30 10

10,000 144 60 45 17 45 30 10
c. Warehouse Tractors. Both of the following warehouse tractors

are gasoline powered and pneumatic tired.
Towing Loaded Dimensions (in.)

Drawbar pull capacity speed Weight
(lb) (ton) (mph) (lb)
Height Length Width
4,000 90 12 5,220 57 111 66

7,500 --------------- 200 9. 47 12, 386 72 130 96
281
d. Warehouse Cranes. Both of the following warehouse cranes are
gasoline powered and pneumatic tired.
Dimensions (in.)
Capacity Sluing Loaded Weight
(lb) range speed (lb)
(mph) Height Length Width
10,000 ---- 1800 15 20, 800 95 295 94

10,000 __--------- _ -_ 1800 12 20, 000 260 273 96
e. Warehouse Trailers.
Capacity Tires Construction Length Width

(lb) (in.) (in.)
4,000--- Steel or rubber -------------- Wood ------------- 72 36

4,000 __ Steel or rubber -------------- Wood ------------- 84 36
4,000--_ Steel or rubber -------------- Wood ------------- 84 48
6,000_ Pneumatic ------.-.- - .------Wood 108 48
20,000_ Solid rubber ------------- Steel-------------- 144 72
f. Straddle Trucks. All of the following straddle trucks are gasoline

powered and pneumatic tired, and have four-wheel steering.
Dimensions (in.)
Capacity Loaded speed Weight D i
(lb) (mph) (lb)
Height Length Width
30,000 _-___._- __----- -__ 35 12, 500 114 187 92

30,000 _____----------- 35 13, 250 123 187 92
30,000 ----------------- - 35 13, 000 124 188 105
30,000 ------------------- 35 14, 800 159 192 96
282
o D0~ _' iD-
2;0 | 2. |> | > |
i4: 6
N 1
I I1
I- I P3~~ czP 2 ~I I
¢. 2 00
< q .2 1 Z | or *0 .o0.° .00.
ah Q R CSQ 2
I '- ) ° _ _ -n
1 '__ _ I I
Z
Q .0 II
Im IE
818
0
2\§ ICa13 I8 1
0 -
6s
- - - __I
z @%
4 - I - _ - _ _ - _ _ _
~
I- ~ ~ .-
CO 'I I . /
0) .g ¢ Wg .0 C 'SO
Q d . I 0 /s /I a
CO~~~~~~~~~~
I
~~~~~-~~ ~ - - CO C
t3~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~8
·C·I~~~~~~~~~~
C~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~8
8 C`'~~~C
~~m~ C)~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~t
YI bI
E- ~ - ~
0~~~~~~~~
~~~~~
S~~~~Z4
0~~~~~~~~
0 00 t
i n ..bD
0 ~ r- Ci2 i
I~ c
Cl l 0
2 0
C3
*~~~~~ iC f 0
h" I II t I
o og .
,
R~~~~~~~~~ i
cI I
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
I I
.-'
I
8 04 C.
284
oo0
-- oac~o - a,-
03 -
~3 0 - ,c1 -
00: - cc
0 - C~ d100t- -(
o 0)
0 O - 00 -
- cm cmO00- -
a, ~ 0 ~ ~
0~~~~~
0 - ~' - -
%~~~~~ i i
0 .- 0' S
tiS oI-00 - -
0)'- 0·3
ol~~
S~~~
~ ~~~~
I I i~
0
~~b oO
4
~~~~20)
~ ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 6
. I~~~~~~~ a
Ca I
hi~~~ I I a
I 'u m a , a)
285
d. Other Data.
(1) Fuel consumption per day.
(a) Coal stove for heating.
1. 20 pounds of coal or 12 Presto logs for summer operations
(10 0 F or above).
2. 50 pounds of coal or 30 Presto logs for winter operations
(100 F or less).
(b) Coal stove for cooking.
1. 50 pounds of coal.
2. 30 Presto logs if used instead of coaN.
(c) Generatorfuel consumption.
1. 5-kw generators burn approximately 20 gallons of gaso-
line in continual operation.
2. 30-kw generators burn 30 gallons of diesel fuel oil (VVF
800).
3. 45-kw generators consume 35 gallons of diesel fuel oil
(VVF 800).
(d) Starting motors or pumps, based on an average of 1-hour
operation per day, are rated at 0.2 of a gallon of gasoline.
(2) Lubrication consumption.
(a) Engine oil consumption for large general purpose tractors
is rated at 2 gallons per day. The rate is considered
equal for OE 30-10-5. The consumption rate for light
vehicles is .006 gallon per mile.
(b) The rate of gear oil consumption is: .45 gallon per mile
for a large general purpose tractor; .006 gallon per mile
for light vehicles.
(c) GAA is used as an all-purpose grease (also used for water
pumps, etc.). Consumption rate is .005 of a pound per
mile.
(d) Consumption rates for generators, starting motors, and
pumps are based on operations listed in (1)(c) and (1)(d)
above.
(3) Antifreeze. Each vehicle will have its initial antifreeze put
in before embarking on a cold-weather operation. Arctic
antifreeze compound, used in all CA-A equipment, must
not be diluted with water (par. 7.11a).
7.10 Load-Bearing Capacity of Ice

The strength of ice varies with the structure of the ice, the purity
of the water from which it is formed, the cycle of formation (freez-
ing, thawing, and refreezing), temperature, snow cover, and water
currents. Although the sustaining capacity of ice cannot be de-
286
termined accurately, experience and tests provide the working-
capacity figures for good quality ice given below.
Minimum dis-
Minimum tance between
thickness of tracks or elements
Load ice (inches) (feet)
Single rifleman on skis or snowshoes -..... 1Y2 16
Infantry columns, single horses, motorcycles, unloaded
sleds- ------- ------- ------- ------ 4 33
Single light-artillery piece; /4-ton truck, 4x4 --------- 6 49
Light artillery, passenger cars, 12-ton trucks: light
total load of 3 tons- -------------------------- - 8 65
2'2-ton trucks, light loads ------------------------- 10 82
Closed vehicle columns, except those of armored force
and heavy artillery ---------------- 12 98
Armored scout cars, light tanks -------------- 14 115
20-ton vehicles ---------------- 16 131
7.11 Antifreeze Solutions

a. Compound CA-A (antifreeze, arctic winter) is intended for use
in arctic regions as coolant in all liquid-cooled, internal-combustion
engines. Compound CA-A protects to -700 F. It must not be
diluted by adding water or any other substance.
b. Compound, antifreeze, USA 4-116 (ethylene glycol type) (Pres-
tone, Zerex, etc.) is added to water in the following proportions to
protect to the temperatures specified.
Pints required Percent com-
per gallon of pound by volume
Temperature (OF) mixture of mixture
+30 ----------------------------------- - 1 12. 5
+ 20 ---------------------- -1.---- --- ------ ---. 5 18. 75
+10 --- -- -- -- -- -- -- -------------------- 2 25
0 -------------------------------- 2. 5 31.25
- 10 ------------------ 3 37. 5
-20 ---------------- .---------------
--------- 3. 5 43. 75
- 30 ---------- 4 50
-40to -50 ------------------------ 4. 5 56. 25
-- 60 to -70 ----------------------------------- 5 62. 5
c. If the above compounds are not available, methyl alcohol anti-
freeze compounds (Zerone, Norway, etc.) or plain denatured alcohol
may be used. Denatured alcohol evaporates quickly; methyl alcohol
compounds evaporate less quickly. Solutions must be checked fre-
quently with an antifreeze hydrometer. Distilled glycerine may be
used in an emergency, but if the water evaporates a strong solution
of glycerine freezes readily. Not over 60 percent glycerine may be
used in solution to protect to -30 0 F. The following quantities of
these compounds are used.
287
Percent compound by volume of mixture
Alethyl alcohol Denatured
Temperature (OF) compounds alcohol Glycerine
-- 10 ----------------------- -- - 20 30 33
0-------------------------- --------- 25 37 40
-10 -------------------------
- -------- 30 43 47
-20 ----.-.---------------------------- 40 50 53
- 30 -------------------------
- --------- 50 57 59
-40 -------------------------
- -------- 54 65 ----------
- 50 - -- -- -- -- --- - -- -- -- -- - -- -- -- -- -- -- - 58 72 -- -- - ----
- 60 ... ................................
62 78 --
Section IV. CARGO CONTAINERS, PALLETS, AND

CARGO MARKING
7.12 Reusable Metal Shipping Box and Container Inserts
Figure 7.1 illustrates the two reusable metal shipping boxes (cargo
transporters) and one type of cargo marking. To facilitate handling
and loading small articles, insert containers may be used with the cargo
transporter. The insert container is a cardboard box with a maximum
capacity of 1,000 pounds when strapped to a wooden pallet. Six
insert containers fit into the standard cargo transporter (type 2) and
four in the half-size (type 1). Container inserts may be used to con-
solidate small TOE items, thus eliminating multiple handling and
much protective packaging. If units are to be moved by air, the in-
serts may be used as the shipping containers; cargo transporters are
not necessary.
7.13 General Purpose Pallet

(fig. 7.2)
The general purpose pallet is a four-way-entry, wooden pallet 48
inches long, 40 inches wide, and about 5h4 inches high. It is used
primarily for shipping palletized cargo. It may be loaded and shipped
from shipper to consignee without the cargo being rehandled. The
four-way-entry feature permits easy entrance of the forks of forklift
trucks.
7.14 Sled Pallet

(fig. 7.3)
The sled pallet consists of a heavy timbered platform (4 by 6 feet)
and runners (4 by 6 inches by 6 feet), upon which 3,000 pounds of
supplies and equipment may be secured with steel bands. The pallet
alone weighs 200 pounds. Cables are attached to the runners to per-
mit towing. Sled pallets may be moved through any surf or over
any beach which may be crossed by LVTP's, wheeled landing vehicles,
or similar craft. Rations, water, fuel in 5-gallon containers, and
ammunition are the most suitable supplies for pallet loading.
288
a s
I : u CA
VIit
14 wj~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~4
B
e~~~~~ S
" QON *:i
4-: t u
00~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~t tu1 w
34 kc tcj t4 C4 V
k~~~~~
C 4 -4 ' r CD~~~Q
0~~~~~~~~.
LuL
to W
0oo 0
ui
o 9t 7 0
LIa 4
o o
0 no o 0 C
w 8 0~~~~~~~~~~~-O t~C
tr 00~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~0
~o\~I
nY)(D
5- 51192O-60-----
U)~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~E
(D
z r
wo~~~~~~~~~~~~o
-j ~~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Ci
F r N St)-1
z ai
9 'L Ir) 4i L14t
C
i Eq~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
c o~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~xU
a, U,~~a
( ooz n
IUL, In~~U,
z W
LL 0 -
55R 9 -- -- RZ4
a
2
(i )TOP
5 ."TO 3/"
7
LI _/,.HIT OR
-'l-t
-- -- [
_ - IZ"CHAFER -I12"CHAMFER TO
TO S;'
3%'TO 3'/1'
G. SIDE
oOTH
DooI _ CROiS SECTION SHOWIU'
DETAIL OF CHAMFER EDGE
FOR ALL BOTTOM BOARDS
5 / RANDOM WI
DTHS
"'"si'a " .Oo. *,, w TsO

C) iZ0
s/.,",,
S/j T DETAIL - .-gv 04 , OTRUCTION a
(IMPORf*AN
G END
Figure 7.2. Dimensions of general purpose pallet.
290
I--,-- V-'-iI
, iiii I iI
TOP 3'4
VIEW 4' 0
- I- - - -- - ,-I--11----
- -- I- - 1 ---- - I-
...... 4-l--- /-- -'--- d,, ......
-- - - -- I '
- - l
TOWING HOLE 2" IN DIAMETER
SIDE 0 * ' '- ' 0

VIEW
END' , .e
VIEW' L. . .
S~CTIONSI~e w~wI-
I / I I I /
SIDE VIEW -
10
Figure 7.S. Sled pallet dimRensions.
7.15 Address Marking

(fig. 7.4)
Address marking identifies the consignee and the ultimate destina-
tion of a shipment. The address may be "in the clear", coded, or
both. In-the-clear marking is omitted when it is not desirable to
reveal the consignee. Code marking may be used to conceal the
identity of the consignee, destination of the vessel, and contents of
the shipment. General procedures for cargo marking are described
291
below. AR 746-80 gives detailed marking procedures, shipping sym-
bol numbers, and area designators. Address marking is used for both
domestic and oversea shipments.
a. CONUS Shipments. On CONUS shipments, address marking
consists of:
(1) The in-the-clear name and address of the consignee (not
required on Transportation Control and Shipment Detail
cards).
(2) Designators that identify the military department initiating
the requisition, the designation depot or station, the request-
ing organization, the date, and the serial number of the
requisition.
(3) Shipment digit marking: this gives the required date, the
shipper, the shipment serial number, and the total number
of packages in the shipment.
b. Oversea Shipments. The in-the-clear address, the coded oversea
address, and the digit marking may constitute the oversea address
marking. The in-the-clear address may be omitted. The coded over-
sea address consists of five parts.
(1) The first part is primarily for the use of transportation
agencies and is either a shipping designator or a shipment
number. The shipping designator indicates the port of
debarkation or general destination, the shipment number a
particular troop unit.
(a) Shipping designator ((1), fig. 7.4). The shipping desig-
nator is composed of a combination of four numerical
symbols: the first three give the specific oversea geographi-
cal area of discharge; the fourth shows the military depart-
ment initiating the requisition. Designators are used when
supplies other than those included in troop movement
orders are shipped. The same designators are used re-
peatedly because the first three numerical symbols in the
combination represent permanent places. The numerical
symbols for the military departments are:
1-Army
2-Navy
3-Air Force
4-Marine Corps
5-Army requisition initiated by CONUS technical services
6-Military Assistance Program
(b) Shipment number ((2) fig. 7.4). A shipment number con-
sists of three or more digits-for example, 123 or 1234.
It is used only once and is assigned to a specific movement
of units, casuals, or supplies. A letter may be added to the
shipment number to indicate a specific subunit of the
parent organization to be moved-for example, 1234B.
292
FROM EDGEWOOD ARSENAL -4-D
( NONUNIT SHIPMENT EDGEWOOD,MD.
TOI PORT TRANS O

NOAT
NEW ORLEANS, LA.
6851-8269 B-4612-9044-0016 - A
D 0D K 19148-109-1284-531
A. OVERSEA ADDRESS
B. 2 PACKING LISTS IN ENVELOPES,
I ON OUTSIDE AND I ON
LABEL PREFERRED: INSIDE OF BOX.
UNNECESSARY WHEN C. LABEL CONTAINING DOMESTIC ADDRESS.
SHIPPING IN CARLOAD D. SERVICE COLOR MARKINGS
LOTS. E. WEIGHT AND CUBAGE
F. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF CONTENTS
G. DIGIT MARKING
A. SHIPPING NUMBER AND LETTER

\ B. 2 PACKING LISTS IN ENVELOPES,
I ON OUTSIDE AND I ON
INSIDE OF BOX.
C. SET MARKING
UNIT
SHIPMENT D. WEIGHT AND CUBAGE
) UN IT SHIPMENT ~E.BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF CONTENTS
Figure 7.4. Address marking for boxes.
(2) The second part of the address consists of five digits: these
stand for the general oversea area location, such as Europe
of Japan (first two digits), and the station initiating the
requisition (last three digits).
(3) The third part of the address consists of four digits assigned
by the oversea command: these identify the requesting or
Ilsing organization.
293
(4) The fourth part of the address consists of four digits: these
show the date the requisition was prepared. The first digit
represents the last digit in the calendar year, the last three
digits the numerical calendar day of the year (the number of
days since the beginning of the year).
(5) The fifth part of the address has four digits: this is the serial
number of the requisition prepared on the day indicated in
(4) above.
7.16 Digit Marking

(fig. 7.5)
a. General. Digit marking is a simple and accurate means of
identifying packages in a shipment and of checking them against the
appropriate documents. The system provides a control for packages
from origin to destination and is applicable to practically all service
shipments. It also facilitates the use of non-U.S. personnel by
circumventing the language barrier.
b. Description. Digit marking is composed of four separate digits
or groups of digits separated by dash spacers and enclosed in a black
rectangular border on a light surface or a light rectangular border on
a dark surface. For example:
9148-109-1284-53
(1) The first series of digits represents the oversea terminal

arrival date, assigned by the oversea supply agency. It
consists of the last digit of the calendar year followed by the
digits that represent the numerical calendar day of the year.
The numerals 9148 represent 28 May 1959.
(2) The second series of digits stands for the depot or activity
actually making or having the responsibility for making the
shipment. The numerals 109 represent Edgewood Arsenal.
(3) The third series of digits is the serial shipment number and
is assigned by the shipper to identify the shipment.
(4) The fourth series of digits is the package number. (The
package number is the total number of packages in a ship-
ment.) This number is marked on each package, container,
or unpacked item in a shipment except for carload or truck-
load shipments of identical items in identical containers.
When a shipment of identical items is being made, the
package number is marked on each container only if the
shipping order bears the notation MARK EACH CON-
TAINER.
294
c. Application.
(1) Each shipper forwarding a shipment overseas through a water
or air terminal marks each package with the appropriate
digit marking.
(2) The digit marking appears on the package directly below
the coded oversea address.
(3) Digit marking, excluding package numbers, enclosed in the
prescribed rectangular border is placed directly below the
oversea address on all shipping documents and bills of lading.
If a shipment has more than one oversea address listed on
the bill of lading, the applicable digit marking is entered in
the body of the bill of lading in close proximity to the appro-
priate oversea address. On dock receipts and cargo delivery
receipts, the digit marking is entered in the space(s) pro-
vided. Package numbers are shown in the appropriate
spaces in the pertinent documents.
(4) Each DD Form 1149 (Requisition and Invoice/Shipping
Document) that is executed when originating a shipment is
the basis for applying a separate digit marking.
d. Exceptions.
(1) The digit system is not used for bulk grain, military impedi-
menta, lumber, perishables, household goods, personal
effects, and parcel post forwarded directly to an oversea
address through APO facilities.
(2) The coded oversea address is not shown on individual ship-
ments contained within a cargo transporter originating at
the shipping depot and shipped directly to a consignee at
final destination. It is indicated on shipments placed within
a transporter when the individual shipments are destined for
more than one consignee or oversea destination.
e. Packet Shipments.
(1) The digit marking is not limited to the items carried in a
single transportation unit being moved by truck or railroad
car. It may be applied to a shipment involving several like
transportation units, provided the entire shipment so covered
is the result of one requisition and will be ready for shipment
on the date that the shipper has reported it available for
shipment.
(2) To avoid split shipments, care must be taken to keep the
number of transportation units in a shipment to a minimum.
Five transportation units in any one shipment should be the
maximum. A consolidated or master shipping document,
annotated to reflect the consolidation, must be forwarded to
the interested ports and to the consignee.
295
6951-82698-4612-9044-0016
9148-109-1284-53
Figure 7.5. Digit marking.
7.17 Service-Color Marking

(fig. 7.6)
Service-color markings are shown on all export shipment containers
to facilitate identification of shipments or service and to assist in the
dispersion of supplies to the proper oversea depots.
a. Army (Except Signal Corps), Air Force, Navy, and Marine Corps.
An equal-size triangle is painted in the prescribed service color on each
adjacent face of two diagonally opposite corners of the top of the con-
tainers. The altitude of the triangle may vary from 3 to 8 inches
and should be in proportion to the size of the container.
b. Army Signal Corps. A signal 2-inch band in the prescribed
service color is painted around the smaller perimeter of the container
in a location that does not interfere with other markings. A similar
line is painted across the two short ends of the container.
c. Assigned Service Colors and Markings. The number in paren-
theses is the Federal color specification number.
(1) Army technical services.
(a) Chemical Corps-dark blue (35044)
(b) Corps of Engineers-red (11136)
(c) Medical Service-maroon
(d) Quartermaster Corps-willow green (14187)
(e) Ordnance Corps-yellow (13538)
(f) Signal Corps-orange (12246)
(g) Transportation Corps-light gray (16376)
(2) U.S. Air Force-blue (15193)
(3) Navy-black (37038) except as noted below:
(a) Naval electronics-green (14187)
(b) Naval medical supplies-maroon
(4) Marine Corps.
(a) Ordnance-yellow (13538)
(b) Aviation--blue (15193)
(c) Engineer-red (11136)
(d) Chemical-dark blue (35044)
296
(e) Electronics-orange (12246)
(f) Medical-maroon
(g) Quartermaster--willow green (14187)
(h) Post Exchange-willow green (14187) with 3-inch X marked
above
(i) Motor transport-willow green (14187) with 3-inch MT
marked above
(5) Army and Air Force Exchange Service-a black X where
colored corner markings normally appear
(6) Special Service Division-white triangles with black 2-inch
dot in each triangle
(7) Army and Air Force Motion Picture Service-a black MPS
where colored corner markings normally appear
SERVICE COLOR,EXCEPT ARMY SIGNAL CORPS,

PAINTED AS THREE TRIANGLES ON
ADJACENT FACES ON DIAGONALLY
OPPOSITE CORNERS
COLOR MARKING
FOR SIGNAL CORPS
Figure 7.6. Service-color marking.
Section V. COMMUNICATIONS
7.18 Signal Equipment Classifcation
a. Classification. Signal equipment submitted to a joint Army-
Navy board is classified by indicator letters as follows:
AN=joint Army-Navy system numbers. (AN does not mean
that the set is used by both services.)
First letter following slash=type of installation.
Second letter following slash= type of equipment.
Third letter following slash=purpose of equipment.
Number following dash= particular set.
b. Example. ANJVRC-18=Army-Navy, ground vehicular radio
receiving-transmitting set No. 18.
297
c. Interpretation.
AN / V R C 18
System indicator Where What What Model number
it is it is it does of a specific type
INSTALLATION
TYPE EQUIPMENT PURPOSE
INSTALLATION TYPE EQUIPMENT PURPOSE
A--Airborne (installed A-Invisible light, heat A-Auxiliary assemblies
and operated in radiation (not complete oper-
aircraft) B-Pigeon (inactivated, ating sets)
B-Underwater mobile, do not use) B-Bombing
submarine C-Carrier (wire) C-Communications
C-Airtransportable (in- D-Radiac (receiving and
activated, do not F-Photographic transmitting)
use) G-Telegraphic or tele- D-Direction finder
D-Pilotless carrier type (wire) G-Gun or searchlight
F-Fixed I-Interphone and pub- directing
G-Ground, general lic address H-Recording (photo-
ground use (includes K-Telemetering graphic, meteorologi-
two or more ground L-Countermeasures cal, and sound)
installations) (inactivated, do not L-Searchlight control
K-Amphibious use) (inactivated, use G)
M-Mobile (installed as M-Meteorological M-Maintenance and
operating unit in a N-Sound in air test assemblies (in-
vehicle which has no P-Radar cluding tools)
function other than Q-Sonar and underwa- N-Navigational aids
transporting the ter sound (including altimeters,
equipment) R-Radio beacons, compasses,
P-Pack or portable (an- S-Special types, mag- radar beacons, depth
imal or man) netic, etc., or combi- sounding, approach
S-Water surface craft nations of types and landing)
T-Ground, transport- T-Telephone (wire) P-Reproducing (photo-
able V-Visual and visible graphic and sound)
U-General utility (in- light Q-Special or combina-
cludes two or more X-Facsimile or televi- tion of types
general installation sion R-Receiving
classes, airborne, S-Detecting and/or
shipboard, and range of bearing
ground) T-Transmitting
V-Ground, vehicular W-Remote control
(installed in vehicle X-Identification and
designed for functions recognition
other than carrying
electronic equipment,
etc., such as tanks)
7.19 Semaphore, Phonetic Alphabet, and Morse Code
(fig. 7.7)
a. Semaphore. Signals may be sent by using the semaphore alpha-
bet and two 18-inch square, red-and-white flags. Numerals in the
message should be spelled out. All messages end with the ending
sign AR. Detailed instructions may be found in H.O. No. 87.
b. Phonetic Alphabet. This is a voice alphabet used over radio
298
ALPHABET: SEMAPHORE, PHONETIC, AND MORSE
4t D-t *di)~ntwerIanswerin i
ALPHA BRAVO CHARLIE DELTA ECHO FOXTROT
GOLF HOTEL INDIA JULIET KILO LIMA
m _ 0O , mO a m
MIKE NOVEMBER OSCAR PAPA QUEBEC ROMEO

m_ ·* mmm
_ 0· m mmm
_ * _
SIERRA TANGO UNIFORM VICTOR WHISKEY X-RAY
YANKEE ZULU BREAK ERROR ATTENTION

m * mm
II ·
NUMERALS: MORSE AND PHONETIC

I mmmm 40 0· emm 6m· · · · 9 -mmmm
·
(FO-WER) (NI-NER)
2. · mMl 5· 0· · 7 mm · · · mmmmm
l
(FI-YIV) (ZEE-RO)
3. · · mm 8mmm *·
(THUH-REE)
Figure 7.7. Semaphore, phonetic alphabet, and Morse code
and wire systems to identify the calling and the called station and
to spell difficult or unusual words.
c. Morse Code. Time and position signals necessary to avigation
and navigation and radio and wire messages are given in Morse code.
AR is the end-of-message signal. For general telegraphic procedures,
299
see FM 24-5. The uses of Morse code in avigation are explained in
TM 11-2557 and in navigation in Knight's "Modern Seamanship."
7.20 Ground-to-Air Emergency Messages

Emergency messages may be sent from the ground to aircraft by
arranging panels, torn clothing, parachutes, ditches, rocks, logs, brush
fires, and other materials and formations in the shapes shown in
figure 7.8. The arrangement must be-
a. Large enough to be seen from the air.
b. Of both color and texture in contrast to its background.
(i GROUND I8GNALS
1. Require doctor 10. Will attempt takeoff )
2. Require medical supplies 11. Aircraft seriously damagedI
3. Unable to proceed X 12. Probably safe to land here
4. Require food and water F 13. Require fuel and oil L

5. Require firearms and t 14. All well L|
ammunition
6. Require map and compass [ 15. No N

7. Require lamp and batteries ] 16. Yes y
8. Indicate direction to 1 17. Not understood

proceed |
9. Am proceeding this 18. Require engineer W

direction I
i) ACKNOWLEDGMENT BY AIRCRAFT
from side to side

1. Rocking from
Message received and understood . Rocking side to side
2. Green flashes from signal lamp
1. Aircraft will make complete

Message not understood right-hand circuit
2. Red flashes from signal lamp
Figure 7.8. Ground-to-airemergency code
300
--]-
z 4o o , sz oZ z> z
0o zzzz>Iszzzzzz zz
_ I zzzz >zzzzzzz :-.zz
06 0 g 0: 0
0i0 ' 060
060li 0 0 6
8 I
.ZZ z ZZZZ ZZZ
a UC 00C C0C1000 00
000oo
U '
0
Uf
o ;''j'
.2 , , : :
I-, C
P 8agd~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~'
'I- ~ ~ ~~Wd
eN~~~~ sg~30
301
Section VI. FIRST AID AND CBR DEFENSIVE AND PRO-
TECTIVE MEASURES
7.22 First Aid
a. General.
(1) Do not move patient until extent of injury is determined.
(2) Make patient as comfortable as possible.
(3) Handle patient gently and keep him warm.
(4) Don't try to do too much. If you don't know procedure for
treatment, make the patient comfortable rather than
possibly injuring him further by improper treatment.
b. Control of Bleeding.
(1) Most mild bleeding stops naturally by a blood clot forming
in the wound.
(2) For severe cases, use the following measures until bleeding
stops:
(a) Elevate injured member if there is no fracture.
(b) Apply direct pressure to wound by hand through cleanest
available dressing, bandage, cloth, or part of clothing.
(c) If blood is gushing from a limb, exert finger pressure on an
artery between the heart and the wound, while a cloth for
pressure to wound is being found. The two arterial points
are-
1. On the inner half of the arm midway between the elbow
and the armpit (for lower-arm bleeding).
2. At the front-inner part of the thigh near the crotch (for
leg bleeding).
(d) When there is gushing bleeding from an arm or leg, apply
a tourniquet between the heart and wound to shut off the
blood flow. The tourniquet should not be loosened or
removed at any time except by competent medical
personnel.
c. Symptoms and Treatment of Ailments.
(1) Wounds. Expose wound, apply sterile dressing from first-
aid packet, control bleeding, prevent shock, provide medical
attention as soon as possible.
(2) Shock.
(a) Symptoms. Trembling, nervousness, loss of color, perspir-
ing, unconscious.
(b) Treatment. Lay patient on back, with head low and feet
elevated. Loosen clothing about neck, chest, and abdo-
men. Keep patient warm with blankets. If patient can
swallow and has no belly injury, give him' hot coffee, milk,
or water. Never pour liquid down throat of an uncon-
scious person.
(3) Burns.
(a) Symptoms. First degree burn: reddened skin, but no
302
blister; second degree, skin blistered; third degree, skin
destroyed or charred.
(b) Treatment. Carefully remove or cut clothing away from
burned area. Do not open blisters. Cover area with
sterile dressing only. Keep burned areas apart by
separate bandages. Treat for shock.
(4) Fracture.
(a) Symptoms. Pain and tenderness near fracture; partial or
complete loss of motion; deformity, swelling, discoloration
(blueness about the point of injury).
(b) Treatment. Handle all persons with fracture or suspected
fracture with the greatest gentleness: rough or careless
handling causes pain, shock, and damage to blood vessels
and nerves. Splint fractures of thigh, hip, or leg. If
shock is apparent, treat as described in c(2) above. Move
the patient only if necessary. Do not attempt to
straighten the limb if bent. To do so may cause further
damage to the patient. Support the limb on each side of
the fracture until a splint is applied. Splints, which
should always be padded, must be long enough to reach
beyond joints above and below fracture. One method of
splinting a broken bone in a leg is to place a folded poncho,
blanket, or jacket between the wounded man's legs and
tie both legs together above and below the break. In
this way the uninjured leg serves as a splint for the
injured one.
(5) Heatstroke.
(a) Symptoms. Hot, dry, bright pink skin; stoppage of
sweating; spots before eyes; sometimes delirious; head-
ache; high temperature.
(b) Treatment. Remove patient from sun and take off cloth-
ing. Immerse him in or sprinkle him with water. Get
medical aid immediately; heatstroke is serious.
(6) Heat exhaustion. This is caused by loss of body salts through
perspiration.
(a) Symptoms. Dizziness, nausea, pale face, cramps, cold
clammy skin, and weak pulse.
(b) Treatment. Move patient to shade, treat as for shock, and,
if conscious, give cool, salt water (one teaspoonful per
pint).
(7) Frostbite. This is localized freezing of body surfaces.
(a) Symptoms. Numbness, grayish or white skin, stinging
pain at onset.
(b) Treatment. Thaw quickly against the body, or immerse in
warm water (body temperature). Never rub affected
area. Treat for shock.
303
(8) Snake and poisonous insect bites. If bite is on arm or leg,
apply tourniquet a short distance above the bite. Tighten
the tourniquet just enough to make the veins stand out
prominently. Make a cross-cut incision approximately
one-quarter inch deep over each fang mark. Massage limb
from tourniquet toward wound. Apply suction gently with
mouth or any convenient means continuously for at least
one-half hour. If the bite is on a part of the body where it
is impossible to apply a tourniquet, make the cross-incisions
and apply suction. Keep patient prone, quiet, and treat
for shock. Get medical aid.
(9) Nonpoisonous insect bites and stings. Apply weak ammonia,
salt water, or soda.
(10) Drowning.
(a) Symptoms. Breathing will cease. Patient may appear
dead but still be alive.
(b) Treatment. Time is of prime importance. Seconds count.
Begin treatment at once. The most important thing is
to get air into the victim's lungs immediately. Quickly
sweep your fingers through the victim's mouth to clear
out froth and debris, and draw his tongue forward. Posi-
tion body to allow fluids to drain from respiratory passages.
Victim's head should be extended, not'bent forward, and
the chin should not sag. Begin artificial respiration (the
back-pressure-arm-lift method is preferable) and continue
until victim is breathing naturally or is pronounced dead.
If the chest cage is injured and compression of the chest
would do further damage, or if upper extremities are
fractured, use the mouth-to-mouth or mouth-to-nose
technique. Don't wait for mechanical resuscitator, but
if one is available without delay, use it. As soon as
victim can breathe for himself, loosen his clothing, keep
him warm, and treat him for shock.
(11) Electric shock.
(a) Symptoms. Same as for drowning. Shocks may occur
through contact with wires, or by lightning.
(b) Treatment. If person has come in contact with an electric
current, turn off switch if it is nearby, but do not waste
time looking for it. Use dry wooden pole, dry clothing,
dry rope, or some other material that will not conduct
electricity to remove person from wire. Do not touch
person or wire with bare hands until he is off the wire.
Start artificial respiration immediately-the same as for a
drowning victim.
304
(12) Carbon-monoxide poisoning. Carbon monoxide is an odor-
less, invisible gas. Poisoning usually results from breathing
vehicle exhaust fumes, or stove fumes in poorly ventilated
shelters.
(a) Symptoms. Dizziness, weakness, headache, vomiting-
then unconsciousness.
(b) Treatment. Get patient to fresh air and start artificial
respiration immediately. Keep him quiet.
(13) Foot ailments.
(a) Examples. Athlete's foot, corns, calluses, bunions, in-
grown toenails, chafing, excessive perspiration, blisters.
(b) Treatment. Keep feet clean. After a bath, thoroughly
dry the feet, especially between the toes. For itching or
redness between toes, apply GI foot powder twice daily.
If condition does not improve, see medical officer. Don't
cut a corn or callus as this may cause serious infection.
Keep toenails clean and short. Cut them straight across.
Dust feet with GI powder after bathing and before a
march. This absorbs perspiration and prevents chafing.
Try to put on clean socks every day. Don't wear socks
with holes or poorly darned spots, or those that fit im-
properly. Break in shoes before wearing on a march.
Make sure of proper fit in shoes. To treat a blister, wash
spot with soap and water, sterilize a needle with a flame,
open blister by sticking it at lower edge, cover with
Band-Aid or similar sterile dressing.
(14) Plant poisoning.
(a) Descriptions of poisonous plants. Poison ivy is a creeper
with three shiny, pointed leaves on each stem. The
veins of the leaves are prominent. Poison oak is a woody
vine or low shrub, with three egg-shaped leaflets and
greenish white flowers in clusters. Poison sumac is a
shrub, growing in swamps, with featherlike, shiny green
leaves and greenish flowers succeeded by greenish white
berries.
(b) Symptoms. Skin irritations. Rash starting with redness
and intense itching. Later small blisters appear.
(c) Treatment. Upon exposure, wash affected parts of body
promptly and thoroughly with water and strong soap.
GI soap is very good. If rash has already started, do not
wash it. Avoid scratching, for it will make the condition
worse. Get medical attention.
(15) Unconsciousness. Often impossible to find out the cause.
Bleeding, heatstroke, or head injuries may have been the
cause. Treatment-
551192 0-60---20 305

(a) For known causes. Give the treatment specified elsewhere
in this paragraph.
(b) For unknown causes. Keep the patient lying on his side
or belly with head turned to one side to prevent choking.
Do not move him unless absolutely necessary, and then
use the utmost care. If he is cold, make him warm. Do
not pour liquids into his mouth-this may choke him.
Remove from mouth false teeth, chewing gum, or other
objects. Take off his equipment. Loosen clothing. Get
a medical officer. If the person has merely fainted, he will
regain consciousness in a few minutes. Let him lie
quietly. Apply a wet, cool cloth to his face. If he is about
to faint or has actually fainted while sitting up, lower his
head between his knees so that blood may flow to his head.
Hold him so that he does not fall and injure himself.
7.23 CBR Defensive and Protective Measures

a. Nuclear Attack.
(1) Types of nuclear explosions. Nuclear explosions are classified
according to the height of the burst.
(a) Airburst. A burst in which the fireball does not touch
the surface.
(b) Surface burst. A burst in which the fireball does touch
the surface.
(c) Subsurface burst. A burst in which the weapon is exploded
beneath the surface.
(2) Effects of nuclear explosions.
(a) Blast. The blast effects of a nuclear explosion are com-
paratively localized and differ from the effects of a high
explosive blast only in degree. Damage is caused by
direct action of the overpressure or by the secondary
action of flying debris, collapsing buildings, etc. The
secondary actions cause the most injuries to personnel,
but the direct action causes the most damage to rigid
objects with relatively large surface areas.
(b) Heat. When a nuclear weapon is detonated, the rapid
release of energy produces a high degree of temperature
which approaches the interior temperature of the sun.
The effects of the heat depend on the height of the burst,
the energy yield, and the clarity of the atmosphere.
(c) Radiation. A nuclear weapon produces initial nuclear
radiation and may also produce residual nuclear radiation.
306
The initial nuclear radiation is given off in the first minute
of the explosion. If residual nuclear radiation results
from the explosion (if the fireball touches the earth), it
will be present in the target area immediately following
the explosion and will occur in areas downwind of the
target area later. The time at which it occurs in areas
downwind of the target area depends to a large extent on
the speed and direction of the winds through which the
particles must pass during their fall to the ground. This
type of residual nuclear radiation is commonly referred to
as fallout.
(d) Relative effects of different types of bursts.
Residual nuclear radia-

Type of burst Blast Heat Initial nuclear tion contamination
radiation (target area and/or
fallout)
Air -------- Extensive___ Extensive- -- Extensive Negligible except

and hazard- as induced radio-
ous (only activity in soil
during ex- in target area
plosion). following low
airburst.
Surface ----- Concen- Affects small- Generally less Generally exten-
trated in er area extensive sive. Ocours in
smaller than does than from target area as
area than an airburst. an airburst induced radio-
airburst. of the same activity in soil
size, but and as fallout in
still haz- target areas and
ardous. in areas miles
downwind of
target areas.
Subsurface__ Concen- Negligible: Not consider- Generally exten-
trated in most of it ed hazard- sive and more
a smaller is absorbed ous. hazardous than
area than or deflected from a surface
airburst by ground burst of the
or sur- or water. same size.
face Occurs as in-
burst. duced radio-
activity in soil
and as fallout,
just as from a
surface burst.
307
(3) Things to do in a nuclear attack.
If alert is sounded, follow unit SOP. If warned before explosion, pick

2 strongest shelter you can find in a hurry. Underground shelters, base-
ments, deep foxholes, and tanks give good protection.
1 If you see BRILLIANT LIGHT, brighter than sunlight, DIVE

Take FAST to put something between you and the explosion. FALL
cover FLAT on ground, face down, if you cannot reach shelter in 1
step. CLOSE EYES. Keep head covered. Protect FACE and
HANDS. Stay until blast effect is over or until heavy material
has stopped falling.
2 Be ready for orders and instructions. Help your leaders to reform

Stay your unit. Your life and your unit depend on your doing the
calm the right thing at the right time.
3 The nuclear burst is only one part of the enemy's plan. Be ready
Con- for more to come. Expect enemy attack after explosion near
tinue your position. Be prepared to attack following an explosion on
mis- enemy positions.
sion
(4) Special equipment and protective clothingfor use in radioactive

decontamination operations.
Item Description and/or use
Headgear:
Protective hat or helmet -------- Protects against falling debris or over-
head obstruction.
Soft fatigue cap --------------- Used in conditions where no other head-
gear is worn. Protects hair.
Clothing:
Waterproof parka and trousers---__ In wet operations and wet weather.
Heavy jackets and trousers ------- In cold weather.
Belt
Undershirt
Drawers
Socks
Coveralls (1-piece) or shirt and Coveralls are more satisfactory than
trousers. shirt and trousers.
Handgear:
Rubber protective gloves ------- Wet operations.
Leather gloves -............... Handling sharp and /or hot debris.
Cotton or canvas gloves --------- Dry operations.
Footgear:
Safety shoes------------------- Nonspark, nonskid, and ankle high.
Rubber boots -............... Safety toe and lining, knee high or
thigh high. For wet operations.
Bootees -. .................
Canvas, ankle high, to fit over shoes.
Equipment (personnel):
Protective mask ---------------- Protection of eyes and protection
against inhalation of radioactive dusts.
See footnote at end of table.
308
Item Description and/or use
Goggles -- - - - -- Eye protection.

Respirator ------------------------- Where radioactive dust exists. Filters
should be monitored after each use to
see how often they should be changed.
Other equipment:
Brushes ------------.-.-.------- Scrubbing.
Shovels----------------------- Disposal and burial of contaminated
objects and materials.
Portable water heater ----------- Heating water for cleaning operations.
Hose, fire and garden ----------- Hosing and scrubbing operations; also
used in bulldozer and road grader
operations to keep dust down.
Bulldozers - Disposal of contaminated objects; large-
---------------------
scale burial.
400-gallon, power-driven decon- Large-scale hosing and spraying opera-
taminating apparatus. tions (large areas, buildings, vehicles,
and machinery).
Road graders -_-...........-Scraping away contaminated surfaces.
Chemical service trucks .------ Dipping or disposing of small objects.
Swinging-boom crane trucks - Dipping or disposing of large objects.
Scrapers, long-handled ---------- Paint scraping.
Steam jennies ------------------- Cleaning greasy or hard-dirt film sur-
faces and complicated machinery or
other equipment.
Detection devices:
AN/PDR-27A (G-M tube) - Normally 3 per major installation.
IM-9 (B)/PD ------------------ Normally 1 per individual entering con-
taminated area.
IM 108/PD (ion chamber) ------ Normally 1 per survey party and 3 per
major installation.
PP-630 A/PD (charger and reader) Normally 1 per major installation.
PH-656/PD (radiographic film Normally I per individual entering con-
exposure holder).* taminated area.
DT-65/PD (radiac detecting ele- 10 per PH-656/PD (10-day supply).
ment) .*
'PH-656/PD and DT-65/PD serve the same purpose as PH-657/PD and DT-77/PD (film holder and
badge which may be substituted).
309
g~ii ~
Zi Ll l Zsi ai 2,O
_~g~
,: S ;3 Cti
A - 4.
§ Z v' a3A B =3Ettt
qi a ;~ n 5
·e ,"·j ; >8 eOg3 8
X xO
>c0 °9°8" B D.=3 3to>ytt iX-- -
~~~
=S ° 3I--,
0~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~. 0 'a Z 3 2 6a :ts 9 a
C6~ i-
ea *,' ' j
*ia1 | >
a
It O~ w
a ~d ° u"o B >- *a v=t o

eel 10~a
coC 0~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~r . m
<} a 3b
| :6
ZSu "8 ' ~~~d~~~~6 A~~~~
_~~ ~ °K2§ 82~ 2=s'
"P S E ~Pa°
c v= E 3-O °- h o , , 9
bL Q
8 a a
P
E ah '8
~~~~~s~~~o"
·
8·1
""~~~~~~~' o,~~~b
a~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
310~ ~ ~~1l
. a , . o ,,o-
liOO v ,s.0
2 . b rvX, .~
$10 | 9 3 z B 9 8
8§ y a 8 s 32 3 3 3S E
Y~~~~~ O i 3Qg3
°o afs'd g
.5l gwi *! e e |
.s ~ ~~a 5 ~~ L* Ccf9Q Ec~3 l;; ffi
S ~ "-
ga
~~ - j; B~~~-.
wi
.1 ax~~~
aa B .9M p:~C,A
,g
~~~d~ >~Q j - .a
W. O-
5~ o %i A 9 ;z3
er 3za 2 S1
o~
D O~~~~~
8·-xE ' e B*'
a
a
4Z~Bgar sda
~ 3
eh ~~~~~urd, ·s~~~~~31
(6) Radiological decontamination of critical items.
Item Method Equipment or decon- Remarks

taminant
Clothing.-... ------ Vacuum clean .-.. . Vacuum

. cleaning ma- Disposeofoontamination
chinery. removed by machine
filter.
Wash.-..... - -- Laundry. (See TM 3- Dispose of water used for

220 for details.) washing and rinsing.
Equipment --------------- Depends on nature of ..-.................. See b(3) below.

surface.
Buildings ----------------- Abrasion, caustics -------......

- ------------------ See b(3) below.
Terrain -.... ------------- Decay -----------------.... None ----.... ----------- Wait for natural decay.
Water -..... . ... Fi---- Filters, stills, and puri- Must be pronounced safe
flers (engineer equip- by medical officer or
ment). water specialist.
Food exposed .-.. . ... None. Dispose of, iso- Digging equipment
..-. Not safe orpracticable to
late, or shield. attempt to remove ra-
diological contamina-
tion from exposed or
open food.
Food covered ------------- Scrub or wash ---------- Brushes and hose ..- .. Must not beunwrapped or
peeled until lowering of
contamination level is
adequate and pro-
nounced safe by med-
ical officer.
Food in cans.-.- --- Decontaminate con- Brushes, hose, soap-.. Contamination will only
tainer before opening affect outer surface of
by scrubbing thor- sealed containers. Un-
oughly. der no circumstances
may cans be opened
before decontamina-
tion.
Personnel.-.. - Bathing, scrubbing, Brushes, hose, showers, Bathing and scrubbing

showering, washing. soap. must be continued
until contamination is
lowered to a safe level.
When showering, hold
head back in order to
prevent runoff from
entering eyes, nose,
mouth.
b. Biological Attack.
(1) Precautionsfor defense against biological warfare.
(a) Don't pick or eat fruits or berries.
(b) Don't chew grass or leaves.
(c) Don't eat native or any other non-U.S. Armed Forces
food or drink; even strong liquor may be contaminated.
(d) Don't take souvenirs.
(e) Don't bathe in lakes or ponds.
312
(f) Don't touch animals.
(g) Don't neglect preventive medicine.
(2) Things to do in a biological attack.
WHEN DO THIS THEN IF DO THIS
A TOXIC AGENT is STOP BREATHING. Thefeisnoapparentef- CONTINUE MIS-

suspected- feet on anyone. SION. Observe dis-
MASK. ease prevention rules;
The ALARM sounds- keep wounds and cuts
TAKE COVER-iftae- clean; eat and drink
An ATTACK hits your tical situation permits. only approved food
position- and water.
for example Give the ALARM. If later (1 to 10 days), Get medical aid and
you or your buddies report sickness.
You are hit by ENEMY DECONTAMINATE- get sick.
BOMBS, SHELLS, or remove wet spots from
ROCKETS- skin and clothes.
SPRAY from an AIR- CONTINUE MIS-

PLANE falls on you- SION.
A low CLOUD drifts REMAIN MASKED

over you- UNTIL AREA HAS
BEEN DECLARED
SAFE.
(3) Biological decontamination methods.

Item Method Remarks
Cotton clothing .-.. . .... Boil in water for 15 minutes: boil water, Destroys or inactivates all but
place items in water and boil 15 minutes highly resistant spore-forming
after water again reaches boiling point. organisms.
Rinse immediately.
or
Immerse in 7 percent bleach solution for
30 minutes and rinse immediately.
or
Launder
or
Use methyl bromide vapors in delousing
bags.l Leave clothing in bag for 12
hours, then aerate for 2 hours to remove
vapor.
Fine instruments, mask Use methyl bromide vapors in delousing

facepieces.2 bags.l I eave in bag for 12 hours, then
aerate for 2 hours to remove vapor.
Helmets and mess gear --- Wash with soap and water, then boil for
]5 minutes.
Leather and rubber items. Use methyl bromide vapors in delousing

bags.' leave in bag for 12 hours, then
aerate for 2 hours to remove vapor.
or
Scrub with soap and hot water for 20
minutes.
See notes at bottom of table.
313
Item Method Remarks
Large items, such as Scrub with DANC, or 7 percent bleach. Decontaminate only if absolutely
buildings. Water rinse or flush after scrubbing. necessary.
or
Fumigate with formalin (37 percent form-
aldehyde in 10 percent methyl alcohol
and water) and steam. Use I milliliter
of formalin per cubic foot of building
space. Seal building before fumigation
and thoroughly aerate afterwards.
or
Spray with formalin or glycerine-formalin. Suitable for furniture and in-
or terior surfaces of buildings.
Use decontaminating apparatus with soap Suitable for interior of buildings.
and water.
or
Weathering. Sun, wind, and rain eliminate
exterior germs within 24 to
48 hours.
Terrain..- . ................ -..............

Weathering Evacuate contaminated area and
All allow sufficient time for weath-
or ering.
Wet thoroughly with water .-..... . . keep germs on ground.
Will
Porous .-... ........ Spray with slurry (20 percent bleach so- Suitable, to a limited extent, for
lution). some types of terrain.
Hard-surfaced roads ...-.. Spray or spread oil ..-.-. ..-........ ..... Will keep germs on ground.
Vegetation -..---- Burn with flamethrower -..... . Can be used to burn an area or
to clear a passageway.
Air (inclosed spaces) ..-.. .Filter air with filter unit (collective pro- Will almost free air of germs.
tector).
Water a .-......... . Boil for 15 minutes and use halazone tab- Except for small emergency sup-
4
lets for small emergency water supply. plies, water purification should
or not be attempted by untrained
Chlorinate ....-..... .. personnel. Purification is a
function of the Engineer Corps;
checking for troop consumption
is a function of the Army Medi-
cal Service.
4
Food ..-......
s -. Boil
. for 15 minutes.....--........- -------- Use this method on packaged
or food and on food which is to
Immerse in or spray with decontaminating he peeled.
solution.
or
Cook thoroughly by other means-....
Personnel .......
- . Bathe
... with soap and water; shower for 20
minutes.6
I Use five times the quantity used for ordinary delousing. Use ethylene oxide when methyl bromide is
not available.
CA UTION'--ethylene oxide is highll explosive.
' To effectively treat facepieces, boil in water, wash in warm soapy water, rinse in clear water, then dry at
room temperature. Destroy by burning, those masks contaminated by Mycobacterium tuberculosis or
pathogenic spore-forming organisms.
3 Should not be used until pronounced safe by medical officer.
4 At high altitudes, boil for 30 minutes.
8 Minor cuts and abrasions should be treated immediately.
6 When showering, head should be held back to prevent runoff from passing over eyes, nose, and mouth.
314
NERVE GAS BLISTER
BODCHOK-
GAS BLOODA INAS
gz
z z
E- Is-
Ad Z~~~~
Pa
as 8~~~ C~~m
2* .E ~ c ..
8Evl.~ ~
6- ~~~~~~jO
Sg ~~~~'"0
~~~~~~~~~e 0
"~~~ ~ . ~d &6t
-i
~" ·~ I" ' a s.,
~~~~
z 9 ~~ ~
Z 4B
e
co (r P
0 z
aP .9~~P4.
> z s
C 0
c ~~~~000
', l
gb~~ e~s 12 P, m~1

m P: P
~ ·
e: avl ra o~~~~~~~~~31
& ; ~~I a B
B ,.9 a 9 o ,O a c
8. 614 B S~ & ; J .6
E| - - t S 5t o $
aa g ° S ° Z ,
e ~~~S cc g ,,8 ,,'' g. E ,
Z~ u; u o m XxmO
*t . ,,,0,[
3161
n ,=^ g 84a " c
Bs _ a
B .;a
B .e ' : 4 B
F9 W i, ,9 S ; S
a .@ }
:
" 4' eo a;lw e Wc
D 5 6o c S ss
2 a~~E
P 6 P p mE
z~" l | owS f
'e n s a 2 a o 0 3.os
5 g o B
" "s~~~~~~~~1
e$~~~~~~;
: i 3; 4 -g $ S g :R g
_ 0 a: z z o _ , Atto
O
I 83o .8 ,3Go
;1/z ^ ~ 5;~. ;5~
a ~~ r W b
.all D°a o
o~~
· s~~~~~~~~~~~~
Ei a
......
a aeo s > ' 4 ig
Iag~p
$~
Hg~~~~~~~~~~.
'_, : e
O iL
Cn
EP s i'> g P
o ab oI a
3 O o a ei a ' B
to PLD
E~" h
a 4a
318 . '§ ,
318 8 o
Section VII. CAPACITIES OF POL CONTAINERS
7.25 Volume of Liquid in Cylindrical Tanks
a. Vertical. The volume of liquid in a vertical cylindrical tank may
be computed as follows:
Volume (gal.) = 1416Xr 2 Xh

231
where
r= the radius of tank in inches
h= the height of liquid in inches
b. Horizontal.
(1) When the capacity of a horizontal cylindrical tank is known,
the quantity in the tank may be computed by using the scale
below.
Part of tank Partof tank
depth filled capacityfilled
1. 000
0.95 .974
.90 .948
.85 .904
.80 .860
.75 .804
.70 .748
.65 .687
.60 .626
.55 .563
.50 .500
.45 .437
.40 .374
.35 .313
.30 .252
.25 .196
.20 .140
.15 .096
.10 .052
.05 .026
For example, a horizontal tank is 80 inches in diameter. Depth of

liquid in tank is 20 inches. Full tank capacity is 8,000 gallons. Find
the number of gallons actually in tank.
20
-0-=0.25 (part of tank depth filled)
0.25 (part of tank depth filled)= 0.196 (part of tank capacity

filled)
0.196 X 8,000 = 1,568 gallons in tank.
319
(2) When the capacity of a horizontal cylinder tank is not known,
the volume of liquid may be computed as shown below. All
measurements are in inches.
L=Length of tank
I=depth of liquid in tank
r=radius of tank
h=distance from top of tank to surface of liquid
a= cross-sectional length of "wet arc" formed by liquid,
measured on lower half of tank
a'=cross-sectional length of "dry arc" above liquid, measured
on upper half of tank
(a) When tank is less than half full:
Volume (gal.) = - (r-t)i/2rl -_-X 2 31L
(b) When tank is half full:
Volume (gal.) =1r4
(c) When tank is more than half full:
Volume (gal.)=[3.1416r2- ar+(r--h)V'2rh-h2]X L
7.26 Dimensions of Pol Containers

Size of package (inches)
Nomenclature Units in Type of package
package Width or
Length diameter Height
Drum:
U.S. 55-gal., 16-gage -------- 1 Drum ------- 0 24%s 34%
U.S. 55-gal., 18-gage ------ 1 Drum----- 0 24% 34%
Can:
U.S. 5-gal. (gasoline) -------- 1 Can ------- 13% 6% 18%8
U.S. 5-gal. (oil) ------------ 2 Case ---- 0 111Y/6 14%e
U.S. 5-qt. (oil) ------------- 6 Case -------- 0 14 10
U.S. 1-qt. (oil) ------------- 12 Case ------- 18 13 6
Pail:
U.S. 25-lb. (grease) -------- 1 Pail --------- 0 11% 11%
320
7.27 Bulk Petroleum Capacities
Short tons
Type carrier Gallons
Gasoline, 83 octane Lube oil
(bulk) (bulk)
Barge, coastwise -... I ....------

- 200,000 to 400,000 -.-.- 614
l to 1,228 .-.. .... to 1,522
761
2
Barge, harbor and canal ............... 15,000 to 30,000 -------.. 45.9 to 91.8.-.- 57 to 114
Barge, Navy Ponton type 3...-.-.. . ._. 84,000 . -..... . 257..-.. . 320
.......
Pipeline:
4-inch ---------------------------- 304,000 per day--- - 930 ------ - 1,150
-
6-inch ...-... ..... .- 655,000 per day 4 -------- 2,000 ..-...- 2,500
8-inch-................. - 1,135,000 per day -------- 3,500 .-. . ....
4,350
Railroad tank car..-..--- 8,000; 10,000; 12,000 ----. 24.1; 30.6; 36.8 ..-. 30.4; 38.1; 45.7
Semitrailer, 12-ton, 4W ..-....... 5,000 ....-.... 15.3 ..-.. 19
Ship, large tanker 5-.---...-.. . .........2.5 to 11 million --------- 7,620 to 33,500 ----- 9,480 to 43,800
Ship, small tanker 6-_-_..-. . . ___....
_. 600,000 to 2 million------ 1,830 to 6,140 ...-.. 2,280 to 7,610
Tank, bolted-steel..... - ------------ 10,500; 42,000; 420,000 ...- 32.2; 128; 1,280 ..-. .39.9; 160; 1,600
Tank, portable, fabric 7 ...... . ..10,000 ...... ...- - 30.6..- . 38.1
...........
Tank truck, F-3, fuel or oil-. . ........
750 .....-........ 2. 3-.-----------. 2. 9
Tank truck, L-2, oil service ----------....-- CO00 .-.-. o..
. ... 1.8 ....- . .........2.3
Trailer, fuel servicing -...... . ...- 600 ......------- 1.8 ...- . 2.3
...........
Truck tractor and trailer, F-1..-. l. ..... 4,000 ...-.. . 12.2 ..-
............ . .........
15.2
Truck tractor and 2 trailers, F-IA ------ 8,000 ....-..... - - 24.4 .-------------- 30.4
Truck tractor and trailer, F-2..--.. ....- 2,000.-.---------------- 6.1 ...-. . .........
7.6
Truck tractor and 2 trailers, F-2A .----- 4,000 ..-.... . .12.2 .-... . 15.2
' Molded hulls.

2 Rectangular hulls.
3 6 x 18 ponton barge carrying three 42,000-gallon tanks loaded to two-thirds capacity.
4 Based on 32,500 gallons per hour for 20 hours of operation. In an emergency it can deliver 30,000 gallons
per hour for 24 hours of operation, or 720,000 gallons per day.
5 The ship tanker most commonly used is the T2-SE-Al, a 5,922;000-gallon tanker. It is 425 feet long and
draws 31 feet. Has three 8-flanged discharge outlets and four discharge pumps rated 1,000 gpm at 100 psi.
e Draft loaded, 12 to 20 feet.
7 40 feet long, 12 feet wide, 3 feet high when filled. When empty, it can be rolled to 20 inches by 12 feet;
10 can be carried in a 6 x 6 truck.
221
551192 0-60-21
Section VIII. SUPPLY
7.28 Classes of Supply
Class Definition How obtained
I ------- Articles consumed at an approxi- From QM class I distributing

mately uniform rate, such as points. Basis of issue is the
rations. daily report of personnel
strength and equipment status
submitted through channels.
II ------- Articles authorized by estab- By requisition. Often submitted
lished allowances, such as through channels to army or
tables of organization and section special staff officer of
equipment, tables of allow- the supplying technical service.
ances, or special authoriza-
tions.
III ------- Fuels, lubricants, fuel oils, coal_ Directly from army or logistical
command distributing points.
III(A) ---- Aviation fuels and lubricants___ Obtained on credit basis, or by
exchanging empty for filled
containers.
IV ------- Supplies and equipment in ex- By requisition. Submitted as for
cess of or not authorized by class III items. Depots nor-
established allowances, not in mally require staff approval
any other class, or transferred before issue. Critical items
to class IV because they re- require authority of superior
quire special control measures. headquarters.
IV(A) ---- Complete aircraft, aircraft equip- From Transportation Army air-
ment, parts, and supplies. craft maintenance and supply
units.
V --------- Ammunition, pyrotechnics, land Normally by credit allocations to
mines, and chemicals. troop units, authorizing am-
munition supply points.
322
7.29 Shipping Data on Common Items Moved by Transportation
Corps
a. Rations.
Ration or packet
Package or case including Avg
packaging calories
Type per
ration
Contents Weight Cu ft Avg Avg vol
(lb) weight (cu ft)
(Ib)
Ration:
Field Al -------------
...------ 6. 0 0. 183 4, 200
Operational B 2 ___________.___________. __________ 6. 0 0. 127 4, 400
Small detachment, 5 persons 3_ 5 rations___ 28.5 1. 1 5. 8 0. 2 3, 600
Combat, indiv 4-_____ _______ 6 rations___ 38 1. 2 6. 5 0.2 3, 600
Trail, frigid, indiv 6_I________ 8 rations_-__ 34 1. 6 4.0 0. 2 4, 400
Supplement, sundries pack (1 --- ------ - 47 1. 9 _.. --....
\pack per 100 men) 6.
Indiv, combat, meal type---- 4 rations_ __ 24 ----- 4. 8 0. 85 3, 600
Supplement, aid station (205 ----.------- 20 1. 1 .................
8-oz drinks).'
Food packet Assault, indiv 8__ 24 packets__ 29 1. 1 1. 1 800
Survival:
Arctic, SAO - ------ . 24 packets 34 0. 7 1.5 - - 2,000
Tropic, ST 10 _-24 packets. 36 0. 7 1. 5 .- -- 1, 700
Basic field ration of approximately 200 items, including such perishables as fresh and frozen meats,
vegetables, and fruit. For use primarily under stable conditions and during static phases of military oper-
ations when there are normal cooking and refrigeration facilities. Should be issued in preference to any
other type of ration whenever circumstances permit its use. Components, weight, and volume vary.
2 Canned or dry items and staple items; for use whenever mess facilities and personnel are available and
no perishable foods are issued. Components, weight, and volume vary. SB 10-495 has information on
its breakdown. Ration supplement, spice pack, consists of assorted spices, condiments, and leavening
agents to supplement 1,000 operational rations B. The spice pack varies in weight and cubage, being
tallormade for different situations and scaled to the B ration.
3 Nonperishable precooked food which may be eaten hot when organized messing is impossible but feeding
in small groups is possible.
4 Nonperishable precooked food which may be eaten hot or cold, carried and prepared by the individual
soldier, for use when the tactical situation is so unstable that messing in small groups is not possible and
kitchen facilities are not available.
5 For use in extremely cold climates by small patrols or trail teams under conditions where resupply is
impossible.
6 Comfort items such as toilet articles, tobacco, and candy as a supplement to ration B, for issue before the
establishment of adequate sales facilities.
7 Special nourishment in the form of hot stimulating beverages for combat zone casualties at aid and
clearing stations.
5 lightweight, highly palatable food conveniently carried by the individual in the initial assault phase
of combat. Not for use for longer periods than 30 hours.
' For survival kits aboard aircraft operating over arctic regions, in the emergency kit forming a part of
the ejection seat In combat aircraft, and in emergency kits for passengers aboard transport aircraft.
I0Palatable food of high caloric density carried in survival kits of aircraft operating over the tropics-not
a regular ration.
323
cN m Cm m m m c3 m m m m i m im m C
2.9 X5 *, ItoX
0o t
. ' O 0 0 jc 0 ,,"ko 0 0, 00 C LO
I 0 0 ' 00 = la
O mC 0 C0 I C ' CN CN N ec N 0N 0 e ,:
C9 00 00_ CIt
m '
fIL P- -- ^- -- ^^----^ P
;j ,, , ,, ,,,, .,a
, , , , , '' . , , , , . . . . . , . . . .
I Q QQ Q Q Q OQOQQQQQQQQQQOQO
0 ,~ 0 ~r-r- oo~~ o o oo tX C . o 3
_ I c rM o
324 324 , . ,,
i~~~~~~ iL e''' ' ;,'r'
' '' ,,,,
8 ' U ':,::,, =0^ =r ,, O Q:,,
: U : ^ ca t aO 2 s 6 5 D Q
0- .- ..~ .. a La C
324===,
Z oO
*TqzI I N im
m N N i
m C i i imr , m N N I 0
l-xm- I - I-
Il~~~~~~
w w w w I I I I I I I I ~~~~~~~~~~
0 CID c I
I II I I I I I I I III I 111111U)
0 0 Q 0 1Q
I I III 0 I0 1 1 1 1 Id 1 CD Io I 1 11to1 1 1
I IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII~II I II !,
COCO0C0 CO0 N CO000COCOc

t-
= C0- 0 C'9 CDO000 t- CD 0 N 00t C C
- t 0 m
CI C 0 t.
~
10 ooCD
0
cOt m x c0bD 0NCD
o w - O LQ
m L~t tO t llNcIt InC1t
l cq II ~ -b
'V0
' NN 0C0cc L ul C- Cq
cI
C1 c
NDC
0 0000 0 00 0 00000 0 0 00 ~M~~0 0C OC C C0 C00tOt
) I( I 1 1 1 1 1 D bl I I I I II~W)
cc LOI I I I I I I IIc t N tO 0 Cl 1 1 1 1
-I~~~~0-0 N~C N Cq 00 --- lNNC 0 OC C0C Ot OC
- l- -It …… - - -- -
1 1 1 1 1m It I I *C c 3 ~ l
)I
-~ c3.i ~
i -~COCOCO
i M Q
C)
C)m C)C)
11111 111111
--. ~
C)
~ ·c ~~ ~~~~
~ ~ b ~~~~I)I'D
~ ~ ~ai rbBtCW
bn1
3C
11 I
W
id Co
CO Co ttt.t..t
0q Ci)~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~C :0 00 000t t T~ 0 0 t C
C~~~~~~~~~~~C )C)C)C)33
, . . .. . .. .. a .. ·. .~ .~
O.~~ bO bf " i n bf ; Pr T
a~~~C c oCe o Cc CC CC~ CCC
Cz.NN CC 00. .. 0..
QQQQQQQQQOO0QQQQQQQvu ---
o C COC )ltot~~tO~.~tO
C C) )NNNZaCb 32 -
- ~ ~~ ~~~~~~ldc~
~ m ~
IC). a Xi0 0 ZI
" to
; P ou32
b~~
,~~ 0 IIIIIIIII; I I I "m 0 I0
O S
0 0
~ow 0- q,vN om00
0 o
m | , | m
Z
cq _ CID u
O0
u
0
mn fn n m
O
m
0
r- k
Ocl
In
m
U
o~~ ~~~~~~~~~~0 m0~ 1=00
r-) V~~~~~~~~~~~ Z 00 mm 0qm
m e
V
0 , I I , I , I II| I| I|I . ,. .. . . . . . .
3 UN D CO 0 CO °O 4 ' CC1CO , _0 0OO 000 0 00 0 +O

P o ~~~~~~~
~ ---- ~ me~mc\I .t~~~k C . .
r
cot o U~l CO
oo Istl u00 m CDCN Q4
N N It C II10 " t-m 0t
I
_l
Il l l l l
6-
-
C)l
IIIIN
-N
l
_ Nl - _- - - -N _ -
0
CO 01 I I I II I IIII ,I _ II
IlI l
, ol
l l l l l l
m llt , l,
_ 8 Il l ,
0 m r, , , m, m
G pI
3 m 10 N t0 N _ O p I - -- --- O _
C.)
g: N
~
F:~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~. _Z 37 -, -i 1, ci Z5,,,
5 a rC~~~~CaC~
I-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-
,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 1,,,
0 1 Il l rt l l l l l ll ll l l l l l l l
a l l l Cl l l l l l
la-"l ll ll l ll l l ll l ll l l ll l ll l l
l l
l l l l
I i IIC..III:Z
3 2 6O E
, , , ., . , , , , , , , ,~ .1 , . , . ,1 , . . . ,
,I1,,,,1,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1,I=
;DO
-
,,,
5-5-5-
1
;E
C
5 ,,, e~ * ,,,
0,3
. . C)C)C)C)C)C)C)C)C)C)C)C)C)
,, ,,, .,,
'Y1I-~
,,
~t t - 7C
C)
326
ese o ,, IIe , ~ ,c ,II I I I_ v I
l
" = II , C 'C)z
|I '|I '
z| ' | ' : ' ' '> 'a S z 'z ' ' ,
C) C)C) ~C)C) C
¢~~~. < - Em
a m t_¢,
mm m
3~~~°g2 s .f6
1 I Ic I I 1 I= 1 I I I I00 U
m -It O
m I t O N. CI _m
1 IMd i0 I i, I (
I i
i O t- I m IIII-I iO i D t- t-t 00
I N I I N
I m ,- ' C13o I I 0 ,eC , , _
m ,_
0 I C CCI
N -
Nl._ o _ ,- . . N __
l l
ko , , , t N C 1' ' ' ' ' ' '
O O 1- N X N N_ cmC00 C 0C0 IN-tC -N

O
D ClI t Cl t t o I1
I oI I I : . : 1 1
I I It , , , , , , ,t I ,I I I , I I
Ii, , I ,C) , , I I I ,I . I ,
l ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ C
l~~~~~~~
E ~E i r io~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
,- .- 6 7 , ' t"- cI 0 r'- C0 CC i"
XXE4X ° ;7-_oo;S^^42 &>>B¢

--- --- --- Cc-Uoooo
, DQQ
z D D
QQ OOO °° tDbCbD CC
W n Sn rnW Fr,
rn rn rn rn rz r~ r'pi nrnr,, nrnrnr
, nr nr nr;r
~~d X " $~~~~~~ bD

00 ~ 32
327
c. Petroleum Products.
Container No. per Weight Cubic Stowage
unit (lb) feet factor
Aviation 55-gal. drum, 18-gage steel___ 1 373 9. 03 54

gasoline.
55-gal. drum, 16-gage steel -.. 1 389 8. 8 51
55-gal. drum, 18-gage light 1 364 9. 2 56. 5

steel.
5-gal. drum, 11-lb can ------- 1 40. 5 .81 44. 8
83 octane 55-gal. drum, 18-gage steel --- 1 384 9. 03 52. 7

gasoline.
55-gal. drum, 16-gage steel .... 1 400 8. 8 49. 2
55-gal. drum, 18-gage light 1 376 9. 2 55

steel.
5-gal. drum, 11-lb can ------- 1 41. 6 .81 43. 6
Kerosene ------ 55-gal. drum, 18-gage steel --- 1 421 9. 03 48. 1
55-gal. drum, 16-gage steel .. .1 437 8. 8 45. 1

steel.
5-gal. drum, 11-lb can ------- 1 45 . 81 40. 4
Diesel fuel ----- 55-gal. drum, 18-gage steel .... 1 432 9. 03 47
55-gal. drum, 16-gage steel____ 1 448 8. 8 44. 2

steel.
5-gal. drum, 11-lb can ------- 1 46 . 81 39. 5
Lubricating oils 55-gal. drum, 18-gage steel --- 1 472 9. 03 42. 8
55-gal. drum, 16-gage steel ... 1 488 8. 8 40. 5

steel.
5-gal. drum, 11-lb can ------- 1 49 .81 37. 1
Cases of 1-qt cans, 12 per case 12 35 .88 56. 6

(crated).
328
Container No. per Weight Cubic Stowage
unit (lb) feet factor
Lubricating oils__ Cases of 1-qt cans, 24 per case 24 60 1. 6 60

(crated).
Cases of 5-qt cans, 6 per case 6 77 1. 9 55. 7

(crated).
Greases25-lb pails 1 29 .95 73. 6
5-lb cans, 6 per case (crated) 6 44 1. 1 56
7.30 Common Annealed Wire

Gage No. Dia (in.) Tensile strength
(lb)
7 ---..-----------------__-__-__-__-__-_____-__ __/ 6 1, 100

8 __________-__-__-__-_-_-_-____--_-_-_._._.____ 1_64 950
9 ------------------------------------- - .2 800
1 -------------------------------------- s¼ 500
7.31 Rods and Bolts

Dia (in.) Tensile strength'
(lb)
3/4_____ ___________-..... 11, 700

1------ 21, 100
1¼Y8 ...-...........................................----- 25, 800
1¼
/4---------------------------------- 32,800
1%./8-................................................. 38, 600
1-.- ----------------------------------- 46, 900
*At root of thread
7.32 Size of Common Nails

Type Length (in.)
8-penny--__.............____ ......... 2_¼

9-penny .-.....................--------- 23/
10-penny ------------------------------ 3
12-penny ------------------------------- 3Y4
16-penny ------------------------------- 3%
20-penny ------------------------------- 4
30-penny ---------------------------- - 4
40-penny ------------------------------- 5
50-penny ---------------------------- - 5
60-penny --------------------------- - - -- 6
329
7.33 High-Tension Bands
Width and thickness (in.) Tensile strength
Ob)
x 0.050 --------.--- -.--- ----

_-_______ -___
_ _-__--------
_ 2, 000
4 X .028 --
_ . ._-------_--_-- ___------_-_-_-- ----.-------- 2, 000
Y4 x .030 -_........._._ _-_-------------- ----.-------------- 2, 000
x .035--..--- -----------
_---- _-_-_ _ __ -_-_ 2, 500
x .037 ----------- ----.- ------------_______------
_---- _- 2, 500
x .050 ---------- _-_-_-__-_--_-__-_____---___-___-_-_-_- _ 3, 500
1I4 x .035 _---_-------_------- _-------_
-.-- ----- _-_- 4, 000
1 4 x .037--.----- _-------_ _ _._______ _-----------_---
----- 4, 000
1%x .0'50---..--- -_____ ____________-__-_-_--_---__-_-_-__ 6, 000
2 x .050 ------. _-------- 9, 500
7.34 Supply-Planning Terms

a. Consumption Rate. The average quantity of an item consumed
or expended during a given time interval, expressed in quantities per
applicable basis.
b. Day of Supply. That quantity of supplies estimated to be
required for 1 day under the conditions of the operation and for the
force stated.
c. Regulated Items. Items over which the chiefs of technical serv-
ices exercise close issue supervision.
d. Replacement Factor. A number expressed as a decimal which,
when multiplied by the total projected quantity of an item in use,
gives the quantity of that item required to be replaced during a given
period of time.
e. Slice. An average logistical planning factor used to obtain
estimates of requirements for personnel and materiel.
Section IX. MAINTENANCE AND SUPPLY SPACE

7.35 Storage
a. Gross Storage Area: Average Ratio of Open to Covered by Classes
of Supply.
Ratios of
gross storage area
Open Covered
All classes (except bulk POL)- --------------------------- 5. 5 1
Classes I, II, III (packaged and solid), and IV---------- 4. 7 1
Classes I, II, III (packaged), and IV --------------------- 3 1
Class V (including 10 percent of V-A)--------------------- 12 1
b. Average Stack Height. Figures given are for use of all technical
services in theaters of operation. For zone of interior storage, the
figures must be increased 25 percent.
(1) Covered storage-8 feet.
330
(2) Open storage-6 feet.
c. Ratio of Tonnage to Storage Area. The net usable general storage
area occupied per short ton in square feet is given below by technical
services.
Type of storage
Branch
Covered Open Igloo and Open storage
magazine ammunition
Adjutant General's Corps --------- 10. 0

Army Medical Service ------------- 13. 0 16. 0
Chemical Corps -------------- 12.5 20. 8 7. 0 11. 0
Corps of Engineers --------------- 8. 0 13. 0
Ordnance Corps ------------ 10. 0 18. 0 7. 0 11. 0
Quartermaster Corps -------------- 9. 0 17. 1
Signal Corps ---------------------- 10. 0 16. 0
Transportation Corps -------------- 7. 0 12. 0
d. Miscellaneous Data.
Ammunition storage per mile of road ---- ________-- 1,000 short tons
Ammunition storage per square mile ---- i ________-- - 5,000 short tons
Minimum hardstand requirements for 2,500 vehicles 2__ 110,000 square feet
Solid footing for vehicle park for 2,500 vehicles________ 4,000,000 square feet
Minimum hardstand requirement for artillery and com-
bat vehicles, per item ------------------ 350 square feet
I Refers to temporary storage of ammunition along roadways and in urban fields and forests, such as may
be found in combat zones.
2 Data based on the assumption that hardstand area will not be required for the total number of vehicles
at any one time.
7.36 Covered Shop Floor Space Requirements for Ordnance and

Transportation Corps Units
Ordnance: Sqft
Armament rebuild battalion -.------------------ 100, 000
Automotive rebuild battalion ------------------- 100, 000
Direct automotive'maintenance company ---------------------- 25, 000
Direct support company ---------------- ---- ------------ 20, 000
Guided missile depot support shop ---------------------------- 13, 000
Guided missile direct support shop ---------------------------- 13, 000
Guided missile heavy support shop--..............- 13, 000
Heavy automotive maintenance company ---------------------- 40, 000
Heavy maintenance company, field army ---------------------- 30, 000
Motor vehicle assembly company --.--------- ---------------- 20, 000
Tire repair company ----------
----------------------------- 16, 000
Transportation:
Equipment company, TROB --------------------------------- 20, 000
Heavy truck company ------------------------------------ 5,100
Light truck company ---- ---------------------------------- 3, 700
Medium truck company -------------------------------- 5, 600
Railway operating battalion ------------------- 8, 000
Railway shop battalion ----.---------- - -------------- 40, 000
331
Section X. FIELD ESTABLISHMENTS AND EXPEDIENTS
7.37 Bivouacs and Camps
(fig. 7.9)
Bivouacs are occupied less than 1 week and have temporary sanita-
tion facilities. Camps are occupied more than 1 week and provide
better bathing, sanitation, administration, security, and recreational
facilities.
a. Size. Fifty square yards allowed per man; 100 square yards per
vehicle. If air attack is probable, at least 100 yards is maintained
between dispersed vehicles. Dispersion of 50 yards between vehicles
requires 2,500 square yards per vehicle; 100 yards between vehicles
requires 10,000 square yards per vehicle. No extra allowance is made
for personnel.
b. Location.
(1) Desirable.
(a) Accessible to sufficient amount of good water.
(b) Sandy loam or gravel soil, favorable to waste disposal.
(c) Firm, grass-covered turf.
(d) Elevated, well-drained site.
(e) Sufficient space to avoid crowding and to permit wide
space between kitchens and latrines.
(J) Shade trees for sun protection.
(g) Protected slope or trees for windbreaks in cold weather.
(h) Firm ground for vehicles.
(i) Good road net.
.(j) Concealment from air observation.
(2) Undesirable.
(a) Dry beds of rivers, ravines, or depressed areas in rainy
country.
(b) Clay or loose, dusty soil.
(c) Marshy ground or areas near water which may be infested
by mosquitoes and subject to mist or heavy dew.
(d) Ground water level less than 4 feet from the surface of the
ground.
(e) Steep slopes.
(f) Within a mile of native villages in tropical or subtropical
climates.
c. Latrines. Locate on side of camp opposite prevailing wind,
at least 100 yards from kitchen, 30 yards from nearest tents, and place
so it will not drain toward water supply.
(1) Straddle trench. Used for bivouacs only. Dig 1 foot wide by
22 feet deep by 8 feet long for use of 50 men. Individuals
332
cover refuse immediately. Oil daily. Close when refuse
is within 1 foot of surface or when abandoned.
(2) Deep pit. Used for temporary camps. Dig 2 feet wide by
8 feet long by 3 to 10 feet deep. Depth in feet should equal
number of weeks' occupation plus 2. Should be equipped
with flyproof latrine box.
(3) Pail latrine. Used where soil.characteristics prevent digging
latrine convenient to the camp or bivouac.
(4) Urinal soakage pit. Used throughout camps and work areas.
A pit 4 feet square by 4 feet deep filled with broken rock or
brick serves 200 men indefinitely. Provide funnels on basis
of 1 per 20 men.
d. Washing Facilities. Locate between tents and latrines. Ten
feet of wash bench should be provided per 100 men. Showers should be
provided, where practicable, on basis of one shower head per 25 men;
in tropics and in temperate zones during summer, the ratio should be
1 shower head per 20 men. See FM 21-10 for methods of constructing
expedient showers.
e. Kitchens. Locate at opposite end of area from latrines. One
soakage pit with barrel or baffle grease trap should be provided for
each 200 men. If area is occupied more than 2 weeks, a second pit
should be installed (FM 21-10).
f. Water Supply. Locate water bags between kitchen and tent areas
Average daily water requirements per man per day
Condition Gallons Remarks

per day
Combat- . ........
2 Absolute minimum for no longer than 3 days.
Used for drinking.
1 Some allowance for cooking and personal hygiene.
March or bivouac___ 2 Minimum. Enough for drinking and cooking,
washing mess and kitchen utensils, washing
hands and face.
5 Should be supplied if possible; permits laundry
and possibly some bathing.
Camps ------------ 5 Minimum. Does not include bathing or sewerage
facilities.
15 Minimum. Includes bathing.
30 Permits waterborne sewerage.
g. Closing Camp. Before leaving site, close all sanitary installations,

fill in latrines and soakage pits, erect markers indicating CLOSED
LATRINE, etc.
333
i0 YD
70 YD
KITCHEN AI
OICE
omf_ COMMAND I I MOTOR POOL
GARBAGE MESS ,
PIT TRUCKSLj ,
, I-
,, I
W
"/ PREVAILING
/ / WIND I
/ i I I
MAIN ROAD I I MILE TO

NATIVE VILLAGE
Figure 7.9. Administrative company bivouac area.
334
N o6 = N,N cOm tN co w I
Ez ~~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ c m wN
^ ,:f N C:DC~ O N~-
c: i-. ~c N- C. O O. N N, C. N N- _: N0
Qo __
u:g g o_ah _$8EI~$~~~,

f~ow
o "I l- =IN wceu
O~$ Nc
~~"~ ~;~~Wi33
cc
cr -Z f O
"
o_ 'P.,c ) ~ ,, ~
alPa
~
b~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~g ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Z
O O a_iEE X~iii'-d ~<o- Oi?
_ O Xiio aii ici~~dii!11iiii b
- ce :s N _a~ o,,~
5 ~t b'Wt°~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~t
_HN:N N,~
C
X$~~~ oeN ;C<
mc hc W "re
3~~~~~~~~~~ g
e~ S S 'o
_ ~_ ~
or 8 5 a
C ~ ~~
B ,O# i
S~~~~~~~~
C oKXKN eâ Cb
i eh r; occcr BCNo
_E~~9B
b sN_______ pjgsrPI
S________O
_c I~aha o
oo
| . , O N
, . . , X , , I,.
. , , ,, ,,I .. ,
@~u~~o~
; , , , , . . , , , ,
EH = . w~~~~~~~~~~3
Weight Storage bulk
Height Surface Floor Total (pounds) (cu ft) Total
Type Dimensions of side area space weight - _ cube
wall (sq ft) (sq tt) (packed) (packed)
(pounds) Tent Pins, Tent Pins,
only poles only poles
Paulins:
Fly, storage .... 25' x 20' 5" 512...... 105 85 20 2.8 0.8 3.6
Fly,wall,small 15' 6" x 9' 26" --.. 142 ..... .38 23 15 3.1 0.7 3.8
Large .-.... 20' x 40' ...... 800 ---.. 250 250 ...-- 6.7 6.7
Medium ..-. 16' x 32' ....... 512 ..... 160 160 ..--. 4. 2 .... 4.2
Screen, latrine. 5' 3" x 55' f 6' 292 144 32 32 ..--.. 0.8 .. 0. 8
Small .- . 12'
.....x 17' _ -...... 204 ...... 57 57 --... .. 2.3 2.
If used as field billet.

b liner weighs additional 155 pounds.
Includes tent, liner, pins, and poles.
d Service section.
- Stack section.
f Bottom edge of screen normally 10 inches off ground.
7.39 Water Purification

a. Distillation. Stills can be built to produce potable water from
impure water by using a source of heat, a method of forming and col-
lecting steam, and some kind of condenser. The still in figure 7.10
has a water-cooled condenser. The efficiency of an expedient still
depends on the materials available and the ingenuity of the designer.
In expedient distillation, sufficient vapor-separating space must be
provided to prevent the carryover of salt in the distillate with the
steam. To avoid endangering personnel by the building up of exces-
sive steam pressure, a valve must never be put in the distillate line.
b. Chlorination. The purification of water with chemicals is known
as chlorination. Halazone tablets or iodine water purification tablets,
chemicals in the Army supply system, may be used as directed on
containers. Calcium hypochlorite, with 70 percent available chlorine,
may also be used. One ounce per 1,000 gallons of water, allowed to
stand for 2 hours, will purify most waters.
c. Filtration. Much of the pollution in water can be removed by
filtration, using sand or anthracite coal. The depth of beds for both
materials is usually 24 to 30 inches. Dry sand weighs approximately
92 pounds per cubic foot. Wet anthracite coal weighs approximately
60 pounds per cubic foot. Average yield of a sand filter is 2 gallons
per minute per square foot of filter surface. Water should be tested
for bacteria content after filtration.
d. Boiling. In low altitudes practically all of the bacteria in water
can be destroyed by boiling for 10 minutes; at high altitudes, where
water boils at a reduced temperature, boiling time should be doubled.
e. Aeration.
(1) Many natural waters are improved by aeration, which is a
process whereby the water is broken up and brought into
336
w) IM
0
w a W l_,
4
X_ _ I' I ZZ
I2E ~ II I
0 Itll
z >II W
w z
o wcC
Ia~- I0 Z
o '1 I> o
L >1z
al:::
337
551192 0-60--22
intimate contact with air. Benefits of the process are listed
below.
(a) The removal or reduction of undesirable gases, such as
carbon dioxide, hydrogen sulphide, excess chlorine, and
marsh gas.
(b) The addition of oxygen.
(c) The removal of odors, such as those caused by decomposi-
tion, microscopic organisms, organic matter, and trade
wastes.
(d) Aid in other water purification processes, such as coagula-
tion, mixing chemicals, removal of iron and manganese,
freshening stagnant water, breaking up microscopic
organisms.
O SPANISHWINDLASS
A POWER
UNDERSTRAIN
ROD
ROD
POWER
O IMPROVISEDPIPEWINDLASS
I. | ROD
OTWISTING ENDLESSROPE
Figure 7.11. Expedient riggingfor hoisting.

338
(2) Aeration methods in order of effectiveness are:
(a) Fine spray from nozzles.
(b) Cascades over steps, riffles, or weirs.
(c) Trickling devices (coke or stone beds).
(d) Drawing air into the water or injecting air under pressure
by mechanical means.
f. Sedimentation. Still water, such as that found in ponds and lakes
or in reservoirs, becomes partly clarified and purified by the settling
of suspended solids and the bleaching and germ-killing action of sun-
light. Time and stillness are the important factors. Surface and
internal currents must be avoided; the retention period must be long
enough for the water to become purified.
7.40 Hoists
Expedient hoists, such as a windlass or the twisting of an endless
rope, can be readily assembled from equipment usually available in
the field. Figure 7.11 shows how to move loads a short distance
vertically. In (1) figure 7.11, the upright post is not anchored because
it must turn when rotary power in a horizontal plane is applied to the
rod. In (2) figure 7.11, as rotary power in a vertical plane is applied
to the rod, only sufficient tension need be applied at the "under strain"
point to cause static friction; therefore there is no slippage between
the rope and the pipe. Figure (3) 7.11, illustrates a method of moving
heavy loads a short distance horizontally.
7.41 Shears
Shears serve the same purpose as an A-frame, and can be used to
support a block and tackle arrangement as illustrated in figure 7.12.
7.42 Gin Pole

A gin pole is an inclined pole that has a sufficient number of guys
to hold it in a stationary position. Figure 7.13 illustrates this type
of mechanical arrangement in use.
7.43 Cableway
An expedient cableway can be used to transport supplies across a
small canyon or stream, or to the top of a ridge. It can be made
by using two shears, two pulleys, a cargo hook, a vehicle, ropes,
and stakes. Figure 7.14 illustrates one method of erecting an expedi-
ent cableway using a 34-ton truck as the power source. To construct
a cableway:
a. Jack up one wheel of a 4-ton truck and remove the tire.
b. Take a rope about 10 percent longer than twice the straight-line
distance between the summit of the ridge and the truck.
339
! g~ /~ TO LOAD
- TO POWER
FRAPPING
CLOVE
HITCH
DETAIL FOR SHEAR LASHING
Figure 7.12. Shears.
c. Run the rope through pulleys anchored at both the top and
bottom of the ridge, and around the rim of the wheel.
d. Splice the ends of the rope together and suspend a cargo hook
from it.
340
w
a:
pXIWo E
R~~~R
"B |2 j|!
11 - .- DXIex
z 0~~~
'c-
~ o~
c~~~~~~~~~~~ ~ ~ c
w I B~~
O~~~
~~ w~
341
HILL TOP
ANCHORED
LOADING POINT
RIDINGON PULLEY
FIRMLY ANGHORED
Figure 7.14. Expedient cableway, a /-ton truck being used as power source.
342
w nC§=oo go
C
Y _I _0 0 I C
I- OC 0 · Cfl- o Co~ioO~
LL- -
I ~ ~ ___
Oe
I : A Co 0
0 ZI 3 tC8 oI
uj
000oo
I- <= 0>
c
____ P a; 8~s00e _o C
0s $o c Co
o O~~~~~~~~C o
WO_O O'
u,
W< 0 o °- a
E l~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~C
I- 0 °e aItt -- 00 ~3a0
U-~~~~~6t
oL. __ I C c-; c
o > o N* 8oo E
>~~
y ~0 _ _ _
00_ <=
ntCO
_ _ a
_ _ ° s j~oS t ~
xQI~~ 9
) ~ _ _ __ _ _ __ _
a0 *- I 0 a I--
OP~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~o-0
Z~~~~ O Co o o 0
Co~~~~~~~~~~~~,C
j 0 Co34C
Ug
La >
~ a
.
-6
> ~~o
o o
CBC~~~~~~O~ Co
; _
-
_
-Co
oC Co
i
Cfi
o
hO ~~I o-C
Co 6,- :6666666Ot~0
6 6
0
I g~ I g______E_
C49 9 U v o o a_=_____
Co ,.$~~Oo-t
Co 0 njdi .tCood~ 0
E CFtCov g
0s
*,~~~~~~oo 0 Co~9o
Co CoO
UO LJu Cooo ,CoCo -'

V~~~~~ooo~~CooC~ 0F -In~
c.-cj~ie~ II,-m
Co
P,~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~4
a3 s ~~ ~ 8 8888oC
CoC f
o S ~ O _O S
.12
. _O O2 O X G O O R N ~ _~ C4 . .o
- O C G ~e N _Ng
ad I I _ O
|'|
ce o J 8 N O t (> ~a N e .St
- Co
| | 0 |) E - CC
a Pa~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
o~~~~~~oC
r~ 1P -~ e,,
8"~~~~~~1 ~ ~~~~ N
-~ Co~, Co
U ODd
bX~ o ~ ~ Xg 8Co o8 8 Ot
(1
oI
i I 8
_ _ _
1
_
CC
_
_
_R G 8
ci .°o -- G ° . g888 , -.
O~~~ Co sC
O oC
8 Q _s . . s! CoO Go G1 _ _.S
344 - r
°i
V)~~
Pc
~~~~~~~~~~~
8e- ~
F1~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~1
Co1CCoC
8$~
_ .° N:
~ ~~r~~~io CCo CoN
IS r-~ ~ 0 ~ ~ Co~"C
*CC,
. P
bflo
0d J _ _ _ _ _
II -I00 C 0 0
(14 C4
34 8 _
0 8 -s
o S** °~ o -:
| dd ' z X x
' E ' O 8 mg~~~~~~~~~~o~C 0 _ 8>-8gf 8 8 o0_
W
W ~ I < 1 tp
_9 A 9 --
0P __$$o _
o _ __ _ u______eo
';" ~ ~
___ OC~ d C t* - - CC
· C¢x
e8
C |,
CC £
I.~~~ ~ o 14
* ~4
8.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-
~
& ~ -- -
3 so~~~~~~~~~~4
a
x",I 53 g~~~~~~~~~~~~~4
g. Speed.
Meters per Meters per Feet per Feet per Miles per Knots per Kilometers
second minute second minute hour hour per hour
1. 0 60. 0 3. 28083 196. 8 2. 23693 1. 94254 3. 6

.0167 1. 0 .055 3. 3 .0376 .0324 .06
.30480 18 2 1. 0 60. 0 .68182 .59209 1. 09728
.00505 .303 .0167 1. 0 .0113 .0097 .0182
.44704 26. 9 1. 4667 88. 0 1. 0 .86839 1. 60935
.51479 30. 9 1. 68894 101. 0 1. 15155 1. 0 1. 85325
.27778 16. 7 .91134 54. 7 .62137 .53959 1. 0
5.0 4.47
4.5 4.02
4.0 3.57
3.S _ IN_ 1_1 g_1 _ I~f_ I 1

GASO_ I I I I I I I I I 1 3.t?2
GASOLINE IN 5°GAL. CANS
_ _GASOLINE IN 50-GAL. DRUMS
3.0 t 2.68
___OIL IN DRUMS 5G.RAL.
2.5 - - - - - - 2.23 z
.0 I I.
I I I I I
1.5 J I I I 1.34
1.0 O 0.892
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5 0 o45
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.i
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
GALLONS
Figure 7.15. Scale for converting gallons of fuel and lubricants to tons.
346
h. Temperature Ccnversions.
-C=5
(°F-32)
0
F=- OC+32
i. Simplified Conversion Factorsfor Quick C'omputation: Accurate to

Within 2 Percent.
Inches to centimeters ---- Multiply by 10 and divide by 4.
Yards to meters ------------ Multiply by 9 and divide by 10.
Miles to kilometers -------- Multiply by 8 and divide by 5.
Gallons to liters ------------ Multiply by 4 and subtract l5 of the number of
gallons.
Pounds to kilograms -------- Multiply by 5 and divide by 11.
7.45 Converting Fuel and Lubricants From Gallons to Tons

The scale in figure 7.15 is approximate, and should be used only for
rapid computation. For this reason, weights given per unit of
volume are slightly heavier than average.
7.46 Petroleum Conversion Factors

(Conversion factors give averages, not exact figures.)
Multiply By To obtain
Gallons, gasoline -------------- 0. 0027 Long tons.

Gallons, gasoline ------------ . 0026 Metric tons.
Gallons, gasoline -------------- 6. 103 Pounds.
Gallons, gasoline ------------- .0031 Short tons.
Gallons, oil---------------- 7. 434 Pounds.
Long tons ------------------- 367. 21 Gallons, gasoline.
Measurement tons ----------- 1. 086 Short tons, gasoline.
Measurement tons --------- 1. 4285 Short tons, gasoline in drums.
Measurement tons ------------ 1.0 Short tons, grease.
Measurement tons ----------- 1. 11 Short tons, oil.
Measurement tons ------------ 1. 2048 Short tons, oil in drums.
Metric tons ------------------ 373. 10 Gallons, gasoline.
Pounds -.................. .1639 Gallons, gasoline.
Pounds.-................. . 1345 Gallons, oil.
Short tons -.----------------- 327. 8 Gallons, gasoline.
Short tons, gasoline.........- .9195 Measurement tons.
Short tons, gasoline in drums-- ..7 Measurement tons.
Short tons, grease ------------ 1.0 Measurement tons.
Short tons, oil ____---------- . 90 Measurement tons.
Short tons, oil in drums ----- .83 Measurement tons.
347
\ ° | O E 4
I\ 0° - 0¢
b a N N C O
X- f N -.
NEe
C~~~~C
f o~ | N ~ ffi 84_
348
~~~~~~,
~ ~~~ 0F
e348
I ~~
0
f @xxN
~ ~ B~~ ~S ~ ~ ~ ~ 8
N g0 W
O ~~ ~ ,g.,.,.,BC
~ f
I~~~~~~~ IC) ~ ~ ~ ~ a g
I-8 0 0
I _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ,
a~~ g: -sar~~~~~~~~EF
o~~~~~~~~ es E
* * x
~=
I
3 00'~~~~ss
N X
C' 4)~~~~~~~~~4)~.
o£ '0
U
*~
~ I "p~
Bi 4)4)4)
C F
4.8
7.48 Converting Foreign Measures to United States Measures
Country Weight or measure U.S. equivalent
Argentina ------------- Arroba.-............. 25.32 lb

Baril -------------------- 20.077 gal.
Cuadra ------ ----- ----- 4.2 acres
Frasco (liq) --------------- 2.509 qt (liq)
Last-------------------- 58.4 bu
Libra --------------- 1.013 lb
Pie -..--------------- 0.947 ft
Quintal ----------------- 101.28 lb
Vara ---- - -- - - - - 34.094 in.
Australia ------- Same as United Kingdom__
Austria --------------. Joch -------------------- 1.422 acres
Klafter ------------------ 2.074 yd
Belgium --------------- Last --------------------- 85.134 bu
Bolivia - .. Marc--. ----------- 0.507 lb
Borneo --------------- Picul -------------------- 135.64 lb
Brazil ---------------- Arroba ------------------ 32.379 lb
Quintal ----------------- 120.54 lb
Canada --------------- Same as United Kingdom_
Celebes --------------- Picul -------------------- 135.64 lb
Central America ------- Centore ------------------ 4.263 gal.
Fanega ------------------ 1.574 bu
Libra ------------------- 1.014 lb
Manzana ---------------- 1.727 acres
Vara - . ------ ----- 32.913 in.
Chile ------------------ Fanega -.------------- 2.753 bu
Libra ------------------- 1.014 lb
Quintal ----------------- 101.41 lb
Vara-.. ---------------- 32.913 in.
China ---------------- Catty ------------------- 1.333 lb
Ch'ih ------------------- 12.6 in.
Li --- _______------------ 1,890 ft
Picul-------------------- 133.333 lb
Tael Kuping -------------- 575.64 grains (troy)
Chun ------------------- 1.26 in.
Chang ------------------ 10.49 ft
Tsun -------------------- 1.409 in.
Feng -------------------- 0.1259 in.
Hou-------------------- 0.0013 in.
Shih tan ----------------- 110.23 lb
Shi li ------------------- 1,889.28 ft
Cuba ----------------- Libra ------------------- 1.014 lb
Vara -------------------- 33.386 in.
Denmark ...-. Centner
... -.----------- 110.23 lb
Milu-------------------- 4.68 miles
Mil (geographic) ------- 4.61 miles
Pund ------------------- 1.102 lb
Tende (grain) - -----------3.948 bu
Tondeland --------------- 1.36 acres
Viertel ------------------ 1.701 gal.
Dutch Guiana --------- Livre ------------- 1.089 lb
349
Ecuador .--.
-. .......Fanega ------------------ 1.574 bu
Egypt ---------------- Ardeb ---------.----- 5.619 bu
Cantar ------------------ 99.05 lb
Feddan ----------------- 1.04 acres
Oke ----------.--- 2.805 lb
Pic --------------------- 22.83 in.
France. .-. ..........
Tonne ------------------ 2,204.62 lb
Germany -------------- Klafter ------------------- 2.074 yd
Last --------------------- 4,409.2 lb
Bremer ------------- Centner.------ ---------- 127.5 lb
Brunswick ----------- Centner ------------------ 117.5 lb
Prussia ------------- Centner ----------------- 113.34 lb
Greece .--------------
- Drachma (new) ---------- 1 metric gr
Livre --------------- - 1.1 lb
Mina (old) --------------- 2.202 lb
Oke --------------------- 2.82 lb
Guatemala ------------ Fanega ------------------ 1.53 bu
Libra ------------------- 1.014 lb
Vara -------------------- 32.909 in.
Honduras ------------- Milla ------------------- 1.149 miles
Vara -------------------- 32.953 in.
Hong Kong ---------- Catty ------------------- 1.333 lb
Picul --------------------- 133.333 lb
Hungary -------------- Joch -------------------- 1.067 acres
India:
Bombay ------------ Candy ------------------ 569 lb
Madras ------------- Candy ------------------- 500 lb
Maund (standard) -------- 82.285 lb
Ser --------------------. 2.204 lb
Chittak ----------------- 900 grains
Seer (factory) ------------ 1.866 lb
Seer (standard) ----------- 2.057 lb
Tola------------------- 0.4114 oz
Indonesia ------------- Buow ------------------- 1.7536 acres
Katti ------------------- 1.36 lb
Paal ------------------- 561.16 acres
Java --------------- Paal ------------------- 1,506 meters
Sumatra ------------- Paal, square --------- ____ 1,852 meters
Picul -------------------- 136.16 lb
Iran ----------------- Jarib -------------------- 2.471 acres
Israel ---------------- Rottle ------------- _ 6.35 lb
Japan -fl------------- Bu -------------------- 0.12 in.
Catty ------------------- 1.32 lb
Cho ---------.----------- 2.451 acres
Ken --------------------- 5.97 ft
Koku -- .------------.----
5.119 bu
Kwamme ---------------- 8.267 lb
Se ---------------------- 0.024 acres
Shaku ------------------- 11.93 in.
Sho (liq) ---------------- 1.91 qt (liq)
Sun ---------------------- 1.193 in.
Tan --------------------- 0.25 acres
350
Japan--Continued To - -2.05 pk
Tsubo --- ----------------35.58 sq ft
Go -------- ------ 0.19 qt
Jo ---- -- - --- --- ----- 3.31 yd
Kin ------- --- - 1.323 lb
Koku ------- -- ----- 47.65 gal.
Kwan..--- ------------ 8.267 lb
Momme --------.------ 0.1333 oz
Picul -------------------- 132.3 lb
Ri ---------------------- 2.44 miles
Rin --- ---- ------- 0.012 in.
Tsunbo ------- ---------- 3.953 sq ft
Korea - ---------------- Chungbo ----------------- 105.49 sq ft
Ja ------------------- 1 ft
Kwan -------------------- 3.750 kg or 8.269 lb
Ri ----------------------- 2.440 miles
Sok ---------------------- 6.371 cu ft
Luxemburg ----------- Fuder -------- ------------ 264.18 gal.
Malacca ---- - - Catty ---- -- ---- 1.36 lb
Malaya -- Bongkal ------- ----------- 832.0 grains
Malta ----------------- Barrel (customs) --- ------- 11.2 gal.
Caffisco ------- ----------- 5.4 gal.
Cantaro ------- ---------- 175 lb
Salm ----------.- ----. 8.2 bu
Mexico - --. .... ..------ ------------
Baril --------- 20.078 gal.
Fanega - ------------------ 2.577 bu
Frasco (liq) ----- ---------- 2.5 qt (liq)
Libra ---------.---------- 1.014 lb
Quintal ----------------- 101.47 lb
Vara.------- ------------- 32.99 in.
Morocco .------------ Artel -------------------- 1.12 lb
Cantar ------------------ 112 lb
Nicaragua ------------ I Manzana ---------------- 1.742 acres
Milla - --- ------ 1.159 miles
Vara ----- ---- - 33.057 in.
Norway --------------- Centner ------------------ 110.23 lb
Paraguay - Arroba - . ......-----
25.32 lb
Cuadra (lin) ------.. ------ 94.7 yd
Cuadra (sq) ------. ----- 1.85 acres
League ------------------ 4.633 acres
Peru------------------ Libra ------------------- 1.014 lb
Quintal ------ __-_----___ 101.43 lb
Vara ---- -- --- - 31.913 in.
Philippines . .-. Picul
......... -------------------- 139.44 lb
Poland --------------- Garnice ------- ---------- 1.056 gal.
Vloka ---------.. - 41.5 acies
Portugal ----------- Almude ------- ----------- 4.422 gal.
Li'ra -------------------- 1.012 lb
Spainll---------------- Arroba ------------------- 4.263 gal.
Fanega -------- ----------- 16 gal.
Pie --------------------- 0.914 ft
Quintal ------------------ 101.43 lb
351
Sweden --------------- Centner ----------------- 93.7 lb

Last --.......------------ 9,371.3 lb
Skalpund ---------------- 0.937 lb
Tunna ---------------- 4.5 bu
Tunnland ---------------- 1.22 acres
Thailand ------------- Catty, standard ---------- 1.333 lb
Catty ------------------- 2.667 lb
Coyan --- --------------- 2,645.5 lb
Turkey - ............... Cantar ------------------ 124.45 lb
Oke --------------------- 2.828 lb
Pik ----- ---------------- 27.9 in.
U.S.S.R -- - Arshin (lin) .-------------28 in.
Arshin (sq) -------------- 5.44 sq ft
Berkovets --------------- 361.128 lb
Chetvert -. -------- 5.957 bu
Dessiatine ---------------- 2.699 acres
Food -------------------- 36.113 lb
Funt - ------------------- 0.9 lb
Last -. - -80.0 cu ft
Sajene --- -- -- -- -- -- 7 ft
Vedro .-------------- 2.707 gal.
Verst ------------------- 0.633 mile
Duim -.......... 1 in.
Foute -------------------- 1 ft
Garnetz ----------------- 2.98 qt
Milya ------------------- 4.64 miles
Pfund --- ---------------- 0.903 lb
Pood or poud ------------ 36.11 lb
Pound.------------ 0.903 lb
Zak --------------------- 2.368 bu
United Kingdom . Comb------------------- 4.128 bu
Gallon -................. 1.2 gal.
Last -------------------- 82.56 bu
Load (timber) ------------ 50 cu ft
Cwt (hundred wt) -------- 112.0 lb
Quart (liq) ----- - 1.2 qt (liq)
Quart (dry) -------------- 1.3 qt (liq)
Quarter ----------------- 8.256 bu
Sack (flour) -------------- 280 lb
Stone ------------------- 14 lb
Wey -------------------- 41.282 bu
Uruguay -------------- Cuadra .-................ 1.82 acres
Fanega ------------------ 3.888 bu
Libra - ----------
- .-------1.014 lb
Venezuela ------------ Fanega ------------------ 3.334 bu
Libra -.----------------- 1.014 lb
Yugoslavia ------------ Wagon .-............ 10 metric tons
Zanzibar -------------- Frasila ------------------ 35 lb
352
7.49 United States and British Miscellaneous Conversion Factors
Atmosphere --------------- 14. 70 Pounds per square inch

Barrels - ------------------- 5. 61 Cubic feet
Barrels -------- ---
- .- 42. 0 Gallons
Barrels -------------------- 6. 29 Kiloliters
Board feet........--. 144. 0 Cubic inches
Boiler horsepower ---------- 33, 475. 0 Btu per hour
Bushels (imperial) - - 1. 032 Bushels (US)
Bushels (US) .--------------
969 Bushels (imperial)
Centimeters ---------------. 03281 Feet
Centimeters ................
3937 Inches
Cubic feet .................
1782 Barrels
Cubic feet ................
02832 Cubic meters
Cubic feet ... . .............
01 Tons (register)
Cubic feet per minute . 1247 Gallons per second
Cubic feet per second _ 646, 315. 0 Gallons per day
Cubic meters -------------- 35. 31 Cubic feet
Cubic meters -------- 1. 308 Cubic yards
Cubic yards .....-........ .7646 Cubic meters
Days -
..--- ---------- 1, 440. 0 Minutes
Drams -1------- ---- -- 1. 772 Grams
Drams -.---------------- . 0625 Ounces
Feet --------------------- 30. 48 Centimeters
Feet of water -.......... . 8826 Inches of mercury
Feet of water ----------- - - 62. 43 Pounds per square foot
Feet of water ----------. .-4335 Pounds per square inch
Gallons (imperial) . 1605 Cubic feet
Gallons (imperial) -------- 1. 201 Gallons (US)
Gallons (imperial) - 4. 543 Liters
Gallons (US) ---------- .----
8327 Gallons (imperial)
Gallons (US) -------.. .--0238 Barrels
Gallons per minute . 002228 Cubic feet per second
Grams ------------------- 15. 43 Grains
Grams ------------- . 001 Kilograms
Grams ------------------- 1, 000. 0 Milligrams
Grams -------- ------- .03527 Ounces
Grams .....----- .002205 Pounds
Hours ---------- . 04167 Days
Hours -------------------- .005952 Weeks
Horsepower ---.. ----- 42. 40 Btu per minute
Horsepower ---------------- 33, 000. 0 Foot-pounds per minute
Horsepower (boiler) -------- 33, 475. 0 Btu per hour
Horsepower-hours -- ---- 2, 545. 0 Btu
Hundredweight ------------- 112. 0 Pounds
Hundredweight -------- -- . 508 Quintals
Inches --------------------- 2. 540 Centimeters
Inches --------------------- 25. 4001 Millimeters
Inches --------------------- 1, 000. 0 Mils
Inches of mercury . 4912 Pounds per square inch
Inches of water .---
.07355 Inches of mercury
Inches of water .03614
.... Pounds per square inch
353
551192 0-60-23
Kilograms ---------- 1, 000. 0 Grams

Kiloliters -.... . 159 ..........Barrels
Knots -1--------- ...--- I. 0 Miles per hour (naut)
Links (surveyors) ----------- 7. 92 Inches
Liters ------------------- .2642 Gallons (US)
Liters ------------- 1. 76 Pint (imperial)
Liters - -------------------- 2 1134 Pint (US)
Liters --------------- 1. 057 Quart (liquid)
Meters -------------------- 100. 0 Centimeters
Millimeters .........
0393 Inches
Mils .....
001 ................
Inches
Ounces -....... 28. 349 ...Grams
Ounces (fluid)- ......... 1. 805 Cubic inches
Pounds ------------ - 453. 6 Grams
Pounds of water . 01603 Cubic feet
Pounds of water .1198
.--- Gallons (US)
Pounds per square inch ----- 2. 307 Feet of water
Pounds per square inch ----- 2. 036 Inches of mercury
Quintals----------------- 1. 97 Hundredweights
Quires --------------------- 25. 0 Sheets (of paper, etc.)
Reams -------------------- 500. 0 Sheets (of paper, etc.)
Square centimeters . 1550 Square inches
Square feet ------------- 929. 0 Square centimeters
Square feet ------------- 144. 0 Square inches
Square inches ------------ 6. 452 Square centimeters
Stones ---------------- 14. 0 Pounds
Temp (o C) plus 17.8 ------ 1. 8 Temp (o F)
Temp (o F) minus 32 . 5556 Temp (o C)
Tons (measurement) --- 40. 0 Cubic feet
Tons (register) --------- 100. 0 Cubic feet
Weeks -------------------- 168. 0 Hours
7.50 Stowage Factors by Class and Service

a. Computaton of Stowage Factor. The stowage factor is the number
of cubic feet required to store 1 long ton (2,240 lb) of cargo. It may be
computed by the following formula.
cube of cargo (cu ft) X2,240
Stowage factor (cu ft)= weight in pounds
b. Weight-Volume Ratios. Weight-volume ratios are based on
average cubage for each item. The measurement tonnage for any item
354
can be found by multiplying its short ton weight by its conversion
factor. Weight-volume ratios by classes of supply are given below.
conversion Stowage
Items I factor factor
(ST to MT)
Class I: Rations -------------------------------- 2. 1 94

Class II:
Chemical ------------------ 2. 3 103
Engineer ---------------- 3. 3 147
Medical (incl Class I and IV) ..............- 2. 5 112
Ordnance ------------------------ 1. 8 80
Ordnance vehicle replacement --------------------- 2. 2 99
QM clothing and equipage ------------------------ 2. 0 89
QM general supplies ---------------- 2. 8 125
Signal (incl Class IV) ---------------------------- 3. 8 170
Class III:
Aviation fuel and lubricants (Class IIIA) ----------- 1. 5 67
Fuel for temperate zone -------------------- ----- 2.0 89
Gas, oil, grease 2 (less aviation) --------------------- 1.5 67
Class IV:
Aviation supply and replacemeint ---------- 4.0 179
Chemical (negligible)...........................
Engineer construction material -------------------- 1. 5 67
Medical (incl in Class II) . .........................
Ordnance motor maintenance ---------------- 1..0 45
QM sales items --.-.....................-- 1. 7 76
Signal (incl in Class II) ........
Transportation ----- _---------------------------- 2. 4 108
Class V:
Ammunition (less aviation) ----------------------- .9 40
Aviation ammunition -........ . . ...............-
.9 40
Chemical ammunition ------------- 1. 2 54
I Nongas conditions. Figures are based upon average conditions found in European and Pacific theaters
Amounts will vary for polar regions.
2 Consists of the following: 90 percent gasoline, 4 percent diesel fuel, 3 percent engine oil, 1 percent gear
lube, 2 percent greases.
7.51 Average of Stowage Factors by Service

Supply service Class of supply Stowage factor
Chemical ---------. All supplies less Class V ------------ 103
Engineer ----------- All supplies .-............ 107
Medical ------------ All supplies ----------------------- 112
Ordnance ------------- All supplies less Class V ---------- 75
Quartermaster -------- All supplies -.------------------ 87
Signal ---------------- All supplies ------------------------ 170
Transportation -------- All supplies ------------------------ 108
Chemical -------------. Class V -------------------------- 54
Ordnance -------------. Class V -.......................... 40
355
7.52 Rapid Computation of Weight of a Unit for Shipment
For planning purposes the weight in short tons of a unit is the
sum of the combined weights of:
a. TOE personnel and individual equipment, assuming average
weight of 240 pounds per man.
b. Major items of organizational equipment.
c. Class I supplies for 3 days, assuming 6.6 pounds per ration per
man per day.
d. Class III supplies necessary to move unit 100 miles from desti-
nation point after arrival, if authorized in shipment.
e. B.asic load of class V.
f. Added items that may be authorized by theater commander or
CONUS commander.
7.53 Measurement of Surfaces and Solids
Figure Formula
a. Area of:
Circle -------------- Square of the diameter times .7854, or square
of the radius times 3.1416.
Sector of------------ Length of the arc times the radius divided
by 2, or 3.1416 times square of radius
times angle of the sector divided by 360.
Segment of ---------- Area of the sector minus the area of the tri-
angle formed by joining radii.
Cone -------------------- One-half of slant height times perimeter of
base plus arep of base.
Frustrum of --------- Slant height times sum of circumferences of
bases divided by 2 plus sum of the areas
of both bases.
Cube --------------- Sum of areas of all the sides.
Cylinder ---------------- Area of 2 ends plus length times perimeter.
Ellipse ------------------- Long axis times short axis times .7854.
Parallelogram ------------ Base times altitude.
Polygon -- Perimeter times apothem divided by 2.
Prism ------------------- Area of 2 ends plus length times perimeter.
Pyramid -------------- One-half of slant height times perimeter of
base plus area of base.
Rectangle --------------- Base times altitude.
Sphere ---------------- Square of diameter times 3.1416.
Square -----------------. Base times altitude.
Straight-lined figure of 4 or Divide figure into triangles, find area of each
more unequal sides. triangle, and add areas.
Trapezoid --------------- Altitude times sum of bases dividedby 2.
Triangle --------- Base times altitude divided by 2.
b. Circumference of:
Circle ------------- Diameter times 3.1416.
Quadrilateral and polygon__ Sum of all sides.
356
Figure Formula
c. Volume of:
Cone ------------------ Height times area of base divided by 3.
Frustrum of cone --------- Height times (B+B'+VBXB'
Cube --------------- Length times width times depth.

Cylinder -------------- Area of the base times height.
Prism ------------------- Height times area of base.
Pyramid - Height times area of base divided by 3.
Frustrum of pyramid Height times. (B± B VbxB
Sphere ------------------ Cube of the diameter times .5236.
Tank, elliptical ----------- Long axis times short axis times .7854
times length.
Irregular figure ------------ Sum of volume of component parts. If
possible, immerse figure in water and
measure the displacement.
Note
Apothem-perpendicular from center of polygon to any side.
B and 1B'-area of upper and lower bases, respectively, of frustrum of cone or pyramid.
Frustrum-that part of a pyramid or cone included between the base and a section of the pyramid or cone
parallel to the base.
Polygon-closed, straight-lined figure having more than 4 sides.
Quadrilateral-closed, straight-lined figure having 4 sides.
Regular polygon-closed, straight-lined figure having equal sides and equal angles.
Trapezoid-quadrilateral figure having one pair of parallel sides.
7.54 Functions of Numbers

Number Square Square Cube Cube root Logarithm
root (approximate)
1i--------------- 1 1. 0000 1 1. 000 0. 00000

2 ----------------- 4 1. 4142 8 1. 261 .30103
3 -- --------------- 9 1. 7321 27 1. 441 .47712
4 ----------------- 16 2. 0000 64 1. 59 .60206
5----------------- 25 2. 2361 125 1. 712 .69897
6 ----------------- 36 2. 4495 216 1. 82 .77815
7 ----------------- 49 2. 6458 343 1.92 .84510
8 ----------------- 64 2. 8284 512 2. 000 .90309
9----------------- 81 3. 0000 729 2. 08 .95424
10---------------- 100 3. 1623 1000 2. 16 1. 00000
11 .-.............. 121 3. 3166 1331 2. 225 1. 04139
12 ----------- 144 3. 4641 1728 2. 29 1. 07918
13 ---------------- 169 3. 6056 2197 2. 35 1. 11394
14---------------- 196 3. 7417 2744 2. 41 1. 14613
15 ---------------- 225 3. 8730 3375 2. 47 1. 17609
16---------. 256 4. 0000 4096 2. 52 1. 20412
17 --------------- 289 4. 1231 4913 2. 57 1. 23045
18 ---------------- 324 4. 2426 5832 2. 62 1. 25527
19 --------------- 361 4. 3589 6859 2. 67 1. 27875
20---------------- 400 4. 4721 8000 2. 71 1. 30103
357
root (approximate)
21 ----------------- 441 4. 5826 9261 2. 76 1. 32222

22 - __------------- 484 4. 6904 10648 2. 81 1. 34242
23 _---_ . _....__ .-- 529 4. 7958 12167 2. 84 1. 36173
24 .-----------
- 576 4. 8990 13824 2. 88 1. 38021
25--- __----------_ 625 5. 0000 15625 2. 92 1. 39794
26 ---------------- 676 5. 0990 17576 2. 96 1. 41497
27 ------____ -__-__ 729 5. 1962 19683 3. 00 1. 43136
28 ---------------- 784 5. 2915 21952 3. 04 1. 44716
29--------____ -____ 841 5. 3852 24389 3. 07 1. 46240
30_-------------- _ 900 5. 4772 27000 3. 11 1. 47712
31_ __.----------__ 961 5.5678 29791 3.14 1. 49136
32 -_-_----------__ 1024 5. 6569 32768 3. 17 1. 50515
33--___ __-.. 1089
..... 5. 7446 35937 3. 21 1. 51851
34_ __.----------- _ 1156 5. 8310 39304 3. 24 1. 53148
35--__---------__ _ 1225 5. 9161 42875 3. 27 1. 54407
36---------______ __ 1296 6.0000 46656 3.30 1. 55630
37----- _-_------__ 1369 6. 0828 50653 3. 34 1. 56820
38 --- _-----------_ 1444 6. 1644 54872 3.37 1. 57978
39 -------_- _-----_ 1521 6. 2450 59319 3. 39 1. 5.9106
40---- __-_-------_ 1600 6. 3246 64000 3. 42 1. 60216
41_-_-----------__ 1681 6. 4031 68921 3. 45 1. 61278
42 -_-_- __ ....... __ 1764 6. 4807 74088 3. 47 1. 62325
43_------- ____ ____ 1849 6. 5574 79507 3. 50 1. 63347
44 -_-_-___-__- -- __ 1936 6. 6332 85184 3. 53 1. 64345
45_ __- __--------__ 2025 6. 7082 91125 3. 56 1. 65321
46 -_ __ -
------ __ _ 2116 6. 7823 97336 3.58 1. 66276
47_ __-__--------__ 2209 6. 8557 103823 3.61 1. 67210
48 -____-- -___ __ ..
2304 6. 9282 110592 3. 63 1. 68124
49_-_-_---------__ 2401 7. 0000 117649 3. 66 1. 69020
50_ __-_-- --- ___ -_ 2500 7. 0711 125000 3. 68 1. 69897
51_-___-_-------__ 2601 7. 1414 132651 3. 71 1. 70757
52 ___- ----- __ ____ 2704 7. 2111 140608 3. 73 1. 71600
53_-- __----- ___ -_ 2809 7. 2801 148877 3. 76 1. 72428
54 __-_--- ----- __ _ 2916 7. 3485 157464 3. 78 1. 73239
55_ .------ ____ _-__ 3025 7. 4162 166375 3. 81 1. 74036
56 -- _.----__---_ 3136 7.4833 175616 3. 82 1. 74819
57 -_--------___--_ 3249 7. 5498 185193 3.85 1. 75587
58_-- _------------ 3364 7. 6158 195112 3. 87 1. 76343
59_------- _------_ 3481 7. 6811 205379 3. 90 1. 77085
60- .----------
- 3600 7. 7460 216000 3. 91 1. 77815
61 ---------------- 3721 7.8102 226981 3.94 1. 78533
62 -------------- __ 3844 7. 8740 238328 3. 96 1. 79239
63 -------___-__- -_ 3969 7. 9373 250047 3. 98 1. 79934
64_-- __
-- - __ -- __ 4096 8. 0000 262144 4. 00 1. 80618
65_ _ _.-------
---- . 4225 8. 0623 274625 4. 02 1. 81291
66 ---------------- 4356 8. 1240 287496 4. 04 1. 81954
67 .-----------
- 4489 8. 1854 300763 4. 06 1. 82607
68 ---------------- 4624 8.2462 314432 4. 09 1. 83251
69 .----------
- 4761 8. 3066 328509 4. 10 1. 83885
70 .-----------
- 4900 8. 3666 343000 4. 12 1. 84510
71 ------ _--------_ 5041 8. 4261 357911 4. 14 1. 85126
358
root (approximate)
72 ----------------- 5184 8.4853 373248 4.16 1. 85733

73 ----------------- 5329 8.5440 389017 4.18 1.86332
74 ----------------- 5476 8.6023 405224 4.20 1.86923
75 ---------------- 5625 8. 6603 421875 4.22 1. 87506
76 -_.............. , 5776 8. 7178 438976 4.23 1. 88081
77 ---------------- 5929 8.7750 456533 4.26 1.88649
78 ---------------- 6084 8.8318 474552 4.28 1.89209
79 ---------------- 6241 8.8882 493039 4.30 1.89763
80 ----------------- 6400 8. 9443 512000 4.31 1.90309
81 ----------------- 6561 9. 0000 531441 4.33 1. 90849
82 ----------------- 6724 9. 0554 551368 4. 35 1. 91381
83 ----------------- 6889 9.1104 571787 4.36 1.91908
84 ----------------- 7056 9.1652 592704 4.38 1.92428
85 ----------------- 7225 9. 2195 614125 440 1. 92942
86 ---------------- 7396 9. 2736 636056 4.41 1.93450
87 ----------------- 7569 9. 3274 658503 4.43 1,93952
88 ---------------- 7744 9. 3808 681472 4. 45 1.94448
89---------------- 7921 9. 4340 704969 4 46 1.94939
90 ---------------- 8100 9. 4868 729000 4.48 1.95424
91---------------- 8281 9.5394 753571 4.50 1.95904
92-------------- 8464 9.5917 778688 4.51 1.96379
93 ---------------- 8649 9. 6437 804357 4 52 1. 96848
94 ---------------- 8836 9.6954 830584 4 54 1. 97313
95 ---------------- 9025 9.7468 857375 4 56 1.97772
96 ---------------- 9216 9.7980 884736 4.58 1. 98227
97 ---------------- 9409 9.8489 912673 4 60 1.98677
98 ---------------- 9604 9.8995 941192 4.61 1. 99123
99 ---------------- 9801 9.9499 970299 4 62 1.99564
100 --------------- 10000 10. 0000 1000000 4.64 2.00000
7.55 Decimal Equivalents

Inches Inches Millimeters
_64 0. 015625 0. 397

Y32 -------- . 03125 .794
%64 .046875 1. 191
Me-6 .----------
__--- . 0625 1. 588
%64 .078125 1. 984
2 .---.---- .09375 2.381
646 . 109375 2. 778
- ....125 . ..........
3. 175
/64 .140625 3. 572
52 .--------
.15625 3.969
1f64 .171875 4. 366
e-.6-------- -------- 1875 4. 763
164 .203125 5. 159
%2 _-------- .21875 5.556
%6%4 .2344375 5. 953
359
Inches Inches Millimeters
- -- -..-- ---.- - -------- -- ---- 25 6. 350

Y64 .265625 6. 747
Y2.-------- .28125 7.144
564 .296875 7. 541
%6 _--------_-------- .3125 7. 938
2'64 .328125 8. 334
152 _------ .34375 &731
2%4 . 359375 9. 128
.. ....... ------------- .375 9.525
2%64 .390625 9. 922
1
l52 _-__-- .40625 10. 319
24 .421875 10. 716
.. 6 _ _----- ..-------- .. 4375 11. 113
2%64 . 453125 11. 509
52 --
______- .46875 11. 906
3
Y64 . 484375 12. 303
.. -----
_ ------ ------ - -------- -------- .5 12. 700
364 . 515625 13. 097
12.--___-_ .53125 13. 494
3O4 . 546875 13. 891
%6.--------.-------- '5625 14. 288
3/64 . 578125 14. 684
'%2 ------- .59375 15. 081
364 . 609375 15. 478
.--------..--------..--. - 625 15. 875
'{f4 .640625 16. 272
232 _______
-- .65625 16. 669
4y6 . 671875 17. 066
1
Yl ------------ _-- .6875 17. 463
4%4 . 703125 17. 859
22 .---.- 71875 18 256
46/74 .734375 18. 653
,_ ....-------...-- .....--------- .75 19. 050
4 4 . 765625 19. 447
2%2 --------. 78125 19. 844
5
64 . 796875 20. 241
36 ------ 8125
...... 20. 638
564 .828125 21. 034
2
Y32 __- __ .84375 21. 431
6/4 . 859375 21. 828
.. ... .................. .875 22. 225
SY4 . 890625 22. 622
2%2. ------ .90625 23. 019
5%64 .921875 23. 416
6.------..----- .9375 23. 813
4 953125 24. 209
3..2 _______ . 96875 24. 606
664 .984375 25. 003
__ 1 --
_............_......_.1.0 25. 400
360
7.56 Trigonometric Solution of Triangles
( RIGHT TRIANGLE 8 ® OBLIQUE TRIANGLE
b b
Si. Cos Ab
A=a a2 =b 2 +c2-2bc Cos A
Sin A=- Cos A=-
C C
b2=a2 +-c2 - 2ac Cos B
a b
2 2 2
Tan A=bb Cot A=-a c =a + b - 2ab Cos C
c c Area= s(s -a)(s -b)(s -c)

Sec A=- Csc A=-
b a where
abr a a2 Cot Aa+b+c

2 2 2 2
b: Tan A c2 Sin 2A
2 4
7.57 Natural Trigonometric Functions

° °
Angle Sin Cosee Tan Cotan Sec Cos Angle
0.. O-....0.
000 ------- 0. 000 - -ooo- 1. 000 1. 000 90
1-- .........
017 57. 30 .017 57. 29 1. 000 1. 000 89
2 .----------
035 28. 65 .035 28. 64 1.001 .999 88
3 .--------
052 19.11 .052 19. 08 1. 001 .999 87
4 ---- ... .070 14. 34 .070 14. 30 1. 002 .998 86
5 ......... 087 11.47 .087 11.43 1. 004 .996 85
6 ..-......... 105 9. 567 .105 9. 514 1. 006 .995 84
7 - .------- 8. 206
.122 .123 8. 144 1. 008 .993 83
8 .....
139 ....
7. 185 .141 7. 115 1. 010 .990 82
9 ...........
156 6. 392 .158 6. 314 1. 012 .988 81
I0 .174
.-------- 5. 759 .176 5. 671 1. 015 .985 80
11 .191
......... 5. 241 .194 5. 145 1. 019 .982 79
12---------- .208 4. 810 .213 4. 705 1. 022 .978 78
13 .........
225 4. 445 .231 4. 331 1. 026 .974 77
14 ...........
242 4. 134 .249 4. 011 1.031 .970 76
15---------- .259 3.864 .268 3. 732 1.035 .966 75
16 -------- .276 3. 628 .287 3. 487 1.040 .961 74
17 ...........
292 3. 420 .306 3. 271 1.046 .956 73
18 - ..........
309 3. 236 .325 3. 078 1.051 .951 72
19 .........
326 3.072 .344 2.904 1.058 .946 71
20- .342 2. 924 .364 2. 747 1.064 .940 70
361
Angle ° Sin Cosec Tan Cotan Sec Cos Angle °
21 .---------
358 2.790 .384 2.605 1. 071 .934 69
22 ___ ____ .375 2.669 .404 2. 475 1.079 .927 68
23_ .--------
391 2.559 .424 2.356 1.086 .921 67
24 _ .--------
407 2. 459 .445 2.246 1. 095 .914 66
25 --- _--_- .423 2.366 .466 2.145 1.103 .906 65
26 - - __ .438 2. 281 .488 2. 050 1. 113 .899 64
27 - - .----
454 2.203 .510 1.963 1.122 .891 63
28 _--.----- .469 2.130 .532 1.881 1.133 .883 62
29 - _-- .485 2. 063 .554 1. 804 1. 143 .875 61
30_ .--------
500 2. 000 .577 1.732 1.155 .866 60
31 .---------
515 1.942 .601 1.664 1.167 .857 59
32_- . _ .... .530 1. 887 .625 1. 600 1. 179 .848 58
33 - .------
545 1. 836 .649 1. 540 1. 192 .839 57
34 - . _ ..... .559 1.788 .675 1.483 1.206 .829 56
35 - _ .574 1. 743 .700 1. 428 1. 221 .819 55
36 - - .----
588 1.701 .727 1.376 1.236 .809 54
37 - _ .602 1. 662 .754 1. 327 1. 252 .799 53
38 - _ .616 1.624 .781 1.280 1.269 .788 52
39-.---- - 629 1.589 .810 1.235 1.287 .777 51
40 - _-- .643 1.556 .839 1.192 1.305 .766 50
41 .---------
656 1. 542 .869 1. 150 1. 325 .755 49
42 - . _ ..... .669 1.494 .900 1.111 1.346 .743 48
43 - _ .682 1.466 .933 1.072 1.367 .731 47
44_ .--------
695 1.440 .966 1.036 1.390 .719 46
45_ .------
707 1. 414 1. 000 1. 000 1. 414 .707 45
7.58 Speed Conversion Table, Approximate

Miles per hour Knots Feet per Kilometers Meters per
second per hour second
1---------------------- 0. 8684 1. 4667 1.6093 0.447

2-_------------------------- 1.74 2.94 3.23 .897
3 _---_----------------- 2. 59 4. 41 4. 83 1.34
4 -. _-----__ __------------_ 3. 46 5.90 6. 45 1. 78
5 _.-------------------- 4. 34 7. 33 8. 05 2. 23
6 .--------------- 5. 20 8. 80 9. 65 2. 68
7 ----------------- - 6. 07 10. 30 11.30 3. 13
8 .----------------- 6. 95 11. 80 12.90 3.58
9 -_------------------------- 7.81 13.22 14.50 4.03
10 -- -- 8.68 14. 67 16.09 4. 47
11--------------------------- 9. 55 16. 20 17. 70 4. 92
12--------------------------- 10. 40 17. 62 19. 30 5. 37
13--------------------------- 11.23 19. 10 20. 90 5. 82
14 --.-.------------------ _ 12. 10 20. 60 22. 60 6. 27
15 -------------------------- 13.00 22. 10 24.20 6.71
16--------------------------- 13. 90 23. 50 25. 80 7. 16
17--------------------------- 14. 75 25. 00 27. 40 7. 63
18 ----------------- 15. 60 26.40 28. 90 8.05
19--------------------------- 16. 45 28. 00 30. 60 8. 50
362
Miles per hour Knots Feet per Kilometers Meters er
second per hour secon
20 ------------------------- - 17.40 29. 30 32.20 8.95

21- .-------------------------
18.20 30.90 33. 80 9.39
22 ------------------------__ 19. 10 32.30 35. 40 9.85
23 ----------------- - 20.00 33. 80 37. 10 10.30
24 -------------------------- 20.80 35.30 38.60 10.75
25 -------------------------- 21. 70 36.70 40.30 11.15
26 --------------------------. 22.50 38.20 41.90 11.60
27-.------------- 23.40 39.70 43.50 12. 10
28 ----------------- - 24.30 41. 20 45. 10 12.50
29 ---------------- 25.20 42.60 46.70 13.00
30 ------------------------- 26.00 44.20 48.30 13. 40
31 -------------------------- 26.90 45.60 50.00 13.90
32 -------------------------- 27.80 47.00 51.50 14.30
33 ----------------- - 28. 60 48.50 53.00 14.73
34
.------------------ 29.50 50.00 54.55 15.20
35 ----------------- - 30.40 51.50 56.50 15.65
36 ----------------- - 31.20 53. 00 58. 00 16.10
37 -------------------------- 32.00 54.50 59.70 16.50
38 ----------------- - 32.90 56.00 61.40 17.00
39 -------------------------- 33.80 57. 50 62. 80 17. 40
40 ----------------- - 34.60 58.80 64.50 17. 83
41 -------------------------- 35.60 60.50 66. 00 18. 38
42 -- - - - - - 36.40 61. 90 67.70 18. 80
43 ----------------- - 37.30 63. 40 69.20 19.20
44 ------------------------- 38. 20 64.80 71.00 19.70
45 ------------------------- 38. 90 66.50 72.50 20.20
46 -------------------------- 40.00 67.50 74.00 20.60
47-.------- - - 40.70 69.10 75.90 21. 00
48 -------------------------- 41.50 70. 50 77.50 21. 40
49 -------------------------- 42.40 72.00 79.00 21. 80
50 ----------------- - 43. 50 73. 80 80. 50 22.30
51-....................... 44. 10 74.90 82.00 22. 80
52 .---------------- 45.10 76. 50 83.60 23.20
53 .-- - - --- 46.00 78.00 85.70 23.70
54 -------------------------- 46. 70 79. 50 87.00 24.20
55----------------- 47.50 80.90 88.70 24.60
56----------------- 48. 50 82.20 90.00 25.00
57-................... 49.50 83.90 91. 90 25. 50
58-............. 50.10 85.00 93.40 25.90
59 -..... 51.00 86.80 95.00 26.40
60----------------- 52.00 88. 10 96.70 26. 80
61 -------------------------- 53.00 89.60 98.00 27.20
62 --------------------------- 53.70 91.10 99. 80 27.70
63 ----------------- 54.60 92.90 101.70 28.20
64 ---------------- 55.60 94.20 103.00 28.60
65 ----------------- 56.20 95.30 104. 50 29.10
66 -------------------------- 57.20 97.00 106.00 29.50
67--------------- 58.00 98.20 108. 00 30.00
68 ----------------- 58.90 100.00 109.50 30.40
69----------------- 59.80 101.80 111.00 30.80
70----------------- 60.70 103.00 113.00 31.30
363
Miles per hour Knots Feet per Kilometers Meters per
second per hour second
71--------------------- - 61.60 104. 00 114. 00 31. 70

72_-_----------------------- 62. 50 106. 00 116. 00 32. 20
73_-_------------------------ 63. 30 107. 30 117. 30 32. 60
74-..-- _ - -- -. 64. 20 109. 00 119. 00 33. 10
75 ----------------- 65. 00 110. 00 121. 00 33. 60
7.59 Computing Guy Stress

To compute the stress, or tension, that should be placed upon a guy,
the horizontal and vertical distance relationships for upright poles,
the weight of the load to be lifted, the weight of the pole, the hori-
zontal distance from base of pole to the guy anchor, and the perpen-
dicular distance from the base of the pole to the guy must be considered.
Relationships for computing stress are shown in figure 7.16. 1,
figure 7.16 illustrates tension or pull (P) for an upright pole when
there are known relationships between height of the pole (H) and the
ground distance from base of the pole to the guy anchor. 2, figure
7.16 shows how to compute guy stress when the pole is inclined.
Section XII. TIME, TIDE, AND LIGHT

7.60 Time and Light
a. Designating Time and Date.
(1) Time. Expressed in a group of four digits, ranging from
0000 to 2400. First two digits are the hours after mid-
night; remaining two indicate minutes past the hour. Where
the hour can be expressed as a single digit, it is preceded by
zero; for example, 0625 for 6:25 a. m.
(2) Date. Day, month, and year expressed in that order-ex-
cept when necessary to specify a six-digit time group. In a
six-digit time group, the first two digits indicate day of
month; the next two the hour; the last two, minutes past
the hour. For example, 070625 Dec 56 means 6:25 a. m.
on 7 Dec 1956. If desired to keep the date secret, dates
may be expressed by a letter, such as D plus or minus a
numeral in place of the first two digits.
(3) Greenwich mean time. Time groups expressing Greenwich
mean time are designated by the letter suffix Z immediately
following the last digit of the group; for example, 190225Z.
(4) Expressing natural phenomena. Indefinite terms, such as
first light, last light, daybreak, daylight, darkness, dusk,
dawn are avoided. Definite terms are permissible, such as
364
'H
/H
-%H
2H
TENSION t wd
WHERE
y= PERPENDICULAR DISTANCE FROM
BASE OF POLE TO REAR GUY LINE
w=WEIGHT OF LOAD + '/ WEIGHT OF OF
POLE LOAD
d=DISTANCE FROM GUY ANCHOR
TO BASE OF POLE
REAR w
GUY
LINE
Figure 7.16. Computing guy stress
sunrise, sunset, beginning or end of evening or morning

nautical or civil twilight.
b. Time Zone Chart fig. (7.17).
(1) It takes the sun an average of 24 hours of time to make its
apparent daily trip around the earth; in other words, the
sun travels 3600 in longitude in 24 hours. Therefore the
surface of the earth is divided into 24 zones 15 ° wide in
longitude-each 1 hour in width. The initial zone is the
one which has the meridian of Greenwich running through
the middle of it, and the meridians 7Y2 ° east of Greenwich
and 72°2 west of Greenwich marking its eastern and western
limits. It is called the "zero zone" because the difference
365
O
Y
Is·rt--l c3
" If
4 :
I 21i Co r·1W
·* ai o o
I 116 o
itr
a-ri r
z to f:
-o r------------.T-tS O
I bl: b N N
O
,Lsr
· E
+o z ,ii · c +
,I: -,
s 4
c. +
ol,; 4:i 1
o
+ +
Cli O - $
* ,· a j
-I *
DL. + o 4,
·n U +
;·
mi tl: · " -9- s

m
I LC__ r C
c. .s +
+I / ii /_ q (?
r f s! , ' IP EIYI
+ >
:u U +
r o
z + -·--- d
r
rl'= 4
o o ;'lx
+ .1 +
:Y
so
" ill
366
I CQ Coo 0 0o 0o 0 0
in n 10 - a 00 0 10 Cd
0
N
0 00 0)
-
0
d 1
- Cd
……
10a 4 U)
-
D)
_ -N0
0
-- a
0C0
-
0 w0
-- 0 00 aC 040 10
U) 0 4
It
-
1 0 0
Cd
1C
0
- 0
d
O
0
oCo oC
C
C O
Cd C
0.
m 0 0-
W 0 to - -m
w 0 0 0 O o- _
t1, C00 0
0 1 Cd
Cd - 0 0
o0 o o - - - o o - 0 0 0 C
o0 oC od
o ~ 0 0 - N 1 4 U 0 N i o1
0- C 0 10 C - 0 0
CM N
0) 0 d 1 1 d - 0 1 d 0 CM0
oDo o -0 0 0 -oo
Cd Cd - - -
o o o o - - - o 0~ ~~~~~~~~~~~
o o o o_ _W
10 0 0 0
In 1 4 I" Cd - 0 10 C 0 0 N 0
0Cd 010 04 0O
gg 0 i 0t)
0 -
0) - -
- -
Cd -C
10 0 t N-l 0 0 10 CdlC -I C
- C 0 * N 0
r- )
0 I" - I I -- - --
-U C 1 4
00 C)
0 ~~(O
OU)0y Oh0 ) O 0 r
0 0 0O -
Cd
-
100 Ol
-0 10Ov Cdl
Cd Cd 0, 0l
-
Cd- 0)O 0O N
e- 0e- -o
U -
1
q
w 0 0 0, 0 0 ' 0 0 0 C Cd A- 0
~~~~~o-…~~o ©
~- -~ U.,
I10-lo 10
o0 o- N 10 oD 1 u 0N 0a NI, - Cd - 0 0)0 oa 0 o) o 0 10 Cd -
r- o . .
C, ,o
N
. Cd 0
0it
0
0 o 0 o 0
to to
0
0t-
0
OD
0 I0
1
0
0 0I N
--101 0
0~
Cd
0
et
aacu~~~~~
C
N
-_o
0
- -
ODt-0
;-
0) 0 I- 0)
Cd
- U 1 0 - N 10 0 0)0 CM 0 r. 0 10 Cd - 0
w -
. 0 ) to
d
Nc
C 0
CD
d 0
0
~00 CD
0_
10 4 0
- 0
. 0 (A C 0 0) In
0 0~
N
0 - Cd 10 0 - o 1 0 0 0 CM W ) 1 r-0
t 0 N 0 ) - 10 0
P- 0 OD O O
0
C z~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
0 10 0 10 - 00
Cd
- u Cd Cd 0 0 0 0 0 0 0- - _ _ _ - - 0
0 0 0 0O in to OD Cd 1 U
N
O o1 C 0 0 NO )
10 o -
O O 0 0 0 0 - 0-Cd C 0. 0 t-0O0C 0 0 0 0 000 0 0 0
:E
_ e _O _
--- ~ O F O O oI -O
O- o I O…- I
~N ~ ~0 ………C~ Ca C
W - O
C O
0 0 O-
0 - - - - -- ----
t- - N i ItULO OD t 8 t
Li.. 0 - in -
0 - N 10 -0 C
- C 0 10 00
Cd - 0 0) 0 0 0
U) Om 10 C
Cd
Q o ~~
nCd
o'-…-
r~
0
-
mL4
1
N
0
-
C4 o)
OT 0 0N
-
0
-
Cd 0
0 0
0
d0
-
0O
d100
O
0t-
-N CD 0 t- 0
0
0
0
--
0
n
OO00o
O
o~
-0-C
m 00 -Q
0
0
_f -- W
-- Cd 10 4 o
-
U d N 00 CdC
y0 0 0 0 0 N 0 1 C 0 000 1 0
C
0 W ,
- Cd 0 0
00 ON
-- N o - - 0o 0 0
CD 10 ) 0000 C 0 0 ot C 0 In U) 4 CD 0 0
0~~ ~-° ~ ~ - ~- - - ,q- Cd

md i,.0 0 0 0 0
~ 0O
J 0% 0 Cd-C
-~~~o a (U oU o o o o o a o o o o
0;0. 0 - Cd 0.. 0t)0
cu or o 0 0
or N
- 0
= 4 1m
aaaa10
0 0 0
0
... -0.0"0
- - C- O O O - 0 0 0 0 0 0C
Zd _04 u~ ~ C-i --
f,. u
~ N ~C'jI0 ~~ a (U aO a -- 0 O O OO
0 0Cd
O d O
0d OdI O1
0
O
N ;2
00-- -- -- -- -- -- --- O OOOOO
o ON
0- 00 0 0
-- 0
--
0 00--- - cm
0 --
--- --C--
- - 0 U
-O 0 0- 0 N
- 0 0 o O
O O 10 O Cd
O C
- 0
C 0 10
C
C0 0 CdO -
0- 0 0) 0o
O
C) N 0 ) 0D
mC 102 0 N 0 cD
10 a Cd C O
Cd
4 It 0 N 0 OD a) 10 C 10
P 0 10
0 t- 0 It t N
n0m U)
0000 00 n 0 00 0 0- 1 t- - C 0 00 OD
C C
C -0
CdCO-
0 0 0 0 0 -
0……n 0 D o- CD In t. C.
0 0
4 -u
Cd
0
U)10
0
_ d0
0
N10q N
0 ~
0 W -0 CMC-d1-0 14 0 0 C
0 Cd
- 0- 00 00) 0 00 0
o) U)o 4
10
o 0 0 O D - -0 CD d C - -) C- -- -
cr P- OD m ~0 .ln ' n ( ' ' t t - n W - 0' m
1 0O~C 0 1ne -d 4I
$10oU
CaU) 0 )N 0 0N 0. 0 t0 ,- 10
C' cd
O --
0 0
0 N N
cu0
w 0
U) 0
1 1N
N C
O Q
0... - 1 1 0 N 10 C - 0 0 0
Cd 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0~~!D 0 d C In _ _ _ - - U
Cd 0Cd 0 0 00 0 0 00 0~~~cl 0Cd N-00 0 -
00 00 N -_d 0 0 0
4o-0 0 --
-- 0 Cd Cd 00- 20-
0
0-
0 00 00 - -0 _ Cd Cd O - - -
c- - - -
o V 10
In O0 W O1 U) 0 0
'n ol 0 0 n C0Y 0
-- 0 0 N
0~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~0
to 40 r- CD M I 0 in W 0OD I-ton
0
N0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - 0- - - -00
0 0 0 - 10 0o - 10 U C 1 -NN0 N 0
°o~~~~~~~~~~~~U
O.OO o - -
-- --
Ld
-
tNd o0 0 0 00-
--
i)
-o
0 - 0 -
-…
-
to
0 ' _ ~ ~ w,
-0 1o
o O I-¢ a ~--
0 o 0)j
or
0e oor N o
)00 d N
N
0 o)
C
-
0d
to
0 o i020 o 0-tN -
o
0d
1
01
00 0 a o 0-aC0)
0
0- a
0
00
10…0
N
0 01 ~
U)
;
4
0 t
M
Cd
0 00
W
-
N 0
N
n0 T
0N 0
0
1
L
U 1
-- - 0 0 0 I. … 0 0 0 0 0
10 4 0
go 0- N 0 0) 0t oo I
No to W m
0.
m0 0 U) 4 n 0 . m
o 1 N.
0C i 0 0-0 0 0 0 00
m
cr C- CI W W 0 0 0 o o 0
- - - CY o- Cd N Cd C 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
oO 0 10 U) 0 0 o 0 o Cd o - - O
0 W WOIC
O--
-
4
OO~ ~&~ O 0 ( 0 . n
O
~
o
C-i re
o 0
in t a-
-
o
CD
N
a0
or
rr)
a
aaW
& 0
to or
0
00 ¢ C,~0r_
0 I0- otn 0i en
0 o
rr --
-- ~ cu O 01 O O - 0 - -- -- O
O O
,D ~. w a~ I 0
m~ O ©
orcu O o; O C N OlaW
o- aO1o aa wR - = .O o aO.. a0 O a0a O
0
a
aa a
_lin I (DIoe 10 Q Ol-Nl llol o- -) o o oyl Io o
10 t 4mW OO- O OD
M 0 --
-- In -- ' CD O OO
Ci N N W I I + +
-- ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~(9 O ao~ OO09

O-- --
--
between the standard time of this zone and Greenwich
mean time is zero. Each of the zones in turn is designated
by a number representing the number of hours by which
the standard time of the zone differs from Greenwich mean
time. The zones lying in east longitude from the zero
zone are numbered in sequence from 1 to 12, and are called
minus zones because, in each of them, the zone number must
be subtracted from the standard time in order to obtain the
Greenwich mean time. The zones lying in west longitude
from the zero zones are numbered in sequence from 1 to 12,
and are called plus zones because, in each of these zones,
the zone number must be added to the standard time in
order to obtain the Greenwich mean time. The time kept
in any zone is the standard time of its central meridian.
The twelfth zone is divided medially by the 180 ° meridian
(the line separating the meridians of east longitude from
the meridians of west longitude), and the terms ~/minus"
and "plus" are used in the halves of this zone which lie in
the east longitude and west longitude, respectively.
(2) Use of suffixes. The suffix letter used after a four- or six-digit
time group indicates the number of hours by which the time
being expressed differs from Greenwich mean time at the
same instant. It does not designate location on the earth's
surface (fig. 7.17). For example, Norfolk, Va., is located
in the fifth time zone west of Greenwich. For local mean
time, the suffix letter would be R.
(3) Converting time from zone to zone. The number in the time
zone indicates the number of hours or fraction thereof that
local time differs from Greenwich mean time. The time
zones extend east and west from Greenwich to the 180th
meridian. To transpose Greenwich mean time to local time,
add the zone number if the zone is east of the prime meridian;
subtract it if it is west of the prime meridian. Time con-
version for any zone is shown in figure 7.18.
7.61 Tides, Sunlight, and Moonlight

a. Chart. Figure 7.19 shows the type of chart which is issued for
each major operation or operational area. These charts are prepared
by the Joint Intelligence Study Publishing Board and appear in
JANIS (Joint Army-Navy Intelligence Study).
b. Area Covered. Astronomical data are for sea level and do not
vary more than 5 minutes over a radius of 60 miles.
c. Time Usedfor the Time Meridian Indicatedin the Heading. When
another time meridian is used in the field, the figures representing
hours on the left of the large diagram are changed to conform to the
new time. If the time meridian to be used is in a zone number east
367
KAGOSHIMA - WAN, KYUSHU * DECEMBER 1945
LAT31°30'N., LONG 130° 40'E. TIME MERIDIAN: 1350E.
SUNLIGHT AND MOONUGHT DATA COMPUTED FOR LAT 3130"NLONG 130I40E.
DATES RISE AND FALL OF TIDE
I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 18192021 22232425262728293031
' l L'II lJ l j l l,l I1 11 .1s,1.&1.,1 I I 11

4~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~l jI. 4
i ! f V !' I'Iy f' il ¥! f' I1 T I fl 11 !
CHART
DATES TIME OF TIDES, SUNLIGHT, MOONLIGHT, AND DARKNESS DATU
I 2 3 4 5 6 7 S 9_0 1113 14 15 I0 17 1 19 2021 2 U 3E4 t I2TU S JO a1
I~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
, R~d.SUNLIHT
ATS DARKNESS l
*HN~~~~~ O-I I -S-NS IGHTN AI TILI
.ID_H _ _I _ _ hsCI I . I ILINT

S NE
_IO NOO QURE PUL NOO v
LA $?UARTER _ S
= S r _IS __ _ _EEES B SUNRIS
101 SUN
X-. M. GHT
itt
NOON 12YhI|T TX
I E 3 4 S *e 7 T* I0 1 1CE1SI 14 IS 17 1D 20L1A 22L A 4E 5 27 28 2 3031 I
DATCS V 0 I
NEW MOON FIRST QUARTER FULL MOON LAST UARTER
MEANTEMPERATURE AIR4IF P. SEA G7' F. A. ASTRONOMICAL TWIL1lHT

O- 1O-20-S40-E504W070-9OH-100 N. NAUTICAL TWILIGHT
- ' ' ' ' '. C CIVIL TWILIGHT
PERGE47SETSAE CGALS
OF WIIND $ SS SUNSET
FM QUENGISS S R. SUPRISS
'THIS ,DIAGRAM, WITH THE CHANGESINDICATED, IS ALSO APPLICABLE TO THE FOLLOWING
PLACES: TOMARI URA _ADD 10 MINUTESTO TIMES OF HIGH AND LOW TIDES,
SUBTRAGT I/0 FOOT FROM HEIGHTS OF HIGH TIDES.
ODOMARI-WAN _SUSTRACT 5EMINUTES FROM TIMES OF HIGH AND LOW TIDES,
SUBTRACT I FOOT FROMHEIGHTS OF HIGH TIDES.
Figure 7.19. Diagram of tides, sunlight, and moonlight.
368
of the one shown on the diagram, the number is increased by 1 hour
for each 15°; if west, the number is decreased by 1 hour for each 15 ° .
d. Dates. In the upper diagram of figure 7.19, each day from mid-
night to midnight is represented by a space between two lines. In
the lower diagram, the days are represented by vertical lines covering
the period from noon of one day to noon of the next. The dates at
the bottom of the diagram differ from those at the top because the
dates change in passing through midnight.
e. Tides. Times of the tides are shown by curves in the lower dia-
gram. By noting the sequence of the tides during the day, the height
of any particular tide can be found by consulting the diagram.
f. Twilights, Morning and Evening (fig. 7.20).
(1) Twilights are the periods of solar illumination before sunrise
and after sunset. Both morning and evening twilights are
divided into three periods: astronomical, nautical, and civil.
(a) Astronomical. Offers meager light, if any; for military
purposes, considered period of darkness.
(b) Nautical. Provides enough light to carry on most types
of ground movement without difficulty. Visibility lim-
ited to 400 yards or less.
(c) Civil. Offers enough light to carry on normal day activi-
ties.
(2) Except for high latitudes, durations of astronomical, nauti-
cal, and civil twilights may be considered equal.
(3) First light, a term used by the armed forces of the United
Kingdom, includes a slightly greater period of twilight than
that defined by civil twilight.
g. Moonlight. For astronomical twilight and solar darkness, peri-
ods of moonlight and solar darkness are shown on the lower diagram
of figure 7.19. During the period of moonlight the intensity of light
will vary between the brightness of the full moon at zenith and about
one-third of this value. During the period of dim moonlight, the in-
tensity varies from about one-third to one-tenth of the brightness of
the full moon at zenith.
h. Moon's Phases. In figure 7.19 the phases of the moon are shown
below the days on which they occur.
i. Effect of Weather on Light. Smog, fog, clouds, refraction, reflec-
tion, and precipitation affect the degree of illumination. These fac-
tors can be included in the calculations by means of experience tables
compiled in the area and from meteorological forecasts for the area.
369
551192 0-60-24
U
I-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -
0~~~~~~~~
~~~~~~~~
~~~~~~~~go
;-
370z~~~~~~ +
dig
Tz0
UJ~~~~~~~
37~~~~~~~~~~~~~0
7.62 Hours of Daylight
Time between sunrise and sunset. It is light for approximately
30 minutes before sunrise and after sunset. For latitude south,
subtract figure given from 24.
Latitude north Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec
00°-------- - 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12. 12 12 12 12
°
100- - .-.-.-.----
- 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 12 12 12 12 12
200° ------------- 11 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 12 12 11 11
300° .------------10 11 12 13 14 14 14 13 12 11 11 10
400° ------------- 10 11 12 13 14 15 15 14 12 11 10 9
500° ---------- - 9 10 12 14 15 16 16 14 12 11 9 8
600° --------- - 7 9 12 15 17 19 18 16 12 10 9 6
°
700 --------- - 0 7 12 16 23 24 24 18 12 9 4 0
80-°.------------ 0 0 12 24 24 24 24 24 12 5 0 0
7.63 Calendar: 1940-1983

a. Calendar.
Jan Apr Sept Feb Aug

Day of the month Oct July Dec June Mar Feb' May
Jan' Nov
1 8 15 22 29 A B C D D F G Monday
2 9 16 23 30 G A B C D E F Tuesday
3 10 17 24 31 F G A B C D E Wednesday
4 11 18 25 E F G A B C D Thursday
5 12 19 26 D E F G A B C Friday
6 13 20 27 C D E F G A B Saturday
7 14 21 28 B C D E F G A Sunday
----- 1940 1941 1942 1943 -- 1944
1945 1946 1947 --- 1948 1949 1950
1951--- 1952 1953 1954 1955---
1966 1957 1958 1959--- 1960 1961
1962 1963 M
- arh1964 1965 1966 1967
----- 1968 1969 1970 1971 --- 1972
1973 1974 1975 --- 1976 1977 1978
1979 -= 1980 1981 1982 1983 =--
.In leap years, use the January and February that are italicized. Do not use these for other years.
b. Examples of Use.
(1) Given March 6, 1957, find the day of the week. Under
March, opposite 6, is G. In the column in which 1957
appears, Wednesday is found opposite G.
371
(2) Given Saturday, November _, 1960, find the possible
days of the month that Saturday falls upon. In the col-
umn in which 1960 appears, Saturday is found opposite A.
Under November, the numbers 5, 12, 19 and 26 are found
opposite A.
(3) Given Tuesday, 6, 1958, find the possible
months in which this combination could occur. In the col-
umn in which 1958 appears, B is found opposite Tuesday.
Opposite 6, B appears under the month of May.
(4) Given Monday, February 29, , find the possible year.
Under February, opposite 29, is F. Opposite Monday, F
is found in the column in which the year 1960 (leap year)
appears.
372
APPENDIX I
REFERENCES
1. Aviation
a. Army Regulations
59-22 ------ - Requests for Transportation by Other Than
Scheduled Flights of Military Air Transport
Service.
59-106 ------ - Operation of Air Force Terminals.
59-132 ------ - Citation of Open Allotment and Reporting Use
of Commercial Air Spaces for PSC travel.
59-, 95-, 96-Series -- Air Transportation in General.
96-25 ------ - Responsibilities and Policies for Movement of
Traffic on MATS Scheduled Aircraft.
725-768 ----- - Supply of Transportation Repair Parts Through
Army Aircraft Field Maintenance Shops in
CONUS.
750-214 ----- - Aircraft Field Maintenance Shops Assistance to
Supported Units.
750-712 ----- - Modification of Army Aircraft and Transporta-
tion Air Items.
750-713 ----- - Depot Maintenance of Army Aircraft.
b. Special Regulations
55-750-5 ----- - Procedures Governing Transportation by Air.
310-30-15 ---- - Organization and Equipment Authorization
Tables; Personnel.
700-51-146 ---- - Logistic Responsibilities for Standard Commodity
Classification, Major Group 46, Aircraft.
705-30-10 ---- - Limitations on Materiel for Air Transport.
750-95-10 ---- - Technical Assistance in Maintenance of Army
Aircraft.
c. Field Manuals
1-100 ------ - Army Aviation.
57-20 ------ - Airborne Techniques for Divisional Units.
57-30------ - Airborne Operations.
57-35------ - Army Transport Aviation, Combat Operations.
d. Technical Manuals
1- -5 ----- - Basic Weight Checklist and Loading Data.
1- -9 ----- - Loading Instruction.
1- -20P ---- - Repair Parts and Special Tool Lists for Organi-
zational Maintenance Allowances.
1- -34P ---- - Repair Parts and Special Tool Lists for Field
Maintenance Allowances.
373
d. Technical Manuals-Continued
1-215 ------ - Instrument Flying; Theory and Procedures.
1-250 ------ - Principles of Fixed-Wing Flight.
1-260------ - Principles of Rotary-Wing Flight.
5-251 ------ - Army Airfields and Heliports.
11-2557 ----- - Jeppesen Airway Manual.
55-401 ------ - Army Aircraft Field Maintenance Shop and
Supply Operations.
57-210------ - Air Movement of Troops and Equipment.
e. Technical Bulletins
AVN 2 ------ - Recommended and Alternate Grade Fuels,
Engine and Transmission Oils for Army Air-
craft-Engine Combinations.
AVN 5------ - Preparation and Processing of DD Form 781,
"Aircraft Flight Report and Maintenance
Record."
AVN 7------- Painting and Marking of Army Aircraft.
AVN 23-3 ---- - Use of Paint and Varnish Remover.
AVN 23-4 ---- - Aircraft Hoses and Hose Assemblies.
AVN 23-5-series -- - Unsatisfactory Equipment Report Digest.
AVN 23-7 ---- - Depot Maintenance Support of Army Aircraft.
AVN 23-8 ---- - Scheduled Depot Maintenance of Army Aircraft.
AVN 23-9 ---- - Nonscheduled Maintenance Support of Army
Aircraft.
AVN 24-1 ---- - Engine Detonation and/or Preignition.
TM 38-250 ---- - Transportation, Packaging, and Handling of
Dangerous Materials for Military Aircraft.
. Supply Bulletins
1-1 ------- - Army Aircraft Flying Hour Program.
1-2 ------- - Army Aircraft Attrition Factors and Obsoles-
cence Rates.
1-15-8 ------ - Expendability of Transportation Air Items.
1-15-9 ------ - Modification Kits, Department of the Army,
Aircraft.
1-15-13 ----- - Standard Items of Aircraft Hardware and Bulk
Material for Use on Department of the Army
Aircraft.
g. Tables of Organization and Equipment
55-56 ------ - Headquarters and Headquarters Detachment,
Transportation Transport Aircraft Battalion.
55-57 .------ - Transportation Light Helicopter Company.
Transportation Army Aircraft Maintenance
Battalion.
55-457 ------ - Transportation Army Aircraft Maintenance Com-
pany.
55-458 ------ - Transportation Army Aircraft Heavy Mainte-
nance and Supply Company.
55-500 ------ - Transportation Service Organization.
374
h. Table of Allowances
55-15 ------ - Transportation Aircraft Test and Support Ac-
tivity.
55-84 ------ - Transportation Corps Army Aircraft Field Main-
tenance Shop.
i. Supply Manuals
55-1-1510, 20-- - Aircraft, Fixed-Wing; Aircraft, Rotary-Wing.
55-1-1600 ---- - Aircraft Components and Accessories.
55-4-series ---- - Stock List of Components of Sets, Kits, and Out-
fits (Various Types).
2. Motor Transport
a. Army Regulations
57- and 58-series -- Motor Transportation in General.
58-30 ------ - Transportation of Dependent School Children.
385-55 ----- - Prevention of Motor Vehicle Accidents.
735-35 ----- - Supply Procedures for TOE Units, Organizations,
and Non-TOE Activities.
754-9130-1 --- - Utilization of Automotive Gasoline.
55-80-1 ----- - Highway Requirements for National Defense.
330-40-10 ---- - Processing Motor Vehicle Records.
350-355-1 ---- - Traffic Management.
700-51-143 --- - Logistic Responsibilities for Standard Commodity
Classification, Major Group 43, Motor Vehicles.
705-125-10 --- - Fordability Requirements for Future Tactical
Vehicles.
705-325-1 ---- - Electrical Systems in Motor Vehicles.
c. Field Manuals
5-36------ - Route Reconnaissance and Classification.
20-32 ------ - Employment of Land Mines.
25-10 ------ - Motor Transportation, Operations.
55-10 ------ - Movement Control in Theaters of Operation.
55-31 ------ - Highway Transportation Service in Theaters of
Operation.
55-35 ------ - Transportation Truck and Car Companies.
55-37 ------ - Transportation Battalion, Infantry Division.
9-2800 ----- - Military Vehicles.
9-2810 ----- - Tactical Motor Vehicle Preventive Maintenance,
Supply, Inspection, and Training Procedures.
e. Technical Bulletin
PMG 5 ----- - Traffic Accident Recording.
f. Supply Bulletins
9-40 ------ - Ordnance Motor Vehicle Assemblies.
9-98-1 ----- - Vehicle Deficiencies During Warranty Period;
General.
10-540 ----- - Troop Train and Motor Convoy Menu.
375
55-11 ------ - Headquarters and Headquarters Company,
Transportation Highway Transport Command.
Transportation Truck Group.
Transportation Truck Battalion, Army or
Communications Zone.
55-17 ------ - Transportation Light Truck Company.
55-18 ------ - Transportation Medium Truck Company.
55-19 ------ - Transportation Car Company, Army or Com-
munications Zone, or Airborne Transportation
Car Company, Airborne Corps.
55-27 ------ - Transportation Cargo Carrier Company (Tracked).
55-28 ------ - Transportation Heavy Truck Company.
Transportation Tactical Carrier Battalion.
55-47 ------ - Transportation Tactical Carrier Company.
55-75 ------ - Infantry Division, Transportation Battalion.
Infantry Division, Transportation Battalion.
55-77 ------ - Truck Transport Company, Infantry Division,
Transportation Battalion.
55-78 ------ - Armored Carrier Company, Infantry Division,
Transportation Battalion.
55-500 ----- - Transportation Service Organization.
55-137 ----- - Transportation Amphibious Truck Company.
h. Tables of Allowances
55-25 ------ - Transportation Highway Transport Training
Center.
i. Supply Manuals
55-1-2500 ---- - Vehicular Equipment Components.
j. Department of the Army Forms
478------- - Organizational Equipment File (Envelope).
55-169 . ..-
Daily Dispatching Record of Motor Vehicles.
55-173 ----- - Vehicle Characteristics and Inventory-Trans-
portation Intelligence (Cut Sheet).
55-174 ----- - Roadway Data-Transportation Intelligence
(Cut Sheet).
55-175 ----- - Bridge Data-Transportation Intelligence (Cut
Sheet).
55-176 ----- - Traffic Bottlenecks-Transportation Intelligence
(Cut Sheet).
k. Department of Defense Forms
110------- - Vehicle and Equipment Operational Record.
518 ------- - Accident-Identification Card.
1. Standard Forms
46 ------- - U.S. Government Motor Vehicle Operators
Identification Card.
91 ------- - Operator's Report of Motor-Vehicle Accident
(Card).
376
3. Rail
a. Army Regulations
55-125 ----- - Troop Train Emergency Supply Points.
55-255 ----- - Railroad Equipment.
55-650 ----- - Railroads.
55-135-5 ---- - Inspection of Dining Cars on Troop Trains.
55-150-21 ---- - Operation of Army Prisoner Cars Owned by the
Department of the Army.
700-51-141 --- - Logistic Responsibilities for Standard Com-
modity Classification, Major Group 41, Rail-
road Transportation Equipment.
c. Field Manuals
55-21 ------ - Rail Transportation (Higher Units).
55-22 ------ - Transportation Railway Operating Battalion.
55-23 ------ - Transportation Railway Shop Battalion.
55-200 ----- - Railway Operating Rules.
55-201 ----- - Operation, Inspection, and Maintenance of
Steam Locomotives and Locomotive Cranes.
55-202 ----- - Fundamentals of Operation and Maintenance of
Diesel-Electric Locomotives.
55-203 ----- - Maintenance of Railway Cars.
55-205 ----- - Railway Communications and Signals.
55-206 ----- - Railway Train Operations.
55-270 ----- - Operation of Railroads; General Instructions for
the Inspection and Maintenance of Locomo-
tives and Locomotive Cranes.
55-289 ----- - Operation of Railroads: Standard Painting, Let-
tering, and Numbering of Railroad Equipment.
e. Supply Bulletins
10-540 ----- - Troop Train and Motor Convoy Menu.
55-30-4 ----- - Rapid Service Items for Transportation Rail and
Marine Equipment.
f. Tables of Organization and Equipment
55-202 ----- - Headquarters and Headquarters Company,
Transportation Railway Group.
55-225 ----- - Transportation Railway Operating Battalion.
Transportation Railway Operating Battalion.
55-227 ----- - Railway Engineering Company, Transportation
Railway Operating Battalion.
55-228 ----- - Railway Equipment Company, Transportation
Railway Operating Battalion.
55-229 ----- - Train Operating Company, Transportation Rail-
way Operating Battalion.
55-235 ------- Transportation Railway Shop Battalion.
377
f. Tables of Organization and Equipment-Continued
Transportation Railway Shop Battalion.
55-237 ----- - Transportation Erecting and Machine Shop Com-
pany.
55-238 ----- - Transportation Boiler and Smith Shop Company.
55-239 ----- - Transportation Car Repair Company.
55-247 ----- - Transportation Diesel-Electric Locomotive Re-
pair Company.
Transportation Railway Command.
g. Supply Manuals
6-1-series ---- - Sets, Kits and Outfits, Rail (Various Types).
7-, 8-, and 9C-series -- Railway Cars (Various Types).
7-, 8-, and 9L-series___ Locomotives.
7-, 8-, and 9RC-series Cranes, Railway.
55-1-2200 ---- - Railway Equipment.
h. Department of the Army Forms
55-170 ----- - Railroad Line Characteristics and Facilities-
Transportation Intelligence (Cut Sheet).
55-171 ----- - Locomotive Characteristics and Inventory-
55-172 ----- - Freight Equipment Characteristics and Inven-
tory-Transportation Intelligence (Cut Sheet).
55-226 ----- - Daily Inspection Report-Locomotives and Lo-
comotive Cranes (Cut Sheet).
55-227 ----- - Monthly Inspection and Repair Report-Steam
Locomotives and Locomotive Cranes (Cut
Sheet).
55-230 ----- - Monthly Inspection and Repair Report of Loco-
motives and Locomotive Cranes Other Than
Steam (Cut Sheet).
i. Commercial Publication. Association of American Railroads,
Pamphlet MD-7, Supplement No. 1, Rules Governing the Loading of
Department of Defense Materiel on Open Top Cars, Chicago, Illinois,
1955.
4. Terminal and Water Transport

a. Army Regulations
55-76 ------ - Transportation of Privately Owned Vehicles on
Government Owned Vessels.
55-107 ----- - Policy Governing Transportation of Passengers
Aboard Vessels of Military Sea Transportation
Service.
55-305 ----- - Water Transportation; General Provisions.
55-325 ----- - Commanding Officer of Troops; Ship Transporta-
tion Officer.
55-445 ----- - Debarkation of Troops from Transports.
725-5 ----- - Preparation, Processing, and Documentation for
Requisitioning, Shipping, and Receiving.
747-30 ----- - Processing of Unboxed and Uncrated Equipment
for Oversea Shipment.
378
55-75-5 ----- - Responsibility for Outport Operations.
55-167-15 ---- - Procedures Governing Personal Baggage of Pas-
sengers Embarked on MSTS Vessels.
55-730-1 ---- - Passenger Accommodations Aboard United States
Army Transports.
55-730-10 ---- - United States Army, Navy, and Air Force Joint
Ocean Shipping Procedures.
75-70-10 ---- - Disposal by Dumping at Sea.
600-10-50 ---- - Military Police, Shore Patrol, and Air Police on
Public Carriers and in Transportation Ter-
minals.
700-51-144 ...- . Logistic
. Responsibilities for Standard Commod-
ity Classification, Major Group 44, Combat
Ships and Landing Vessels.
700-51-145 ..--- - Logistic Responsibilities for Standard Commod-
ity Classification, Major Group 45, Ships and
Other Watercraft, Except Combat Ships and
Landing Vessels.
c. Field Manuals
55-8 ------ - Transportation Intelligence.
55-26 ------ - Transportation Inland Waterways Service.
55-51 - . Transportation
.... Terminal Commands, Theater of
Operations.
55-52 ------ - Transportation Terminal Battalion and Ter-
minal Service Company.
55-53 ------ - Transportation Amphibious Truck Company.
55-110 ----- - Transportation Port Companies Military Steve-
doring.
55-130 ----- - The Harbor Craft Company.
60-5 ------ - Amphibious Operations Battalion in Assault
Landings.
60-10 ------ - Amphibious Operations: Regiment in Assault
Landings.
60-30 ------ - Amphibious Operations: Embarkation and Ship
Loading (Unit Loading Officer).
55-335 ----- - Operation of Floating Cranes.
55-501 ----- - Harbor Craft Crewman's Handbook.
55-505 ----- - Amphibious Truck Driver's Handbook.
55-507 ----- - Transportation Corps Floating Craft Preventive
Maintenance.
55-508 ----- - Landing Craft Operator's Handbook.
e. Technical Bulletins
TC 4------ - Painting of Vessels.
TC 5------ - Oil-Burning Lamps.
TC 9------ - Storage of Vessels.
TC 11 ------ - Arc Welding on Water-Borne Vessels.
379
f. Supply Bulletins
55-30-1 ----- - Vessel Supply and Property Accounting Pro-
cedures; Preparation and Use of Vessel
Property Books for Army Marine Floating
Equipment.
50-30-4 ----- - Rapid Service Items for Transportation Rail and
Marine Equipment.
55-9 ------ - Transportation Harbor Craft Company, Amphib-
ious Support Brigade.
Transportation Terminal Command C.
55-116 ----- - Headquarters and Headquarters Detachment,
Transportation Terminal Battalion.
55-117 ----- - Transportation Terminal Service Company.
Transportation Terminal Command B.
Transportation Boat Battalion.
55-127 ----- - Transportation Light Boat Company.
55-128 ----- - Transportation Medium Boat Company.
55-129 ----- - Transportation Heavy Boat Company.
55-131 ------- Headquarters and Headquarters Company,
Transportation Terminal Command A.
55-137 ----- - Transportation Amphibious Truck Company.
55-147 ----- - Transportation Staging Area Company.
55-157 ----- - Transportation Floating Craft Depot Mainte-
nance Company.
55-217 ----- - Transportation Electric Power Transmission
Company.
55-557 ----- - Transportation Boat Maintenance Company.
h. Tables of Allowances
55-33 ------ - U.S. Army Transportation Terminal Command,
Arctic.
55-35 ------ - Hampton Roads Army Terminal.
55-36 ------ - New Orleans Army Terminal.
55-37 ------ - Brooklyn Army Terminal.
55-38 ------ - Oakland Army Terminal.
55-39 ------ - Seattle Army Terminal.
i. Supply Manuals
7-, 8-, and 9-CM- Cranes and Derricks, Floating (Various Types).
series.
7-, 8-, and 9-E-series Marine Engines (Various Types). Diesel and
Gasoline.
7-, 8-, and 9-W-series_ Winches and Windlasses.
7-BA-504 ---- - Barge, Liquid Cargo, Nonpropelled, 4,280 bbl,
120 ft, Design 231.
7 and 8 BA-522 -- Landing Craft, Mechanized, Diesel, 56 ft, Design
LCM-6, and Landing Craft, Mechanized,
Diesel, 50 ft, Design LCM-3.
380
i. Supply Manuals-Continued
7-BA-527 ---- - Barge, Liquid Cargo, Self-Propelled, Diesel, 6,500
bbl, 182 ft, Design 294A.
55-1-2000 ---- - Ship and Marine Equipment.
55-6600 ----- - FSC Group 66 Instrument and Laboratory Equip-
ment Class 6605, 10, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 80.
55-4-3990-MO-series Cargo Sets (Various Types).
55-4-7610-M-series --- Book Sets, Reference Library, Marine (Various
Sets).
j. Department of the Army Forms
55-177 ------ - Characteristics of Ports and Terminal Facilities-
55-178 ..------ Characteristics of Beaches and Landing Areas-
55-179 ------ - Characteristics of Wharves, Piers and Quays-
55-180 ------ - Crane Characteristics and Inventory-Transpor-
tation Intelligence (Cut' Sheet).
55-181 ------ - Warehouse Data-Transportation Intelligence
(Cut Sheet).
55-182 ------ - Waterway Craft Census-Transportation In-
telligence (Cut Sheet).
55-183 ------ - Waterway Physical Characteristics-Transpor-
tation Intelligence (Cut Sheet).
55-184 ------ - Characteristics of Waterway Looks-Transporta-
tion Intelligence (Cut Sheet).
55-185 ------ - Characteristics of Inland Waterway Ports-
k. Hydrographic Office Publication
No. 87------ - International Code of Signals, Volume I, for
Visual and Sound Signaling.
1. U. S. Coast Guard Publication
CG-194 ----- - Buoys In Waters of the United States.
5. Planning
a. Army Regulations
40-353 ------ - Emergency Transportation for Medical Evacu-
ation, Continental United States.
55-11 ------ - Agreements Between Army and Air Force.
55-26 ------ - Transportation Movements.
55-53 ------ - Transportation Requests..
55-355 ------ - Military Traffic Management Regulation.
380-55 ------ - Safeguarding Defense Information in Movement
of Persons and Things.
701-5 ------ - Assignment of Responsibilities for Logistic Func-
tions.
55-720-1 ----- - Preparation for Oversea Movement of Units.
55-720-2 ----- - Movement of Units Within Continental United
States.
381
c. Field Manuals
19-40------ - Handling Prisoners of War.
38-1 ------- - Logistics, Supply Management.
55-6 ------- - Transportation Services in Theaters of Opera-
tion.
101-5 ------ - Staff Officers' Field Manual; Staff Organization
and Procedure.
101-10 ------ - Staff Officers' Field Manual: Organization,
Technical and Logistical Data.
6. Miscellaneous
a. Army Regulations
55-31 ------ - Policy Governing Passenger Accommodations
Within, to, From or Outside the Continental
United States.
55-85 ------ - Shipment of Household Goods by Commercial
Motor Van Carriers.
(C) 55-203 ---- - Movements of Nuclear Weapons Major Assemblies
and Nuclear Components (U) (S: NG &USAR:
None).
59-30 ------- - Revenue Traffic.
(C) 190-60 ---- - Physical Security of Atomic Weapons. (U)
320-5 ------- - Dictionary of United States Army Terms.
320-50 ------ - Authorized Abbreviations and Brevity Codes.
(O) 700-65-1 --- - Atomic Weapons and Atomic Weapons Materiel.
725-5 ------- - Preparation, Processing, and Documentation for
Requisitioning, Shipping, and Receiving.
735-35 ------ - Supply Procedures for TOE Units, Organiza-
tions, and Non-TOE Activities.
740-15 .------
- Preservation, Packaging, and Packing.
740-20 ------ - Preparation for Shipment.
746-80
SO -- -- - Marking and Packing of Supplies and Equipment.
750-5 ------- - Maintenance Responsibilities and Shop Opera-
tion.
750-707 -- ----- Transportation Corps Technical Assistance Pro-
gram.
750-725 -- ----- Maintenance Inspections and Reports (Trans-
portation Corps Equipment).
750-770 -- ----- Transportation Corps Field Maintenance Shops
and Missions.
780-770 -- ---- - Depot; Missions; Transportation Corps.
700-51-149 ---- - Logistic Responsibilities for Standard Com-
modity Classification, Major Group 49, Mis-
cellaneous Transportation Equipment.
715-8-6 ----- - Local Procurement of Transportation Corps Sup-
plies and Equipment and General Transport
Administrative Vehicle Repair Parts.
382
c. Department of the Army Pamphlets
8-11
....... Handbook of Atomic Weapons for Medical
Officers.
95-5 ------- - Aircraft Accident Investigation.
108-1 ----- - Index of Army Motion Pictures, Film Strips,
Slides and Phono-Recbrdings.
310-1 ------ - Military Publications: Index of Administrative
Publications: (Army Regulations, Special Reg-
ulations, Department of the Army Pamphlets,
Commercial Traffic Bulletins, Military Traffic
Management Bulletins, General Orders, Bul-
letins, and Circulars).
310-2 ------ - Military Publications: Index of Blank Forms.
310-3 ------ - Military Publications: Index of Training Publica-
tions: (Field Manuals, Reserve Officers' Train-
ing Corps Manuals, Training Circulars, Army
Training Programs and Mobilization Training
Programs, Army Subject Schedules, Army
Training Tests, War Department and Depart-
ment of the Army Posters, and Firing Tables
and Trajectory Charts).
310-4 ------ - Index of Technical Manuals, Supply Bulletins,
Lubrication Orders, and Modification Work
Orders.
:310-5 ------ - Military Publications: Index of Graphic Training
Aids and Devices.
310-7 ------ - Military Publications: Index of Tables of Organi-
aztion and Equipment, Tables of Organization,
Type Tables of Distribution, and Tables of
Allowances.
310-21 ------ - Military Publications: Index of Supply Manuals,
Signal Corps.
Transportation Corps.
Chemical Corps.
Corps of Engineers.
Ordnance Corps.
Quartermaster Corps.
320-1 ------ - Dictionary of United States Military Terms for
Joint Usage.
740-1-1 ----- - Instructor's Guide for Packaging and Packing
Operations, Preservation and Packaging.
d. Field Manuals
3-5 ------- - Tactics and Techniques of Chemical, Biological
and Radiological (CBR) Warfare.
3-8 ------- - Chemical Corps Reference Handbook.
21-5 ------- - Military Training.
21-6 ------- - Techniques of Military Instruction.
383
d. Field Manuals-Continued
21-10 ------ - Military Sanitation.
21-11 ------ - First Aid for Soldiers.
21-26 ------ - Map Reading.
21-30 ------ - Military Symbols.
21-31 ------ - Topographic Symbols.
21-40 ------ - Small Unit Procedures in Atomic, Biological, and
Chemical Warfare.
21-41 ------ - Soldier's Handbook for Nuclear, Biological and
Chemical Warfare.
21-76 ------ - Survival.
27-10 ------ - The Law of Land Warfare.
(C) 30-16 ---- - Technical Intelligence. (U)
55-8 --- ---- - Transportation Intelligence.
101-10 ------ - Staff Officers' Field Manual: Organization, Tech-
nical and Logictisal Data.
e.. Technical Manuals
3-216 ------ - Military Biology and Biological Warfare Agents.
3-220 ------ - Decontamination.
9-2835 ------ - Lubrication.
10-1101 ----- - Petroleum Handling Operations.
10-1103 ----- - Quartermaster Petroleum Handling Equipment.
10-1619 ----- - Quartermaster Materials Handling Equipment.
11-2557 ----- - Jeppesen Airway Manual.
J. Supply Bulletins
1-15-2 ------ - Requisite of Interchangeability for Substitution
Purposes.
10-495 ------ - Standard B Ration for the Armed Forces.
55-18 ------ - Paints and Related Materials for Use by Trans-
portation Corps.
55-25 ------ - Peacetime Replacement Factors, Transportation
Corps.
55-26 --------- Wartime Consumption Rates and Replacement
Factors, TC.
55-28 ------ - Issue of Supplies and Equipment, Transportation
Regulated Items.
55-31 ------ - Transportation Corps Adopted Items of Mate-
riel.
g. Supply Manuals
55-1-3900 ---- - Materials Handling Equipment.
55-1-4000 ---- - Rope, Cable, Chain, Fittings.
55-1-4900 ---- - Maintenance and Repair Shop Equipment.
55-1-9100 ---- - Fuels, lubricants, Oils, Waxes.
h. Department of Defense Form
1149 --- ---- - Requisition and Invoice/Shipping Document.
i. Commercial Publications
Knight, Austin Melvin, Modern Seamanship, 12th edition, New York,
1). Van Nostrand Co., 1953.
384
APPENDIX 11
ABBREVIATIONS
(Abbreviations marked with an asterisk are not authorized for

electrically transmitted messages.)
Abbreviatione Meaning
*A --- - -- --- - Army
AA-------- - antiaircraft
AAM ------- - Army aircraft maintenance
abn -------- - airborne
acft -------- - aircraft
actv -------- - activity
AdvLogComd ----- advance logistical command
ADMIN ------- administrative instructions
admin - . administrate
......
afid --------- airfield
ahd -------- - airhead
altn -------- - alternate
alw -------- - allowance
amb -------- - ambulance
AMEDS ------- Army Medical Service
amph ------- - amphibious
anch -------- - anchorage
anx -------- - annex
apers --------- antipersonnel
app -------- - appendix; apprehend
apri -------- - air priority
asg -------- - assign-
*ASP ------- - ammunition supply point
ASR -------- - available supply rate
*at-------- - antitank
atch -------- - attach
ATTC ------- - Atlantic Transportation Terminal Command
autmv -------- automotive
*auto ------- - automatic
aux -------- - auxiliary
aval -------- - available
AVGAS ------ - aviation gas
AWS -------- - Air Weather Service
az --------- - azimuth
BaLogComd ----- base logistical command
BARC ------- - barge, amphibious, resupply, cargo
BART ------- - Brooklyn Army Terminal
bdry -------- - boundary
385
551192 0-60-25
.4bbreviationa Meaning
BG -------- - beach group; battle group
bhd -------- - beachhead
bn--------- - battalion
BP -------- - base pay; base point; beach party
BRG -------- - Browning
brg -------- - bearing; bridge
bt --------- - boat
BTO -------- - bombing through overcast; branch transportation
office(r)
btry -------- - battery
BTW ------- - boat wave
BW -------- - biological warfare
*by -------- - buoy
*cam --------- camouflage
*cap -------- - capacity
carr -------- - carrier
cbn -------- - carbine
CBR -------- - chemical, biological, and radiological warfare
CBTI ------- - combat intelligence
eft --------- - craft
CG -------- - center of gravity
ego -------- - cargo
*char ------- - characteristics
cir ---------- circular
cl --------- - class; carload
clnc -------- - clearance
clr --------- - clearing
cmbt --------- combat
cmdty ------- - commodity
cml -------- - chemical
COE -------- - cab over engine
col - column
coll -------- - collect
*comb -------- combine
comd ------- - command
coml -------- - commercial
comm ------- - communication
COMZ ------- - communications zone
con -------- - control; conversation; consul; consulate
consol -------- consolidate
const --------- constitute; construct
CP -------- - command post
cpbl -------- - capable
cr ---------. crossroads; clinical record
crypto -------- cryptography; cryptographic
CS --------- - current series; close support; contract surgeon
CTE -------- - Commander Task Element
CVEH ------- - combat vehicle
CW -------- - continuous wave; chemical warfare
CZ -------- - Combat Zone
d -......... diesel
DANC --------- decontaminating agent, noncorrosive
DAO --------- Division Ammunition Officer
DBP -------- - drawbar pull
386
Abbreviations Meaning
DCSLOG ------- Deputy Chief of Staff for Logistics
debk -------- - debark
decon ------- - decontaminate
def -------- - defense; defend
dep -------- - depot
destpt -------- destination point
DIR -------- - depot inspection and repair
dir --------- - direct
dis--------- - distant
disem ------- - disseminate; dissemination
docu -------- - document
DoD -------- - Department of Defense
DOFS ------- - day of supply
DP -------- - displaced person; distribution point; by direction of
the President; delivery point
DR -------- - dead reckoning; date of rank
DS ---------- direct support; directing staff
DSCP ------- - division supply control point
DTO -------- - Division Transportation Office(r)
dvr -------- - driver
dy --------- - duty
*eat -------- - earliest arriving time
EDP -------- - equipment deadlined for parts
ech -------- - echelon
EEI -------- - essential elements of information
*elm -------- - element
en --------- - enemy
enr .---------- en route
EP -------- - entrucking point
est .---------- estimate
ETA -------- - estimated time of arrival
ETD-------- - estimated time of departure
ETR ----------. estimated time of return
ETS -------- - expiration term of service
evac -------- - evacuate, evacuation
EXTAL ------ - extra time allowance
FLDO .-------- field officer
FLDTNS .- . .....
field trains
fit .-.......... flight
FSO -------- - Fuel Supply Office
FTRAC ------ - full-tracked vehicle
fxd -------- - fixed
GCM ------- - general court-martial
gnd -------- - ground
GNP-------- - chemical agent, nonpersistent
GP-------- - general purpose
gp --------- - group
GPVEH ------ - general purpose vehicle
grd -------- - guard
GS -------- - General Staff; general support; general service
GTA -------- - graphic training aid
GTTC ------- - Gulf Transportation Terminal Command
*HAM ------- - heavy automotive maintenance
har -------- - harbor
387
Abbreviatios Meaning
HARCFT ------ harbor craft
HD-------- - Honorable Discharge; harbor defense
hdlg ---- . handling
....
*HE -------- - high explosive
hel --------- - helicopter
HF -------- - high frequency; harassing fire
*how -------- - howitzer
HRAT ------- - Hampton Roads Army Terminal
HRP -------- - holding and reconsignment point; highway regulation
point
HS -------- - hardstand; high school
HV -------- - high velocity
hv --------- - heavy
hyd -------- - hydraulic
hydro ------- - hydrographic
ICC -------- - Interstate Commerce Commission
ICW --------- intracoastal waterway
I&R ------- - intelligence and reconnaisaance
inl --------- - initial
insp -------- - inspect
instl -------- - installation; install
instr -------- - instruct; instructor; instruction
intel -------- - intelligence
intmed -------- intermediate
intns- . in transit
.......
*IRAN -------- inspection and repair as necessary
iss --------- - issue
IWW ------- - inland waterway
JATO ------- - jet-assisted takeoff
jet--------- - junction
JCS -------- - Joint Chiefs of Staff
JTF -------- - Joint Task Force
.LC -------- - line of contact
LCAVAT ------- landing craft and amphibious vehicle assignment
table
Ichr -------- - launcher
LCL -------- - less than carload lot
LD -------- - line of departure; line of duty
LE -------- - light equipment; low explosive
In --------- - liaison
*LO -------- - lubrication order; letter order; liaison officer
loc--------- - location
*log-------- - logistic
LOGEX ------ - logistical exercise
*LOTS ------- - logistical over-the-shore
LTON ------- - long ton
ltr --------- - letter
LWB ------- - long wheelbase
MA -------- - marshaling area; machine accountant; military
attache; mechanical aptitude test
MAAG ------- - Military Assistance Advisory Group
mach ------- - machine
MAM ------- - medium automotive maintenance
MANDR ------- maintenance and repairs
388
*mat--------- materiel; material
*MATS------ - Military Air Transport Service
mbl -------- - mobile
mech -------- - mechanic(al)
MG -------- - machinegun
MHE ------- - materials handling equipment
MLR ------- - main line of resistance
MO -------- - movement orders
MOS --------- military occupational speciality
mov - ,------- movement
msg -------- - message
MSR ------- - main supply route
MSTS ------- - Military Sea Transportation Service
MTON ------- - measurement ton
mtd---------------- mounted
mtr-------- - motor
NA -------- - not applicable
NASA ------- - National Aeronautics and Space Agency
NATO ------- - North Atlantic Treaty Organization
NCS -------- - net control station
NEAC ------- - Northeast Air Command
ni --------- - night
NLT -------- - on or before, but not later than
NOART ------ - New Orleans Army Terminal
nonptbl ------- nonportable
NRA ------- - no repair action; national rifle association
*0 ------------ order; office
obs -------- - obstacle
OIC-------- - officer-in-charge
OL -------- - operation location
OP -------- - observation post
op --------- ---- operate
opr -------- - operator
ord ------------------- ordnance
orgn -------- - organization
plat -------- - platoon
POL -------- - petroleum, oil, and lubricants
POM ------- - preparation for oversea movement (units)
POR -------- - preparation for oversea movement of individual
(replacement)
prcs -------- - process
pret -------- - practice
pri --------- - priority
pos -------- - position
pt ---------. point'
ptbl -------- - portable
ptl --------- - patrol
PTTC ------- - Pacific Transportation Terminal Command
pty -------- - party
RADLWAR ----- radiological warfare
RB -------- - road bend; rigid boat
rctg-------- - reciprocating
RD -------- - radarman; readiness date; research and development
reinf --------- reinforce
389
rep -------- - repair
res --------- - reserve
resc -------- - rescind
RFA -------- - Reserve Forces Act
rfl --------- - refuel
rhd-------- - railhead
RJ --------- - road junction
rkt -------- - rocket
ROCAD ------ - reorganization of the current armored division
ROCID ------ - reorganization of the current infantry division
ROTAD ------ - reorganization of the airborne division
RP -------- - release point (ground traffic)
RS -------- - report of survey; road space; regulating station
rsq ------------------- rescue
RTC-------- - replacement training center
RTO-------- - Railway Transportation Office(r)
rwy -------- - runway
S & P --------. stake and platform
SART ------- - Seattle Army Terminal
SBT -------- - small boat
sked -------- - schedule
SCM-------- - summary court-martial
SE--------- - single engine
sec --------- - security; section; secretary
sh --------- - shop
*SHAPE ------- Supreme Headquarters, Allied Powers Europe
SHIPDA ------- shipping data
shpmt------- - shipment
shpsd ------- - shipside
sho -------- - shore
sig--------- - signal
sipim ------- - request immediate shipment
*sit -------- - situation
smbl-------- - semimobile
SOI -------- - signal operation instructions
SOP------- - standing operating procedures
SP--------- - self-propelled; start point; shore party
SPCM ------- - special court-martial
spt -------- - support
SSI-------- - standing signal instructions
SSO -------- - Statistical Service Office
sta--------- - station
STANAG ----- - Military Standardization Agency Agreement
std ---------. standard
stf--------- - staff
STGAR ------- staging area
stir -------- - semitrailer
STON . ..- short ton
......
stor -------- - storage
str--------- - strength
subor ------- - subordinate
*sup------- - supply
SUNEC ------ - supply units, Northeast Command
SUPPT ------ - supply point
390
sve-------- - service
SWB -------- - short wheelbase
swbd -------- - switchboard
T ----------. ton
TA -------- - table of allowance
TAAM ------- - Transportation Army aircraft maintenance
TAAS ------- - Transportation Army aircraft supply
TAHQ ------- - theater army headquarters
TALogComd ----- theater army logistical command
TB -------- - technical bulletin; troop basis; tuberculosis
TCP-------- - traffic control post
TCR-------- - Transportation Corps release
tfc --------- - traffic
THM ------- - transport helicopter maintenance
THQ -------- - theater headquarters
tk--------- - tank
TL -------- - time length; truckload
tlr --------- - trailer
tn ---------. train
*TOE ------- - table of organization and equipment
tp --------- - telephone
trae -------- - tractor; tracer
TRC -------- - transportation railway command
trk -------- - truck
trkhd ------- - truckhead
TROB ------- - transportation railway operating battalion
TRP -------- - traffic regulating point
trp -------- - troop
TRS -------- - Transportation Railway Service
TRSB ------- - transportation railway shop battalion
TS --------- - transit storage; Top Secret
TT -------- - teletypewriter; technical test
U----------. unit
UC-------- - under construction
UCMJ ------- - Uniform Code of Military Justice
USAREUR ------ United States Army, Europe
USARPAC ------ United States Army, Pacific
util -------- - utility
VCP -------- - vehicle collecting point
veh -------- - vehicle
vert-------- - vertical
ves ------------------- vessel
Vet -------- - Veterinary
VPM ------- - vehicles per mile
W --------- - wheel
WABTOC ------ when authorized by theater of operations commander
wea -------- - weather
wkr ------------------ wrecker
wng -------- - warning
wpn ------------------- weapon
WS -------- - water supply
WSP -------- - water supply point
xpd -....... expedite
xplt -------- - exploit
391
APPENDIX III
MAP SYMBOLS
a. Air.
Aerial port of embarkation (qPAE
Aircraft: -
Damaged
Dummy
Heavy maintenance and supply company HMS
Maintenance and supply units

Svc "- 508
Svc Plot, 508th Trans Transport Hel Maint Co [v THM
509th Trans Acft Direct Support Maint Co 5Ds

510
510th Trans General Support Acft Supply Co I GS
Airfield:
Advance Adv
Dummy".
Military, general O
Under construction_uc
Airport, commercial or municipal_
Airship
Airstrip for Army aviation units__
Aviation Army units J
Ground control approach station, truck-mounted GCA-
392
Helicopter: ___
Company
Landing area
Heliport, improved ()
. Motor Transport.
Boundary between two sections of road_
Convoy (Arrow indicates direction; point of arrow Indicates position of
head of convoy; figures Immediately adjacent to arrow Indicate time
at that position.) 251600
Destination point [-
Highway regulating point_
Impassable section of road
Light line (The line beyond which lights are prohibited) -LL
MSR
Main supply route__
Markers:
Passing possible on one-lane road
Road, national and state, respectively
Route, military ____
Route:
Dispatch, operated by schedule system
Express__
Reserved, con be used by specified traffic only
393
Start point
Traffic:
Control post, operated by Military Police C
Headquarters__
One-way
One-way, alternate, operated by Military Police Atn
Post
Rotary +
Two-way
Turnaround location __
Vehicle:
Armored 0
Cargo-carrying
Operational
Personnel-carrying
Tracked
Wheeled 0
c. Rail.
Coaling station, Transportation Railway Service A
Engine terminal:
Turntable alone
With turntable (roundhouse) (i i
Without turntable (engine sheds)_ I_
394
Rail transportation office R RTO
Railroad:
Beneath road
Car
Grade crossing
Hospital train (Numeral indicates number of cars) tO
Locomotive ___
Locomotive and train of 14 cars_ _ 14
Over road ___

No. of tracks--I/8+
Passing siding Total car capocity_.P
Spur or siding Number indicates car capacity---20
Track;
Double
Nonoperational, single-track
Pan
Single
Three
Yard (Sidings and yards are drawn on proper side

No. of traoc i/o Total car
of the main track.) in yoard -capacity
Railway:
Gun
Vehicle 00 00
395
d. Terminal and Water Transport
Amphibious
Debarkation or Embarkation __
Landing:
Craft or ship__
Vehicle, tracked
Vehicle, tracked, armored__ _
Leader gear (Energized cable to old vessels through free passage
In marine mine fields. Show exact location on char t.)-
Marlne:
Mines, controlled:
19-mine group, buoyant _
13-mine group, ground
(Length of either mine group is 1,800 feet, and symbol is drawn
to scale, with upper edge seaward.)
Nets:
Antisubmarine, with gate
Torpedo, with gate
Port of:
Debarkation POD
(~POE
Embarkation POE
Sono-buoysI-
Subport of embarkation SPOE
396
® SPOE
Subport of embarkation___
Terminal command:
A (3d)
[-) 3 Term Cmd. A
B (4th). ~~~~~~~~~~~B
(4th) @| ~4
Term Cmd. B
5 Term Cmd. C
C (5th)
®WwTerm
Term
Terminal, water
Tower, water, elevated _
Transportation Terminal Battalion (12th Term) [ 12 Term
Transportation Terminal Service Company (194th) 194 Term Svc
Vehicle:
Cargo, amphibious__
Truck, amphibious (DUKW) _
e. Miscellaneous.
Animal A A
Booby trap_
Boundary line:
Advance or base logistical command 0 00
0 0
Area command__
Battalion__
Company_
xxx
Corps
Detachment
397
Division XX
Group, battle group, or air group

o·*
Platoon
Regiment
Section ·
Squad 0
Theater administrative zone or theater army logistical command 00 00
Bridge: ) (
Movable
Control stations:
Consolidating station_ s___
Holding and reconsignment point HRP
Release or regulating point i
Culvert
Demolition:
Charge, prepared (Point of arrow indicates location.)_

YELLOW
Contaminated (Show agents, time and dote fired.) . 176466 Jun
Demolitions, general
Entanglements:
Barbed wire, general (Depth of wire in feet may be indicated.) xxxxxx
Concertina, multiple____ _
Concertina, single .JL0Q LU
Double-apron fence xxxxxx
Double fence___ xx
398
High wire fence _ _ _ _ ___ _
Low wire fence .Lx
Single fence_
YELLOW
Gas area to be avoided (Show agent and date fired.) 150300 Apr
Gas area to be gassed, nonpersistent (Show agent, time, and date
Antitank, booby-tropped__
Antitank, double 0
Chemical, land YELLOW K7
Trip wire type____
YELLOW + G
Mine barrier, chemical land (Mine emplaced but not fired,
show agent.)YELW
Mine *belt (Numerals in rectangle indicate number of mines in
belt; letter D in rectangle Indicates dummy mine field;
boundaries drawn to scale indicate actual extent of belt.) ATpr
Minefield:
Antipersonnel, or boundary thereof, marked, fenced

M AT M
Antitank, or boundary thereof, marked, fenced __ _M _
M AT-W/A Per / M
Antitank with antipersonnel mines, marked, fenced_ _ _ _M-_ _
M-AT M
Antitank with three belts, marked, fenced_ _ _ _ M_ _
Dummy, marked, fenced M.*'
399
Gap
Gap, through single-string antipersonnel mines__/_- _

M?
Unconfirmed boundary of
Unfenced, or boundary thereof
Mines:
Antipersonnel, string of
Antitank, single string of
Obstacle:
General symbols:
Completed X
Prepared but passable_
Proposed 7'
Specific obstacles:
Fixed
Fixed, prefabricated
Fixed, prefabricated . (In line; numeral indicates number of
obstacles between accurately located points.).
Movable A
Movable, prefabricated A
Movable, prefabricated (Numeral indicates number of obstacles
in each row; lines indicate number of rows.) _ _ _ _
Movable, prefabricated (When used with wire or mines, add
appropriate symbol.)
POL facilities T
400
POL and minor maintenance facilities_ _ _ _ _
Radioactive areas (intensity and other characteristics
indicated as required.)
Roadblock, contaminated (Show agent, time and date fired.)
Smoke: area to be blanketed by smoke (Show time and
Snow:
Carrier, cargo, over-snow _
Carrier, personnel, over-snow
Over snow
Ostg Ar
Staging area___
Supply installations:
Classes of:
Class I (rations)_
Class II
Class III (POL)
Class IIIA (aviation POL)_
Class IV]
Class V (ammunition, conventional types) .
Class V (chemical only)
Occupied
, '
Unoccupied '
.I Class 11and Class IV are shown by using the symbol for the service or
activity which is responsible for the supply of Items of these classes of
supply.
551192 0-60-26 401

Transportation office:
IQBTO
*DTO
District Oo
®:ZTO
Zone
Tunnel
Unit:
Logistical
Transportation__-
Vehicle:
Shop truck Sh
Skid or sled_
402
INDEX
Paragraph Page
Abbreviations (see also Designators; Classifica- App. II 385
tions).
Address, coded oversea -------- - 7.15b 292
Adjutant General's Corps ------- - 7.35c 331
Aeration -------------- - 7.39e 336
A-frame -------------------- 3.43, 7.41 103, 339
After perpendicular ---------- - 5.50a 223
Aid station------------- - 7.29a 323
Air:
Attack, defense against ------ - 3.8a, f, 44, 47
4.20b 157
Compressors ----------- - 4.23b 161
Force, U.S ------------ - 2.7a, 2.8, 22, 24,
2.10, 7.17a, b 25, 296
Terminal -------------- 2.7a, b, 22, 23,
2.21a, 7.16c 30, 295
Transport service --------- - 2.8 24
Airburst ---------------- 7.23a 306
Aircraft (see also Airplane; Helicopter) -- 2.1, 2.2, 4, 6,
5.4, 7.28 172, 322
Air-ground communications and markings - 3.16g, 64
7.20 300
Airplane --------------- - 2.3, 2.5, 6, 19
2.6, 2.14, 20, 26,
2.16, 2.20b, 29,
2.21, 2.24, 30, 31
7.4b. 270
Alcohol.-........... 4.20b, 7.7, . ..157, 277
7.11c, 7. 2 3c 287, 315
Alphabet, phonetic --- ------- - 7.19b 298
Altitude --------------- - 2.2, 7.4b, 6, 270,
7.23b, c 312, 315
Ambulance:
Car --------------- - 4.3f 122
Marking of----------- - 3.16h 64
Train ------------------------ 4.1 114
Ammunition ---------- --- - 3.36, 4.9a, 93
4.16i, 7.14, 150, 288,
7.28, 7.29b, 322, 324
7.35d, 7.50 431, 354
Amphibians. (See Landing craft.)
Amphibious operations -------- - 5.1, 5.34, 167, 207
5.36 208
403
Anchorage: Paragraph Page
Areas .-------------- - 5.29b 201
Berth .....................-....
5.25f 199
Angular conversions -- ------- - 7.44d 344
Animals, pack and draft (see also Dogs) 4.4, 7.2, 123, 267,
7.4 269
Antiaircraft ------------- - 4.20b 157
Anticipated tonnage -- ------- - 5.24 198
Antifreeze solutions ---------- - 7.9d, 7.11 286, 287
Arc of circle ------------- - 4.27, 7.53 163, 356
Arctic data ------------- - 3.1, 7.2, 33, 267
7.9-7.11, 283, 287,
7.29a, 7.50b 323, 354
Area, storage ------------- - 7.35 330
Arm, aircraft ------------- - 2.9e, f, 25
2.10a 25
Arm and hand signals, motor vehicles-- - 3.17 67
Armored division ----------- - 2.1, 4 .19a 4, 156
Armored vehicle. (See Tanks, tracked.)
Army, field. (See Field army.)
Army Medical Service --------- - 7.23b 312
Army Post Office ----------- - 7.16d 295
Artificial respiration -- ------- - 7.22c, 7.23b 302, 312
Artillery --------------- - 4.19a, 156
7.10 286
Assault --------------- - 4.20b, 5.34b, 157, 207
7.25a 319
Association of American Railroads 4.14, 4.16 138, 149
Astonomical twilight --------- - 7.61f 369
Atropine -------------- - 7.23c 315
Attack. (See Air; Biological; Chemical; and
Nuclear attack.)
Automobile car, rail ------------ 4.4, 4.16f 123, 150
Automobiles ------------- - 3.2, 3.49, 36, 111
7.6, 7.10 270, 286
Availability:
Aircraft ------------- - 2.23 31
Vehicle ------------- - 3.30c 86
Wheeled landing vehicle ------ - 5.1, 5.35d 167, 208
Aviation fuel ------------- - 7.28, 7.29c, 322, 328
7.50b 354
Aviation supply ----------- - 2.1, 7.28, 4,322
7.50 354
Bag:
Barracks ------------ - 3.48 111
Delousing ------------ - 7.23b 312
Baggage --------------- - 4.20b 157
Baggage car ------------- - 4.4, 4.19a, b 123, 156
Balance limits, aircraft -------- - 2.9a 24
Bale cubic capacity ---------- - 5.49a 223
Ballast, rail ---------------------- 4.6f, 4.21 124, 159
bands, high-tension ---------- - 7.14, 7.33 288, 330
BARC. (See Lighter, amphibious, 60-ton.)
Bareboat charter ----------- - 5.52a 226
404
Paragraph Page
Barge (see also Floating crane) ----- - 5.7, 5.8, 174, 175
5.13b, 5.14, 180, 182
5.19, 5.20, 190, 193
5.37c, 7.27 210, 321
Bargemen -------------- - 5.31 203
Barracks bags, loading in vehicles --- - 3.48 111
Barrels, gun ------------- - 4.15b 145
Base line -------------- - 5.50b 223
Base logistical command --------- 3.6f 43
Battalion:
Aircraft repair ---------- - 2.1 4
Railway operating -------- - 4.1, 4.22c, 114, 160
d, 4.23b, c, 160, 161, 162
4.28d, 4.30b-d 164, 165
Railway shop ----------- - 4.1, 4.23c, 114, 162
4.28b, 4.30c 164, 165
Terminal ------------- - 5.36a 208
Truck --------------- - 3.1 33
Beach:
Capacity ------------- - 5.34b, 7.1 207, 267
Discharge lighter --------- - 5.9 176
Markers ------------- - 5.38 213
Operations ------------ - 5.1, 5.37 167, 210
Tonnage -------------- 7.1 267
Bearers, human -............. 7.5 270
Berth:
Ship --------------- - 5.25b, f 199
Train -------------- - 4.19a 156
Bill of lading ------------- - 7.16c 295
Biological attack ----------- - 7.23b 312
Bites, insect and snake --------- - 7.22c 302
Bivouacs - ------ .--- 3.10Oj,
- 3.8, 44, 49
7.37 332
Blackout ------------------ 3.16m, 3.17b 67
4.20b 157
Blacksmith repair ----------- - 4.1 114
Blankets -------------- - 4.9b 127
Blast, nuclear ------------- - 7.23a 306
Bleach ---------------- - 7.23c, 7.24 315, 318
Bleeding --------------- - 7.22b 302
Blister gas ------------------------- 7.23c, 7.24 315, 318
Block and tackle ----------- - 5.48, 7.41 221, 339
Blocking, rail loads ---------- - 4.8f, 4.14, 126, 138
4.16d 149
Blood gas 7.23c
.---------------- 315
Boat units -------------- - 5.30c 203
Boats -------------------------- 5.4 172
Boiler ---------------- - 4.1 114
Boiling water ------------- - 7.23b, c, 312, 315
7.39d 336
Bolts --------------------------- 7.31 329
Booms:
Aircraft ------------- - 2.5b 19
Railway car - -------------------- 4.3g 122
551192 0-60-27 405

Booms-Continued Paragraph Page
Ships' -.... 5.16 .......... 184
Boxcar -------------- - 4.3b, 4.4, 120, 123
4.17b, 4.19 151, 156
Box, reusable metal shipping ------ - 3.31, 7.12 87, 288
Bracing. (See Blocking.)
Brake wheels --------------------- 4.14, 4.19a 138, 156
Bread ---------------- - 4.9 126
Breaking strength. (See Tensile strength.)
Bridges:
Highway ------------ - 3. l0e, f, 49
3.12, 3.13, 51
3.15b, 3.38b 63, 94
Railway --------------------------- 4.61, 4.10d, 124, 127
4.13, 4.21b, 135, 159
4. 2 5c 163
Broken stowage ------------------- 5.49b 223
7
Brushes --------------- - .23a, 7.24 306, 318
Buildings:
Decontamination of-------- - 7.23, 7.24 306, 318
Rail -------------- - 4.21b 159
Bulldozers ---------------------- 7.23a 306
Buoyancy, center of--------- - 5.50c 224
Buoys ------------------ 5.54 231
Burns ---------------- - 7.22c 302
Bursts, nuclear --------------- 7.23a 306
Bus ----------------- - 3.2, 3.49 36, 111
Cl-A vessel ------------- - 5.13b, 5.14 180, 182
C1-B vessel ------------- - 5.13b, 5.14- 180, 182
5.17, 5.18b 188
C1-M-AV1 vessel ---------- - 5.15-5.17, 183
5.18e 189
C2-S-AJ vessel ----------- - 5.15-5.17 183
C3-S-A2 vessel ----------- - 5.13a, 5.15- 180, 183
5.17
C4-S-A4 vessel ----------- - 5.15-5.17 183
C4-S-B5 vessel ----------- - 5.15-5.17 183
C4-S-la vessel ------------ - 5.14-5.17, 182
5.18a 187
C-54 aircraft ------------- - 2.5, 2.6a, 19,20
2.21a 30
C-97 aircraft ------------- - 2.5, 2.6b, 19, 20
2.21a 30
C-119 aircraft ------------ - 2.5, 2.6c, 19, 21
2.21a 30
C-123 aircraft -........ 2.5, 2.6d, 19, 21
2.14, 2.21a 26, 30
0-124 aircraft ------------ - 2.5, 2.6e, 19, 21
2.21a 30
C-130 aircraft ------------- - 2.5, 2.6f, 19,22
2.14, 2.21a 26, 30
C-133 aircraft ------------ - 2.5, 2.6g, 19,22
2.21a 30
406
Paragraph Page
CA-A (antifreeze, arctic) ------- - 7.11a 287
Cable ---------------- - 2.16, 7.14 29, 288
Cableway -------------- - 7.43 339
Caboose --------------- - 4.4 123
Calendar -------------- - 7.63 371
Camouflage ------------- - 3.8a, 7.24 44, 318
Camps (see also Bivouacs) ------- - 7.37 332
Canal tonnage ------------ - 5.51a 225
Canister --------------- - 7.29b 324
Canned food ------------- - 4.9 126
Carbon monoxide poisoning ------ - 7.22c 302
Cards, warning, railway ---------- 4.17, 4.18a 151
Cargo:
Air ------- -------- - 2.15a, 2.21a 28,30
Capacity (see also Animals; Dogs; Human
bearers):
Aircraft ------------------- 2.2, 2.4-2.6, 2.9g, 6, 19, 20, 25
i, 2.20b 30
Motor transport ----------- 3.2, 3.30, 36,85
3.31, 3.33, 87, 89
3.47, 3.48, 108, 111
7.1, 7.27 267, 321
Pipeline ------------ - 7.1, 7.3, 267, 268
7.27 321
Rail ------------- - 4.3, 4.4, 119, 123
4.9, 4.13, 126, 135
4.19c, 7.1 157, 267
Sled:
Pallet -------------------------- 7.14 288
Train -------------- - 7.9a, b 283, 284
Terminal and water transport ---- ----- 5.3, 5.4, 171, 172
5.6-5.12, 174
5.15-5.18, 183
7.1, 7.27 267, 321
Handling equipment .---------- 5.6, 5.16 174, 184
Holds --------------- - 5.16-5.18 184
Marking 2.7b, 2.11,
.--------------- 23,26
7.15-7.17 291
Nets --------------- - 3.31 87
Palletized .-............. 7.13 288
Rail .-.-------- --------. 4.15, 4.18 145, 153
Ship .----------------- 5.12, 5.15 179, 183
Transporter ------------ - 3.31, 7.12, 87, 288
7.16d 295
Carriers, cargo and personnel ----- - 3.1, 3.2 33, 36
Cars, railroad (see also Boxcar; Gondola;
(etc.) --------------------- 4.1, 4.3d 114
Cartridge --------------- - 7.29b 324
Carts, horse-drawn ---------- - 7.4c 270
Catenary system ----------- - 4.1 114
Cement .-------------------------------- 4.9a 126
Center of buoyancy -........... 5.50c 224
Center of gravity --------------------- 2.9b, e, 24,25
2.10a 25
407
Paragraph Page
Chain ---------------- - 2.16, 5.44, 29, 217
5.45b 218
Channels, waterway --------- - 5.31, 5.37, 203, 210
5.54 231
Charge, ammunition -........ 7.29b 324
Charter, ship ------------- - 5.52 226
Chart, harbor ------------ - 5.29 201
Checklists:
Motor transport ---------- - 3.24, 3.41 77, 97
Terminal and water transport ------- 5.23b, 5.33 197, 206
Chemical attack ----------- - 7. 2 3c 315
Chemical, biological, radiological defense --- 7.23 306
Chemical Corps - ---------------------- 7.17c 296
Chemical decontamination methods --- - 7.23c 315
Chemical equipment and supply ---- - 7.6, 7.35c, 270, 331
7.50, 7.51 354, 355
Chemicals -------------- - 7.7, 7.11c, 277, 287
7.22 c, 7.23, 302, 306
7.28 322
Chespaling mats ----------- - 3.45 106
Chief of Transportation -------- - 2.23 31
Chlorination ------------- - 7.23b, 7.39b 312, 336
Chord, railway curve --------- - 4.27 163
Circle, measurement of ---------- 7.53a, b 356
Circumference, measurement of ---- - 7.53b 356
Civilian personnel -------- ------- 4.23c 162
Civil twilight ------------ - 7.61f 369
Clarkson vapor heater----------- 4.3a 119
Classes of supply ----------- - 3.36, 7.28, 93, 322
7.35a, 7.50b, 330, 354
751 355
Classifications (see also Designators):
Bridge -------------- - 3.12, 3.13, 51
3.15b 63
Engines, locomotive -------- - 4.2 117
Marine - ------------------------ 5.13, 5.14, 208, 210
520 217
Road -------------- - 3.11 50
Road sign ------------ - 3.14 52
Supply. (See Classes of supply.)
Vehicle weight ---------- - 3.13 51
Clearances:
Aircraft door ---------- - 2.6, 20
2.17 29
Brake wheel ----------- - 4.14 138
Hatches ------------- - 5.17 185
Rail -------------- - 4.3b, d, e, 120, 121, 122
4.10, 4.12 127, 131
4.25c 163
Clothing --------------- - 4.9, 7.23a, c 126, 306, 315
Cloverleaf packing ---------- - 4.16i 150
Coaches, day ------------- - 4.5, 4.19a, c 123, 156, 157
Coal ---------------- - 7.9d, 7.28 286, 322
408
Code: Paragraph Page
Cargo marking ---------- - 7.15, 7.16 291, 294
Morse -------------- - 7.19c 299
Oversea address --------- - 7.15b 292
Color marking, service -------- - 7.17 296
Combat --------------- - 2.1, 3.1, 4, 33
3.36, 4.22, 93, 160
5.1, 5.35a, 167, 207
6.5, 252
6.10(3b), 263
7.29a, 7 35d, 323, 331
7.37f, 7.39b 333, 336
Command airplane ---------- - 2.20 30
Commander:
Responsibility ---------- - 4.20, 4.22d, 157, 160
5.24 198
Theater -------------- 5.24 198
Communications:
General ------------- - 7.18-7.21 297
Motor transport --------- - 3.10i 49
Rail-------------- - 4.8e, j, 126
4.22b 160
Communications zone --------- - 4.22a 160
Company:
Amphibious truck -------- - 3.1 33
Armored carrier, infantry division -- 3.1 33
Car --------------- - 3.1 33
Cargo carrier, tracked ------- - 3.1 33
Depot -------------- - 4.29 164
Heavy truck ----------- - 3.1, 3.30c 33, 86
Light truck ----------- - 3.1, 3.30c, 33, 86
3.33a, 3.34a 90, 92
Medium truck ---------- - 3.1, 3.30c, 33, 86
3.33b, 3.34b 91, 92
Terminal service --------- - 5.1, 5.22a, 167, 196
5.28, 5.29f 200, 203
Train operating --------- - 4.1, 4.23b 114, 161
Truck, general ---------- - 3.1, 3.8 33, 44
Railway engineering ------- - 4.1, 4.22d 114, 160
Railway equipment -------- - 4.1, 4.23b 114, 161
Company, rail movement of -- ---- - 4.19b 156
Compressors, air ----------- - 4.23b 161
Cone, measurement of --------- - 7.53a, c 356, 357
Consignee --------------------------- 7.15a, 7.16d 292, 295
Rail -------- --------------- 4.15d, 4.18c 149, 155
Construction, railway --------- - 4.21, 4.22b 159, 160
Containers:
Aerial delivery ---------- - 2.5, 2.19 19, 29
Insert ---------------------- 7.12 288
POL (see also Tank) ------- - 7.26, 7.29c 320, 328
Control devices, train --------- - 4.22b 160
Conversions ------------- - 7.44i, 7.49 347, 353
Angular ------------- - 7.44d 344
Cubic -------------- - 7.44c 344
409
Conversions-Continued Paragraph Page
Foreign -------------- 7.48 349
Linear -------------- 7.44a 343
Map distance ----------- 7.47 348
Petroleum ------------- 7.45, 7.46 347
Power --------------- 7.44e 345
Speed --------------- 7.44g 346
Surface -------------- 7.44b 343
Temperature ------------ 7.44h 347
Weight -------------- 7.44f 345
Conveyors --------------- 2.5b 19
Convoys ---------------- 3.4, 3.18-3.27a 40,68
Cooper's E rating ------------ 4.13a, b 135
Corporal missile ------------ 7.7 277
Corps, army --------------- 2.1, 7.1 4,267
Corps of Engineers. (See Engineers, Corps of.)
Cranes ---------------- 3.31, 5.31, 87, 203
7.8d, 7.23a 282, 306
Floating -------------- 5.6 174
Railway -------------- 4.3g 122
Crew:
Aircraft -------------- 2.5a, 19
2.9h-j 25
Maintenance ------------ 4.23c 162
Marine -------------- 5.3-5.8, 5.10 171, 177
Train --------------- 4.1, 4.18b, 114
4.20b 157
Critical points, highway --------- 3.10g, 3.22b 49, 77
Cubic measure ------------- 7.44c, 7.53a, 344, 356
c, 7.54 357
Culverts:
Highway ------------- 3.10e 49
Rail -------------- - 4.21, 4.25c 159
Curvature, rail and track .---------
4.3, 4.6k, 119,
4.26, 4.27 163
Cutters, wire -------------- 4.18c 155
Cylinder, measurement of-------- 7.53a, c 356, 357
D7 LGP tractor ------------ 7.9a 283
D8 LGP tractor ------------ 7.9a 283
DANC solution ------------ 7.23b, c, 312, 315
7.24 318
Danger signs, road----------- 3.14b 55
Dart missile -------------- 7.7 277
Date, writing and determination of ---- 7.15b, 7.60a, 292, 364
7.61d, 7.62 369, 371
Day coach --------------- 4.5, 4.19a, c 123, 156, 157
Daylight, hours of ----------- 7.62 371
Day of supply ------------- 7.34b 330
Deadman --------------- 3.42b, c, 101
3.44a 104
Deadweight scale ------------ 5.21 194
Deadweight tonnage ----------- 5.51c 226
Debarkation -------------- 5.38 213
Decimal equivalents ---------- 7.55 359
410
Paragraph Page
Decontamination ----------- - 7.23, 7.24 396, 318
Defense against attack -------- - 3.8, 7.23 44, 306
Demise charter ------------ - 5.52a 226
Demolition, rail -------------- 4.8e, j, 126
4.21b 159
Density, traffic ------------ - 3.21 76
Depot ------ ......... 3.7c, 4.1, . 43, 114
4.29 164
Maintenance ----------- - 3.39a, 4.1, 95, 114
4.8g 126
Train -------------- - 4.18c 155
Designators:
Air movement ---------- - 2.11 26
Floating craft ---------- - 5.3-5.8, 5.13, 171, 180
5.14, 5.19, 5.20 182, 190, 193
Shipping ------------ - 7.15 291
Detection devices, radioactive ----- - 7.23a 306
Detergent -------------- - 7.23a 306
Diagram, rail ------------ - 4.12a 131
Diesel-electric locomotive ........ 4.1-4.3a, 4.23b 114, 119, 161
Dieselfuel (See POL.)
Digit marking -........ 7.16 294
Dining car -------------- - 4.3, 4.4 119, 123
Discharge:
Rate, lighter and ship ------- -
5.26, 5.29 200, 201
Tonnage ------------- -
5.29c 201
Discipline --------------- 4.7c, 4.20b 125, 157
Dispatching, train ---------- - 4.1, 4.6w, 114,
4.18b 155
Dispersion -------------- - 3.8a 44
Displacement:
Ton ------------------------------ 5.51d 226
Tonnage ------------- - 5.51e, f 226
Distances, sailing ----------- - 5.53 228
Diversions and reconsignment ----- - 3.4b 41
Divisions:
Army-------.--------------------- 2.1, 3.1, 4, 33
4.19a, 6.6, 156, 254
7.1 267
Rail -------------- - 4.21, 4.22c, 159, 160
4.28a, e 164
Documentation ------------ - 2.7c, 4.8f, 23, 126
4.18a, b 153, 155
Dog, transport capability ------- - 7.2 267
Down by the head ---------- - 5.50d 224
Draft:
Floating craft ---------- - 5.3-5.12, 5.15, 171,183
5.21 194
Marks ------------- - 5.50e 224
Drag, floating craft ---------- - 5.50f 224
Drowning -------------- - 7.22c 302
Drums:
Fuel -------------- - 7.29b, 7.26 324, 320
Winch ------------- - 5.37 210
411
DUKW. (See Landing vehicle, wheeled.) Paragraph Page
Dumps .-----------------
3.7c, 3.10j 43, 49
EC-2. (See Liberty ship.)
Echelons of maintenance -- ----- - 2.1, 2.24, 4, 31
3.39a, 4.23, 95, 161
4.24a 162
Electric power ------------ - 4.1, 7.44e 114, 345
Electric shock ------------ - 7.22c 302
Elevator ---------------- 2.6e 21
Ellipse, measurement of ..-........
7.53a 356
Embarkation plan or order, division ..-. 6.6. 254
Enemy forces ------------ - 3.8b, 45
4.25b 163
Enemy material ----------- - 4.28b, 4.30e 164, 166
Engine, railway -------- ..-- 4.1 114
Engineer:
Equipment and supply------ - 4.19a, 7.6, 156, 270
7.50, 7.51 354, 355
Personnel ------------------- 4.26, 7.23b 163, 312
Railway ------------- - 4.24a 162
Engineers, Corps of ---------- - 4.13b, 4.21a, 135, 159
7.17c 296
Enginehouse .-------------
- 4.6q, 4.10c, 124
4.24b 163
Enlisted men .------------- - 4.19a 156
Equipment:
Decontamination of-------- - 7.23 306
Materials handling -------- - 7.8 281
Organic, motor ---------- - 3.2, 3.3 36, 40
Technical services, weight and cube of_ 7.6 270
Tonnage ---------------------- 5.51g 226
Estimate, transportation -- ----- - 6.8 256
Exchange Service - ------------------- 7.17c 296
Exhaustion, heat ------------------- 7.22c 302
Expedients ------------------- 3.43, 3.45, 103, 106
7.20, 7.39-7.43 300, 336
Explosives, loading of (see also Ammunition). 3.32, 4.16 88, 149
FS freighter ------------------ 5.16, 5.17 184, 185
Feasibility test for transportation plan -- 6.10 260
Ferries ------------------------------- 3.10f 49
Field army --------------------------- 2.1, 3.1, 4,33
3.26, 7.1 81,267
Field maintenance ------------- 2.1, 2.24, 4, 31
3.39a, 4.1, 95, 114
4.8g, 4.22b 126, 160
Filter, respirator ----------- - 7.23a 306
Filtration, water ----------- - 7.39c 336
Fireman --------------- - 4.24a 162
Fire prevention ------------ - 3.32 88
First aid --------------- - 7.22 302
First light -- ------------------- 7.61f 369
Fixed-wing aircraft. (See Airplane.)
Flags, semaphore ----------- - 7.19a 298
412
Paragraph Page
Flamethrower ------------ - 7.23b 312

Flares --------------------------------- 3.8d 45
Flatcar -------------------------- 4.3c, 4.4, 120, 123
4.14, 4.18a, 138, 153
4.19a, c 156, 157
Floor loading limitation -- ------ - 2.5c 20
Floorspace, shop ----------- - 7.36 331
Flour --------------------------- 4.9a 126
Food (see also Rations) -------- - 7.23a 306
Foot ailments ----------------------- 7.22c 302
Forage for animals ------- ---------- 7.4a 269
Foreign railroads - --- -- ---------- 4.3, 4.6, 119, 124
4.7, 4.11, 124, 129
4.12, 4.17, 131, 151
4.18, 4.19c, 153, 157
4.28b 164
Foreign troops ------------ - 4.20a 157
Forklift trucks ------------ - 3.31, 3.46, 87, 107
4.16g, 7.8, 150, 281
7.13 288
Forms:
Department of Defense -- ---- - App. I 373
Department of the Army 3.41, 4.6a, 97, 124
4.23b, 4.24a. 161, 162
5.36, App. I 208, 373
Formulas:
Aircraft ------------- - 2.15, 2.25 28, 31
Motor transport --------- - 3.18, 3.21, 68, 76
3.34 92
Terminal and water transport --- - 5.25f, 5.32, 199, 204
5.35 207
Floating crane ------------------ 5.6 174
Floods -------------------------- 5.31 203
Forward perpendicular -------- - 5.50g 224
Foxholes ------------------------ 3.8b, e, f 45, 47
Fraction, classification, road --- ----- 3.11 50
Fractures ------------------------- 7.22c 302
Free alongside ship -- -------- - 5.52d 227
Freeboard -------------- - 5.50h 224
Free in and out ----------- - 5.52e 227
Free of address ------------ - 5.52f 227
Free of turn --- ---------------- 5.52g 227
Free on board ------------ - 5.52h 227
Free time -------------- - 5.52i 227
Freight car (see also Boxcar; Flatcar; Open- 4.3, 4.4, 119, 123
top car; Gondola). 4.16, 4.19c. 149, 157
Freight forward ----------------- 5.52j 227
Freight trains -------------------- 4.8d, 4.19a 126, 156
Frostbite -------------- - 7.22c 302
Fuel. (See POL.)
Full and down ------------ - 5.50i 224
Functions, mathematical -- ----- - 7.54, 7.57 357, 361
Fuzes ---------------------------- 3.32f, 7.7, 89, 277
7.29b 324
413
Paragraph Page
G4 (see also Supply officer) ------ - 4.30a 165
Gages, rail -------------- - 4.3, 4.6, 119, 124
4.11, 4.12, 129, 131
4.21a, 4.25b 159, 163
Gale. (See Storm.)
Gas attack. (See Chemical attack.)
Gas decontamination --------- - 7.23c, 7.24 315, 318
Gas fumes-------------- - 4.17b 151
Gasoline. (See POL.)
Gasoline-mechanical locomotive ---- - 4.3a 119
Generators -------------- - 4.23b, 7.9d 161, 286
Geneva Convention:
Medical vehicle markings ----- - 3.16h 64
Road signs -------------- 3.14, 3.15 52, 58
Gin pole --------------- - 7.42 339
Goggles --------------- - 7.23a 306
Gondolas -------------- - 4.3c, 4.4, 120, 123
4.14 138
Grades, road ------------- - 7.23a 306
Grading, rail ------------- - 4.6j, 4.21 124, 159
Grain .----------------
7.16d 295
Grain cubic capacity --------- - 5.49c 223
Graph, road movement -------- - 3.20 70
Gravel --------------- - 4.9a 126
Grease (see also Lubricants) ------ - 7.9d, 7.29c 286, 328
Greenwich mean time --------- - 7.60a 364
Grenade --------------- - 7.29b 324
Grenade launchers ---------- - 3.8e 47
Gross ton, defined ---------- - 5.51m 226
Gross tonnage ------------ - 5.51h 226
Ground time ------------- - 2.21 30
Ground-to-air emergency messages --- - 7.20 300
Group:
Railway ------------- - 4.1, 4.22b, 114, 160
4.30a-d 165
Truck -------------- - 3.1 33
Guards, rail ------------- - 4.18b, 4.19a 155, 156
Guerrillas -------------- - 3.8a, b 44,45
Guns - -------------------------------4.14c, d 142, 144
Guys ---------------- - 5.43, 7.42, 217,339
7.59 364
H-13H (Sioux) ------------ - 2.3, 2.20a, 6,30
2.24 31
H-19D (Chickasaw) ----------- 2.3, 2.20a, 6,30
2.24 31
H-21C (Shawnee) ----------------- 2.3, 2.20a 6, 30
2.24 31
H-23D (Raven) ----------- - 2.3, 2.20a, 6,30
2.24 31
H-34A (Choctaw) ---------- - 2.3, 2.20a, 6,30
2.24, 2.25d 31, 32
H-37A (Mojave) ----------- - 2.3, 6
2.24 31
414
Paragraph Page
H-UIA (Iroquois) ---------- - 2.3, 2.20a, 6,30
2.24 31
Halazone tablets ----------- - 7.23b, 7.39b 312, 336
Halts --------------------------------- 3.4a, 3.10j, 40, 49
3.22b 77
Hammers -------------- - 4.16e 149
Handbrake, rail car ---------- - 4.14d 144
Hand signals for motor vehicles ---- - 3.17 67
Harbor chart ------------- - 5.29 201
Harbor craft ---------------- 5.1, 5.3-5.8, 167, 171
5.30c 203
Hatches --------------- - 5.16-5.18 184
Hauls:
Line -------------- - 3.30a 86
Local -------------- - 3.30a 86
Hawk missile ------------ - 7.7 277
Hay ---------------- - 4.9b 127
Hazardous cargo ----------- - 3.32, 4.16, 88, 149
4.17 151
Headquarters equipment .-------
- 4.19 156
Heater:
Clarkson vapor ---------- - 4.3a 119
Water -------------- - 7.23a 306
Heat exhaustion ----------- - 7.22c 302
Heat, nuclear explosion -------- - 7.23a 306
Heatstroke ------------- - 7.22c 312
Heavy truck company -------- - 3.1, 3.30c 33, 86
Helicopter -------------- - 2.1, 2.3, 4, ti
2.4, 2.20a, 19, 30
2.24, 2.26 31, 32
Highway:
Capacity estimates -------- - 3.38, 7.1 94, 267
Movement operations order ---- - 3.6 42
Regulation ------------ - 3.1, 3.4a, 33, 40
3.28 83
Regulation point --------- - 3.1, 3.4a, 33, 40
3.7c, 3.20e, 43, 73
3.26 81
Scheduling request -------- - 3.28 83
Traffic control posts - --------- 3.7 c 43
Transport command ------- - 3.1 33
Hitches, rope - --------------------- 5.41 215
Hogging --------------- - 5.50j 224
Hoist ---------------- - 2.6a, b, e, 20, 21
7.40 339
Holdfasts -------------------- 3.42a 101
Holds, cargo ------------- - 5.16-5.18 184
Honest John missile ---------- - 7.7 277
Hooks ---------------------------- 5.46 219
Hopper car ------------- - 4.3c 120
Horsepower, locomotive ---- ---------- 4.3a 119
Horses ------------------------------ 4.4, 7.4c, 123, 270
7.10 286
415
Paragraph Page
Hose ---------------- - 7.23a 306
Household goods----------- - 7.16d 295
Howitzer -------------- - 4.14c 142
Human bearers ------------ - 7.5 270
Humidity --------------------------- 2.2 6
Hurricane. (See Storm.)
Hydraulic equipment --------- - 2.6e, g 21, 22
Hydrographic markings -------- - 5.37 210
I-beam bridge ------------ - 4.13b 135
Ice capacity, rail car--------- - 4.3e, 4.4 122, 123
Ice, load-bearing capacity of------ - 7.10 286
Infantry division ----------- - 3.1, 4.19a, 33, 156
7.1 267
Infantry personnel ---------- - 7.10 286
Initial tonnage ------------ - 5.24 198
Inland terminal capacity ------- - 5.33 206
Inland waterways ---------- - 5.7, 5.20, 174, 193
5.30-5.32 203, 204
Insect bites -------------------------- 7.22c 302
Insert containers ----------- - 7.12 288
Inspection:
Air cargo ------------ - 2.7b 23
Motor ---------------- 3.41 97
Rail ------------------------------ 4.1, 4.8f, g, 114, 126
4.22d, 4.23b, 160, 161
c, 4.24 162
Intelligence:
Air --------------- - 2.8h 24
Beaches and landing areas ----- - 5.36c 210
Motor transport --------- - 3.5h 42
Rail -------------- - 4.8i 126
Terminal and water transport --- - 6.7 255
International road signs -------- - 3.14, 3.15a 52, 63
Interstate Commerce Commission --- - 4.16 149
Intoxicants ------------- - 4.20b 157
Intracoastal waterway -------- - 5.54c 232
Jet-assisted takeoff .--------- - 7.7 277
Jupiter missile -------------- 7.7 277
Keel line - -------- --------------- 5.50k 224
Kitchen --------------------- 4.3f, 4.19a, 122, 156
7.37e 333
Knots, rope ------------- - 5.41 215
L-19E (Bird Dog) ---------- - 2.3, 2.20b, 6,30
2.24 31
L-20A (Beaver) ----------- - 2.3, 2.20b, 6, 30
2.24 31
L-23D (Seminole) ---------- - 2.3, 2.20b, 6, 30
2.24 31
Labor, civilian ------------ - 4.6z
La Crosse missile ----------- - 7.7 277
Landing:
Aircraft ------------- - 2.26a 32
416
Landing-Continued Paragraph Page
Craft ---------------- 5.1, 5.10, 167, 177
5.11, 5.34b, 178, 207
5.36, 7.14 208, 288
Operations, hydrographic markings 5.37 210
Ships, dock and tank-- ----- - 5.9 176
Vehicles:
Tracked (LVTP) --------- 5.11 178
Wheeled (DUKW) ------- - 4.14b, 5.11, 141, 178
5.35 207
Landings, beach ----- -------------- 7.14 288
Lashing, air cargo ---------- - 2.13-2.16 26
Lashings, rail car----------- - 4.14 138
Latrines --------------- - 4.20b, 7,37c 157, 332
Laundry -------------- - 7.23a 306
Lay days -------------- - 5.52k 227
Liaison, aviation unit------------- 2.8e 24
Liberty ship ------------- - 5.13-5.18 180
Liferaft -- --------------------------- 2.6a 20
Light, natural ------------ - 7.61i 369
Light truck company -- ------- - 3.1, 3.8a, 33, 44
3.30c, 3.33a, 86, 90
3.34a 92
Lighters --------------------------- 5.9, 5.11, 176, 178
5.20, 5.25a, c, 193, 199
5.26, 5.29c, d 200, 201
Lights ----------.--------------- 5.37b, 210
5.54a-c, e, 231, 232
5.55 233
Line:
Base -------------- - 5.50b 223
Hauls -------------- - 3.1, 3.30a 33
Keel -------------- - 5.50k 224
Lines, rope ------------------ 5.41, 5.43, 215, 217
7.59 364
Litters ------------------------- 2.5a, 19
7.4a, 269
7.5b 270
Little John missile ---------- - 7.7 277
Loading:
Aircraft ------------- - 2.7a, 2.15b, 22,28
2.20 30
Rail cars - -----------------------4.8e, 4.9, 126
4.14, 4.16, 138, 149
4.18a 153
Vehicles ------ --------------- 3.29, 4.14 84, 138
Vessels ------------- - 5.18 187
Load limit, rail --------------- 4.6i, 4.16h 124, 150
Loadline --------------- - 5.50m 224
Loads:
Dog transport ---------- - 7.2 267
Motor-transport return ------ - 3.4a 40
Rail -------------- - 4.15c, 4.16 149
Load waterline ------------ - 5.13b, 5.501 180, 224
417
Paragraph Page
Local hauls ------------- - 3.30a 86
Local purchase, rail ------------ 4.28b, 4.30d 164, 165
Locks, canal ------------------ 5.31 203
Locomotives ------------- - 4.1-4.3a 114, 119
4.8h, 4.13a, 126, 135
4.23b, 4.24a 161, 162
Logarithms --------------- 7.54 357
Logistical command ---------- - 2.1, 3.1, 4,33
5.1, 7.28 167, 322
Logistical operations --------- - 3.1 33
Logistical over-the-shore operation --- - 5.36 208
Logistics annex to operations order --- - 6.2 236
Log of road movement -------- - 3.23 77
Long ton, defined ----------- - 5.51i 226
Lubricants. (See POL.)
Lubrication ------------- - 4.23b, 4.28d, 161, 164
7.9d 286
Lumber --------------- - 7.16d 295
Lye----------------- - 7.23a 306
M-5 ointment ------------ - 7.23c 306
M29C (Weasel) ----------- - 7.9a 283
M76 (Otter) ------------- - 7.9a 283
Machine shop, rail ------------- 4.1 114
Mail ---------------- - 4.18b, 7.2c, 155, 268
7.16d 295
Maintenance:
Aircraft ------------- - 2.1, 2.24, 4, 19
2.25 19
Amphibian ------------- - 5.35d 208
Automotive ------------- - 5.39b 215
Battalion -------------- - 2.1, 4.1 4, 114
Checklist, vehicle and motor park --- - 3.41b 97
Company -------------- - 2.1, 4.1 4, 114
Crew ---------------- - 4.1 114
Depot ---------------- - 2.1, 3.39a, 4,95
4.1, 4.23b, c, 114, 161, 162
5.1 167
Echelon --------------- - 2.1, 3.39a, 4, 9E
4.23b, c 161, 162
Facilities -------------- - 4.21a 159
Field ---------------- - 2.1, 2.23, 4, 31
3.39a, 4.1, 95, 114
4.8g, 4.22b 126, 160
Floorspace requirements .-- -------- 7.36 331
Locomotive - ---------------------- 4.24 162
Man-hour requirements -------- - 2.24, 2.25, 31
4.23c 162
Organizational ------------ - 3.39a, b, 95
4.23b, c, 5.1 161, 162, 167
Preventive -------------- - 3.39b, 4.23b, c 95, 161, 162
Rail (see also Maintenance of way) --- - 4.1, 4.21b 114, 159
Records ------------------- 3.41b 97
Responsibilities ------------ - 2.8f, 3.5f, 24,41
4.21a 159
418
Maintenance--Continued Paragraph Page
Section --------------- - 4.1 114
Teams --------------- - 2.1, 5.1 4, 167
Vessel -------------- - 5.19b, c, 5.20 191, 192, 193
Waterway ------------ - 5.21 194
Maintenance of way --------- - 4.22d, 4.25 160, 163
Man-hour requirements for:
Aircraft maintenance ------- - 2.24, 2.25 31
Railway construction ------- - 4.21 159
Railway maintenance ------- - 4.23c 162
Manifest ton ------------- - 5.51j 226
Manila rope ------------- - 5.39, 5.40, 213, 215
5.45a, 5.48 218, 221
Map-distance conversions ------- - 7.47 348
Maps:
Circulation, road net ------- - 3.7 43
Road movement table ------- - 3.22b 77
Strip -------------- - 3.23 77
Map symbols ------------ - App. III 392
Marches --------------- - 3.17c, 3.18, 3.20 67, 68, 70
Mariner --------------- - 5.14-5.18a 182, 187
Maritime Administration ------- - 5.13, 5.14 180, 182
Markers, beach ------------ - 5.38 213
Markings:
Cargo -------------- - 2.7b, 2.11, 23, 26
7.15-7.17 291, 296
Hydrographic ---------- - 5.37, 5.54 210, 231
Rail car ------------- - 4.17 151
Mark, Plimsoll ------------ - 5.50m 224
Marks, draft ------------- - 5.50e 224
Mask ---------------- - 7.23a, b 306, 307
Master mechanic ----------- - 4.23c 162
Materials-handling equipment ----- - 5.31, 7.8 203, 281
Mean aerodynamic chord ------- - 2.9 24
Mean draft ------------- - 5.21 194
Measurement ton, defined ------- - 5.51k 226
Meat ---------------- - 4.9 126
Medical:
Corps -------------- - 7.17c, 7.23b 296, 307
Equipment and supply ------ - 7.6, 7.35c, 270, 331
7.50, 7.51 354, 355
Officer ------------- - 7.22c 302
Personnel .-------------- 4.19a, 7.22b 156, 302
Vehicles, marking of------- - 3.16h 64
Medium truck company -------- - 3.1, 3.30c, 33, 86
3.33b, 3.34b 91, 92
Messages ------------------------- 7.2c, 7.20 268
Mess gear -------------- - 7.23b 307
Midship section, defined -------- - 5.50n 225
Military authority index number ---- - 4.7c 125
Military police ------------ - 4.1 114
Mines ---------------- - 3.8d, 7.28, 47
7.29b 324
419
Paragraph Page
Missiles -------------------------- 3.1, 3.33, 7.7 33, 89, 277
Moment, aircraft ----------- - 2.9f, 2.10a 25
Moonlight -------------- - 7.61g 369
Moon, phases of ------------ - 7.61h 369
Morse code ----------------------- 7.19c 299
Motors, starting ------------ - 7.9d 286
Movements:
Air --------------- - 2.7, 2.11 22, 26
Motor transport --------- - 3.1, 3.4, 33,40
3.6, 3.161, 3.20 42, 65, 70
Rail -------------- - 4.7 124
Mules ------------------------------ 4.4, 7.4a 123, 269
Nails ---------------- - 4.14, 4.16e 138, 149
7.32 329
National Aeronautical Space Agency -- - 2.2 6
Nautical twilight ----------- - 7.61f 369
Navigation ------------- - 5.37, 7.19c 210, 299
Navy, U.S ---------------- 2.6a, c, 20, 21
5.12, 5.19 179, 190
Nerve gas --------------- 7.23c 312
Net, cargo -------------- - 2.16, 3.31 29, 87
Net tonnage, defined --------- - 5.511 226
Night hand signals ---------- - 3.17b 67
Nike-Ajax missile ---- ........ 7.7 277
Nike-Hercules missile --------- - 7.7 277
North Atlantic Treaty Organization -- - 3.15, 3.16 58,63
Nuclear attack ------------ - 1.2, 3.8f, 3,47
7.23a 306
Oats ----------------- - 4.9 126
Observation airplane ---------- - 2.20b 30
Officers --------------- - 4.19a, 4.20 156, 157
Officer, transportation (See Transportation
officer.)
Oil. (See POL.)
Ointment, M-5 ------------ - 7.23c 315
Operation order ------------ - 6.1, 6.2 235, 236
Operations:
Aircraft ------------- - 2.7-2.22 22
Motor transport ---------- - 3.1, 3.4-3.39 33, 40, 95
Rail --------------- - 4.6-4.20 124
Terminal and water transport ---- - 5.1, 5.22-5.38 167, 196
Order:
Administrative ---------- - 3.22a, 6.3 76, 239
Division embarkation ------- - 6.6 254
Operation ------------ - 3.6, 3.22a, 42, 76
3.23, 6.1 77, 235
Rail car ------------- - 4.8 125
Troop movement --------- - 4.20b 157
Ordnance:
Corps -------------- - 7.17c 296
Equipment and supply ------- - 7.6, 7.35c, 270, 331
7.50, 7.51 354, 355
Units -------------- - 7.36 331
420
Paragraph Page
Organic vehicles and equipment, motor -- - 3.2, 3.3 36, 40
Organization equipment -------- - 4.195 156
Organizational maintenance ------- - 3.39, 4.235, 95, 161
c, 5.1 162
Otter (M76) specifications ------- - 7.9a 283
Overpasses -------------- - 3.10e 49
Oversea shipment ----------- - 7.15, 7.16 291, 294
Oxidizer, missile fuel --------- - 7.7 277
Oxygen, liquid ------------ - 7.7 277
Pack, cargo, dog ----------- - 7.2c 268
Packet shipments ----------- - 7.16e 295
Packing, air cargo ---------- - 2.7b 23
Paint remover ------------ - 7.23a 306
Palletized cargo ------------- 3.31, 3.46, 87, 107
7.13 288
Pallets --------------- - 7.13, 7.14, 288
3.31 87
Parachutes ------------- - 2.18, 2.20b 29,30
Parallelogram, area of --------- - 7.53a 356
Paratroops -------------- - 2.5a 19
Parcel post ------------- - 4.16c 149
Party, charter ------------ - 5.52c 227
Passenger and cargo boat ------- - 5.4 172
Passenger:
Capacity (see also Troop capacity) -- 2.5a, 5.3, 19, 171
5.4 172
Cars -------------- - 4.5, 4.23c 123, 162
Flight, ground time for ------ - 2.21b 30
Trains -------------------------- 4.8d, 4.19a 126, 156
Paulins --------------- - 4.18a, 7.38 153, 335
Payload capacities ---------- - 2.4, 3.30a, 19,86
5.35a 207
Perishables ------------- - 7.16d 295
Perpendicular:
After -------------- - 5.50a 223
Forward ------------- - 5.50g 224
Personnel:
Aircraft maintenance ------- - 2.25 31
Civilian ------------- 4.23c
- 162
Engineer - ------------- 4.21a 159
Movements .------------- 2.7c, 3.1, 23,33
4.7c, 4.20 125, 157
Non-U.S -------------------- 5.1, 7.16a 167, 294
Rail -------------- - 4.18a 153
Transportation Corps ------- - 4.21a 159
Petroleum. (See POL.)
Phonetic alphabet ---------- - 7.19b 298
Picket boats --------------- 5.4 172
Pilferage -------------- - 4.18 153
Pilot, aircraft ------------ - 2.2 6
Pilot, waterway ----------- - 5.31 203
Pipelines -------------- - 7.3, 7.27 268, 321
551192 0-60-28 421

Plan: Paragraph Page
Division embarkation ------- - 6.6 254
Traffic circulation -- ------ - 3.27b 82
Transportation ---------- - 6.9, 6.10 259, 260
Planning, operational, motor transport -- 3.5d 41
Plant poisoning ----------- - 7.22c 302
Platoon leaders ------------ - 4.22d 160
Platoons, truck company ------- - 3.8b 45
Plimsoll mark ------------ - 5.50m 224
Poisoning -------------- - 7.22c 302
POL---------------- - 2.4, 19
2.9h-j, 3.1, 25, 33
3.47, 4.3a, d, 108, 119, 121
4.6n, 4.21, 124, 159
4.25c, 4.28d, 163, 164
5.3-5.6, 5.10, 171, 177
7.7, 7.9, 277, 283
7.14, 7.26- 288, 320
7.28, 7.29c, 322, 328
7.46, 7.50, 347, 354
7.58 362
Pole, gin -------------- - 7.42 339
Polygon, measurement of--------- 7.53a, b 356
Port calls, aerial ------------- 2.7a 22
Power:
Conversion factors -------- - 7.44e 345
Electric --------------- 4.1 114
Locomotive ----------- - 4 .6r 124
Specifications, vehicle ------- - 7.9a 283
Pressure, differential, pipeline ----- - 7.3c 269
Presto logs ------------- - 7.9d 286
Preventive maintenance -------- - 3.39b, 3.41, 95, 97
4.23b 161
Prime movers ------------ - 3.13b, 3.16a 51, 63
Priorities, air------------- - 2 .7a, 2.12 22, 26
Priority vehicles ----------- - 3.16k 65
Prism, measurement of -------- - 7.53a, c 356, 357
Propellants:
Ammunition ----------- - 7.29b 324
Missile ------------------------ 7.7 277
Protective clothing ---------- - 7.23a 306
Pulleys --------------- - 2.5b, 2.6e 19, 21
Pullman car ------------- - 4.5, 4.19a, c 123, 156, 157
Pump, water ------------- - 7.9d 286
Purification, water............ 7.39 336
Purpose of manual -1...la 3
Pyramid, measurement of -- ----- - 7.53a, c 356, 357
Pyrotechnics ------------- - 7.28 322
Quadrilateral, circumference of----- - 7.53b 356
Quartermaster Corps: 7.17c 296
Equipment and supply ------- - 7.6, 7.35c, 270, 331
7.50, 7.51 354, 355
422
Paragraph Page
Radiation, nuclear explosion ------ - 7.23a 306
Radio---------------- - 7.19b, 298
7.21 301
Radioactive decontamination and detection
devices -------------- - 7.23a 306
Rail:
Capacity ------------ - 4.8e 126
Car----------------- 4.3b-g, 4.9, 120, 126
4.14, 4.16e, 138, 149
7.4b 270
Tonnage ------------ - 7.1 267
Railhead -------------- - 4.8e 126
Rails ---------------- - 4.6e, 4.9a, 124, 126
4.21a, 4.27c 159, 164
Ramp, aircraft ------------ - 2.6b, e 20, 21
Range, cruising:
Aircraft -------------------- 2.2, 2.4, §, 19
2.5a 19
Floating craft ---------- - 5.3-5.5, 5.7, 171, 174
5.9-5.12, 176
5.15 183
Rating, Cooper's E ---------- - 4.13 135
Rations --------------- - 4.6c. 7.14, 124, 288
7.28, 322
7.29a, 7.50 323, 354
Ratios, weight-volume --------- - 7.50b 354
Reconnaissance:
Air - ------------------------------ 2.20a 30
Motor transport --------- - 3.5h, 3.10 42,47
Rail ------------------------------ 4.8i 126
Terminal and water transport --- - 5.36c 210
Records and reports:
Air --------------- - 2.7b, c, 2.8j 23, 24
Motor transport --------- - 3.4b, 3.5j, 41,42
3.10, 3.25, 47, 80
3.41b 97
Rail -------------- - 4.7b, c, 4.8e, 125, 126
f, 4.18b, 155
4.23b, 4.30d, e 161, 165, 166
Terminal and water transport --- - 5.36c 210
Rectangle, area of---------- - 7.53a 356
Redstone missile ----------- - 7.7 277
Reference datum, aircraft ------- - 2.9c, e, 2.10a 24, 25
References -------------- - App. I 373
Refrigerated cargo ---------- - 3.1 33
Refrigerator:
Cars ------------------------------- 4.3e, 4.4, 122, 123
4.16f 150
Ship .......... 5.13, 5.17 . . 180, 185
Refueling, aircraft ---------- - 2.20a, b 30
Register ton, defined --------- - 5.51m 226
Regulation, highway --------- - 3.4a, 3.28 40, 83
Regulation points, highway ------ - 3.1, 3.7c, 33,43
3.20e, 3.26 76, 81
423
Paragraph Page
Rehabilitation, rail---------- - 4.8e, 4.21 126, 159
Release points ------------ - 3.22b 77
Releases, supply movement .------- 3.4b 41
Reorganization of current infantry division_ 3.1 33
Repair parts. (See Supply.)
Repair shop, railway, oar ------- - 4.6q 124
Repairs, road ------------ - 3.10c 48
Reports. (See Records and reports.)
Requisition number ---------- - 7.15b 292
Requisitions ------------- - 2.16, 4.30 29, 165
Rescue boat, aircraft --------- - 5.4 172
Resistance, curve ----------- - 4.26 163
Respirator -------------- - 7.23a 306
Resuscitator ------------- - 7.26c 302
Return loads ------------- - 3.4a 40
Rifles ---------------- - 4.9a 126
Rigging --------------- - 5.48 221
Right-of-way, rail ------------ 4.25a 163
Rip tracks -------------- - 4.23c 162
Road:
Classification ----------- 3.11
- 50
Clearance ------------- -
3.26 81
Grader ------------- -7.23a 306
Movement graph --------- -
3.20 70
Movement table --------- -3.20a, 3.21, 70, 76
3.27b 82
Net ----------------------------- 3.7 43
Reconnaissance report ------- - 3.10 47
Signs -------------- - 3.14, 3.15 52, 58
Roadbed, rail ------------ - 4.6b, 4.25a 124, 163
Roads ---------------- - 3.10, 7.23b 47, 312
Rods .........-- -------------------------- 7.31 329
Rolling stock (see also Boxcar, etc.) --- - 4.8h, 4.23c 126, 162
Roll-on, roll-off vehicle ship ------ - 5.12 179
Rope (see also Lines):
Manila ------------- - 2.15a, 5.39, 28, 213
5.40, 5.45a, 215, 218
5.48 221
Wire --------------- - 5.42, 5.43, 216, 217
5.45c, 5.48 218, 221
Roots, cube and square -------- - 7.54 357
Rotary-wing aircraft. (See Helicopter.)
Rough-terrain forklifts -------- - 7.8b 281
Routing, rail ------------- - 4.7b, 4.8e 125, 126
Sabotage -------------- - 4.25b 163
Safe load for:
Chains ------------- - 5.44 217
Hooks -------------- - 5.46 219
Slings -------------- - 5.45 217
Safety:
Rail -------------- - 4.15, 4.16h 145, 150
Winch operation ---------- - 3.44b 105
Safety factor ------------- - 2.15a, 5.39a, 28, 213
5.40, 5.43 215, 217
424
Paragraph Page
Sagging --------------- - 5.50o 225
Sailing distances ----------- - 5.53 228
Salt water -------------- - 7.22c 302
Sandbags -------------- - 4.9 126
Sandblasting ------------- - 7.23a 306
Sanitation -------------- - 4.20b, 7.37 157, 332
Scheduling, rail ------------ - 4.8e 126
Seals, car ---------------- 4.18 153
Section leader, rail ------------- 4.22d 160
Security ---------------------------- 2.8i, 3.4a, 24,40
3.5i, 3.8b, A 42, 45, 47
3.16b, 3.22, 64, 76
4.8e, g, 4.18 126, 126, 153
Sedimentation ------------ - 7.39f 339
Semaphore -------------- - 7.19a 298
Semitrailers --------------- 3.2, 3.13b, 36, 51
3.30a, b, d, 86, 87
3.33b, 3.37b, 91, 94
3.47, 108
3.49, 7.4b, 111, 270
7.6, 7.7, 270, 277
7.27 321
Sergeant missile ----------- - 7.7 277
Serials, march ------------ - 3.161, 3.20e, 65,73
3.22b 77
Service color marking --------- - 7.17 296
Shears --------------- - 7.41 339
Sheaves ------------------------ 5.47, 5.48 221
Shell ---------------- - 7.29b 324
Ship. (See Vessel.)
Shipment number ---------- - 7.15b 292
Shipments, packet ------------ 7.16e 295
Shipping designator ----------- 7.15b 292
Shock ---------------- - 7.22c 302
Shoes .---------------- - 7.23a 306
Shop floorspace ------------ - 7.36 331
Short ton, defined ---------- - 5.51n 226
Shovels --------------- - 7.6, 7.24 270, 318
Sidings ----------------------------- 4.18c, 4.21 155, 159
Signal Corps ------------- - 7.17b, c 296
Equipment and supply -------- - 7.6, 7.18, 270, 297
7.35c, 7.50, 331, 354
7.51 355
Signals:
Arm and hand, motor vehicles --- - 3.17 67
Rail -------------- - 4.6v, 4.21a, 124, 159
4.22b 160
Storm warning ---------- - 5.55 233
Very ..-.............. 7.29b 324
Signs:
Bridge ------------- - 3.12 51
Road ---------------- 3.14, 3.15 52,58
Skis -.......... 7.9b, 7.10 . ......
284, 286
Sled pallet -------------- - 7.14 288
425
Paragraph Page
Sleds---------------- - 7.2b, 7.9, 268, 283
7.10 286
Sleeping car. (See Pullman.)
Slice---------------- - 7.34e 330
Slings ---------------- - 5.43, 216
5.45 217
Slurry --------- - 7.23b, c, 312, 315
7.24 318
Smoke --------------- - 7.29b 324
Snakebite -------------- - 7.2 2c 302
Snow (see also Arctic data) ------ - 3.35, 7.2a, b 93, 267, 268
Soap, GI ---------------- 7.23a 306
Soda, bicarbonate ---------- - 7.22c 302
Space charter ------------ - 5.521 227
Special Services ----------- - 7.17c 296
Special trains ----------------- 4.8d, f 126
Speed:
Aircraft ------------- - 2.5a 19
Conversions --------------- 7.44g, 7.58 346, 362
Floating craft - --------------- 5.3-5.5, 5.7, 171, 174
5.9-5.11, 176
5.15, 5.31a, 183, 203
5.35b, c 208
Helicopter ------------ - 2.25b 31
Train -------------- - 4.19a 156
Speedometer multiplier -------- - 3. 2 1c 76
Sphere, measurement of -------- - 7.53a, c 356, 357
Splints --------------- - 7.22c 302
Spotlights - --------------------- 4.15b 145
Squads, truck company -------- - 3.8b 45
Square, area of ------------ - 7.53a 356
Square root ----------------------- 7.54 357
Stack height ------------- - 7.35b 330
Standing operating procedures:
Air ----------------- 2.7, 2.8 22, 24
Major commands --------- - 6.4 243
Motor transport --------- - 3.4, 3.5, 40, 41
3.8, 3.26 44, 81
Rail -------------- - 4.7, 4.8 124, 125
Unit -------------- - 6.5 248
Start points ------------- - 3.22b 77
State limits, vehicles --------- - 3.49 111
Station:
Master ------------- - 4.20b 157
Number, aircraft --------- - 2.9c, d, 2.10a 24, 25
Railway ----------------------- 4.1, 4.20b, 114, 157
4.21 159
Wagon ------------- - 3.2 36
Steam:
Jenny -------------- - 7.23a 306
Locomotives ------------- 4.1, 4.3c, 114, 120
4.24 162
Pressure ------------- - 4.24a, 7.23a 162
Steel tubing, capacity --------- - 7.3d 269
426
Paragraph Page
Stiff ship -------------- - 5.50p 225
Stills, water purification -------- - 7.29a 323
Stock car -------------- - 4.4, 7.4b 123, 270
Stock level -------------- - 4.28c, 4.30b 164, 165
Stone ---------------- - 4.9a 126
Storage --------------- - 5.27, 7.35 200, 330
Storm warning signals --------- - 5.55 233
Stoves --------------- - 7.6, 7.9d 270,286
Stowage:
Broken ------------- - 5.49b 223
Factors ------------- - 5.49d, 7.50, 223, 354
7.51 355
Terms -------------- - 5.49 223
Straddle trucks ------------ - 7.8f 282
Stringers, bridge ----------- - 4.13b, c 135, 137
Strip map -------------- - 3.23 77
Structures, rail ------------ - 4.1, 4.22d, 114, 160
4.25c 163
Subsurface burst ----------- - 7.23a 306
Sugar ---------------- - 4.9a 126
Sunrise and sunset ---------- - 7.62 371
Superintendent, maintenance of way -- - 4.22d 160
Supply:
Ammunition ----------- - 7.28, 7.29b 322, 324
Classes of------------ - 3.36, 7.28, 93, 322
7.35a, 7.50, 330, 354
7.51 355
High-tension bands -------- - 7.33 330
Items, air------------ - 2.1 4
Motor transport --------- - 3.4b, 3.5g, 41,42
3.36, 3.37 93
Movements, air --------- - 2.7b 23
Nails --------------------------- 7.32 329
Officer ------------- - 4.28e, 4.30a 164, 165
Petroleum products -------- - 7.29c 328
Rail -------------- - 4.1, 4.8e, h, 114, 126
4.28-4.30 164
Rations ------------- - 7.29a 323
Rods and bolts ---------- - 7.31 329
Service ------------------- 7.35c, 7.50, 331, 354
7.51 355
Terms --------------- 7.34 330
Vehicles ------------- - 7.35d 331
Wire -------------- - 7.30 329
Surface:
Burst-------------- - 7.23a 306
Measure ------------- - 7.44b 343
Surfaces and solids, measurement of- 7.53 356
Survival rations ------------------ 7.29a 323
T2-SE-A1 tanker ---------- - 7.27 321
T2-SE-A2 tanker ---------- - 5.15 183
Tables of allowances --------- - 3.41, 4.28e, 97, 164
7.8 281
427
Paragraph Page
Tables of organization and equipment -- -
2.1, 3.1, 4, 33
3.3, 3.33, 40, 89
3.41, 4.1, 97, 114
5.1, 5.22a, 167, 196
5.28, 5.30c, 200, 203
7.8 281
Tactical markings ---------- - 3.16f 64
Tactical operations ---------- - 3.1 33
Takeoff, aircraft ----------- - 2.26b 32
Tank car -------------- - 4.3d, 4.4, 121, 123
4.17, 7.27 151
Tankers ----------------- 5.13b, 5.14, 180, 182
5.15, 5.19b, 183, 191
5.25b, 199
7.27 321
Tanks:
Liquid ------------------- 7.6, 7.25, 270, 319
7.27, 7.53c 321, 357
Tracked ------------- - 4.14d, 4.19a, 144, 156
7.10 286
Target tonnage ------------ - 5.22b, 5.24, 197, 198
5.27b 200
Tarpaulins -------------- - 4.18a, 7.6, 153, 270
7.38 335
Teams:
Aircraft field maintenance ----- - 2.1 4
Helicopter ------------ - 2.1 4
Motor transport -......... 3.1 33
Rail -------------- - 4.1 114
Terminal and water transport --- - 5.1, 5.30c 167, 203
Technical:
Services ------------- - 4.30b, 7.17c, 165, 296
7.28, 7.35c, 322, 331
7.50, 7.51 354, 355
Training ------------------ 3.5k 42
Telegraph -------------- - 7.19c 299
Telltales --------------- - 4.10 127
Temperature ------------- - 2.2, 7.11, 6, 287
7.23, 7.44h, 306, 347
7.49 353
Tender ship ------------- - 5.505 225
Tensile strength ----------- - 2.13a, 2.14, 26
2.15a, 5.40, 28, 215
5.42 216
Tentage --------------- - 4.9, 7.38 126, 335
Terminal service company ------- - 5.1, 5.2, 167, 170
5.22, 5.28, 196, 200
5.29 201
Terminals:
Air --------------- - 7.16c 295
Rail -------------- - 4.8b, 4.18b, 125, 155
4.21, 4.23c 159, 162
Truck -------------- - 3.9 47
428
Terminals-Continued Paragraph Page
Water ---------------- 4.21b, 5.1, 159,167
5.2, 5.22, 170, 196
5.24, 5.28, 198, 200
5.29, 5.31m, 201, 204
n, 5.33, 7.1, 204, 206, 267
7.16c 295
Terms, defined:
Air --------------- - 2.9, 2.13 24,26
Shipping ------------ - 5.52 226
Stowage ------------- - 5.49 223
Supply ------------- - 7.34 330
Tonnage ----------------------- 5.24, 5.51 198, 225
Vessel -------------- - 5.50 223
Terrain:
Flat -------------- - 7.2b, c, 7.4a 268,269
Mountainous ----------- - 7.2b, c, 7.4a 268, 269
Rough ------------- - 7.8b 281
Wooded ------------- - 4.21a 159
Test, feasibility, for transportation plan -- 6.10 260
Theater commander --- ------ - 5.24 198
Theater of operations -- --------- 2.1, 2.7a, 4,22
4.8a, 4.23b, 125, 161
4.25c, 4.28b, 163, 164
4.30b 165
Throughput capacity, terminal ----- - 5.23, 5.33 197, 206
Tides -- ------------------------------ 7.61e 369
Tiedowns, aircraft. (See Lashings.)
Ties, railroad ------------ - 4.6g, 4.9b, 124, 127
4.21 159
Time ---------------------------- 7.60, 7.61 364, 367
Tire pressure ------------------------- 3.40 96
Toll bridges ------------- - 3.10f 49
Tonnage:
Beach -------------- - 7.1 267
Highway ------------ - 7.1 267
Pipeline ------------- - 7.1 267
Rail ------- -----------------7.1 267
Terms-------------- - 5.24, 5.51 198, 225
Vessel -------------- - 5.3, 5.4, 171, 172
5.6-5.10, 174
5.12, 5.15- 179, 183
5.17, 5.21, 194
7.1 267
Tool kits ----------------------- 4.51b, 7.6 145, 270
Tourniquet -- --------------------- 7.22b 302
Towboats ------------------------- 5.5, 5.13b, 173, 180
5.14, 5.19c, 182, 192
5.20, 5.31c, 193, 203
5.32c 205
Towed vehicles ------------------ 3.13b, 3.49 51, 111
Towers, rail 4.1 114
429
Paragraph Page
Track, rail-------------- - 4.1, 4.6b, m, 114, 124
4.21, 4.22d, 159, 160
4.25b, 4.26, 163
4.27 163
Tractors --------------- - 3.49, 7.6, 111,270
7.8c, 7.9a, 281, 283
d, 7.23a 286, 306
Traffic:
Capacity, road ---------- - 3.10d 48
Circulation ----------- - 3.7, 3.27b 43, 82
Control ------------- - 3.4, 3.7c, 40, 43
3.22a 76
Density ------------- - 3.21, 3.22b 76, 77
Headquarters ---------- - 3.27 82
Regulating personnel------- - 3.22a 76
Trailers --------------- - 3.1, 3.2, 33, 36
3.13b, 3.16a, 51, 63
3.31, 87
3.33a, 3.36, 90, 93
3.37b, 3.41, 94, 97
3.47-3.49, 108
5.18, 7.6, 187, 270
7.8e, 7.27 282, 321
Trailer transfer point -- ------- - 3.1 33
Training --------------- - 2.8k, 24
3.5k 42
Trains --------------- - 4.7, 4.8d,f, 124, 126
j, 4.15f, 126, 149
4.18a, b, 153, 155
4.19a, 4.20 156, 157
Transport services division ------- - 3.26 81
Transportation ------------ - 7.50, 7.51 354, 355
Estimate ------------- - 6.8 256
Intelligence ----------- - 6.7 255
Officer ------------- - 3.1, 3.27c, 33, 82
3.28, 4.1, 83, 114
4.8, 4.15b, 125, 145
4.20 157
Plan -------------- - 6.9, 6.10 259, 260
Transportation Corps --------- - 5.2, 5.3, 170, 171
5.20, 7.17c 193, 296
Equipment and supply ------ - 2.1, 4.1, 4, 114
4.30a, 7.6, 165, 270
7.35c 331
Transporter, cargo - --------------- 3.31, 7.12 87, 288
Trapezoid, area of ---------- - 7.53a 356
Travel warrants --------------------- 4.7c 125
Treadways, aircraft ---------- - 2.5c 20
Triangle, area of----------- - 7.53a, 7.56 356, 361
Trigonometric functions -------- - 7.57 361
Troop:
Capacity ------------ - 2.5a, 19
2.9g, 2.20a, 25, 30
b, 4.4, 4.5, 30, 123
430
Troop-Continued
Capacity-Continued Paragraph Page
5.9, 5.10, 176, 177
5.12 179
Movement ------------ - 2.7a, c, 4.7c, 22, 23, 125
4.8e, 4.19 126, 156
Train --------------------- 4.20 157
Troop-train commander -------- - 4.7c, 4.20 125, 157
Troops (see also Personnel; Troop capacity)- 4.7c, 4.8e, 125, 126
4.19, 4.20 156, 157
Truck:
Company ------------ - 3.8, 3.30d, 44, 87
3.34 92
Amphibious (see also Landing ve- 3.1 33
hicle, wheeled).
Infantry division - -- ---- - 3.1 33
Light ------------ - 3.1, 3.33a, 33, 90
3.34a 92
Medium ----------- - 3.1, 3.33b, 33, 91
3.34b 92
Heavy ------------ - 3.1 33
Forklift. (See Forklift truck.)
Straddle -- ----------- - 7.8f 282
Tank ---------------------- 7.27 321
Terminal ------------------- 3.9 47
Trucks ---------------- - 3.1-3.3, 3.8c, 33, 44
3.13b, 3.29-3.32, 51, 84
3.33a, b, 90, 91
3.34, 3.36, 92, 93
3.37, 3.46-3.49, 93, 107
4.14a, c, 139, 142
5.18, 7.4b, 187, 270
7.6, 7.10, 270, 286
7.23a, 7.27, 306, 321
7.43 339
Tubing, steel, capacity - ----------- 7.3d 269
Tugs -------------------------- 5.5, 5.13b, 173, 180
5.14, 5.19c, 182, 192
5.20, 5.31c, 193, 203
5.32 204
Tunnel:
Highway ------------ - 3.10f 49
Rail -------------- - 4.61, 4.10, 124, 127
4.18b, 4.21b, 155, 159
4.25c 163
Turnaround time --------------- 3.34b, 5.32, 92, 204
5.35 207
Twilight ----------------------------- 7.61f 369
U-1A (Otter) .---------- - 2.3, 2.20b, 6. 30

2.23 31
Unconsciousness ----------- - 7.22c 302
Underpasses ------------- - 3.10e 49
431
Unit: Paragraph Page
Floorspace requirement ------ - 7.36
Movement of ---------- - 4.19b, 7.52 156, 356
Unitized-load vehicle capacities ----- - 3.31 87
Units:
Aviation -------------. 2.1, 2.7a 4, 22
Motor transport --------- - 3.1 33
Rail .--------------
- 4.1 114
Terminal and water transport --- - 5.1, 5.2, 167, 170
5.28, 5.29 200, 201
Urinal soakage pit ---------- - 7.37c 332
VC-2. (See Victory ship.)
Vacuum cleaning ----------- - 7.23a 306
Vehicle:
Power, specifications for------ - 7.9a 283
Repair parts ------------- 4.9 126
Vehicles:
Amphibious (see also Landing craft) -- 4.14b, 5.11, 141, 178
5.18, 5.34b, 187, 207
5.35, 5.36b, 207, 210
7.14 288
Land -------------- - 3.1-3.3, 3.8c, 33, 47
3.13, 3.16, 51, 63
3.29-3.37, 84
3.41, 3.46- 97, 107
3.49, 4.4, 111, 123
4.14a, d, 139, 144
4.16, 4 .19c, 149, 157
7.6, 7.8c, 270, 281
7.9a, 7.10, 283, 286
7.23a 306
Vehicles, landing. (See Landing vehicles.)
Very signal ------------- - 7.29b 324
Vessels:
Capacity, cargo and/or troop or pas- 5.3, 5.4, 171, 172
senger. 5.7-5.12, 174
5.15, 5.17, 183, 185
5.18, 7.1 187, 267
Classification ----------- - 5.3-5.8, 171
5.13, 5.14, 180, 182
5.19, 5.20, 190, 193
5.25 199
Deadweight scale--------- - 5.21 194
Draft - ------- ---------------- 5.3-5.12, 171
5.15, 5.21, 183, 194
5.25 199
Navy transport --------- - 5.12 179
Ton, defined ----------- - 5.51m 226
Tonnage --------------- 5.21 194
Transportation Corps ------- - 5.3 171
Victory ship------------- - 5.13, 5.16, 180, 184
5.17, 5.18d, 185, 189
5.21 194
432
Volume of: Paragraph Page
Geometrical figures -- ------ - 7.53c 357
Tanks ------------- - - 7.25, 7.27, 319, 321
7.53c 357
Wanigans ----------- ------ 7.9c 285
Warhead, missile ----- ------ - 7.7 277
Warning signs -------- ---- - 3.14b, 3.15a, 55, 63
3.16j, 4.10, 64, 127
5.55 233
Warrant officers ----------- - 4.19a 156
Washing ------------- -- - 7.23a, 7.37d 306, 333
Water:
Boiling ------------- - 7.23b, c, 312, 315
7.39d 336
Capacity, locomotive ------- - 4.3a 119
Facilities --------- ----- 4.25c 163
Pallet loading of --- ------ - 7.14 288
Purification ----------- - 7.39 336
Stations ----------- -- - 4.21b 159
Supply data ------- ---- - 3.37, 4.6o, 124
7.4a, 7.37f 269, 333
Waterline, load ------ ------ - 5.501 224
Water terminal:
Capacity ------- ---------- 5.23, 5.24, 197, 198
5.28, 5.29, 200, 201
7.1 267
Commander -------------- 5.24, 5.36c 210
Operations --------------- 5.1, 5.22-5.38 167, 196
Organization of ---- ------ - 5.1-5.2 167
Planning elements -- ------ - 5.22 196
Units, capability and assignment -- - 5.1 167
Workload, determination of---- - 5.24 198
Weasel -- ---------------------------- 7.9a 283
Weather ------------- -- - 2.2, 3.8b, 6, 45
4.25b, 5.29g, 163, 203
5.55, 7.61i 369
Weight and balance, aircraft -- ---- - 2.9 24
Weight classification, bridge and vehicle -- 3.13 51
Weight conversions --- ------- - 7.44f 345
Weight-volume ratios -- ------- - 7.50b 354
Wharfs -- ----------------------------- 5.1, 5.25, 167, 199
5.29 201
Wheels, locomotive ---------- - 4.2, 4.13 117, 135
Whyte locomotive classification system -- 4.2 117
Winch --------------- - 2.5b, 3.44 19, 104
Wire (see also Rope) -- ------- - 4.9a, 7.30 126, 329
Workload, terminal --- ------- - 5.22, 5.24 196, 198
Workshop, rail ------- ----- - 4.23b 161
Wounds --- ------------------------ 7.22c 302
Wrecking crane, rail -- --------- 4.3g 122
Yardmaster ------------- - 4.18b 155
Yards, rail---------- ---- - 4.6p, 4.8e, 124, 126
4.18b 155
Zone of interior ----- ------ - 3.1 33
433
By Order of Wilber M. Brucker, Secretary of the Army:
L. L. LEMNITZER,
General, United States Army,
Official: Chief of Staff.
R. V. LEE,
Major General, United States Army,
The Adjutant General.
Distribution:
Active Army: To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-7 require-
ments for FM 55 Series (Unclas) plus the following additional formula:
SA (2) TC Co (1)
DCSPER (2) Fort Eustis (20)
DCSOPS (2) USACGSC (25)
DCSLOG (20) USAAMS (25)
ACSRC (2) USAARMS (5)
ACSI (1) USAES (10)
TPMG (5) USAIS (45)
Tech Stf, DA (1) except USA QM Sch (250)
CofT (15) USASCS (5)
Trans Bd (3) USA Ord Sch (3)
US ARADCOM (2) USACMLCSCH (10)
US ARADCOM, Rgn (1) USATSCH (600)
MDW (3) USAAVNS (9)
Div (10) USAOGMS (3)
Bde (5) Units organized under following
Regt/Gp/bg (1) except TOE's
TC Gp (5) 55-500 (AC, AD, AE) (3)
Bn (1) except 55-500 (LA, LB) (3)
TC Bn (4)
NG: State AG (3); Units-same as Active Army except allowance is one
copy to each unit.
USAR: Same as Active Army except allowance is one copy to each unit.
For explanation of abbreviations used, see AR 320-50.
434
U.S. GOVERNMENTPRINTINGOFFICE: 1960 0-551192

FM55-15 Transportation Corps Reference Data

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

FM55-15 Transportation Corps Reference Data

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

FM55-15 Transportation Corps Reference Data

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MHI

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

TRANSPORTATION CORPS REFERENCE DATA

Section I. Organization -..... 4. 1 114

1.1 Purpose and Scope

Section II. AIRCRAFT

2.3 Characteristics of Army Aircraft

-T5 4' 4.5"

I1.5--_ 41 0' 4.6"

Figure 2.. H-19D (Chickasaw).

Figure .5. H-34A (Choctaw.)

Figure 2.6. H-37A (Mojave).

Figure 2.8. L-19E (Bird Dog).

Figure 2.9. L-SOA (Beaver).

Figure 2.10. L28D (Seminole).

Figure 2.11. U-1A (Otter).

Figure 2.12. Payload versus range of transport helicopters.

Relief crew-3 additional.

b. Special Aircraft Equipment.

Boom Ramp Ramp Ramp Ramp: Ramp Ramp

2.6 Air Force Transport Cargo Capacities

Section III. AIRCRAFT OPERATIONS

2.12 Cargo Priorities

2.1 3 Lashing Terms

2.14 Lashing Strengths

0 TIEDOWN FITTING (i) TIEDOWN FITTING ) TIEDOWN FITTING

' SIDE WARD

( TIEDOWN FITTING ) TIEDOWN FITTING

Figure £.13. Lashings at 450 and 300 angles.

2.15 Lashing Constants and Formulas

1.50 2.00 2.250 3.00 4.00 4.50 8.00 2.0G 8.00

25,000-lb (D-1 or MB-2 device).

This table was derived from the formula:

Tiedown cargo strap

*Must be requisitioned from Squadron Supply for each specific mission.

2.17 Typical Loads

2.18 Standard Parachutes and Carrying Capacities

2.19 Aerial Delivery Containers and Typical Loads

Section IV. AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE AND SUPPLY

2.24 Maintenance Man-Hour Requirements per Flying Hour

See SR 310-30-15 for current aircraft maintenance man-hour requirements.

2.25 Direct Productive Maintenance Man-Hour Analysis for

2.26 Helicopter Planning Factors

See footnote I on page 33.

a tViD N b XC X C X t -X° -° -° I - -° - -: - - - - -C -0>

*~~~~~ - - O ~o vzbzv v) vav Dv vb vE qbE -u q SE vE

' =Sv 8m ooG

R0 s^; 0~ '=o>X 9 0ooC0.

001-14)4)~ rcaO1-100 010

01) 4.i 04)+~c~o~cS

"qeqe e q "oo oo00

Illll ial ~ 9E~,18%

'8E<°4°8 8~~8 8'

'C N 'C CCO C K

b. TOE Material. The issue of this material varies with each

c. Special Material. The following material is issued as required:

Section III. OPERATIONS

3.5 Outline Standing Operating Procedure for Motor Transport

.f. Command and Signal.

3.7 Circulation Maps